You are on page 1of 366

,^\\EUNIVER%

vvLOSANCElfj:

.vlOSANCEld

^/^aBAiNn-jWs

,\WEUNIVER5//,

^lOSANCElfx^

^^HIBRARYQ^

^^tLIBRARY<9,

u_

%ii3AINn-3W'^'

^aodiivojo-

^VOFCALIFO%

^.OECAIIFO/i'^

=3

Digitized' by tine Internet Arciiiy


in

^'

2008

witii

funding fromAavaan#

^(?AwaaiH^

IVIicrosoft

Corporation
'NIVER^//,

\>:lOSANCElfj

%a3AINa-3W^
.fCALIFO/?^

^OfCALIFO%

vlOSANCElfj

Jl^^

^/judAih.

\\V

UUJ

'J I3jn

jur

'

.iMj;\mii'jn>

'^.i/ojnvjjo

'^*li'tfp://www/arcHVve.org/details7c'atalogueofsoutli00roya^

...J

.^

._

iTW

^5^lllBRARYQ^

.^MEUNIVERS/A

^lOSANCElfj^.

^^lllBRARYO/C

^(l/OdllVOJO"^
jA^OFCAllFO/?^

^Aa3AINn3WV
^WE UNIVERiy/v

%JI1V3J0>
^^;OFCALIFO%

^OFCAIIFO/?^

^lOSANCElfj>

>&AHViian-#

^^AHvagiH^

<ril30NVS01^

"^/saaAiNH^wv

^OAyvaaii#

\WE UNIVERS//,

^LOSANCELfj>

^^ILIBRARYO^

^tUBRARYO^

\WEUNIVERS'//

O o
"^/^aaAiNnjvv^

^<!/0JnV3JO'^

^<!/0JnV3J0'^

^\\EIINIVERV^

^lOSANCElfj;^

^OFCAIIFO/?^

^OFCAIIFO/?^

^WEUNIVER^//

o
"^'^
"^'^^

%d3AINIl-3Wv

>t?AllVyaiH^

""-

^<9AavaaiH^

<rii]ONVsoi^'

^ILIBRARYOc

^^ILIBRARY6>^

^WEUNIVERi"//,

^lOSANCElfj>

^^tllBRARYQ.

^.ffOJIlVDJO'^

^<!/0JnV3J0^
^OFCALIFOfiV

<rji33NVS01^
W^EUNIVERi/A

%a3AINn3WV
vvlOSANCElfj>

'%ojnvojo'

^OFCALIFO/?^

^OFCALIFO/?^

o
3^

o
"^/^a^AINilJWV

^^AHvaan-^^

j^\WEUNIVE^/^

^^lOSANGElfj^

^ILIBRARYQ^

^tLIBRARYQ^

\WEUNIVERV/

<rii30Nvsoi^''

"^/^aaAiNH-awv
vj>:lOSANCElfX/

^<!/0JnV3J0'^

<ril30NVS01^

.^WEUNIVER%.

^i

^OFCAIIFO/?^

^OFCAIIFO/?^

^\\EUNIVER57/

1(^1 IV! I\l i!^'

Hsiatic Society ^boiioovapbs

A CATALOGUE
OF

SOOTH INDIAN SANSKRIT lANOSGRIPTS


(ESPECIALLY THOSE OF THE WHISH COLLECTION)

BELONGING TO THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.


COMPrLED BY

DR. M.

WINTERNITZ

PROFESSOR IN THK GERMAN UNIVERSITY OF PRAGUE.

WITH AN APPENDIX BY

F.

W. THOMAS.

LONDON
PUBLISHED BY THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY
22 ALBEMABLK STREET, W.

1902.

y
r

The Library
University of California,

Los Angeles

The

gift

of Mrs.

Cummings, 1 963

Printed by

W.

Drugulin, Leipzig (Germany).

7L

THIS VOLUME

IS

INSCEIBED TO

PROFESSOR ALFRED LUDWIG


/
AS A TOKEN OF SINCERE FRIENDSHIP AND GRATITUDE

BY THE COMPILER.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Pages

Preface
Synoptical List of the

VII XI
MSS.

Numbers

of the

and the Catalogue Numbers


List of Abbreviations

......

XII XV

XVI
.

Catalogue Nos.

1190
.

Appendix by F.
List of

W. Thomas (Nos. 191215) Works arranged according to subjects

1250 261292
293

310
340

Index

311340

Addenda and Corrigenda

PREFACE.
The bulk of the MSS. described in this Catalogue belong the Whish Collection of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland. These MSS. had been acquired by C. M. Whish of the Madras Civil Service, and were
to

presented to the Society by his brother J. L.


in

Whish Escf
with the

July 1836.

In most of these

MSS.

entries

and many of them show traces of having been read and studied by a European scholar. The entries are generally dated, the earliest date being 1822 \ and the latest 1831. Some of the MSS may have been copied for Mr. Whish at that time. A certain date can be assigned only to those few MSS.^ which are dated by the Kollam era and were written between A. D. 1787 and 1827. Most of the others, dated by years of the Jupiter cycle, or bearing no dates at all, were probably written about the same time, that is to say, at the end of the 18 th or the beginning of the 19 th century. Only a few MSS. seem to be a good deal older and may belong to the earlier part of the 17th century. Generally speaking, the MSS. in Malayalam characters are older than those written in Grantha. In some of the Malayalam MSS.,3 especially in those of apparent greater antiquity, the peculiar paging by Aksaras is found to which Professor C. Bendall has drawn attention in the JRAS, October 1896, pp. 790 sq. According to this
signature of C.

M. AVhish

are found,

1 In No. 138 (see p. 194) the date 1817 is probably only indistinctly written and meant for 1827. 2 Nos. 103, 113, 122, 138, 139, 141, 142, 145, 146, 150.

See Nos.

19, 108, 118, 128, 129, 138, 151,

157, 158.

-^
system, the Aksaras

VIII

H$-

na\ nna, nya,


na for
signs

skra, jhra,
1

M,

gra,

pra, dre,

ma

are used for the numbers


cl,

10, tha,

la, -pta,

la, tra, tru or tru,

20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90.

For 100 and 200 the

^~^^ and

*^^ (=

na and

nna?) are used.^ Besides the Whish MSS. there are also a number of other South Indian MSS. (Sansk. Nos. 128) described in this Catalogue, about which I could not get any satisfactory information. I found them mixed up with a large number Prof. Ehys Davids tells me that they of Tamil MSS.

were always kept together with the Whish MSS., and he is inclined to think that they, too, belong to the same
collection though "it is not quite certain that they really formed part of the Whish donation." They are nearly all written in Grautha, and seem, for the greater part, to have been written at the end of the 18 th and the beginning

of the 19 th century.

But though the MSS. here described are not


are

distinguished

MSS. by great age, there among them. Perhaps the most important of all are the Mahabharata MSS. which represent a distinct recension Some years ago at the International of the great Epic. I first drew Congress of Orientalists in Paris, 1897 attention to these MSS., and pointing out the great differences between the text offered by these South-Indian MSS. the soand that of the Calcutta and Bombay editions I showed the insufficiency of the latter, called Vulgata and made an appeal for a critical edition of the Mahabharata which I declared to be the sine qua non of any critical study of the great Epic. This appeal met with much sympathy among Sanskrit scholars, and there is now every reason to hope that such a critical edition The Whish MSS. of will be begun in no distant future. the Mahabharata to which we thus owe the plan of a
rare and valuable

many

Sometimes the first leaf is marked with 'harih irV, and the paging by na, nna, nya etc. begins with the second leaf, e. g. in No. 157. 2 For other ways of numbering the pages by Aksaras, see pp. 21,

27, 93, 166, 178, 221.

-^

IX

<will

critical editiou

of the
is

great epic,
to

prove

invaluable

whenever

this plan

be carried

out.

Among

the Vedic MSS., I

may

point out a

MS.

of the

Taittiriya-Aranyaka
deratum,
Several
or are

(No.

178)

which

should

prove

useful for a critical editiou of that text

a
is

great desi-

as Rajendralala Mitra's edition

anything but

satisfactory.

MSS.

of our Collection

have already been used


e. g.

still

being used for critical editions,

the

MSS.
of the

of Sayana's

Rgveda-Bhasya (Nos.

la,

and

13),

Grhyasiitra, Mantrapatha, and Dharmasiltra of the

Apaand
of
86).^

stambius with their Commentaries (Nos.

26, 27, 37),

Sayana's Commentary on the Mantrabrahmana (No.

How
a

valuable the

MS.

Collections of the Royal Asiatic

known since 1890, when rough list of the titles of the Sanskrit MSS. in the Todd and "Whish Collections of the Society was published (JRAS, N. S., Vol. XXII, pp. 801813). It was intended
Society w'ere, has already been

funds of the Society would permit.

then ali-eady to publish a proper catalogue as soon as the But it w^as considered

probable that so long a period would necessarily elapse before this could be done, that it was advisable at once
to publish such a

however incomplete and incorrect. And it will, indeed, be now seen that the Whish Collection, at any rate, contains many more numbers and above all many more works and fragments of works than
rough
list,

those mentioned in the rough

list.^

The forecast of delay was also fully justified by the event. The rough hst appeared in 1890. We are now in 1902. But when, in May 1894, the preparation of this catalogue

1 A MS. 'Whish No. 66' mentioned by Prof. Kern as having been used for his edition of the Aryabhatlya (Leiden 1874) has not been

found among the MSS. which 1 have catalogued. 2 For a complete list of all the numbers of the Whish Collection including also those which contain vernacular (chiefly Malayalam) texts and have therefore not been described in this Catalogue, see below pp. XII XV.

-$><

H^

was entrusted

to

me by

the Council of the Society the

funds available were not sufficient to enable

me

to give

my

I have been working at it, whole time to the work. while I was living at Oxford, for several years, but the work had often to be interrupted on account of more pressing professional work. In 1898 I left England, and

some
to

of

the

MSS. had
delays,

to

be sent over to Prague, so

that the progress of the work

became

still

slower.

Finally,

Mr. Thomas kindly undertook to describe the MSS. which I had not yet seen, and their descriptions will be found in the Appendix as Nos. 191-215. Catalogue of Sanskrit MSS. is of not much use, unless extracts from the works they contain are given. For in
avoid
further

most cases the mere


nothing about
case
its

title

of a Sanskrit

work

tells

us

character or contents.
texts,

And

even in the

of well-known

a few short extracts (at least

the beginning and the end) seem to


to give

me

necessary, in order

and value of a MS. With this end in view I have given extracts, however short, from nearly every MS., and I have made a point of copying these extracts as accurately as possible from the MSS. A compiler of a catalogue is- not an editor, and I did not think it the duty of the compiler to correct

some idea

of the correctness

his quotations.

to me, I have given


to footnotes.'

Wherever corrections suggested themselves them in parenthesis or banished them The peculiar orthography of South Indian
Thus, as regards
tu,
tlie

MSS. has
tin

also

been retained throughout.


(and not

the nasals, I have written with

MSS. annan
sarasvatim
a

sarasva-

devim
in

etc.

annam

tu,

de),

and as
with
etc.).

regards

the Sandhi before sibilants I have followed the

MSS.

omitting

the Visarga

before

sibilant

following consonant (puna ^rutih, vimsa strijatakam

I have also written with the

MSS.

talpara, ulpanna etc.,

and even atpa

for alpa,

also tatbuddhis,

patma

etc. for

'

Words
(

or Aksaras added by conjecture, have been put in pa),

renthesis

while square brackets

have been used

to

mark

words and

syllables as to be omitted.

tadbu, paclma

etc.,

^runu for ^rnu, and cerebral


Kalidasa,

two vowels,

e.

g.

man gala,

etc.

1 between Only in the

I have used the ordinary ortliography. In preparing a catalogue of South Indian MSS. one has to encounter far greater difficulties than in having to deal with Nagarl MSS. The reading of palm leaves is always very
trying to the eyes,

Index

and the Malayalam characters

are particularly difficult to read, and often very indistinct.

Moreover the leaves are frequently mutilated or rubbed off, especially at the beginning and at the end, and what is the worst one MS. generally contains fragments

of several difi'erent works, without beginning

and end.

In overcoming these
of

difficulties,

I had, as every compiler


the help of Professor

a Sanskrit

catalogue

now

has,

Aufeecht's monumental work, the Catalogus Catalogorum. But I had also the good fortune of Prof. Aufeecht's more immediate help, for he was kind enough to take the trouble of reading the proofs, and I owe to him many most valuable suggestions and corrections, and in more than one case he has helped me to identify some short and very puzzling fragment. I am fulfilling a pleasant duty in expressing to him my sincerest thanks for all the trouble he has taken in making this Catalogue more useful than it would have been without his generous help. My
thanks are due,
also, to

Professor Lijd\vig

who

kindly read

a revise, and has suggested to


dations in the extracts.

me some

valuable emen-

Finally I have to thank Professor


the initiation of
interest
tliis

Ehys Davids
is

to

whom

undertaking

due,

for

the kindly

he has throughout taken

in the work.

Prague, August

1902.

M. Winternitz.

SYNOPTICAL LIST OF THE NUMBERS OF THE MSS. AND THE CATALOGUE NUMBERS.
Cat.-No.

Cat.-No

Whish No.

51 55

55

H H H

55

55

55


55

55

55

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2 3

Whish No. 2728 2829


55 55 55
55

4
5 6
7

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

8
9

55

55

51

55

2930 3031 31-32 3233 3334 34-35 3536


36 36

51

55

51

55

1010 1111
12(2)|

55

55

55

55

A b|
1

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

n
55

55

1313
13a- 14

55

55

55

55

55

55

5?

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

;;

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

1415 15-16 16-17 1718 18-19 1920 2021 2122 2223 2324 2425 2526 26-27

55

55

55

55

3738 3839 3940 4041 4142 4243


43

55

55

44

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

n n

55

44191 4545 46-46 47192 48-47 4948 5049 5150 5251 5352

->^

XIII

i<-

Cat.-No.

Cat-No.

Whish No. 5453


V
Tl

Whish No.
55 55

H

55

5554 5655 5756


58(1)1

55

55

55

55

57

55

55

55

58(2)}

55

55

H
?5

55

55

55

55

55

55

55


>;

55

55

55

59-58 6059 6160 6261 6362 64-63 6564 6665 6766 6867

11

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98

89

90
91

92 93

94
95
96
97

98
99

55

55

55

55

5?

55

55

55

55

55

55

69A 68
69

55

55

n n

55

B 69

55

55

55

55

M
n
11

55

55

55

55

11

55

11

55

11

55

11

55

11

55

11

55

11

55

11

55

7070 7171 7272 7373 7474 7575 7676 7777 78-78 7979 8080 8181 8282 8383

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

99100 100101 101102 102103 103104 104105 105106 106107 107108 108-109 109110

55

55

llOA HI

55

55

55

55

HOB 112 111 113


112 112

55

55

A 114
B 115

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

11

55

84A 84
84B-85
8586 8687 8788

55

55

11

55

55

55

113-116 114117 115118 116119 117120 118121 119122


120 not Sanskrit

11

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

121123 122124

-^ XIV
Cat.-No.

H$-

Oat.-Ko.

WhishNo. 123-125

Whish No. 159154 124 not Sanskrit 160155


125

A 126

161 not Sanskrit

125 B not Sanskrit

162

156
158

126127 127128 128129 129130 130131 ,,131 not Sanskrit 132132 133133 134134

163157
164

165159
166 not Sanskrit

167193
168 not Sanskrit

169160
170 not Sanskrit

135 not Sanskrit

171161 172162
173 not Sanskrit

136135 137136
138 not Sanskrit

139137 140138 141-139 142-140 143-141 144-142 145-143 146-144 147-145 148-146 149-147 150-148 151-149 152150

174-163 175164 176165 177166


178

167

179168 180211 181169 182170 183171 184172


185 not Sanskrit

186207

187A-195
187

B 203

,,153 not Sanskrit 154-151


155-152
156 not Sanskrit
^^'
11

"

158153

188173 189174 190175 191176 192177 193178 194179

~^^
Cat.-No.

XY

KCat.-No

Whish No. 195-180 1181 Sansk. No.


>: 11 11 11

Sansk. No.
11
,

It

n
^^

n
51

2182 3183 4184 5185


6

:i

n
11

n
11

186

15

n
11

11

11

11

n n
15

11

11

11

7187 8188 9189 10-190 11194 12196 13197


14

51

51

55

11

15

51

15199 16200 17201 18202 19-204 20205 21206 22208 23209 24210 25-212 26213 27-214 28215

11

11

198

^>^H$-

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.

Aufrecht
1891.

CC

Oatalogus Catalogorum, by Th. Aufrecht.


II,

Leipzig

Part

Leipzig 1896.

Catalogi Codicum Manuscriptorum Bibliothecae Aufrecht- Oxford Bodleianae Pars Septima, Codices Sanseriticos completens. Confecit

Burnell

I.

Th. Aufrecht. Oxonii 1864. Catalogue of a Collection of Sanskrit Manuscripts. O.

By A.

C. Burnell.

Part I Vedic Manuscripts.

London

1869.

Burnell, Tanjore
at Tanjore.

= Classified Index to the Sanskrit MSS. in the Palace

Prepared for the Madras Government by A. C. Burnell.

London

1880.

A Contribution towards an Index to the Bibliography of the Hall Indian Philosophical Systems. By Fitzedward Hall. Calcutta 1859. Reports on Sanskrit MSS. in Southern India, by Dr. Eugen Hultzsch

Hultzsch, Nos. 1

Catalogue of the Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Library of Ind. Off. the India Office. By Julius Eggeling. London 1887 sqq. Part IV,

&

2.

Madras

1895, 1896.

by Ernst Windisch and Julius Eggeling. A Catalogue of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Library Mitra-Bikaner of His Highness the Maharaja of Bikaner. Compiled by Rajen-

dralala Mitra.

Calcutta 1880.
of Sanskrit Manuscripts,

Mitra, Notices
Mitra.

= Notices
IV
MSS.

by Rajendralala

Calcutta ]892 sqq.

Peterson, Reports II,

= A Second Report of Operations in Search

Bombay Circle April 1883 March 1884. By Prof. Peter Peterson. Extra Number of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1884. A Fourth Report etc. April 1886 March 1892 Extra Number of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society,
of Sanskrit
in the
. . .

1894.

Stein-Jammu == Catalogue of the Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Raghunatha Temple Library of His Highness the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir. Prepared by M. A. Stein. Bombay 1894. Weber -Berlin Die Handschriften -Verzeichnisse der koniglichen

Bibliothek
1892.

zu Berlin. Bd. II, Bd. V, 1, 2: Verzeichnis der Sanskrit-Handschriften von Albrecht Weber. Berlin 1853, 1886,

Wilson- Mackenzie

Mackenzie Collection. Descriptive Catalogue of the Oriental Manuscripts ... of the South of India; collected by the
late Lieut.-Col. Colin

Mackenzie,

By H. H.Wilson.

Calcutta 1828.

1.

Whish No.
16fx2 in., 192 leaves, about Material: Palm leaves. Date 0/ MS.: 18th or 19tii cent.?i
Size:

1.

9 lines

on a page.

Character: Leaves 1 to 73 in Grantha, 74 to the end in Malayalam.

(a)

Rgveda-Bhasya, by Sayandcarya, the


of the second Astaka,
i.

first

three Aclhyayas

e.

Sayana's Commentary on RgvedaFf. 1 to 152 b.

Samhita
This
edition
is

I,

122 to

I,

165.

the

of

MS. G used for Prof. Max Miiller's second the Rgveda with Sayana's Commentary. See
ed.

Rig -Veda -Samhita,


pp.
liv,

by F.

Max

Miiller,

2'^'^

ed.,

vol. I,

Ivi,

Ivii seqcj[.

(b)

Sdyandcdrya^s Commentary on the first Aranyaka of the Aitareya-Aranyaka (= Ait. Ar. I, 15). Ff. 152b to 192.

Very
It

incorrect.

ends:

iti

srimad-rajadhirajaraja-paramesvara-vaidi-

kamarggapravarttaka - srivira - Bukkabhiipala[bhupala]samrajya - dhurandhare(read ra)sya Sayanamatyasya krtau


vedartthaprakase prathamaranyakam samaptam
ii

om

ii

iti

Madhaviye vedartthaprakase aitarekanyaka(read aitareyaranyakajkande prathamaranyake paucamoddhyayas samaptam (read ah) srikrsnaya nama(h) harih om
ii
ii

ii

See Preface.

2.

Whish No.
Size:

2.

16jX2

in.,

170 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.


19th cent.?

Material:

Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18 th or


Character : Malayalam.

Bgveda-Bhdsya, by Sdyandcdrya, from the


of the 5*^ Adhyaya of the 1"* Astaka, i. e. Say ana's
hita
I,
1"^^*

23'''^

Yarga

Astaka, to the end of the

Commentary on Rgveda-Sam-

75 to
is

I,

121.

This
edition

the

of

the

MS. T used for Prof. Max Miiller's second Rgveda with Sayana's Commentary, see
etc.

vol. I, pp. liv, Ivi, Ivii seqq.

It begins:

atra prathamam jusasva saprathastamam,


3.

WmsH
Size: lOf

No.

3.

1|^ in.,

75 leaves, 8 lines
19tii cent.?

on a page.

Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18 tt or


Material:

Character: Grantha.

The BrahmagUd from


It begins:

the

Yajnavaihliavakhanda in the

SutasamJiitd of the Skanda-Purdna.

rsaya
i
i

ksepad vistarad api

ucuh bhavata sarvam akhyatam samidanim srotum icchamo brahmagltSm


i

anuttamam
It

etc.

omityadimahapurane sri-skande mahapuiti rane stitasamhitayam yajiiavaibhavakhande uparibhage braends:

hmagitasiipanisatsu

dvadasoddhyayah

ii

sri^ivaya

namah

ii

subham

astii

ii

4.

Whish No.
Size: lOf XI-rin.,

4.

170 leaves, 8 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date of MS.: 18th or 19th cent.?


Character: Grantha.

-^

f<-

A Commentary on the Brahmagitd (see No. 3), by Mddhavacdrya. It begins: vande sindhuravaktran tarn bandhun dinasya santatam pratyuhavyiiliasamanam iipasyam sarvadevataili evam upanisadekasamadhigamyasya brahmatmaikatvavijnanasya nisreyasasadhanatvam uktan tac ca sarvasfikhasammatam iti dar^ayitum aitare(ya)kataittiriyakadi - samastopanisadartthasya sakalyena pratipadikam brahmagitam vaktum muninam prasnam avatarayati bhavakaratithim pureti sariti atha tarn vaktum puravrttam udaharati vajnas sarvavid iti samanyatas sarvaii janatiti sarva-

ii

jnah,
It

etc.

ends: iti srmiat-tryambakapadabja-sevaparayanenaiva Madhavacaryyena viracitayam (read tayam) siitasamliita-

yam

yajnavaibliavakhandasyoparibhage
ii

bralimagitayarp.

dvadasoddhyayali

sivaya

namah subham

astu harib

om

ii

5.

Whish No.
Size:

5.

9|-xlf

in-i

117

+ 41

leaves, 8

lines

on a page.

Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18 tb or


Material:
Character: Grantba.

19 th cent.?

(a)

The Prdyascittasnhodhiin, a work on expiatory


hagola.
Ff. 117.

rites

(Srauta ritual), by Srmivdsama'kliin of the village of ArIt begins:

arhagolagramanivasi Srinivasamakhi sudhihi


tanute

balan

uddisya

prayascittasubodhinim

ii

tatradav

anuddharanaprayascittam ucya[n]te, etc. prayascittamsubodhani {sic) samapta harih It ends: om srigurucaranaravindabhyan namo namah yadrsam pustakan drstva tadrsam likhitam maya abaddham va subaddham va mama doso na vidyate asmat-gurucaranara-

ii

II

ii

ii

vindabhyan namah

(b)

The Kaulddarsatantra
nandandtJia.
Ff. 1

(a

work on Tantra), by Visva-

19.

natva srigurupadukafi ca vatukam vaniii ca It begins: vighnesvaram kamesan tripuram param bhagavatin devim sukasyamalam vaksye kaulikadhurttadambhikasathadinam
I

kulajnaninam acarasya ca laksanani vilasatsatkalikanam kaulagamatantrartthan samgrhya srlkularnavarkraniat tthams ca kauladarsam kurute Visvanando hitaya kaulavidam
ii i

ii

It

ends:

iti

sri-Visvanandanatha-viracita-kauladarsaii

tantram sampurnam

srigurubbyo

namah

ii

(c)

The

leaves 20 to 41

contain two

other Tantric trea-

tises, viz.

(1)

The

Srlcakrapratisthdvidhih.
i

It begins

(f.

20):

cakroddharah tatra vedikayam gomayopaliptayam pascimatah svasthanam parityajya etc. It ends on f. 28: iti sricakrapratisthavidhih Quotations occur from Tantrardja, Ratnasdgara, Kulamuldvatdra.
ii

sri-

(2)

The Srlvidydkhyamulavidyabheddh,

or Tripurabheddh.

Ff. 28 to 41.

This treatise begins:


i

atha srividyakhyamulavidyabheda
ii

nirupyante tatra srijhanarQave


is

etc.

The Brlrudraydniala

quoted on

fol.

34 b.

^ankardcdrya and Anandayiri are

mentioned

fol.

36 b.

Fol. 36b ity evam srimulavidyaya ekapaiica37a: satbhedah !rimadaraddhyacaranaprasadapraptah pradarsitah atha yady apy asam vidyanam na camitradusanam iti vacanat siddhasaddhyadivicaro na karttavyah atha praupasakasiddhasrlvidya - pahcadasaksarlmantraprasamgat bhedena dvadasavidhasrividyiXmantras ca t^astrantaroktaprakarena likhyante Then follow 12 Mantras.
i I

ii

->4

H5-

The MS. ends:


ksari
i

iti

durvasaradluta vidya
ii

pancadasa-

iti
ii

tripurabhedali kathitah

srimahatripurasundaryyai

namah

6.

WmsH
Size:
lO-J

No.

6.

Xl?-

in.,

26-f-89 leaves,

from

7 to 9 lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.
(a)

The

Saldisidra together

with

its

Blidsya,

20 Siitras

together with their Commentary.

The Sutra
etc.

begins:
i

om

atha saktisutrani

citisvatantra
I

visvasiddhihetuh

svecchaya svabhittau visvam unmilayati


2: om saktisutram sarapiirnara
i
i

It ends on p. gurubhyo namah

srimat-

Tlien

the

Commentary
ca
iti

begins:

saktisutrabhasyam
i

om

citisvatantra visvasiddhihetuh visvasiddhau hetuh

vi-

svasiddhihetuka

sarvakaranatvam

sarvasaktitvam

mahaphalatvam sukhopayaprapyatvah ca svatmadevataya vivaksitam citir ity ekavacanena bhedavastavatvam svatani

treti

page 12
i

It ends on ca siicitani etc. bhutabalim dadyat ksetrapalan tu daksine rajarajesvaram maddhye ganapati isannye agneyagavarahim isavayavye napatim agneyarp kurukulyam

niramkusaisvaryyah
:

piirve

nnye

{sic)

(b)

Atharvanaprokta - devlraliasya - svari'qiahramopdsandydh jaganmdtrbhaldyaikavedyah iwayoyah ^ by Jayanndtliasuri


(215 slokas).
It

begins

vimarsapadavacyam
this

Ff.

1326.

apy

avimarsapadan
See below

Mr. "Whish describes


2.

as

the Bhavanopanisad.

sloka

-^
namah
i

H^
ii

japakusumasonam apy ajapakrtim arabikam


.

II

bhavanopanisadartthagarbhitrih krikanirammitabhaskarah .^ tu ta Jagannathasurinivahavaktisukrpadyabandhava


.

divan

ii

ii

krtanhikas sucau dese sukhasinas samahitah


ii li

prSnan ayammya mulena rsyadin nyasam acaret 3 It ends: pranan ayamya tato nyasam krtva gurun

namac chambhum

iti

snmad-atharvanaprokta-devirahasya-

svariipakramopasanayah jaganmatribhaktyaikavedyali pra-

yogo Jagannathasuri-pranitas devyai namali subham astu


ii

samaptah

ii

harili

om

ii

sri-

il

(c)

The
This

Cidvalll,
is

by Natanananda, a pupil of Ndthcinanda.

a Commentary on Punydnanda's Kdmakald, or Kdmakcddvildsa. The latter has been printed by Prof.

Bhandarkar
in
the

in his Beport on the search for Sanskrit

Bonibay

Presidency

during

the

year

MSS. 188384

(Bombay

1887), p. 376 seq.

It begins:
I

vande tan mithunadvandvam adimanandacitjyotir


iti yat'^

ghanam^ anuttara^paran
bhamisratejase gurave

bhavyate budhaihl
i

srlmate Natananandayogine paramatmane

raktasuklapra-

pranamata Xathanandam paraya bhaktya cidaikyabodhanandam upanisadartthanigudham sakalajananandabhadrapitharudhams namas sivaya

namah

nathaya cidrupanandarupine

srimata patalapamga^patita-

tamkasamkave
visruta

jata
ii

aryya

Punyanandamunindrat kamakala nama kacid amusya Natananandah karoti

savyakhyam
Fol.

37a: Punyanandamukhendor uditam anandadayinim

Here

is

a blank space for two aksaras(w-).


first stanzas.

I cannot

make any
and

sense of the two

The MS.

is

beautifully written,

there can be hardly any doubt about the readings.


2

mithunam divyam adyam anandao, Bhandarkar's MS.


Oram, Bhand.

4
s

Bhand. opithanurudham, Bhand. srlmate cancalapanga, Bhand.


tat,

etara

cittena
racitil

kamakalam aliam anisam murddhna vaca vahilmi iti kamakalavyakhya Natananandena desikaprltyai
i
i

rasikajana[na]nam

pumsum alokanaya cidvalli Xathai

nandaguruiiam sisyas tatvartthacintakas santi tesam aiiyatatprltyai asyah kamakalayah vyakhya pilrvair udahrtaneka etc. It ends: kamakalasvarupam paripurnara prapaficitam iti ^ivam iti ^li-Natanananda-kathita cidvalli samapta
i

tamoyam tikam enam cakara

ii

liarih

om

ii

srigurubhyo

svamin[h]e

namah

namah srisiiryyanarayanayasmatdevyai namah


li

7.

WmsH
Size:

No.

7.

14x2

in.,

158 leaves, from 11 to 13 lines on a page.


19tii

Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18* or


Character: Grantha.

cent.

The HCdasyamahdtmya from the Agastyasamliitd of the Skanda-Purana, in 71 chapters. See Mitra, Notices, vol. vii, p. 27 seqq., No. 2264. It begins: avighnam astu suklambaradharam visnum sasivarnan caturbhiijam prasannavadanan dhyayet sarva-

vighnopasantaye
i

namas sundaranathilya tasmai halasyai

lila yena pratyaksitah ksitaii srimatsundaranathasya devim sapharalocanam kalaye hrdaye nityam kadambavanavasinim vaksye puratanam etc.

vasine catussastividha

punyam snmaddhalasyasahjiiitam sravanat sarvapapaghnam vedantesu praka^itam desakalavidhanajha Vasisthadya munlsvarah Yasistho Vamadevas ca Gautamo Varuno Bhrgiih Bodhayanah Kasyapas ca Yajhavalkyah
i

ii

PaiTisarah

Bharadvajoragira Atrih Kutsas Saktis


ca Valmikih

Suko

mahan

VedaA'yasah Kaholas
i

Kumbhasami

bhavah Sanatkumaras Sanakas Sanatanasanandanaii Pulastyah Pulando Gargo Visvamitras ca Naradam (sic) ity adya munayas sarve jnanino brahmavittamah snatva
i
i

sarvesu tirtthesu jnanavapyadikesu ca

jhatva vinayakan

sarvan

etc.

->4

H$-

An
ff.

abstract of the Contents of the work

is

given on

11 seqq.
It ends:

sarvas
namah

tarati durgani sarvo bhadrani pasyati

sarvas

satgatim

apnoti

sarvasya

bhavita

siikliam

ii

iti

srimatskande mahapurane agastyasamhitayam sri-halasyamahatmye kadambavanapraveso nama ekasaptatimoddhya-

yah

II

sivaya

il

harih om,

etc.

WmsH
Size:

No.

8.

13xl|-

in.,

60

25 leaves, 9 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18th or


Character: Grantha.

19tii cent.?

(a)

The HaritaUvamuUavall, a Commentary on Sankara's Haristutl (or Harim-'ide-stotra), by SvayamiwaMsa Yati,


a pupil of Kaivalydncmda Yogindra. Ff. 60. p. 135 seq.; Mitra, Notices, Nos. 1297, 1489. See Hall,

Samkararn Samkaracaryyam Kesavam BadaIt begins: sutrabhasyakrtau vande bhagavantau punahrayanam punah satyajhananandatmakam advitiyam brahmaiva suddhasatvapradhanamayopadhikam sadisvarabhavam malinasatvapradhanavidyopadhikam sajjivabhavan ca jagan mayai
I

bhasena jivesau
It

karoti,

etc.

ends

iti
-

Kaivalyananda

srimat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryyasriyogindra -padakamalabbrmgayamana- Sva-

yamprakasakhya-yativiracita sri- Samkara-bhagavat-padakrta-haristutivyakliya haritatvamuktavalisamakhya samaptaii


^ridaksinamurttaye

namah

ii

subham astu
(b)

ii

The Basabhivyanjikd, a Commentary on Laksmidhara's Advaitamcikaranda , by Svai/amjpraMsa Yati, a pupil of Kaivalydncmda Yogindra, ff. 25. See Hall, p. 102; Mitra, Notices, No. 689.

^^
It

H5-

nirantaranandacitghnam brahma nirbhayam ^rutya tarkanubhutibhyam aham asmy advayam sada etc. sphutara vedantapratipadyam saccidanandalaksanam sarvajuam sarvopadilnan nityam sarvagam advabegins:
i

nitvan

yam

deliendriyapranamanobuddbyaharakarasaksipratyaga-

bhinnatayil

tarkais sambhavayitum kincit prakaranam advaitamakarandakbyam arabhamanali ciklrsitasya grantbasyavighnaparisamaptaye svestadevatapranamarupam mamgalam svayam anustbaya sisyasiksayai grantbato nibaddbnati kataksakiranacantanamamnobabdbaye namab etc. Beginning of the last (29*'^) cbapter, fob 24b: Laksmidhara iti granthakarttur nama sa casau kavis, etc. Furtber on: advaitamakarandasya rasabbivyanjaka krta Svayami

prakasa-yatina (readna) purusottamasasanat


It

ends

etc.

iti

srimat - paramabamsa - parivrajakacaryya-

Kaivalyananda-Yogindra-pada-kamala-bbrmgayamana-Svayamprakasakbya-viracita (ra)sabbivyanjikakbya advaitama-

karandavyakbya samapta srimabatripurasundaryyai nanaab


ii

ii

9.

Whish No.
Size:

9.

12.yXl4

in.,

88

-f-

12

+ +
24

26 leaves, 8 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date of MS.:

18tii

or 19 th cent.?

Character: Grantha.
(a)

Described by Mr. Wbisb as 'Tbe Bliagavata Sdram\


Incomplete.
It begins;

88.

nana

yad advayam paranandam satyajnanadilaksaniskalan niskriyam santam brabma tat samiipai

smabe namab krsnaya gurave buddhitadvrttisaksine saccidanandarupaya parasmai brabmane mubub virajate trayl yena bbanuneva jagattrayi praki5sitarttba(n) tarn vande Yidyaranya-mumsvaram ekadase prakaranasamgrahas tu purakrtab idanira pimar atraiva kriyate slokasamgrabah skandba ekadase sloka grbyante saravattarah vidusan
i

10

H^
i

cittavi^rantyai tadartthopi ca varnyate

atratyasloka ekaika

uparatyupapadane bhih etc.


I

alan tathapi grhyante katicitsarabhaji-

vidusah punali-punah krtasravanamanaiiabhyani samutpannanityanirantaraddhyanayogabhyam nirargalaya mana brahmatmatvavagahinl akhandakaravrttir eva vidya sa svayam avidyatain tat karyyan ca nirddhiiya pascad upasamyatiti sa drstantam upapadayati
It ends:
ii

(b)

The Bhcigavata-Purdna with Commentary, from Adhyaya VI, 36 to the end of Adhyaya 7, of the 12*1^ Skandha. Ff. 12. 'The whole contains an account of the extent of the Yedas', Mr. Whish.
It

begins:

Saunakah
i

Pailadibhir Vyasa^isyair vedai

cSryyair

mmahatmabhih

veda

vai

kathita

vyasta

etat

saiimyabhidhehi nah
It

ends:

dvadase

mahapurane savyakhyane skandhe saptamoddhyayah srikrsnaya paramaiti

etc.

sri-bhagavate

ii

gurave

namo namah

ii

(c)

The Sutagltci of the second part (? uparibhage) of the Tajhavaibhavakhanda of the Sfttasamhitd of the ShandaPurana. Ff. 24.
It begins:

aisvaram

rupam anandam anantarn


pasyantan

satyacit-

ghanam
vat
II

atmatvenaiva

nistaramgasamudra-

etc.

iti sri-skande purane siitasainhitayam yajhavaibhavakhande uparibhage sutagitasupanisatsu astamoddhyayah srisivaya parabrahmane namah sutaglta sa-

It ends:

ii

ii

mapta.
(d)

The SdtagUd-Tdtparyadlpikd, a Commentary on


ceding work, by Madhavdcdrya.
It begins:

the pre-

Ff. 26.

atha
ity

tah

karttavye

vidyErtthina namaskaras tu prathamaupapadayitum siitagitam srotukamair

-^
nnaimisiyaih

11

f^
upanisad(read
nibad)-

krte namaskarastuti
iti

dhnati ai^varam

etc.

iti sri-tryambakapadabja-seva-parayanena MaIt ends: dhavacaryyena viracitayam siitasarnliita(ta)tpa(r)yadipikaySm yajnavaibhavakhandasyoparibhage sutagitasiipanisatsu astamoddhyayah srlsivaya parasmai brahmane namah
II

ii

harih

om

ii

subliam astu

ii

10.

Whish'No.
Size: IB-^

10.

1-|-

in.,

217 leaves, 9 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date of MS.: 18 tb or 19 tb cent.?


Character: Grantha.

Rdmdnuja^s Commentary on tlie Bdlakdnda and Ayodhi/dJxdnda of VdlmtJci's Rdmdyana.


indivarasyamam rajivayatalocananii VrdmikinamadheyHya muhur varimuce namah ya sriramakathavarsair jagattapam asisamat etc. Fol. lb: tatradyakandavyakhyanam kriyate vidusam mude Ramanujena vidusa ramabhaktyaikasindhuna tapa
It begins:

ramam

jyaghosanirjitaratiii

janaklramanam bhaje
i ii

ii

ityadi, etc.

Fol. 59:

iti

sri-Hamanujlya-viracite balakandavyakhyane

saptasaptatimas sargali
Tlie

tiilakulam
It

Ayodhyakanda begins on f. 60 a: gacchateti mamatulagrham kulam grhesv ity Amarah, etc.

ends:

iti

^ri-Ramrmujacaryya-viracita- vyakhyane-

yoddhyakande ramacandrSya
harih oni
i

ekonavimsatyadhikasatatamas

sargah

ll

sriii

namah

ii

ayoddhyakandavyakhya

samapta

11.

WmsH
Size: 125-

No.

11.

X If

in.,

176 leaves, 8 lines on a page.


first

Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: On the

leaf there

is

Digest called Ekadasa-skandha-saram and

its

an entry ("The metrical commentary by Brah-

->^

12

Hg--

mananda
its

Bharati") signed by Mr.

may have been


appearance
is

written for Mr.

Whish and dated 1826. The MS. Whish in that year. At any rate,

not

much

older.

Character: Grantha.

pilation of the doctrines contained in the eleventh

The EMclasaskandhasarasloMsamgraha, a metrical comSkandha


of

of the Bhdgavata-Pujxina, together with a

Bralimananda Bharati, a pupil


It begins:

Commentary, by Krsndnanda Bharati.

yam

vaisaradi sativisuddhabuddhir ddhunoti magunasamprasiitani gunams ca sandahya yad atmyam etat svayan ca samyaty asamid yathagnih atmS sthuUil

ii

suksmadidehebhyo bhinnah yato jiiata prakasakah etc. Fol, 3: yavat syat gunavaisamyam tavan nanatvam atmanah nanatvam atmano yavat paratantryan tathaiva hi

ii

It ends:

ii

iti

srlmat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryya-srl-

Krsnananda- Bharati - munivaryya-sisya-Brahmananda-Bharati


-

krta

ekadasaskandhasaraslokasamgrahas
srikrsnaya
ii

savyakhyas

sampiirnah

parabrahmane

name

namah

ii

subham astu

12.

Whish

Nos. 12

(1)

and 12
[if.

(2).

Size: 2 Vols., 16 i 1| in., 22 + 246 leaves volume], from 8 to 10 lines on a page; Material: Palm leaves.

147246

in the second

Date: IS*'^ or 1^^^ cent:? Character: Grantha. The second work is written by a different hand from the

first.

(1)

The Suryasiddhdnta, the first Prasna, Adhyayas The text differs considerably from Mr. Fitz Edward
edition in the Bibliotheca Indica.
It begins:

14.

Hall's

acintyavyaktarupaya
i

nirgunaya gunanmane
ra-

(read gunatmane)

samastajagadadharamurttaye brahmane

namah

ii

ii

alpavasiste tu krte

mayo nama mahasurah

^H

13

H^
ii
ii

hasyam paramara punyam jijnasur jfianam uttamam 2 vedamgam agryam akhilatn jyotisam gatikaranam aradhai

yan vivasvantam tapas tepetidustaram tositas tapasa tena pritas tasmai vararttliine grahanau caritam pradat mayaya viditas te maya bhavas tapasaradhitas savita svayam tv aham dadyam kalasrayam jiianam jyotisan caritani
i

maliat

etc.

sarvebhyah pradadau prito gralianan It ends (f. 21b): caritam mabat atyatbhutatamam loke rahasyam brabmai

sainmitam^
vivasvatali
i

vedasya

nirmmalaii

caksur

jfiatva

saksad

viditvaitad

asesena

param

brahina(dbi)-

gaccbati

iti

srisuryyasiddbaute
ii

dasoddbyayali

cba
ii

ii

pratbamaprasne catursrigurucaranaravindabbyanmab surii

yyasiddbantam

(2)

Tbe Kdmadoyclhri, a Commentary on

tbe Suryasiddhdnta,

by Tammayajvan, or Tammaydrya, a son oi Mcdlddhvarlndra of Farayqjura (wbo was a son of Mcdlayajvan, and a grandson of Honndrya).
It begins: srividyabrdayastbitam sivamayam srimatsamaradbitam kamaksim karunakataksakalitam kalyanasandayinim kodandamkusapasabanavilasatdbastam prasannananam sindurarunadebakantim anisam sribonnamambam
i

{sic) bbaje 1 subbran^gam pitavastram suratarusadr^ain suryyakotiprakasam nanabbusasametam nalinabbavanutam


ii ii

nagayajnopavitam sulam vatrifi ca kbatgam damarukam atulam panipadmair ddadbauarn mailarakbyam mabesam ye Honnamanimayamukutam malavinatbam ide 2
i

ii

ii

yaryyadikulaprasiddbab suryyadisiddbantavido mabantab ye Mallayajvadisamastatantravyakbyadburlna mama devatas


i

te

II

11

sri-Honnaryyasarvatantrasvatan trail
i

tasma(j) jatas

tadrso Mallayajva ntavedi

tajjab kbyatas sarvasiddhantavetta saii

kinyakbye pattane Mallayajva


jyotirvidyapfiragas

ii

tatputrobam vedavedai

Tammayajva siiryyan natva suryyatantraspbatikam Honnambayai kamadogdbrim kaI

This

is

the last verse in F. E. HaU's edition.

romi

II

li

iha tavat praripsitasya granthasya nirvighnaparislo-

samaptikamah svestadevatapranamarupam mamgalam


kato nibaddhnati acintyeti
i

etc.

F. 37: iti srl - Mailaresvara - Honnambikavaralabdhavagvibhavena sriparagipuri Mallayajvanas tanujena jyautisikahrtkumudacandrena Tammayaryyena snsiiryyasiddha-

ntasya maddhyadhikarasya tika krta


F. 65 b:

ii

liarih

om

ii

chivagurusadrsan Mallayajvakhyaputrarkkajato Malladdhvarmdrat parigipuravarasthayinas Tammayaryyali siddhantarkkasya namnah


i

sri-Honnaryyasya

pautrac

(read siddhantasyarkkanamnali) kalitapadavatim kamadog-

dhrlm sutlkam spastaddhyayasya samyagrahaguruki-paya proktavan ambikayai harih om srisuryyadinavagrahebhyo namali


i

ii

F. 104b: sri-Honnaryyasya pautrac chivagurusadrsan Mal(l)ayajvakhyaputraj jato Malladdhvarmdrat paragipuravarasthayinas Tammayajva siddh5ntasyarkka(read rkka)namnah kalitapadavatim kamadogdhrim sutlkam chayai

harih

ddhyayasya samyagrahagurukrpaya proktavan ambikayai om chayaddhyayah purnah


ii li

ii

Adhyaya IV ends
Vol. I
(f.

f.

123,

Adhyaya

f.

137 b.
. .
.

146)

ends:

srI-Honnaryyasya
ll

yai

ii

iti
ll

srisuryyasiddhante

cha

II

chedadhikaro nama sasthoddhyayah samhitatrayanipunaya adinarayanasya nijagurave om

subrahmanyaya sastamgapranamah

subham astu

srisivaya

namah
f.

ii

Vol. II

begins

with

the 7*^
f.

Adhyaya which ends on


168b, A.
f.

158b.

Adhyaya VIII ends


186,

Patadhyaya f. dhyaya f. 235.

the Goladhyaya

IX f. 172b, the 212 b, the Yantra-

Vol. II ends: sri-Honnaryyasya pautrac sivagurusadrsan Mallayajvakhyaputraj jato Malladdhvarmdrat paragipuravarasthayinas Tammayaryyali siddhantasyarkkanami

nali kalitapadavatim

kamadogdhrim sutlkam manaddhyaproktavan

yasya

samyagrahagurukrpaya
. . .
ii

ambikayai

ll

bi-

ndudurllipi

iti
ii

caturddasoddhyayah

suryyasiddhante manadhikaro harih om etc.


i

nama

-^.

15

^
13.

13.

WmsH
Date of MS.:
18tii

No.

Size: 16f x2i- in., 135 leaves, 10 or 11 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves.

or 19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.

Bgveda-BMsya, by Sdyandcarya, the


the
first

first

Astaka,

i.

e.

Sayana's Introduction, and his


I,

Adhyaya of Com-

mentary on Kgveda
This
edition
is

19.
Max
Muller,
2'^'*

the

of the

MS. Gr used for Prof. Max Miiller's second Egveda with Sayana's Commentary. See
Ed., vol.
I,

Rig-Veda-Saiphita, ed. by F.
pp.
liv,
Ivi,

Ivii seqq.

14.

WmsH
Size: lo-g^xlf
in.,

No. 13 a.
lines.

one leaf, 15 Material: Palm leaf, damaged.

Date of MS.: uncertain.


Character: Grantha.

The beginning
Interesting
is

of the

the accentuation,

Bgveda-Samhitd in the Pada text. the Udattas only being


over the
I,

marked (by the sign The leaf contains the

accentuated
1,

syllable).

text of Rv.

1 to I, 3, 4.

15.

WmsH
13|^xl^ in., 83 leaves, 6 Palm leaves. Date of MS.: The 'Prajotpatti'
Size:

No.
lines

14.

on a page.

Material:

year in which the MS. was written probably meant for the Prajapati year corresponding to A. D. 1751y52, possibly A. D. 1811/12. Scribe: Venkata Subrahmanya, son of Sesadri. Character: Grantha.
(see below) is

-^

16

He

The Taittiriya-Upanisad-Bliasya by ^anhardcdrya.


begins: om yasmaj jatah jagat sarvam yasminn eva praliyate yenedan dhyaryyate (sic) caiva tasmai jhanatmane namah yair ime gurubhih purvam padavakyapramanatah vyakhyatas sarvavedantas tan nityam pranatosmy aham taittirlyakasarasya mayacaryyaprasadatah
i i i

The MS.

ii

vispastarttharucinam hi vyakhyeyam sampranlyate nityanvaylni karmmani upattaduritaksayartthani kamyanityani


i

ca phalartthinam piirvasmin granthe idauin tu karmmopadanahetupariharaya brahmavidya prastuyate


i

srlmat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryya-Govinda-bhagavatpujyapada - sisya-Samkara - bhagavatpadapujiti

It ends:

samaptam om harih om subham astu om visargabindvaksara etc. harih om dhanurmmase saummyavare tritiyayam prajotpatau taiyaviracite taittiriyyakabhasyam
ii

ii

ttiriyyas

ca

likhitas

Sarppe
ii

Sesadrisununa

ii

harih

om

subham astu harih om


asite dine
i

prajotpattyabhidhe varse capamasy

pakse budhasya sutithau tr[tri]tiyayam bhujami

gabhe
etc.

Sesadrisununa Vemk(a)tasubrahmanyena sadhana

taittiriyopanisado

bhasyam sulikhitam maya

ii

subham astu

harih

om

etc.

16.

Whish No.
Size:

15,

9|xl|

in.,

-|-

39 leaves, 8 lines on a page.


19th cent.?

Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18tii or


Material:
Character: Grantha.

(a)

(1)

The Isd-Upanisad,

or Isdvdsya-Upanisad,
(ff.

ot Vdja-

saneyi-Sanihitd-Upcmisad
It begins:
i

a).

purnam adah purnam idara purnat purnam purnasya purnam adaya purnam evavasisyate on namo brahmadibhyo brahmavidyasampradayakarttrbhyo
udacyate
I

-5^

17

Hg--

vanm^arsibhyo

namo gurubhyah
ity
ii

om

santii^

.4antis

^antih
i

il

i^avasyam idani sarvam yat kin ca jagatyaii jagat


It ends:

etc.
ii

isavasyam
ii

ekanuvakestadasa

ii

on tat sat
iti

I^avasyopanisat samapta
santis santih
(2)
(ff.

harih

om
or

saha nav avatv

santi^

The

Kena

Upanisad

Talavakdra

Upcmisad

a 4 b).

It begins:

kenesitam patati presitam manah kena pranah


praiti

prathamah
It ends:

yuktah

etc.
ii

kenopanisat

samapta

harih

om

etc.

(b)

(1)

Sankara's

Commentary on

the

Isd-Upanisat

(ff.

1 13 a).
isavasyam ityadayo mantrali karmmasv tesam karmmasesasyatmano yathartthyapratipadakatvat yathartthyan catmanah suddhatvapapaviddhatvaikatvasariratvasarvagatatvadi vaksyamanan tac ca etc.
It begins:
i

om

aviniyuktas

It ends

iti

sri-Govinda-bhagavatpujyapadasisya-parama-

hamsaparivrajakacaryya - srimac - Chamkara - bhagavatpadakrtau vajasaneyasamhitopanisat-bhasyam samaptam harih


ii

om
(ff.

II

(2)

Saukara^s

Commentary

on

the

Kena-Upanisat

13

a 39 b).

It begins:

kenesitam
ity

ityadyopanisat parabrahmavisaya

vaktavyeti

navamaddhyayasyarambhah prag etasmat karmetc.

many

a^esatah parisamapitani

It ends:

syad

ata aha jyeye jyayasi sarvamahattare

svatmani mukhye pratitisthati pratitisthatiti na punas sampadasisyasya

saram apadyata ity abhiprayah iti sri-Govinda-bhagavatparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasya srlmacCharpkarabhagavatah krtau tavala (read talava)karopanisadvivarane navamoddhyayah kenopanisatbhasyam samaii

ii

ptam

II

harih

om

ii

srigurubhyo

namah

ii

-^

18

f<-

17.

WmsH
Size:

No.

16.

9rX2^

in.,

26 leaves, from 11 to 13 lines on a page.


19 1^ cent.?

Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18th or


Material:
Character: Grantha.

Six Upanisads,
(1)

viz.:

The Kathavalll

or Katha-Uimnisad

(ff.

7).

It begins:

om
i

usan ha vai vaja^ravasas sarvavedasan


valli

dadau
valll
(2)

etc.

It ends:

yo

samapta

harih

vidaddhyatmam eva sasthi om subham astu


i

katha-

ii

The Prasna-Upanisad
begins: saha

(ff.

812).

It

nav avatu
ii

ii

om
i

santih

srih

bhadram

Bharadvaja^ santih Sukesa karnebhis srnuyama Kausalyas Gargali Saibyas ca Satyakamas Sauryyayani ca Katyayanas casvalayano Bhargavo Vaidarbhih Kabandhi
ca
te haite,
etc.

It ends:

namah paramarsibhyo namah paramarsibhyah


ii

li

sasthaprasnah
(3)

prasnopanisat samapta
(ff.

The Mimclaka-TJpanisad

13 17a).
etc.
|

brahma devanain prathamas sambabhiiva, It ends: namah paramarsibhyo namah paramarsibhyah


It begins:

bhadram

karnebhih santis Mantis sEntih mundakopanisat samapta harih mundakam


i

ii

iti
i

tritiya^ii

ii

om

The Mdndftkyopanisad (ff. 17a 19). It begins: om ity etad aksaram idam, etc. omkaro vidito yena sa munir nnetaro jana It ends: iti caturtthah khandah mandukyopanisat samapta iti
(4)

II

li

li

om
(ff.

II

(5)

The

Purvatdpim

or

Purvatdpanlya-Upanisad

20 24b).
I

Sic.

And

so very often in these

MSS.

-^

19

HS-

^ivaya gurave namah It begins: atha srividya manor amnaya svariipam upadisyate brahmacarine santaya gurubhaktaya yatha vidya manuh kasminn utbliavas tat svariipam
i

bruliiti

hovaca,

etc.

It

ends:

pravisya
i

sarvaiu jagad

merussrmge catiprakasarupenatha vyapya sthitavaty asid iti Yajnavalkyal.i


i

trtiyyakhandah
(6)
(fif.

purvatapini samaptah
or

(sic)

ii

The

Uttaratdpini

Uttaratdpamya-Upanisad

2-4

b 26).

It begins:

atha

bhagavan kathan nu paramarahasyam


etc.

me

bruhi ka brahmavidya manunam,

It ends:

tathavidhamti buddhva purusartthavan bhaved


ii ii ii
ii

ya evam vedety upanisat iti trtiyyakhandah uttaratapini samaptah (sic) ^rlgurucaranaravindabhyam namah
harih

om

18.

Whish
Size:

jS^o.

17.

9jX2f

in.,

34

37 leaves, 12 or 13 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18tii or 19 th cent.?


Character: Grantha.
(a)

A
(1)
(2)

Collection of twelve Atharvana

Upanisads:

JRahasya-Upanisad,

ff.

1 4b.
ff.

Amrtabindii-Uimnisad,

4b

5b.
ff.

(3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)


(9)
ff.

Tripurasundari-Upanisad,
Kdldgnirudra-Ujjanisad,
Atliarvasira-Upanisad,
ff.

ff.

5b 6b. 6b 7b.
8a

^drtra-Upanisad, or Sdrlraka-Up.,
ff.

9a.

9a 13b.

Kaiicdya-Upanisad,
Slianda-TJpanisad,

Mahd

TJpanimd
ff.

13b 15a. 15a 15b. Tripurdtapana (or


ff.
ff.

Upanisad?),

16 a 27 a.
(10)

Dem-Upanimd,

27a 28b.

-^
(11) (12)

20
ff.

<-

Triimra-Upanimd,

28b 29b.
ff.

Uixinisad {Katha-Upanisad?),

30a 34a
MSS.
Off.,

(?).

Similar collections of Upanisads in the


in
p.

described
vol. I,

Burnell,

Tanjore,

pp.

2836, and Ind.

126

seq.

Our MS.
I

begins:

athato

rahasyopanisadam vyakhya-

syamah devarsayo bralimanam sampnjya pranipatya papracchuli bhagavan rahasyopanisadam bruliiti sobravlt pura
i

vyaso

etc.

Fol. 4b: yo rahasyopanisadam adhite gurvanugrahat sarvapapavinirmmuktas saksat kaivalyam asnute rahasyopanisat samapta harih om etc.
i i

ii

ii

Fol. 5b:

bhadran
puras
i

nopi vataya
tripatha

manah om
i

santis santis

santih

aksaras sannivistah
this is

katha See Burnell I. O., p. 62, where given as the beginning of a Tripuropanisad.
tisrali

visvacarsani

yatra

etc.

Fol. 6b:

tripurisundaryyupanisat samapta Fol. 13 b: moksam annam atho mano moksam


ii

Fol. 9 a in margine: atharvasiropanisat

annam.

atho

manah
16a

ii

ity a(tha)rvasiropanisat

samapta

II

Fol.

in

margine: mahopanisat.
i

Beginning:

tripura
iti

tapani vidya vedyacicchaktivigraham


tat

vastucinmatrariipan

paratatvam bhajamy aham


i

om bhadram
i

karnebhir

santih athaitasmin antare bhagavan prajapatyam vaisnavam

vilayakaranam

rupam
Off. vol.

asrtya tripurabhidha

bhagavatity

evam

adi,

etc.

See the beginning of the Trijmrdtapmioi,

pan/sad in Ind.
Fol. 27a:

sa
i

p.

127.

turyam padam prapnoti ya evam vedeti


iti

mahopanisat
Fol. 30 a:

bhadram karnebhir

santih

etc.

parivrajyadharmmapugalamkara
aham
kathavidyarttha
i

yat

padam

yayuli

tarn

bhaje

om

vantam

saha nav avatv iti abruvan adhihi, etc.


Off",

ramacandi'apadam santih deva ha vai bhagaSee the beginning of a


i,

Katliopanisad in Ind.
Fol. 34 a:

vol.

p. 127.

sa

eva
iti

sivayogiti
:antih
i

kathyata

ity

upanisat

bhadrain karnebhir

srimad-visvadhisthanaparai

mahamsa-satgurusrlramacandrarpanam astu

acyutosmi

-^>^

21

H^
i

mahadeva tava kfirunyalesatali vijnanagha evasi sivosrai na nijan nijavat bhaty antalikaranajrmkirn atali param antahkarananasena. Here the MS. breaks off, bhanat and a new foliation begins.
i

(b)
(1)

The

^r'widf/dratnasiltra,
ff.

by Gaiidapdddcdrija, a pupil

of ^((ka
It

Yoglndra,

a.

begins:
i

kakrtirn

jnananandamayan devan nirmmalasphatiadharam sarvabhutanarp hayagrivam upEsmahe


i

atha saktamantranah jijhasa


svariipasam svavidya
It
i

atmaivakhandakaracaitanyasaptadasa-

etc.

ends:

anuttarasaipketapradhanavidyas
i

varnavisista(h)

khyrdvah

iti

athaitasam parivaranam anuparivara asarnsrimat-paraniahamsaparivrajakacaryya-Suka-

Yoglndra - sisya - sri - Gaudapadacaryya - viracitani sutravakyani samaptani


i

ii

(2)

The

Brwidydratna{sidra)d'iinkd, by Vidydranya Muni,


ff.

a pupil of Sankardcdrya,
It

3a

23 b.
caturbahan
triloI

begins:
i

balarkamandalabhasam
i

canam pasamkusadhanurbanam dharayantim sivam bhaje


srlvidyaratnasutranam
vakyartthap(r)atipadane
i

bhaga-

vatyah prasadena kriyate dipika naaya sa bhagavati jagat srstvedan tasmin devatadm utpadya, etc. It ends iti paramahamsa - parivrajakacaryya - srimat:

bhagavat-Samkaracaryya-sisya-sri-Vidyaranya-munikrta-srlvidyaratnadipika samapta
(3)
ii

harih

om

etc.

The

AtharvasirohJidsya, by

BhdsUara Rdya.
way
as
ff.

The

leaves are foliated in the ordinary

2437, and

also

as 1 to 14 by letters, viz. ka, kha, ga,


ta, tha, da,

glia,

na,

ca, cha, ja, jha, iia,

dha.

It begins :-srmatharaghriparagaiko

paragad aparagadhih
ii

atharvasiraso

bhasyam bhasate Bhaskaras sudhih

iha

khalu srimahatripurasundaryyah etc. It ends iti bhavanopanisadotharvanasirasotra racitavan


:

bhasyam
narn
li

Bhaskara-Rayo vidusan
srlgurubhyo namali
n

tustyai

jivanmumuksu-

om

-^

22

Hg^

19.

WmsH
Size:

No.

18.

28x2

in.,

103 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.


to

Palm leaves. Date: The MS. appears Scribe: Rama.


Material:

be

fairly old, early 11^^

century?

The leaves are numbered by letters Character: Malayalam. according to the system discussed by Professor Bendall in the J RAS,
October 1896, pp. 790
Injuries:
seq.
is

See Preface.
part of
f.

The MS.

much damaged,

85

is

broken

off"

and

lost.

The

Mahcibhcirata,

Parvan

ii:

The Sabha-Parvan

in

114 Adhyaj'as.

Differs

much from

the text of our editions.

harih orn ganapataye namah avighnam astu It begins: Janamejayah arjjuno jayatam srestho moksayitva mayan

tada
ttirni

kin

cakara

mahatejas

tan

me

bruhi
^

dvijottama

Yaisam srnu rajann avahitas caritam

rmmukasresthan

caksayasayakau divyany astrani rajendra durllabhani

nrpair bhuvi rathaddhvajapatakas ca svetasvais saha virya-

van etani pavakat prapya muda paramaya yutah ^tasthau mahavlryas tada saha mayena sah tatobravin mayah 3 stat krtani partthah vasudevasya sannidhau pa pratyanusmaran pranjali slaksnaya vaca pujayitva punahpunah Mayah asmac ca krsnat sarakruddhat pavakac ca didhaksatah tvaya tratosmi kaunteya bruhi kim karavani te aham hi visvakarma vai asuranam parantapa tasmat te vismayam kincit kuryam adya suduskarani evam ukto mahaviryyah parttho mayavinam mayam dhyatva muhurttam kaunteyah prahasan vakyam abravit Arjjunah krtam eva tvaya sarvam svasti gaccha mahasura etc. It is unfortunate that the difficult and much discussed verse ii, 66, 8 (the he-goat and the knife) occurs on f. 84,
i
i

a
1

damaged
The The

leaf.

The verse
is

reads:

[ajo

hi

sastratjm

rest of the line

lost,

the leaf being damaged.

Leaf damaged.

Read upatasthau.
about six Aksaras,
lost. lost.

rest of the line,

These aksaras are

-5^

23

Hg^

akhanat kilaikah sastre vipannobhiparasya bhumim nikrntanaiii svasya kanthasya gliorau tadvad vairamm ma khanih

panduputraih
It ends:

evani

gavatgane ksattix dliarmmartthasahitam


ii ii

iti vacah uktavan na grhitaii ca maya putraliitepsuna srlmahabharate satasahasrikayam samhitayam sabhaparvani anudyute dhrtarastrapascattapo nSma caturdasasatatamobarih srikrsnaya sabbaparvani samaptam ddbyayali namah Ramena likhitam idam pustakam
ii li
ii

ii

ii

20.

Whish No.
Size:

19.

IGixlf
Palm

in.,

285 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.


old, 17th

Material:

leaves.

Date: The MS. looks fairly Character: Malay alam.

century?

The Bliagavatn-Purdna, Skandhas i-ix. It begins: harih sriganapataye namab avigbnam

astu

janmadyasya yatonvayaditaratas carttbesv abhijnas svarat tene brabma brda ya adikavaye mubyanti yat surayab tejovarimrdam yatba vinimayo yatra trisarggomrsa dbamna svena sada nirastakubakam satyam paran dbimabi, etc. drstya vidbuya vijaye jayam udviIt ends (f. 283 b): ghusya procyoddbavaya param samagat svadhama cba ity astada.4asabasrikayain sambitayam sribbagavate mabapurane navamaskandbe caturvimsoddbyayab Tben follow two odd leaves, one ummmbered, the otber numbered as 170.

ii

ii

21.

Whish No.
Size:

20.

lOfxls
Palm

in.,

96 leaves, 8 lines on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Calicut 1826'. probably not much older. Character: Grantha.

The MS.

is

-^

24
(a)

f<-

The Caramvyuha,
It

ff.

4.

begins: athatas
uktaii

caranavyuhain vyakhyasyamah tatra


i

yad

caturvedyau catvaro veda jnata bhavanti rg\'edo


samavedotliarvaveda(s)
i

yajurvedas

ceti

tatra

rgvedasya

sapta bheda bhavanti


It

etc.

caranavyuham sa viprah panktipavanah tarayaty akhilan purvan purusan sapta sapta ca yo namani pura deva amrtatvan ca gacchati lokatitam mahasantim amrtatvari ca gacchati amrtatvaii ca gacchaty on nama ity aha bhagavan Vyasah Parasaryyo Vyasah vasudevasvariipaya vivasvatbimbatejase vedovamsavadamsaya Vedavyasaya te namah srlgurucaranaravindabhyan
ends:
i

yodhite

ii

ii

namah

ii

sribrhaspataye

namah
(b)

ii

The beginning
It

of a

Commentary on
iv,

Rudradliyaya (Taittirlya-Samhita
begins:

5),

the Satarudriya or f. 5 7.

on
i

namo

rudraya

rudranam vyakhyaui

moksaghaksayasalokyavyadhinasam praatha hainam brahmacarina ucuh kiiijapyenamrtatvam brtihiti sa hovaca Yajhavalkyah


yojanana
i

vaksyami yajjape

atha jabalopanisat

satarudriyeneti
It

etc.

ends:

uktam
iti
i

vayavye

rogavan paredam paretya


kalpah satarudra devata
i

rudrajapah cared

yajiiasiiktah
ii

asyeti satarudryam ucyate

harih oni
(c)

subham

astu.

The Brhaddranyalm-Vpanimd
Upanisad (Kanva Sakha),
It begins:
ff.

or

,^atapathabrdhniana-

96.
i
i

om sriganapataye namah on namo brahmabrahmavidyasampradayakarttrbhyo vamsarsibhyo namo gurubhyah srimad -Yajhavalkyagurubhyo namah harih om o num usa viX asvasya jneddhyasya siras suryya^
dibhyo
i

caksur vatah,

etc.

FoL

23:

iti

vajasaneyantargata-KanvIye suklayajurvede
ii

b;"hadaranyake saptadasakande prathamoddhyayah

Between the

first

and second Adliyayas a description


is

of

the Paflcaga^7avidhi

inserted
f.

(f.

23).

The
the
5*1^

3 "J

Adhyaya begins
f.

37,

the

4*^^

Adhyaya

f.

54,

A. f. 82. It ends: o num iti vajasaneyantargata-Kanviye suklayajurvede satapathabrahmane upatisthatsaptadasakande sasthoddhyayas samaptah harih om subham astu srlramacandrSya namah ekapac ca haviryyajha iiddharity addhvaragrahau vajapeyo rajasuya ukhasambharanan tatha hasti ghatas citis caiva santity agnirahasyakau astadhyayi maddhyamas ca asvamedhali pravargyakah brhadaranyakan ceti kandas saptadasa kramat om om

A.

74, the 6'^

ii

ii

ii

om

paragunaparadauaprastiitasesakrtya nijagunakalikabhir
i

llokam amodayantah aviditaparadosa jnanaplyiisapurnah karakrtam aparadham ksantum arhanti santah srigurubhyo
ii

namah

ii

22.

Whish No.
Size:

21.

D^-xl?-

in.,

78 leaves, 6 or 7 lines on a page.

Palm leaves. Date of MS.: An entry by Mr. Whish on leaf 70 ("Here ends the Rudra Bhashyam") is dated "Calicut 1826." The MS. is probably not much older.
Material:

Character: Grantha.
(a)

Commentary on the

Satarudr'uja or
5),
ff.

the Taittirlya-Sauihitd

(iv,

70.

Rudrddhydya of Title and name


iti

of the author do not occur in the book.


It begins:

on
i

namas

te

rudra manyava

atha sata-

rudryahomah
esotragniracito

athatas

satarudryah juhotity

upakramya
i

bubhuksamano rudrarupenavatisthati
i

tasya

tarppanadevair dvitiyan darsanam yad vai tac chatarudryah juhotity upakramya prajapatim visrastadityabhiprayamantrfirtthrinugunyeua srutir bhavet
i

sa esah satasirsah
iti

rudrah sambhavad

iti

namas

te

rudra manyava

raudra-

-^
ddhyayah
pater va
i
i

26

H^
i

It ends:

antarikse loke ye rudrah

atra Paramesthina arsam devanam va prajaAghorasyarsam iti kecit ekarudradevatyah etc.


i i

sthitali

tebhyo

namah
I

vatah vayuli isavali samanam anyat prthivyam bhuloke ye rudra sthitah (read ah) tebhyo na-

yesam rudranam

mah yesam rudranam annam atmanah sam


pusnati
i i

icchet sariram
I

adhikam nyimam vyadhadijagatvena niriipyate samanam anyat evan namostu rudrebhya iti harih oni
i

ii

(b)

The Mandalabrdlimana (ff. 71 78), described by Mr. Wliish as the 'Mandala Brahmanah of the Atharva-Yedah.' This is identical with Satapatha-Brahmana x, 5, 2. See
also Mitra, Notices,

No. 682, where

it

is

called

Mandala-

hralimanopanimcl.
It begins:
ta

yad etan mandalan

tapati tan

mahad ukthan
dipyate

rcas

sa

ream lokotha yad etad

arccir

tan

mahavratan tani samani sa samnam lokotha ya esa etasmin mandale purusas sognis tani yajumsi sa yajusam lokas
saisa trayyeva vidya tapati,
It ends:
etc.
li

somrto

bhavati mrtyur hy asyatma bhavati


ii

18

II

iti

mandalabrahmanam sampiirnam

om num

ii

23.

WmsH
Size:

No.

22.
a page.

12^xlg- in., 193 leaves, 9 lines on Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: ISth or 19tii cent.?
Character: Grantha.

^aukara's Chandogyopcmisadvivarana , or Commentary on the Clidndogya-Upanimd.


It

begins:

om
i

ity

etad

aksaram

ityadyastaddhyayi

chandogyopanisat
rjuvivaranam
tatra

tasyas

samksepatortthajijnasubhyah
i

alpagranthah cedam bhasyam arabhyate sambandhah samastam karmmadhigatam i^ranadi-

-^
devatasahitam

27

r<-

arcciradimargena

bralimapratipattikara-

nam
It

etc.

ends:

iti

srI-Govinda-bliagavat-padapujya-sisyasya

^riparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasya bhagavatah krtau cchandokyopanisad


barili prapathakas samfiptah namah srimahalaksmyai namali
ii
i

srimac
(sic)
i

Chamkara-

vivarane astamah
srisarasvatyai

om
i

...

pilrvatyai

namah

ii

24.

WmsH
Size: 12-|-X2
in.,

Xo.

23.

81 -f 37

+ 31

leaves,

from 9

to 11 lines

on a

page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: I8th or


Character: Grantba.

19tii cent.?

The
sa
(viz.

31 leaves of the last

work

are

numbered by the
va 29, sa 30, sa

letters

ka to

Jm

1, kJia 2,

ga

etc.,

la 28,

31).

(a)

panisad (ff. 31b by Sankara.


harih

Commentaries on the Kathopcmisacl (ff. 1 31 a), Prasno55), and Mu7ulakopanisacl (ff. 56 a 81)

In the margin of the


i

first

page: kathopanisadbbasyani
vaivasvataya

om

The work

begins:

on

namo bhagavate

mrtyave brahmavidyacaryyaya Naciketase catha Kathakopanisadvalllnam sukhartthapratibodhanarttham alpagrantha vrttir arabhyate upanipiirvasya sader ddhator visaranagatyavasada^nartthasya kvipratyayantasya rupam upanisad
iti,

etc.

It

ends on foL 31a:

iti

sri-Govinda-bhagavat-pujyavalli

pada-sisya-sriparamahamsa-parivrajakacaryya-srimac-Chamkara-bhagavat-krtau Kathakopanisad-vivarane sasthi


ii

samapta harih om subham astu sakhe ha kim kurmmah kim iti kathayamah katham amun taramah samsaram kya
ii
ii i

Sic for avasadao.

nu ca vibhavamo vayam ami itidrk cintabdhau hrdaya na nimajjalam anisam gurum sokaddhvante taranim avalambasva taranim asmatguriicaranaravindabhyan namah In the margin of fol. 31b: prasnopanisat-bhasyam It begins :-om srutismrtipurananam alayam karunalayaip namami bhagavat-pada-Samkaram lokasamkararn visvavandyam viglinarajam sarvasuklam sarasvatim piirvacaryyan sarvapiijyan kurve natipadam gurim mantroktari

ii

ii

tthasya

vistaranuvadidam brahmanam arabhyate


etc.

rsipra-

snaprativacanakliyayika tu vidya,
It ends

iti sri-Govinda-bhagavatpujya-pasrimat-paramahamsaparivrajakacaryyasya sriSamkara-bhagavatali krtau atharvanopanisadvivarane prasnavivaranam samaptam harih om etc. In the margin of fol. 56 a: mundakopanisat-bhasyam

on fok 55:

da-sisyasya

ii

ii

ii

It

begins:

brahma

devanam

ity

adyatliarvanopanisat

vyacikhyasita asyas ca vidyasampradayakarttrparamparyyalaksanam sambandham adav evaha svayam eva stutyarttham evam hi, etc. It ends on fol. 81b: iti sri-Govinda-bhagavatpiijya-pada-

sisyasya paramaliamsa-parivrajakacaryyasya srlmac-Cham-

karabhagavatah krtau atharvanopanisat-vivaranam sama-

ptam

II

harih

om

ii

(b)

The Upadesagranthavivarana, a Commentary on


UpadesasaJiasriM, by Bodlianidhi
(.?),

ScmJi-ara's

a pupil

of Vidya-

dhaman, ff. 37. See Ind. Off. Part lY, p. 731. In the margin: Upadesasahasrika harih om It begins: visnum pahcatmakam vande bhaktyastadasabhedaya samgavargonavimsatya bhaktair nnavabhir asritam om caitannyam sarvagam sarvam sarvabhutaguhasayam yat sarvavisayatitan tasmai sarvavide namah samavayya (read vapya?) kriyas sarva daragnyadhana1 purvikrih brahmavidyam athedanim vaktum vedah pracakrame 2 etc. It ends on fol. 37 b: iti saptasatasloka yatindrasrlmukhotgatah vivrta gurusaktena maya brahmatmabo-

II

-^
i

29

HS~

dliakah upasya sraddhaya .srimad-Vidyudliamamunes ciram

srimatpadarabujan tasya jn-asadan (readdan) na svabuddhitah yena me iiikliiladvaitad akrsya mana atmani sthapitam
I
i

munim mukliyena
i

yavajjivan

uamami tam

yatbhasyasa-

garajayuktamaniu prakirnan j)rapyadliuna katipayan kavayo bhavanti tasmai namo janamanobjadivakaraya krtsnagamartthanidhanaya yatisvaraya iti srimad-Vidyadhai

sraddbabhaktimatrapreritena Bodhanidhina ma^isyeiia samaptam yatpiidakamaupadesagranthavivaranam krtam sarvantaratmapujyams praptavan aham lasamgat nirvanara
'
ii
i

tan pranamami gariyasah

harih
(c)

om subbam
il

astu

ii

The Vivekacuddmani by ^aiikara, ff. 31. In the margin: vivekacudamani om. sarvavedantasiddhantagocaran tam agocaIt begins: ram Govindam paramananda(Tn) matgurum pranatosmy aham 1 jantiinam narajanma durllabham atah pumstvan tato viprata tasmad vaidikamargadharmmaparata vidvatvam

asmat param

tmana

samsthitir

atmanatmavivecanam svanubhavo brahmammuktir nno satakotijanmasukrtaili pui

nyair vina labhyate


It ends

etc
iti

on foL 31:

srimat-paramahainsa-parivraja-

kacaryyavaryya-sri-Govinda-bhagavatpiijyapada-sisya-srimat-

paramahamsa - parivrajakacaryyavaryya - srimat


parasmai brahmane namah
ii

- Samkarabhagavatpada-krtauvivekaciidamanissampurnah srikrsnaya
ii

25.

Whish No.
Size:

24.

IS^-Xlg

in-,

58

(leaf

36

is

missing)

+38

leaves (the latter

being foliated by the numbers 100 to


Material:

137), 7 lines

on

a page.

Palm leaves. Date of MS.: Early 18th


Character: Grantha.
is

cent.?

The MS.
I

much

coi'rected.

Proper name?

-^

30
(a)

f^-

treatises referring to the


I.

Commentaries on the 8a])talalisana\ i. e. seven phonetic Black Yajur Veda. (See Burnell
O.
p.

10

seqq.,

and Burnell, Tanjore,

p.

5 seqq.)

They
Sam-

are:
(1)

The Samdnavydkhydna, a Commentary on


Fols. 1

the

hitdsanidnalaksana.
It begins:

adhikarartthothasahdah yatha athasabdonusasanam iti adhikarah prastavah prararnbha ity artthantaram yesu padesu samhitayam visarjaniyo lupyate
i
i

atheti

12.

tesam padanam samgrahalaksanasastram prastutam etam arttham athasabdo dyota iti (read dyotayati)
It ends
(fol.
ii

ity
I

etc.
II

12a): iti samanavyakhyanam sampiirnain

harih
(2)

om

The Vilimghyavydkhydna by Fimdarikaksisuri, a Commentary on the Vilimghyalaksana of Ndrdyana. Ff. 1221.


It begins
(fol.
i

12a):

vyakhyanam
surina
i

om

vilimghya (khya j9r. m.)pranipatya jagannatham Pundarikaksi(sic)


I

atlia

vilimghyalaksanavyakhya kriyatedya maya svayam pranamya bharatim ity ena praripsitasya vilimghyalaksa-

nasya avicchedaparisamaptaye

sarasvatin devlrn

pranamya
i i

Narayananamaham
.
. .

padani pravaksyamiti pratijnayate ekaraikaravarnau yau samhitayam vikarinau padakale avikarinau drstau yau tadantSni vilamghyai

vilimghyani

ni (sic)^ vedavittamair ucya[n]te It

ends

(fol.

21):

vilimghyavyakhyanam sampurnam

ii

harih

om

ii

(3) The Naparavydkhydna or Naixirapaddhativydklnjdna, a Commentary on ^aurisunus Naparcdaksana. Ff. 22 26 b. om atha naparavyakhyanam natveti sakaIt begins:

Whish on

does not occur in the MS., but it is given by Mr. and according to Burnell I. 0. p. 12, title page, it seems to be the name assigned to these tracts in the South of India. It often occurs in Oppert's List of Sanskrit MSS. in Southern
1

This

title

the

India.
2

See Aufi-echt CC. See Burnell I. 0. pp.

s.

v.

10, 11;

Tanjore p. 5b.

-^
lanivrttihetmn
i

31

^<-

navam nutanam
i

laksanam
i

Saurisu-

nur aham
It ends:

pravaksyami

ity

artthah

etc.

naparapaddhativyakhyanam

samaptam

ii

liarihl

om
a

II

(4)

The TaparapaddJiati or Tai)arapaddhativijdkhydna, Commentary on the Taparalaksana. Ff. 26 b 28 b.

It
jati
I

begins: atha
etc.

taparapaddhatih

annadyan

nirbha-

It

ends
i

ii

iti

taparapaddhativyakhyanam

samaptam

ii

harih
(5)

om

The Avarnivydlihydna, a Commentary on


Ff.

the Avarni-

laksam.
It
ity

28b 35b.

begins:

atha
i i

avarnivyakhyanam

avarninyanuktam
anuktyadhi-

adi

vacyantam

piirvasyavarnilaksanasya

koktipurfiktibhih
It ends:
(6)

etc.
ii

iti

akaradini padany uktani

harih

om

ii

The Akdrapaddhatl
begins:
i

or Avarnivydkhydna, a
Ff.

Commenivagnl-

tary on the Avarnilaksana.


It

35b 39 b.
i

atha
ii

akarapaddhatih

antariksam

ddhram

etc.

It ends:

ity
ii

akaradipadany uktani

ii

avarnivyakhyanam

samaptam
(7)

om

The Animyyavydkhydna, a Commentary on the AnimFf. 39 b

gyalaksam.
It begins:

58.
l

atha

animgyavyakhyanam munimanasetyadi-

slokatrayenadau praripsitasya laksanasya avighnena parisamaptaye mamgalam adadhanah abhistadevatan nama-

animgyam iti animgyam avibhagapadam ucyate na


skrtya visayan darsayati
i

anusisyata

iti

ca

tv

asamasapadam

saty
tvat
I

api samase sacipatih brhaspatir ityadlnam animgyaetc.

aniingyapadanam prapaiicatvat granthadinmatram uktani anonuktan gauravabhayat prayogatonugantavyam iihaniyam ca yat kihcit vidvatbhir
It ends:
i

iha

saniksipya

ii

ii

ity

animga(s/c)vyakhyanam piirnam

harih

om

ll

etc

-^

32
(b)

H^

A
It

Cofnmentari/ on the Blidradvajaslksa, by LaJiSmana


Ff.

Jatcmdlalliascistrin.

100137.
I

^ivaya sainbaya saganaya sasunave sagangaya savrsaya namo namah ddhyatvasadya jagannatham sambam sarvartthasadhakam vyakhyayatedhima siksa Bharadvajamunlrita parisphi(read praripsi)tasya granthasyavighnena parisamaptyarttham adau

begins: -namas

sanandine

istadevatan namaskararupam

mamgalya (read mamgalam)


i

svayam krtva sisyanusiksayai granthato nibaddhnan ciklrsitam pratijanite ganesam pratinipatyaham sandehanan nivarttaye (read nivrttaye) siksam anupravaksyami vedanam mulakaranam ganadhipatim anamya vedanam granthatrayanam adikaranam siksam vedasthasandeham nlvaranaya pravaksyamiti Bharadvajaniuninoktam It ends: Bharadvajamuniprokta Bharadvajena dhlmata vyakbyata Laksmanakhyena Jatavallabbasastrina sastislokaparyyantain maya vyakhyanam krtan tatah karakrtam aparadham ksantum arbanti santab barib
i i
i

ii

ii

ii

ii

ii

26.

WmsH
Size: ll|

No.
(1)

25.
(2)

X l|
Palm

in.,

(1)

37

+ 21 +

leaves,

6 lines on a

page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 1822.


50 years older. Character: Grantha.
(1)

The MS. may be about

Tbe Mantraprasnadvaya, Apastambins in 2 Prasnas.


Tbis
is

or

tbe

Mantrapdtha of the

MS. 'Wb.' used for tbe edition of tbe 'ManTbe Prayer Book of tbe Apastambins' by M. Winternitz, Part I (Oxford 1897, Anecdota Oxonientbe

trapatba

or

sia).

See Introduction

p. xii.

->4

33

HS-

(2)

The Aimstanibiya Grhyasatra, in 23 Khandas. This is the MS. 'C. used for the edition of the Apastambiya Grhyasutra by M. Winternitz (Vienna 1887).
See Preface
p.

V.

27.

Whish No.
Size:

26.
leaves,

IB'sXls

in-,

(3)

135

+ (2)

generally 5 lines on

a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Bate: Entry by Mr, "Whish dated 'CaHcut 1824'. The Angirasa year preceding 1824 (see below) is A. D. 1812/13, but probably the year A. D. 1752/53 is meant. Scribe: The son of Sesadri. See above No. 15.
Character: Grantha.

The Ekagnikdndavydlihyci, or Mantraprasnahhdsya, or MantrahMsya, by Haradatta.


This
is

the

MS.

'Hw.'

used

for

the

edition

of

-the

Mantrapatha or the Prayer Book of the Apastambins' by M. Winternitz, Part I, see Introduction, p. xii.

avighnam astu om pranipatya mahadevam It begins: ekagnikandaniantranam vyakhya Haradattena dhimata


i i
i

sammyag

vidhiyate

ii

1
i

tatra tadadaryya' adito vaisvade-

etc. vamantran adhiyate prathamah prasnas samaptah 57: ekagnikande ity J^. Haradattacaryyaviraekagnikandavyakhya ity It ends: visargabindvaksara etc. cita sampurna

ii

ii

The date
savarsam
trattile
i i

amglragiven in the following colophon tiruvonanaksaastami tithi cittiramasam 24


is
:
i i

aparanhakalattile mudihcutu

ii

harih

om subham
Sesadri-

astu

arngirasabde

vasubhe mesamasebjavasare
ii

sununa sammyan mantrabhasyam samaptam


I

The Telugu

edition reads: tatracaryya.

-^

34

Hg-

28.

Whish No.
Size: 7?

27.

Xl?

in., 62 leaves, 8 lines

on a page.

Palm leaves. Dafe 0/ MS. : Thursday the fifth day of the dark half of the month of Karttika of the Jupiter year Srimukha in which the copy of the first work was finished (see the colophon below) corresponds (according to Dr. Schram's Tables) to November Ist, A. D. 1753.
Material:
Character: Grantha.

(a)

The Svarapancdsacchlokl
text, also, is

Vyakliyd,

a Commentary
ff.

on

the Svaralciksana (see the second work),

57.

The

mcluded.

begms: atlndriyarthavijnanam pranamya brahma taittiriyapadadinam vaksyami svaralaksanam sasvatam anena slokena paraparabrahma pranamapurvakam aripsitagranthasyabhidheyam aha vedopi sasvatam brahma etc tannirnitasvaralaksanajnane phalantaram apy asti
It
ii
I

svaresu padarupajhanam nadagamasarpka bhavati


tatra paribhasam aha
ii
i

yatha ayam iha prathamodhayiti


i i

tasmad arabdhavyam

evaitat

ii

udattas canudatta^ ca varnanam

prakrtau svarau etc. arunopanisatsvaras tu uktah kecit boddhyah It ends: kvacid addhyayanat anye anyathapi boddhyah sanibharyya grhnati palvalya grhnati yosau tapann udeti ityadi ekaagnis ca jatavedas ca upanisatsu srntis canukta bhavati

ca ekasrutir bhavati vyatyayas ca siksam vyakhyasyamah sahasrasirsam devam sa va esa purusonnarasamayah ityadi anyepiti vacanam anyatrapi kvacit padaddhyayanarahite vyatyayam sticayati pra nu vocam cikituse sa tvan nalai

plavo bhutva sa vacaspate hrd iti vyaharat om iti svarapahcasacchloki vySkhya piirna harih om The colophon is written in Tamil and contains the date: ^rimukhavarusam karttigai masam 5 va vyarakke(read viyarakki?)rammaile Egadesil (?) erudiiisadu.
ii
i

ii

li

-5^

35
(b)

HS-

The

Svaralalisana
,

(by

Kesavdrija,

son

of
in

Snridevathe

biiddhetidra)

a
ff.

treatise

on

the

accents
of the

Black
is

Yajur-veda,

58

62.

The name

author

not

mentioned in our MS., but is given in Burnell I. 0. p. 9 seq., from which it appears also, that our MS. contains only
the
It
first

part of the work.

begins:
i

atlndriyartthavijfianam

pranamya brahma
ii

sa^vatam taittirlyapadadinam vaksyami svaralaksanam udattas canudattas ca varnanam prakrtau svarau svaritas tu dvidhocyante dhrtali kampa^ ca samhitah tulyasvaras sarupartthe pade bhedepi tat supam dvir ukta ca grhepy evam dvidhemgyara^e vibhaktije 1
i

ii

ii

il

It ends:
I

nyamsvaryyujyafi cidanavyasasaumyas
etc.

ceti tadrii

sah anyepy addhyayanat boddhya arunopanisatsvarah


harih

50

ii

om

29.

Whish
Size:

No.

28.
1 to

9jXl?

in.,

72 leaves, foliated from

69 (leaf 11 being
7

counted

twice), followed

by two leaves numbered 72 and 79; from

to 9 lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18th cent.?


Character: Grantha.
Injuries:

One

half of leaf 72
to this

is

lost.

volume does not belong

MS.

An odd half leaf found in the Leaf 69 is damaged.


Oirof

Fragments
of Amarendra

of the MaTidganesa-Mcmtrapaddliati by

vdnendra, the pupil of Ylsvesvara.

Visvesvara was a pupil


pupil

Yadi Glrvdnendra Yogin.


It begins:

(sic),

Amarendra Yadi a

Sisyo

srimahaganapataye namali Amarendra-yadis tasya Visvesvaras sisyo Girvanendrasya Yoginah Girvanendroham asya tu sisyo mahaganesasya vaksye sriI
i I

mantrapaddhatim
I

etan

distya ' khilas

santas

santustas
be drstva-

This word

is

not quite clear, perhaps drstya? Should

it

khilan?

3*

^
santu santatam
i

36

-s-

dhana(ni) likhyate
likhyate

prathamam srlmahaganapate(r) nySsaviatha punar acamya guruh prEgvani

dano vistare(read ro)pavistas san itySdi granthartthotra


i

etc.

hnes:^mulagnaye yavagra(m) syat annayannan tu payasam balaya tilatailam syat sarasvataya maksikam tandulan dharanaya syat medhayai tv iksukhaiidakam dadhi pustyai sthirayambhah pritaye kadallphalam apupam va^yaka. Here the MS. breaks off.
last three
i
i
i

The

30.

Whish No.
Size:

29.

12[xli

in.,

276 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18th or 19th cent.? Character: Grantha.

misra's)

The MayukliamdWm, a Commentary on Sdstrad'qnkd (a Commentary on

{Pdrtliasdrathi-

the

Mimdmsd-

by Somandtlia, the pupil and younger brother of Venkatddriyajvan, and the son of Siiri Bhatta, of the family of Nittala. See Ind. Off., Part IV, p. 696 seq., and Hall, p. 176.
Sutras),

vibudhair abhivandiniyam vacam vallabhasarvabhaumah vamsopi yatparigrhitataya vibhakti ^ vacalatam tribhuvanaikavimohayantim adhigamya kalam akhilam agrabhavad Vemkatadriyajvagurerah^ vacanair anatipracurair vyakurve i^astradlpikani visadavibudhah3 pranamya miirddhna bahudha vah prartthaye krtavasyam arpayata drsam suksmam nindata paratobhinandata va etc.
It begins:

aviskarotu

sa kopi

mama

It

ends:

iti

^ri-Nittala-kula-tilaka-Suri-bhatta-mahopa-

ddhyayatanubhavasya Verakatadriyajvagurucarananuja - So-

bibhartti, Ind. Off.

MS. MS.

K,ead

guroh.
ii

visadam

ii

vio Ind. Off.

~^-

37

f<^

manatha-sarvatomukhayajinah

ki-tau

sastradipikavyakhya-

jam

mayukhamalikasamakhyayam
ii

dvitlyasyaddhyayasya
i

caturtthah padali

harih

om

srigurubliyo naraah

31.

Whish No.
Size:
5'h

30.

1-g-

in.,

94 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.


lOtii cent.?

Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18tii or


Character: Grantha.

Adliyayas (from the Padma-Piirdna, Aufrecht-Oxford, p. 17, Mitra, Notices, ee Hall p. 123, vol V, p. 94 seqq., No. 1777, but ibid. vol. IV, p. 84, No. 1488 described as belonging to the Matsya-Purdna).

The

^ivccgltd in 16

<larain

umapatyam {sic) umajanim umah comasahoumananandaram patmam vidhim vayani upasmahe paficaksaratanum pahcavadanam pranavam sivam aparakaIt begins:
|
i

runariipam gurumiirttini ahain bhaje Suta uvaca athatas anugrahan sampravaksyami suddham kaivalyamuktidam
i i
i

mahesasya bhavaduhkhasya bhesajam


It

ii

ii

etc.

ends:
i

ity

uktva

prayayus

sarve

sayamsandhySm
ii

upasitum

stuvantas Sutaputran te santusta gomatitatam

iti sri-sivagitasupanisatsu parabrahmavidyayam yogasastre siva-raghava-samvade sodasoddhyayah ^risivaya namah


li
II

harih

om

ii

32.

WrasH No.
Size: 7

31.

X ll

in.,

30

66

(3) leaves,

from 6

to 8 lines

on a page.
at the

Material:

Palm

leaves.

nd

Date: Kollam year 997 ("Kollam 997 amatadhanumasam", of the Kaivalyanavanita) i. e. A. D. 1822. Character: Malay alam.
(1)

The Pancaratnaprakaram in Malayalam language (ff. 18).

->4

38
(2)

H^

The Gnrwfda from the See Aufrecht-Oxford 72 b.


It begins
(f.

Slmnda-Purana
namali
I

(ff.

922).

9):

srigaiiapataye
i

kailasasikhare

ramye bliaktanugraliatalpara[h] * pranamya parvati bhaktyH om namo sridevy uvaca 1 amkaram pariprcchati devadevesaparatppara jagatguroh^ sadasiva mahadeva (read
i
i

"deva) gurudiksam pradehi

me

bhavety eva satyam satyam na samsayah na (gu)ror adliikam na ^uror adhi(ka)m na guror adhikam na guror adhikam harih
F. 22b ends:
sivo
ii
i

sada

(3)

The Purvottaradvddasamanjarikd
(ff.

Stotra

by

^aiikara

2327).
23
begins:

sisiravasante

harih dinam api rajanlsayampratah punar ayatah kala(h) kridati gacchaty ayus bhaja Govindam bhaja tad api na muiicaty a^apasam
F.
i

Govindam Govindam bhaja mudhamate


Ff.

dvadasamanjarikabhir ihaisa sisyanam 26b 27: kathito hy upadesah ekagre na karoti viveka te pasyante iti srimat24 bhaja Govindam narakam anekam para(ma)hamsaparibhramlakarya (read parivrajakacarya)i i

ii

srimat- Sankara(ca)ryaviracite purvottaradva(da)samanjarikastottram sampurnnam ^ri-Sankaracaryaviracire svamine namah srividyarunyasvamine namah


ii ii

(4)

Fragment
It begins:

of a short

tract (in Sanskrit)

(ff.

27

28b).

bandhah

karmany atha bahuvidhe striguha-

yam

pravistah pumsor etakana sakhelite (??) sonite varttama-

nah vitppankothaikramibhi[h]r abhitas taditah piditatma


yavat
i

etc.

F. 28b ends:

sasnehabhyam paravasataya puspyamanah


prathitabahucapalyam

pitrbhyam
1

kridalaulyam

uUaghya
Ip for tp.

otalpara for "tatpara.

Grantha MSS. frequently have Read devadevesa paratpara jagadguroV

-$H

39

HS-

balyam dvaitiyikam puram atha vayah prapnuvat dvptacitto laksmi janeta tava vada yugam vismaren masma
bhupara
ii

(5)

Fragment

of another short tract (in Sanskrit)

(if.

29

30).

harih bhedabhedau savatrigalitau punyaF. 29 begins: pape visirnne mayamohe ksayam adhigatau nastasannehavrttau sabdatitam trigunarahitam,
F. 30b
etc.

ends:

santikalyanahetum
ii

mayaranye dahanam

amalam ^antinirvanadivam
divam
i

tejorasim nigamasadana-Vyasa-

puttrastakam yah pratahkale pati mahatam vyayatinirvana-

Vyasaputram

(6)

The Kaivalyanavanita
2 PataLas
(ff.

(in

Malayalam

language)

in

66).

33.

Whish No.
Size: 9t

32.

1-ff

in.,

23 leaves, 8 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18th or 19th cent.?


Character: Grantha.

A
It

Commentary on SahkaracdrycCs Atmahodhaprakarana,


begins:

(by Madhusiidana Sarasvatl, according to Prof. Aufrecht).

bhagavan Sankaracaryya uttamadhikarinam vedantaprasthiinatrayan nirmmaya tadanvalocanasama(r)tthanam mandabuddhinam anugraharttham sarvavedantasiddhantasamgraham atmabodhakhyam prakaranan
didarsayisuh pratijanite
It
i

atra

tapobhir

iti

etc.

ends:

tasmad
ii

atmatlrttharatasya na kihcid avasi-

syata
sri
-

iti bhavah iti srimat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryyaGovinda - bhagavatpadacaryya - sisya - srimat - Sankarasamapta tika caryya - viracitatmabodhaprakaranasya
i
i

harih

om

-^

40

r<-

u.
AVhish No.
Size:

33.
for after
f.

14xl|
,

in.,

(2)

+ 276

[really 288,

67,

ff.

4867
f.

are repeated again


f.

marked them
is

as 48*

67* and
(3)

after
,

171

180 follows
Material:

though nothing
leaves.

missing]

leaves

from 7 to

10 lines on a page.

Palm

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Deer. 1831.' The Kalayukti (or Kalayukta) year immediately preceding 1831 is A. D. 1798'99, but the MS. may have been written 60 or 120 years earlier (A. D. 1738/39 or even 1678/79).

Scribe: Sesasuri.

Character: Grantha.

The Visnu-Purdna,
It begins:
i

in 6 Ainsas.

narayanan namaskrtya naran caiva narottamam Vyasam sarasvatin devim tato jay am udirayet pranamya visnum visvesabrahmadin pranipatya ca gurum pranamya vaksyami puranam vedasammitam itihasapuraii
i

om

vedavedamgaparagam dharmmasastrartthatatvajnam Vasisthatanayatmajam Parasaram sukhasinam krtanajiiam


i

piirvahnikakriyara

Maitreyah paripapraccha pranipatya-

bhivadya ca

etc.

The I"* Amsa ends (f. 55): devarsipitrgandharvayaksadinan tu sambhavam bhavanti srnvatah pumso devadya varada mune iti srivisnupurane prathamemse dvavimsoi
i

ddhyayah

ii

prathamomsas samaptah

ii

bharatanarendrasaravrttam kathayati yas ca srnoti bhaktiyuktah sa vimalama"^"^

The II

Amsa

ends

(f.

76):

iti

tir eti
iti

natmamoham

bhavati ca samsaranesu muktiyogyah


i

ii

srivisnupurane dvitlyerp^e sodasoddhyayah


i

harili

om

dvitlyom^as samaptah

om

The

III'^'i

Amsa

ends

(f.

117):

pumsam

jatabharanaI

maulavatam vrthaiva moghasinam akhilasaucanirakrtanam


ii

toyapradanapitrpindabahiskrtanam sanibhasanad api nara

narakam prayanti iti srivisnupurane trtlyeinse astadasoddhyayah harih om. The ly*^ Am^a ends (f. 171b): etad viditva na narena karyyam mamatvam atmany api panditena tisthantu
i

tavat tanayatmaja(d)yah ksetradayo ye tu sariratonye

itya-

-^
dimaha^rivisnupurane

41

r<$-

caturtthemse
\\

caturvirasoddhyayah
ii

ii

caturttharpsas samaptah

barili

om

The V*^ Amsa ends

(f.

252):

srI-Parasarali
i l

ity
i

ukto-

bhyetya partthabhyam yamabhyaii ca tatliarjjunali drstafi caivanubliutan ca sarvam akhyatavams tada Yyasavakyan
ca te sarve srutvarjjunamukheritam
i

rajye Pariksitam krtva

yayuh Pandu(su)ta vanam ityetat [sJtavaMaitreyavistarena mayoditam jatasya yad Yador vaipb^ Vasudevasya cestitam iti srivisnupurane paficamemse astatri(m)soddhyayali
i

11

^rikrsnaya

namah

li

The

VI*''

Amsa

ends

(f.

276b):

iti

vividham ajasya
i

yasya riipam prakrtiparatmamayam sanatanasya pradisatu bhagavSn asesapumsara harir apajanmajaradikam .samr-

ddhim
harih

ii

iti
ii

srivisnupurane sasthemse astamoddhyayah

om

sri-Parasaraya
ii

namah

ii

srl-Yedavyasaya
.

om namah
li ii

visnupuranam samaptam bindudurllipi" sajjanah abdesmin kalayuktyakhye jyesthamasy astame dine Hkhitam vaisnavam
samajitas sasthomsah
ii

harih
. .

om
.

om
i

srih

ii

idam puranam Sesasurina

ii

om.

35.

WmsH
Size:

No.

34.

9rX2

in.,

170 leaves, from 8 to 14 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

.!

__

Date of MS.: 18th Or 19 tu cent.?


Character: Grantha.

The Jayamangalci, a Commentary on


ndmastotra Ndrdya)ia,
vol YII,
p.

the LaJitdsahasra--^

(from

the
of

a
57,

son

Bralmidnda-Pimina), by Bliatta See Mitra, JSTotices, Vehkatddri.


srimatah karunapatmabhu(r) brahmandani
i
i

No. 2287.

It begins:

^rimahaganapataye namah
samprapya
te

kataksasaranirn

karoti raksati harir hantisvaro lllaya

trayyante -purusah

paratpara
gatir
iti

iti

khyatopi sarnvitkale sa kastheti ca sa para


I

tvayy eva visramyati


ff.

etc.

Then

lb

2a: advaitavidyacaryya-sn-Verakatadri-

^
tanubhavah
dhili
1 i

42

Hgsusa.

Narayanambikagarbha^uktimuktamanis Yyakhyam Narayana sphutam hasrasya rahasyanam namnam viracayamy aham etc.
lalitade^ikadesad
i
i

vyakurmmahe

srisrimateti

^rir

ai^varyyam,

etc.

sri-Bhatta-Narayanena viracita lalitasahasraIt ends: nama-stotravyakhya jayamamgalakhya sampiirna .4rimahatripurasundaricaranaravindayor nnityabhaktir astu mama sriramaya paramagurave namah harih om subham astu
|

ii

ii

gurucaranaravindabhyan namali

om

ii

36.

Whish No.
Size: 11

35.
ff.

xH

in.,

(2)

and

3839 being double] Material: Palm leaves.


f.

+ 176 [really 140, 77115 being missing, + leaves, from 1113 lines on a page.
(1)

Date: 18th cent.?


Character: Grantha.

Portions of the Mlmdmsdkaustuhha, a Commentary on Jaimini^s Mimdmsci-Darsana, by Khandadeva, the son of Budradeva, extending from the beginning of the second

end of the first Pada of the third Adhyaya. a lacuna from the end of the 2'^'* to the 4*^ Pada in the second Adhyaya. the of beginning

Adhyaya

to the

Besides, there

is

It begins:

srimahaganapate n(a)mah subham astusrimai

haganapate n(a)mah subham astu evani upotghataprasaktamantralaksanadau samapte yatprasamgena nuprasakte yad agatam tatsamaptau tatbuddhis saiijayata iti nyayena bhavartthadhikaranoktadhatvartthakaranatvasya upasthite, etc.

In margine: sabdantaradhikaranam. visesadar^anac ca purvesam sarvesu hy apraF. 18 b:

vrtti syat

ii

See Mimanisadarsana
II, 2, 29.

II, 2, 4.

F. 75:

sarvasyevoktakamatvat
ii

tasmin

kamasruti syat

nidhanarttha punasrutih
P. 76b ends:

phalasambandhah
prayojanam pu.

na vatadaksam gunat

bhavanabheda

iti

-^
Ff. 77

43

H^
f.

11-i

are missing, and

115 begins:

lepi

niril-

(Ihalaksanaya prayogadarsanena,

etc.
ii

F. 115 b:

kartur

va srutisamyogat
(f.

II, 4, 2.

The

2'^

Adhyaya ends
i

127b):

sri-Eudradevasunoh
ii ii

krtir esa

Khandadevasya mlmamsakaustubhrikhyo bhedaddhyaddhyeya (sic) caturtthaipghreli iti ^rl-Khandadevakrtau mlmamsakaustublie dvitiyoddhyayah sriguru etc.
F. 173b: rtthena
It ends

vyavastha

vartthasya srutisamyogal limgasyaii

sambandhal laksanarttha piinasrutih III, 1, (f. 176): mima(mjsainbunidhim pramatthya


vedarp tatha vilsukim

27.
vi-

vidhair nnySyoccayair nirjjaraih krtva Jaiminisiitramanda-

ram amura

yad dhalahalasamjiiani

eva kalitam granthantaram sajjanaih srikrsnasya tu bhu-

sanSya sa parani yah kaustubhakhyo manih sri-Rudradevasunoh krtir esa Khandadevasya mimamsakaustubhakhyosesaddhyaye pada adyayam i^rimatpuryottaramimamsaparavarinadhurina-sri-Rudradevasunoli Khandadevasya
ii
i

ii

krtau mlmamsakaustubhe tritiyasyaddhyayasya prathamah

padah

li

srimahaganapate namah

ii

subham

astu harih

om

il

37.

WmsH
Size: 2 Vols.,

Nos. 36
in.,

and 36 B.
(ff.

15^xl|leaves.

205 leaves

124205

in

vol. II),

from 6

to 8 lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Calicut 1824.' The Krodhin year preceding 1824 is Saka 1707 or A. D. 1784/85, but it seems more likely that the MS. was written A. D. 1724^25. Scribe or owner of the books: Narayana.
Character: Grantha.

The

Ujjvald, a

Commentary on
contains the

the Apastamhtya Dhar-

inasutra.

No. 36

first

Prasna, Xo. 36 B the

second Prasna.'
the MS. 'G. U.' used by Dr. G. Buhler for his second edition of the Apastambiya Dharmasutra (Bombay

This

is

Sanskrit Series Nos. 44

&

50).

See Part

I, p.

ii.

-5>4

44

H5-

Vol. I ends:

iti

yam ujvalayam ekadasam patalam


harih

Haradattaviracitayan dharmmavyakhyasamaptah pra^nah


ii

ii

niyamesu sravanyan tapa svaddhyaya upasane maddhvam anne mamaddhyatmikan ksatriyam yatlia katha ca vidyayaikadasa om panigrahanad
ii

om

sivaya namali

ll

atliato

ii

adhi grhamedliino vratam


Vol. II begins:
I

panigrahanad adhi grhamedhino vrapurvasmin prasne adyayoh prayena brahmacarino dharmma uktah uttaresv astasu sarvasramanam etc. iti Haradattaviracitayan dharmmavyakhyayam It ends: ujvalayam ekadasah patalah harih om dvitlyaprasnas krodhisaravatsaram kannimasam yettanteti samaptah sriramarppanam Narayanasya granthas ujvala samapta

tam

ll

ll

ii

ii

ii

samaptah

ii

38.

Size:

9^

x l|

in.,

13

Whish No. 37. + 117 leaves, 8 or 9


in

lines

on a page.
(see below)

Material:

Palm leaves. Date: The Parthiva year

which the MS. was written

probably corresponds to A. D. 1766, perhaps to A. D. 1825/26. Scribe: Venkusudhivara Saunda. Character: Grantha.

(1)

The

Taittirlya -PrdtisdMiya.

It begins:

atha varnasamamnayah
i

atha navaditas samai

naksarani
It ends:

dve dve savarne hrasvadlrghe


seso vyahjanani,
etc.

na plutapiirvam
iti

sodasadita svarSh
catasro dvadasa

samsadam gacched acaryyasarnsadam


ii

ii

atha
ii

iti

dvitiyaprasnah pratisakhye samaptah


i

harih

om subham

astu

(2)

The

Triblicisyaratna, a

Commentary on the

Taittirlya-

FrdtisdWiya,

->t

45

><$-

bhaktiyuktah pranamyahara ganesacaranagurim api giran devim idara vaksyami laksanam dvayam vyakhyanam pratisakhyasya viksya vararucadikam krtan tribhusyaratnam yat bhasate bbusurapriyam etc.
It

begins:

It

ends:

iti

tribhasyaratne prati^akhyavivarane dvitiii 11

yaprasne dvadasoddhyayali

om

II

samapto dvitiyaprasnah barili mase madhau syamadburtau srimatpartthivavatsare


|

male pakse prosthapadarksake kavidine dvadasyupetebani

granthas cottararatnasabdamilitasrimattribhasyabhidha srimad-Veipkusudbivarena likbitas Saundena sastrottame


ii

harih

om

srigurubhyo

namah

ii

39.

Whish No.
Material:
(see

38.

17-|x2 in., 175 leaves, 10 Palm leaves. Date of MS.: The Yuvan year
Size:

or 11 lines on a page.

in which the MS. was written below) probably corresponds to A. D. 1755,56, possibly to A. D.

1815/16.

Scribe:

The son of

Sesadri.

See above Nos. 15

&

27.

Character: Grantha.

The Bhdgavata-Purdna, together with ^ridharah Commentary, Skandhas 11 and 12.

avighnam astu vijayante paranandakrsnapadarajasrajah ya dhrta miirddhni jayante mahenIt

begins:

om

dradimahasrajah
honuvarnyate

ii

pravarttitah
i

(read

pravrttitah)

para-

nandakrsnakridanuvarnita
ii

tannivrtyii

paranandapararo-

ranaya

evan tavad dasamaskandhe bhubharavatayaduvamsavatanijabhiitivibhusitayaduvarnsasya

ritasakalasurarnsasya

vrttividambanena
F. lb:

bhagavata srikrsnasya taducitapratacchravanasmaranadiparanam paresam


i

anandakaranam krldanuvarnita

etc.

ekadasaskandhasya

pravrttih tasya yathamati-

vyakhyanam arabhyate tatra mausalaprasamgarttham purvaskandharttham anuvadati slokadvayena krtva daityavadham krsnas saramo yadubhi(r) vrtah bhuvovatarayat bharafi javisthah janayan kalim etc.
ii
i

li

The IV^ Skandha ends (f. 134): iti srimatbhagavate mahapurane savyakhyana ekadasaskandhe paramam(read sriparama)hamsyayam samhitayam ekatrimsoddliyayah evam ekadasaskandhabhavartthapadadikrsnaya namah
ii

ii

pika

svajnanaddhvantabhitena Sridharena praka^ita


i

ida-

nln natigiidharttham srimat-bhagavatam kva nu buddhir aham krsne prema kim kin na karayet
i

mandaajnana-

ii

Sridharaddhvantabliitanam bhaktanam bbagavan harih yodvayatmacaryyarupena vyakhyanam akarot svayam bhidhanena lokam raksann ajijanat tasya padayugacchaii
i

tram murddhni vidharyyatam


piirna
ii

ii

ekadasaskandhavyakhya pari-

srikrsnaya satyabhamasahitaya

namah

ii

vatsare ca
i

yuva uttarayane kumbhamasam adhige divakare kalapaksa likhitaikaudabhupriyarksake sukrasisyaguruvasare diva dasaskandhatika slokaili prasammita Sesaputrena vidusa
i i

samiihyasabdikair asau

ii

bindusrngaksarair hinani

etc.

The Commentary
It ends

to the 12*^

Skandha begins
i

(f.

135):

jayati srl-Parananda(h) krsnapahgalasaddrsah


(f.

etc.

175):

nama
ii

iti
i

bhagavate vasudevaya vyacacakse mumuksave vyacacakse vyakhyatavan yoglndraya namas tasmai sukaya brahmarupine samsarasarpadastam yo visnuratam amiimucat iti ^rimat-bhagavate mahapurane savyakhyane dvadasaskandhe trayodasoddhyayah srikrsnaya namah dvadasaskandhah piirnah bhavasaksine
ii
i

dvabhyam namas tasmai ya idam krpaya kasmai


ii

ii

11

ii

ii

rtthadlpikam etam bhagavatbhaktavallabham sri-Paranasrigurum Paramandapadabjabhrmgasrl-Sridharokarot nandam vanda anandavigraham yatkrpalavalesena Srii

ii

dharas sukrtas sukhi


harih

ii

om

dvadasas skandhas samaptah

li

om

ii

yuvabhidhanebda udagdisamge hy anantaratne (?) sisiramase ghate paksa ihavadataglautarakayam satikan dvadasaskandhamulam Sesalikhitam mayedam drisununa Visvamitranvayamahapamkotbhavadinam krte
rttubhanaii
i ii

II

harih

om

ii

sriguriibhyo

namah
ii

ii

bindusrragaksarair

etc.

^riparadevatayai

namah

srisarasvatyai
ii

mmaksyai namostu

om subham

astu harih

om

40.

WmsH
Size:

No.

39.

7'ix2l

in.,

59 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date of

MS

18 tu or 19 " cent.?

Character: Grantha.

The
It

BJiarjavadgltd, with a brief introduction.

begins:

asya

sri-bhagavatgita^astramahamantrasya
i

Vedavyaso bhagavan rsih anustup cchandah tasam gitanam evamprakarini cchandamsi viskvacin nanacchandamsi visnuh paramatma bhagavan ^riman-narayano variipo devata asocyan anvasocas tvam prajhavadams ca bhasasa iti bijara sarvadharmman parityajya mam ekam ^aranam urddhvamukxm adha^sakham asvattham vrajeti saktih prahur avyayam iti kilakara sribhagavatsamaradhanrirtthe
i
i i

jape viniyogah

etc.
(f.

The

text begins

2):

Dhrtarastra
i

uvaca
etc.

dharmmaii

ksetre kuruksetre samavetfi yuyutsavah

F. 5b:

visrjya

sasaran capana sokasamvignamanasah


ll

iti on tat sad iti mahabharate ^okasamvignamanasa iti satasahasrikayam samhitayam vaiyasikyam bhismaparvani sribhagavadgitasupanisatsu parabrahmavidyayam yogasastre srlkrsnarjjunasamvade arjjunavisadayogo nama prathamo-

ddhyayah
It

ii

iti on tat sat sribhagavatgitasupanisatsu srlkrsnarjjunasamvade yogasastre parabrahmavidyayaiu sakalavedasastrapuranasamgrahamoksayogo namastadaso-

ends:

srikrsnaya parabrahmane namo namah ddhyayah vasudevarpanam astu


ii
i

ii

sri-

41.

Whish No.
Size:

40.

lOyXll

in.,

190 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.


is

Date of MS: An entry by Mr. "Whish, found on the last page, dated 'Calicut 1826'. The MS. may be about 50 or even 100 years
Ch aracter :

older.

G rantha

->4

48

Hc-

The Subodhini, a Commentary on


^rldharasvdmin, in 18 Adhyayas.
It

the Bhagavadgitd, by

begins:
I

vande

krsnarjunau

virau

naranarSyanav
i

ubhau

dharttarastrakiilonmattagajarohanavallabhau
i

sara-

tthyam arjunasyajau kurvan gitamrtan dadau lokatrayopasrimadhavam pranakaraya tasmai krsnatmane namah tatbliaktiyantritali kurve myatha devam visvesam adarat gitavyakhyam subodhinim etc. Adhyaya I ends on f. 9, A. II on f. 27 b, A. Ill on f. 40 b, A. IV on f. 54, A. V on f. 63 b, A. VI on f. 74, A. VII on f. 82, A. VIII on f. 90, A. IX on f. 97 b, on f. 106, A. XI on f. 120 b, A. XII on f. 126, A. on f. 151, A. XIII on f. 137, A. XIV on f. 144, A. A. XVI on f. 157 b, A. XVII on f. 165 b, A. XVIII on f. 190. ^ri-Paramanandapadabjaraja^rldharinadhuna It ends: Sridharasvamina prokta gitatika subodhini iti sribhagavatgitatikayam subodhinyam Sridharasvami-krtayam parasrikrsnaya astadasoddhyayali martthanirnayo nama vilokya bhagaparamatmane namah svapragalbhyabalad vatgitan tadantargatan tatvam prepsur upaiti kim gurui

XV

ii

"

ii

krpaviyusadrstim vina

asya

svahjalina

rahasyajaladher

aditsur antarmmaninavarttesu na kin nimajjati janas sat-

karnadharam vina

ii

harih

om

etc.

42.

Whish No.
Size:

41.

9|xl|

in.,

(3)

+ 87 +

(3)

leaves, 7 or 8 lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 1825. about 50 years older. Character Grantha.
:

The MS. may be

the SaryasdvarnilM-Mcuwantara in 23 Adhyayas, preceded by Mdrkandeya'Purdna, of the The edition by and Kllalristotra. the Argfdastotra the Bombay editions of 1862 L. Foley (Berlin 1831), and (Sake 1784) & 1864 (Sake 1786) contain only 13 Adhyayas.
,

The Demmdhdtmya from

~$^i

49

HS-

It begins:

nyasam

avahanafi caiva
caiva

kam
ca
I

hrdayan ca

dalafi

namany argalaklladdhyanam kavacaiu eva


i

mrihatmyafi

ca japen nityaiu astamyafi ca visesatah

sarvasaubhagyam apnoti[m] dehante ca labhet gatim om padayor varabliyo namali nitambe narasimhyai
i I i

namali
F.
7:

etc.
iti

F. 5b:

sridevimahatmye argalastotram samaptam


sridevimrdiatmye

ii

iti

kilakastotram

samaptam
i

ii

athatas sampravaksyami vistarena yathatatham candikrdir-

dayam guhyam srunusvaikagramanasali


ai

'

hram brim
gayatri

brbi

(?)

brim ^rim klim jaya jaya


saragbattacaranaravinde

camundike
savitri

tridasamakusarasvati

takoti

mababikrtabarine bhairavarilpadbarini prakatitadamstrogravadane gbore gboranayane jvalajvrdasabasraparivrte, etc.

Tbe

first

F.72:

eva[m]n devya varam labdbva Suratbab ksatriyai

Adbyaya ends on

f.

30.

manub

suryyaj janma samasadya savarnir bhavita srimarkandeyapurane siiryyasavarnike manvantare devlmabatraye suratbavaisyavarapradanan nama trayodasoddbyayali Tbe Adbyaya ends on f. 78 b. Ff. 7987 are also

[rjrsabbab
il

iti

ii

W^

fobated separately by

letters, viz.

ka, kba, etc.


i

End:

isanakoneksamksetrapalaya namali
i

astadalababye
i

devyas tad daksinantam gamganapataye namali pampara-

magurubbyo namab
jayet
ii

pamparamagurupadukabbyo namab

daravatukabbairavaya

namab duindurgayai namab


i

pantipu-

iti srimarkandeyapurane siiryyasavarnike manvantare devimabatmye panntipujarabasyan nama trayovim^o (paficaviniso, pr. m.) ddbyayab sriiuabadevyai namab ^rigurubbyo
ii
i i

namab

sivaya

namab

barib

om

ii

43.

Size: llf

X2

in.; (3)

WmsH 4-97 +

No.

42.

(4) leaves,

about 10 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

These MSS, generally read srunu- for srnu-.

-$M

50
is

H$dated 1825.

Date: An entry by Mr. Whish about 50 years older. Scribe: Ananta Narayana.
Character
:

The MS. may be

Grantha.
(1)

The Kuldrnava{tantra)
Aufrecht-Oxford
p.

in 17 Ullasas

(fF.

195).

See

90 seqq. (No. 147); Iiid. Off. IV, p. 879; Mitra, Notices, I pp. 138 (No. 258), 160 (No. 290).
It begins
:

gurubhyo namali
i

(i)

upasrutinani anyesam upa-

srutir iyain sada srun(ut)aiu sarvaviranam caranam

mmama

smaranam gurum ganapatim durgam ksetresam sivam arca(read acyu?)tain brahmanam girijam laksmlm vanim vande
i i

vibhutaye anadyayakhiladyayamayine gatamaline


i

svarupayasivaya guruve

namah
i

devyau(5ic)Yaca
i

arupaya on namo

devadeve^a paiicakrtyavidbayaka sarvajha bhaktisulabha ^aranagatavatsala (readla) miilesa paramesana karunamrtavaridhe asare ghorasamsare sarve [da]du(li)khamalimasali|eic.
i

yollasah

iti ^rikularnavamahatmye rabasye sarvamgamottame kuladivyadikatbanam pancamollasali


ii

F. 27:
F. 17:
ii

iti

srikularnave

urddbvamnayamahatmye

triti-

The
the
f.

7*'^

Ullasa

ends
the

on
10*^^

f.

37,

the
f.

S*'^

U. on

f.

44b,

9*11

XT.

on

f.

51,

U. on

56,

the IV-^ U. on
f.

61b,

the

12*51 xj.
f.

on
the

f.

67 b, the U. on

W^
f.

U. on
the

72 b, the

14*1^
f.

U. on

78,

15*1^

84b,

U^^ U. on

89 b.
It ends

(f. 95): iti ^rlmatkularnave maharahasye sarvagamottame moksapade kiilavivahaprasamsan nama sapta-

dasollasah

ii

(2)

The Mantraksaramald,
It begins:

in 16 stanzas

(ff.

95b

98

b).

kallolo(lla)sitamrtabdhilaharimaddhyevirajanii il

manidvipe kalpakavatikaparivrte kadambavatojvale ratnastambhasahasrauirmmitasabhamaddhye vimanottame cintaratnavinirmmite janani te simhasanam bhavaye 1 srimantraksaramalaya girisutSm yah pujayec It ends: cetasa sandhyasu prativasaram suniyatam tasyaui malas-

-^

51

-^

yacirat cittambhoruhamandape girisuta nrttam vidhatte sada

vanivaktrasaroruhc

jaladhijagehe

srimahatripurasundaryyai

namah
i

jaganmamgalam 16 karaki'tara aparadham


ii ii

samkarasya caritakatharasah ksantum arhanti santah candra^ekharagunanikirttanam nilakantha tava padasecanam sambhavantu mama janma(ni) janmani idam pustakam
i

guruvanujfia

namah

Anauta - Narayana liarih om subbam astu


il

likhitam

srigurubhyo

44.

Whish No.
Size:

43.
leaves,

lOixll
Palm

in.,

(1)

38

+ (2)
is

+ 11 + (1)

8 lines on

a page.

Material:

leaves.

is

Date: An entry by Mr. Whish probably not much older.


Character: Grantba.

dated 'Calicut 1825'.

The MS.

(1)

The Vmiiqiddddikesdntastutl by ^aiilMva, with a Commentary,


called SulihabodhiuL
in the

Printed,

with a different

commentary,
It begins:
i

Kavyamala, Part
i

II, pp. 1

20.

harih

nabhinalikalolambabhamgivanitapabi

phalam kudumbikalasambbodheh kanyaya(h) kalaye mahah


i

alikalocanatopad alikam rataye dadat vii^ralambhara puragiripathodhipathojasadastrii,iam pusnat tejo bbajamahe


i

nanandadhoramh
i

padam kurve namasyanam umalaksmii

bhagavatpadapadadikesastutya madhusruta sarasvatih iha vyakhya vitanyate ramya namnSsau sukhabodhini khalu sakalajagadanugrahaya svecchakrtavigrahaparigrahali srisarvajiiasikhamanayah paramakarunikagragaiiyah Samkarabhagavatpujyapadah srimadvaipayanapranltabrahii

masiitravyakhyanarupasrlmat
jijhasyafi

bhSsyakaraiiena

mumuksu

janmadikaraiiam sakalopanisatgamyam saccidanandadvayam pratyagabhinnam visnvakhyam brahma mukhyadhikriribhyah karatalabadaravat sphutara pradarjagaj

^ya

mandadhikarinam

anujighrksaya

nirvisesam 4*

parain

-^H

52

H^

brahma saksat karttum amsvarali ye manclas tenukampyante


savisesanirupanair
iti

nyiiyena tasyaiva jDaratatvasya saka-

lasrutismrtipuranavacanais suddliasatvopaliitatvena satvika-

sevyatvena cavagatasya samkhacakrasarnganandakakauinodaklrupapancayudhalamkvtasya garudavahanasya sesasrlmahalaksmibhumidevisametasya kaustubliasrlsayinali vatsamuktabharanaklritakatakamgadadisarvabharanabliusitasya sakalalokatisayalusaimdaryyasimnah niratisayadayasudhasamudrasya sakalajagadraksanadiksitasya sribhagavato narayanasya padadikesastutin tadupasanarupam sakrt pa-

thamatrena sakalapurusarttbasandohinim dvipaiicasat^lokatmikam karttum arabhante tatradaii varnyate samkho bhuii

jagrevastbito bareli

nilasailasikbarudhacandrabimbasriyam

vahan

ii

laksmibbarttur bhujagre krtavasati sitam yasya


etc.

rupam
llyate

visalam,

It ends:

paramanandam atmasvarupam pravisati

tatraiva
ii

iti brahmanandasvarupenavatistbata iti siddham srimatparamabamsaparivrajakacaryya-sri-Govinda-bbagavat-

pujyapadasisya-sri-Samkara-bbagavatpadakrta-srivisnupadadikesaparyyantastute(r) vyakbya samgrbita samapta


ii

barib

om

(2)

Tbe
165

Uttaragltd, a kind of appendix to tbe Bbagavadgita,

in three

Adbyayas. See A. Holtzmann, Das Mababbarata

II,

seq.

krsnaya vasudevaya jiianamudraya yogine It begins: natbaya rukminisaya namo vedantavedine Arjuna uvaca yad ekam niskalam brahma vyomatitan nirahjanani apratarkyam anirdesyam vinasotpattivarjitam etc. F. 4: om tat sad iti srima[t]duttaragitasiipanisatsu parabrahmavidyayam yoga^astre ^rikrsnarjunasamvade ai i |

dvaitavasan

nama prathamoddbyayah

ii

F.
It

8:

ii

iti

^rimaduttaragitasupanisatsu

dvitiyo-

ddbyayah
bhavet

ends-.
i

sarvacintavinirmmuktan
iti

niscintam

acalam
para-

on tat sad

^ribhagavatgitastipanisatsu

brahmavidyayam yogasastre srikrsnarjunasamvade advaita-

-^
vasan
bliyo

53

hs-

nama namah

tritiyoddhyayah
i

il

^rikysnarpanam astu sriguru-

^ridaksinamurttaye

namah

li

45.

Size:

10x2g
An

in.,

36

Whish No. + (1) leaves, 11


Whish
at
is

45.
or 12 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date:

entry by Mr.

the end of the

MS.

is

dated

-Calicut 1825.'

The MS.

probably not

much

older.

Character: Grantha.

The Ratirahasya, a
ricchedas,

treatise on Kamasastra, in 10 Paby KohliolM who composed it for Vaidyadatta.


p.

See Burnell, Taujore,


dyadatta.

58

seq.,

&

Ind.

Ofif.

Ill,

p. 362.

Burnell has Vainyadatta, Eggeling Vainyadatta, for VaiIt begins: yenakari prasabham acirad arddhanarisvaratvam dagdhenapi tripurajayino jyotisa caksusena indor mmitram sa jayati niiidan dhama vamapracaro devas sriman
i

bhavarasajusan daivatam cittajanma parijanapade bhripgasrenipikah patuvandino himakarasitacchatram mattadvipo


i

malayanilah

krsatanudhanurvalli lilakataksasaravali manaii

sijamahavirasyoccair jayanti jagajjitah

Kokkokanamna
i

kavina krtoyam sri-Vaidyadattasya kutuhalena


It

vilokyatam
i

kamakalasu dhiraih pradlpakalpo vacasam nigumbhah


ends:

etc.

iti

kaksaputasarasamgrahali

ii

iti
ii

ratirahasye
ii

yogadhikaro nama dasamah paricchedah

^ubham astu

46.

WmsH
Size: 9f

No.

46.

Material:

x2t2Palm
;

in.,

51 leaves, 12 or 13 lines on a page.

leaves.

Date:

An

entry by Mr. "Whish at the end of the


the

MS.

is

dated

'Calicut 1825'

MS. may be about 50

years older.

Character: Grantha.

The Suryasataka, by 2fayura, with a Commentary


Anvayamuklia.

Ijy

-^
It begins:

54

.<iva dadhatas

jambharatibhakumbhotbhavam
i

sandrasindurarenum raktas sikta ivaughair udayagiritatidhatudharadravasya etc. The Commentary begins: jambharater indrasya ibhasya gajasyairavatasya pragdigasrita(na)m adhipatyasanniddhyasambhavad eva muktih kumbhayor udbhava udbhutir bhuma

yasya tarn, etc. After verse 100 follow the text and commentary of the verse, slokalokasya bhutyai satam iti racita sri-Mayurena orn sivaya namah suryyasatakabhaktya, etc. It ends:

ii

slokavyakhyanagrantham sampurnam harih

om

ii

srigurubhyo
i

namah

ii

om

sadatisrastusandhyasu

(?)

vidhivisnupuraribhih
i

tatraupasyo ya svarupena tam adityam aharn bhaje bhavan Mayiiro nama mahakavir antahkaranadisarvavayanirvrtisiddhaye sarvajanopakaraya ca hiranyagarbha-

pramukhasarvakarmmanyopasya(sya)yajurupanisadupapaditaoijopasanasaddhyasadhanasya pratyaksabrahmanas suryyamandalantarvarttino bhagavata adityasya stutirn slokasatena tasya stuter vivaranam balasukhabodhanayapranitavan
i

nvayamukhena kriyate

ii

om

suryyaya

namah

ii

47.

WmsH
Size:

:^o. 48.
leaves,

9f x

l|^ in.,

(1)

137

+ (1)
cent.?

from 10

to 12 lines

on

a page.
Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date of MS.: 18 tt or 19 th
Character: Grantha.

(1)

The Karttikamalmtmya, from


30 Adhyayas
It begins:
(ff.

the

Padma-Piiram

in

149).
i

Sutah
i
i

sriyah patim athamantrya gate de-

varsisattame
abravit
i

harsotphullanana Satya
etc.

madhavam punar

Satyovaca

It ends:

ye

dipan haripujanah ca

manavah karttikamasi bhaktya snanah ca danam vratam brahmanabhojanadi


i

-^.

55

H$-

kurvanti

te

svargakutumbina syuh
trirasoddbyayah

ii

iti

^rlpatme purane

karttikamahritmye

ii

srikrsnaya
i

yadrsara pustake drstva tadrsam

likhitani niaya
ii

namah abaddham
|

va subaddbam va

mama

doso na vidyate
(2)

Tbe VaisdWiamalidtmya, from tbe Skanda-Purdm


30 Adbyayas
(ff.

in

51

137, also separately foliated from 88).


1
i i i i

rsayab skande purane avigbnam astu It begins: asmakam katbitam bhavata vai^akbasya ca vaibbavam purvam ^rutafi casmabbir eva ca tat bhiiya^ srotukamanam vistarad vaktura arliasi Sfitab pura brahmamgai i

bbiitena,

etc.

It ends: rsln amantrya tan sarviln Sutab pauranikoparan tustali kailasam pratyagat ttamab taili pujitab punab iti srimatskande purane vaisakbamabatmye trimsoddbyayab ^rlgurubbyo nam all barib om
i

II

il

ii

ii

48.

WmsH
Size:
9-r-

No.
(1)

49.
leaves, 7 or 8 lines

x If

in-, (1)

+ 32 + 26 +

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.
19tii cent.?

Date: End of 18 th or beginning of


Character: Grantha.
(1)

(ff. 132). Mr. Wbisb gives tbe title 'Ruclra-nydsam\ but probably it sbould be 'PaHC(lngarudranydsa\ Tbe Mantras belong to tbe Black Yajurveda. Cf. Stein- Jammu, p. 16: pancangarudranam nyasapurvako japabomarcanavidbib.

Rules and prayers for tbe worsbip of Rudra

It

begins:

orn

atbatab paficaingarudranam nyasapuri

vakam japabomarcanabhisekavidbim vyakbyasyamab


te

ya ya te rudra siva tanur agborapapakasim taya nas tanuva santamaya girisantabbi cakasibi asmin mabaty arnava iti ^irasi asmin mabaty arnaventarikse bbava adbi tesam sabasrayojaneva dbanvani tanmasi
rudra
iti

sikbayara

-^
sahasraniti lalate
i

56

HS"
lalate

sahasrani
i

sahasrani sahasraso

tesam sahasrayojaneva dhanvani tanmasi etc. See Taitt. Samh. TV, 5, 1, 1; 11, 1. F. 26: evamrupinam eva ddhyatva dvijas samyak tato devayajanam arabhet athato rudrasnanarcanabhisekavidhim vyakhyasyamah adidevatirtthe snatva udetya sucili prayato brahmacari suklavasa tasya daksinapratyakde^e tanmukliain stbitva atmani devata sthapayet F. 31b: acaryyaya daksinam ga dadyat dasa gas samvatsarah svarnabharanabhusitah rsabhau cadhikarah asvamedhaphalam apnoti ity aha bbagavan Bodhayanali.il
ye rudra adhi
i

bhumyam

ii

ii

pra^namahamantrasya

subham astu srigurubhyo namah asya srirudraddhyayaAghora rsih anustup cchandah


l i
i

samkarsanamurttisvarupo

paramapuruso devata
satarudriye viniyogah
It
i

ekarudrah agnikratuh caramayam istakayam


yosav
adityas
sa

etc.
(f.

ends or breaks
dasadisi
I

off

32b): kuksis saptasamudram


i

bhujagirisikharam saptapatalapadam vedam vaktram sadam-

gam
tva

vadanam divyaliingam namami

om gananan

It

seems to be incomplete.
f2)

An Itihdsa or a legend of King Vrmdarvi, with an enumeration of the great benefits, temporal and spiritual, to be reaped by him who reads tliis legend (ff. 1 10).
It begins:

Vrsadarvikulaiu
i i

havisf?) Sibikulam babhiiva


i

tasyayam itihasah kula-sidya babhiiya tad yo ha smaimam (read smemam?) adhite sa ha sma raja bhavati sa
i

kihcit

prapyantarhitah
i

sobravit
iti
i

yo

mam

itihasam grai

hayet

parasmai dadyam
(?)
;.

tato

brahmanah

samyogam
i

sayyayujet
I

;:

tam

adityat puruso bhaskaravarno niskrami

ya sa enam grahayah cakara tam aprcchat kositi va vrsadarvii- iti tasmad ya imam itihasam adhite adityalokosya
i

kamacaro bhavati tasmad ya imam itihasam upanito manavako grhnlyat grhitvatha brahmanan cchravayet medhavl bhavet rarsasatan ca jivet 2 F. 2b: atho khalv ahuh vedasammitoyam itihSsah dharmman carati nadharmmam satyam vadati nanrtam
i

li

ii

"->^

57

r<5-

dirgham pasyati ma hrasvam param pas vat maparam rco ha yo veda sa veda devau yajuuisi yo veda sa veda yajnam samani yo veda sa veda sarvam yo manasam veda sa veda brahma 8 The greater part of what now follows reads almost like
i
|
i

ii

a Smrti, aud treats of the duties


especially of Sraddhas.

of

Brahmanas, more

On
a

f.

9 the story

is

told of king Yrsadarvi

certain

Brahmana one
avir

of the following boons:


a sheep
i

who grants a cow


constantly

that

constantly yields
(?

milk,

which
for

is

shorn

mmejasram
is

viluhyate

viluyate ?).

millstone which

constantly

grinding,

a caiTiage

which

gems of and she says: 'Take the sheep'; then he asks his son who tells him to take the carriage, then his daughter who wants him to take the earrings, finally his female slave who tells him
drives over all the seas, a pair of earrings with

the colour of the smi.

The Brahmana asks

his wife,

to take the mill-stone.

while
!

he himself fancies the cow.


it
i

King Yrsadarvi gives him all the five gifts. Then tad idam itihasah brahmadityapurogaya tinues:

con-

puro-

kasyapo bharadvajaya bharadvajo bahutatah pracyavananani dhanapater dvijah bhir auagamaya brahmanakide jatismaro bhavati saptajanmakrtat papan mucyate dyas (?) tu parvabhih dine dine gayatule bha-

gah karsyapaya

ranyam gayapancake
It

:;

30

dhanam arvyanam mantras mantras ca va vratani ca namo namah caiva vratani ca on namah Yrsadarvi namo namah suparnosi ganitman trivrt te siro gayatraii caksu stoma atma sama te taniir vamadevyani brhadrathantare paksau yajiiayajiiiyam puccham chaudamsy auigani dhisniyas sapha yajuuisi nama suparends
(f.

10):
i

ete

dve

garutman divam gaccha suvah pata harih om 30 itihasam samapta srigurave namah srisarasratyai namah sriramacandrasv amine namah subham astu
nosi
.
i

(3)

The

Somotjjatti.

same work

in the

{& 11. 12). a kind of Parisista. The Bodleian MS. YTalker lU, it. 203 204 b

-$H

58

f-$-

forms part of an A^valayana-Mantrasamhita). The Sama-veda Parisista of the same title in the Bodleian MS. Wilson 466, ff. 1113 (see also Weber, Indische

(where

it

Studieu,

vol. I, p.

59; other

MSS.

in

Weber-Berlin

1, p. 78,

Mitra, Notices,
p.
8,

vol. IV, No. 120), though beginning

p. 160, :No. 1589,

&

Peterson IV,

differently,

seems to be
kautaparipr-

the same.
It begins
(f.

11):

orn

somotpatti

rsaya ucuh
i

halasamutpanna devata rsibhis saha samsayam cchanti vyasam dharmmartthakovidam katham va ksiyate somah ksino va vrddhate (read vardhate) katham imam prasnam mahabhaga bruhi sarvam asesatah sri-Vedavyasa
i i i

uvaca

etc.
(f.

It ends

12 b):
i

tmane namah

yas ca raja dvijatinam tasmai somasomotpatti sampiirnam adityatinavagrahai

devatabhyo namah srigurubhyo namah


(4)

The Vedaimdastava, a Stotra


of Siva
It
(ff.

devoted to the worship

1326).

om vande mahesvaram sambhum (f. 13): ganesan nandimukhyaras guruni sanmukham vighnesam {sic) umajanim umah umapatyam mahamunin ca sivabhaktan vidhim vayam patmam umananandaram comasahodaram
begins
i i i

upasmahe

puridarikapuradhi^am pundarikajinambaram pundarikapundarikarucim vande pundarikaksasevitam


i

puram prapya jaimunir

{sic)

mmunisattamah
i

kin cakrira
i

mahayogi Suta no vaktum arhasi Siita uvSca jaiminir dhiman pundarikapure pura etc.
i

bhagavaii

It ends

(f.

25):-traivarnikesv in[n]atamo ya[y]


ii

enam nityam

kadacit pathatisabhaktitah

124^

ii

padam vapy arddhapai

yas tu va ciyate va slokam slokarddham eva va nityam sivalokam sa gacchati vedas sivas sivo vedo vedatasmat sarvaprayatnena vedaddhyaddhyayi sadSsivah

dam

yinam arcayet krpasamudram sumukhan trinetram jatadharam parvativamabhagam sadasivam rudram anantarui i

It

ought to be 114, as verse 111

is

wrongly numbered

121.

^^
pam sivacidambaresam
iti

59

H$-

hvdi bhavayami
i

sivaci[ip]dainbarain

briiyat

sakrjjananavarjitam
i

muktighantamanipadam

nioksara
(f.

26:)

ayan danakrilasuhrndanapritram bbavan natba data tvad anyan na yace bhavateva samasnute
i

bhaktim eva sthiran dehi mahyam krpaslla ^ambho krtaharili om vedapadastavam sampurnam rtthosya tasmat subham astu srimahadevyai namab.
i

49.

Whish No.
Size:

50.

IOtXIt

in.,

36

+ 45

leaves,

from 8

to 10 lines

on a page.

Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18 th or


Material:

19th cent.?

Character

Grantha.
(a)

The Ranga-Mdhdtmya, or Sriranga-Mdhdtmya Brahmdnda-Purdm, in 10 Adhyayas. (Ff. 36.)


It

of

the

begins:

sri-Narada
i

uvaca
i

ii

devadeva virupaksa

trailokySntargatam vrttan ^rutam sarvam mayadhuna tvanmukhambhojanissrtam tatha punyani tirtthani punyany ayatanani ca gangadyas saritas sarva itihasas ca Samkara kaveryyas tii prasamgena tasyas tire tvaya pura prastutam ramgam ity uktara visnor ayatanam mahat [ ] tasyaham
1

srotum icchami vistarena mahesvara mahatmyam aghana^aya punyasya ca vivarddhaye (read ^vrddhaye) etc. pathan ^rnvan likhan bibhran ramgamahaIt ends: tmyam uttamam muktas subhasubhe yata' tad visnoh paramam padam iti sri-brahmandapurane mahesvarai
|

ii

naradasamvade sriramgamahatmye srinavatirtthaprabhavavarnanan nama da^amoddhyayah sriramgarajaya parabrahmane namah


ii ii

(b)

The KusalavopdWiydna from the AsvamedhiJicqmrvan of the Jaimini-Bhdrata, or the Maliabhdrata by Jalmini, in
I

One MS.

reads

muktvasubham subham

yati (Prof. Aufrecht).

-$.*

60

<-

12 Adhyayas.

(Ff. 45.)

These are Adliyayas 2536

iu

the lithographed edition of the Jaimini-Bharata, Asvame-

dhika (Bombay 1863, Sake 1785), ff. 531) 70. See also Weber-Berlin 1, p. 115; Aufrecht- Oxford, p. 4b.
citram uktam mahaJauamejaya uvaca It begins: bhaga yad ramakusayor bhrsam tad vaktum arhasi tvara Jaiminih srunu rajan hi srotum kautuhalam hi me mahabaho ramasya caritam mahat vistarena yatha sarvam ram as tarn ravanam hatva kumvadatas tan nisamaya bhakarnam mahabalam etc.
i i i
i

Fol. 2:

iti

srimahabharate asvamedhikaparvani kusalaii

vopfikhyane prathamoddhyayah
It ends:

ii

iti

srijaiminibharate asvamedhikajiarvani kusall

lavopakhyane dvadasoddhyayah
rave namali

sriramacandraya paraguii

srigurubhyo

namah
50.

subham astu

ii

harih

om

ii

Size:

Painted boards. Date: Entries by Mr. Whish dated 'Calicut 1826'. The Dhatu or Dhatr year (see the colophons) preceding 1826 is A. D. 1816/17, but the MS. was probably written A. D. 1756/57. Scribe: Venkata Subrahmaiiya, the son of Sesadri. See above
Material:
leaves.

14-|xlf Palm

in., (4)

WmsH No. 51. + 155 + leaves,


(8)

10 lines on a page.

Nos. 15, 27

&

39.

Character: Grantha.

The Mahabhcirata, Parvans xiv-xviii, The Asvamedhika Parvan, ff.


the Asramavasika

viz.

97,

98

--136,

the Mausala the Mahaprasthanika

136 --145 b, 146 --149 b,


149 b--155 b.

the Svargarohanika

The Asvamedhika Parvan


i

begins:

krtodakan tu rajanam
i
i

dhrtarastram yudhisthirah puraskrtya mahabahur uttatarakulendriyah uttiryya ca mahabaho baspavyakulalocanah


i

gamgaya vyadhaviddha iva dvipah etc. evam etat tadavrttan tasya yajhe It ends (f. 97): pasyatan capi nas tatra nakulontarhitas mahatmanah
papata
tire

-^
II

61

.<r-

tada iti sriman-maliabluirate ^atasahasrikriyam sarphitayum asvamedhike parvany astasaptatitamoddhyayah ^rikrsnaya


ii

iiamah

ii

om

subliara

astu visargabindvaksarasrrngapridalii-

nam maya

yal likliitam

pramadat

tat

ksantum arhanti
ii

dayalavalas santas sada hastakrtaparadham

barih
i

om

ii

vatse dbatav avagvartmaiiy atba varsarttubbOsvati

.sravane
i

masy accbapakse paucamyam tvastrabbe


i

tithau

vasare

vaniputrasya likbitani pustakan tv idam a^vamedbikaparvan


tu

muda Sesadrisununa

ii

barib

om subbam
ii

astu

om

ii

sri-

gurucaraiiaravindabbyan

namab

Tbe Asramavasika Parvan begins (f. 98): Janamejayah rajyam prapya naravyagbrab pitrpaitamabam mabat katbam asan mabaraje dbrtarastre mabatmani sa bi raja batamatyo bataputro iiiiTisrayab katbam asit gataisvaryyo
I i
i

gandbari ca yasasvini

etc.

It ends (f. 134b): yudbistbiras tu nrpatir nnatipritamanas tada dbarayam asa tad rajyam nibatajnatibaudbai

vah

II

(f.

135:)

iti

srimababbarate satasabasrikayam sarpbiii

tayam asramavasike parvani satcatvarimsoddbyayab srikrsnaya namab om dbatunamani bi bayanepy avagvarii

ii

masi karkatakanamni paksake syamale jalajaputravasare atrasvinibbe likbitaii ca parvam Sesatmajenasramavasikan diva bastadrutenaiva viramitan jana alokya (alaksya in tbe repetition) santas sabitum
tmasannibitalokacaksusi
i i i

samarbatba
piirnam
ii

ii

biranyavapuse
astu.

subbam
to

namab om asramavasikam The wbole colopbon from iti sriii

mababbarate

samarbatba

is

repeated on
(f.

f.

136.

Tbe Mausabi, Parvan begins


nimittani yudbistbirab
It
i

136):
i

om

sattrimsesv

atba samprapte varse kauravanandana


etc.

dadarsa viparitani

ends

(f.

145 b):
i

pravisya

ca purim viras samasadya

yudbistbiram
prati
11

acasta tad yatbavrttaru vrsnyandbakajanam

iti srimababbarate satasabasrikayam sarnbitayam mausale parvani navamoddbyayab mausalaparvam samadbatau samayam kbahi daksinayane varsarttune ptam ^ravanike ca masi pakse dasamyam asucau titbav udau candre kytantapriyavasare bi mausalam parvam etad dbi
ii

11

^^

62

i<-

likhitam Vyasasamkrtam

muda Vemkatapadayuk-Subrahetc.

manyavipascita

ii

harih

om

The Mahaprasthanika Parvan begins (f. 146): harih om Janamejayah evam vrsnyandhakakule srutva maulasam pandavah kim akurvanta tatha krsne divarn(sic) ahavam
I

gate

etc.
(f.

It ends

149 b):

yatra

sa brhati

syama buddhisatvasuta

samanvita

draupadi

yositam srestha yatra caiva

mama

srimahabharate satasahasrikayam samhitayam mahaprasthanike parvani trtiyoddhyayah srikrsnaya namah samvatsare mahaprasthanikain samaptam harih om
ii ii

li

ii

rtau pravrsi mase tu dhatunamni prayate daksinayane ekadasyan tithau varepy atrilocanasarvatarake sambhuvah mahaprasthanikain parvaip samaptam Sesasununa harih om The Svargarohanika Parvan begins (f. 149 b): Janamejayah svargam trivistapam prapya mama purvapitamahah
i

sravane

ii

ii

pandava dharttarastras ca kani sthanani bhejire etc. sravayed yas tu varnams trin krtva It ends (f. 155b):
i

brahmanam agratah sarvapapavisuddhatma


manasah
i
i

sucis tatgata-

mahat prapya bhogavan sukham asnute Vyasaprasadena puna svargalokam sa gacchati etad
iha kirttim
i

viditva sarvan tu vedavedartthavit bhavet


ii

pujaniyas ca

srimanmahabharate iti satatam mananiyo bhavedvijah satasahasrikayam samhitayam svargarohanike parvani pahsrikrsnaya svargarohanikam samaptam camoddhyayah
ii ii

dhatau vatsenuttare tu srtau varsasv rtau sravane masi paksecche dvadasyain bhediteh kila tatah dayadasyavaner vare likhitam pustakan tv adah svargarohanikain pai'vaiu Yyasena racitam ^ubham idam Yemkadapadajoik-Subrahmanyavipascita harih om srikrsnaya namah ^rlgurubhyo namah om
ii

namah

om

ii

ii

ii

ii

ii

51.

Whish No.
12tX2-s Material: Palm
Size:
in.,
(1)

52.

70

(2)

leaves, 12 or 13 lines

on a page.

leaves.

-^
may have been

63

H&1826'.

Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Calicut


written aljout 50 years before that.

The MS.

Character: Grantha.

The Tidakaverlmahdtmya, from the Agneya-Purdna, in 30 Adhyayas.


For other
It

begins:
i

dharmmavarmma
i

copies of this work, see Nos. 131 and 186.

ca rajarsir nniculapura-

bhuyah papraccha tan natva dalbhyara bhagavatottamam bhagavan praninas sarve kenopayena sainpadah (read sarvada?) bhavanti putran samprapya sukhinas cirajlvinah katham syat papanirharah ^rise bhaktih katham
vallabhah
i
i

bhavet

etc.

F. 2b:

iti

See No. 186. srimad - agneyapurane


ii

tulakaverimahatmye

prathamoddhyayah
F. 31b:
It

iti

srimad-agneyapurane suryyasavarnike manii

vantare devltulakaverimahatmye caturddasoddhyayah


ends:

iti

prasannanananlraja
i

muda
ii

te

Saunakadya

munayo mumuksavah hares caritrasravanotsavotsuka gandhaksatildyaih punar apy apujayan

rane

iti srlmad-agneyaputulakaverimahatmye dharmmasaravivecane trimsoddhyayah kaveryyai namali harih om


ii
il

ii

52.

Size:

12|xl6
Palm

in., (1)

WmsH No. + 168 leaves,

53.
9 lines on a page.

Material:

leaves.
1826'.

Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated: 'Tellicherry

The

MS. may be about 50


Character: Grantha.

years older.

The Mahdhhdrata, Parvan lY:


76 Adhyayas.
It begins:

the

Virdta^jarvan ,

in

srikrsnaya
mama

viratanagare

katham Janamejayah u[k]sita ajhatavasam purvapitamahah

namah

duryyodhanabhayarditah pativrata mahabhaga satatam satyavadini draupadi va katham brahmann ajnata duhkhii
i

tavasat

etc.

-^
It
i

64

j^.

ends:

tan
i

niahots[y]avasamkasam hrstapustajanavri

tam nagaram matsyarajasya su:^ubhe bharatarsabliaih Janamejayah vrtte vivalie hrstatma yad uvaca yudhisthirah

sarvam katbayasveha krtavanto yad uttaram srlmababbarate satasabasrikayam sambitayam vaiyasikyam srivirataparvani abbimanyuvivabo nama satsaptaI

tat

il

om

iti

om etat parvasu vistlrnam sarvasampatsrnvatam sarvapapagbnam anavrstivinaasmin parvani yo marttya sraddbabbaktisamanvitah srinoti (sic) slokam ekam va sa yati paramam gatim tasya mitrani varddbante grbaksetradisampadah Syuh kirttir balan tejas sambbavanti dine dine asmin parvani rajendra patbite brabmavadina tarn pujayet suvaktaram vastrabbusadibbir ddbanaib tasmin prasanne bbagavan mukundab arttarttibanta purusottamas ca sarve ca deva
titamoddbyayab
ii ii

padan sakam
I

nrnam

rsisiddbasamgbais tusta bbavisyanti narendrakale bbarataddbyayanat punyad api padam adbiyatab ^raddadbanasya
i i

puyante

sarvapapany

asesatah

il

barih

om
ii

ii

srikrsnaya

namab

ii

subbam astu srigurubbyo namab

53.

Wkesh No.
Size: a page.

54.
leaves,

17|x2rV
Palm

in.,

(1)

+ 498 +

(1)

from 11

to 14 lines

on

Material:

leaves.
'Telliclierry 1826'.

Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated may be about a hundred years older.
Character: Grantha.

The MS.

Tbe Rdmdyana, by

Valmlki,

Kandas
ff.

i-vi.

Balakanda,

147
47148 149207 208277 278341
342498.
piijite

Ayodbyakanda, Aranyakanda, Kiskindbakanda, Sundarakanda, Yuddbakaiida,


It begins:

ff.

ff.
ff.
ff.

ff.

abbipsitarttbasiddbyarttbam
(bbide?)

yas surair

api

sarvavigbnasmide

tasmai

ganadbipataye

-^H

65

kujantani ramarameti raadliuram madhuraksaram aruhya kavitasakham vaude Valnilkikokilaiu Yalmiker mmunisirahasya kavitavanacririnah si'uvan ramakathanadaiu ko na yati param gatim yah karnafijalii

namah

sarapiitair

aliar

ahas

sammyak

pibaty adarad Valmiker


i

madhu janmavyaatyantasopadravam samsrirani sa vihiiya gaccliati piiman visnoli padam sasvatam namostu ramaya salaksmanaya devyai ca tasyai janakatmajayai namostu nidrendrayamanilebhya(h) namas ca candiTirkamarutganebhyali tadupagatasamasasandhiyogam samamaraghuvaracaritam munidhuropanatarttliavakyabaddham pranitam dasasirasas ca vadhan nisamayaddhvam on tapasvaddhyayaniratam tapasvl vagvidam varam naradam paripapraccha Valmikir mmunipmpgavam etc. The Balakanda has 77 Sargas. It ends (f, 47): taya sa rajarsisuto hi kamaya sameyivan uttamarajakannyaya ativa ramas susubhetikamaya hari sriya visnur ivamaresvarah iti srlmatbalakande saptasaptati(tama)s sargah iti srivadanaraviudagalitara ramayanakliyam
dbijaiTivii^attimaranair
i i i i i i

II

ii

madramayane adikavye bahikandam samaptam The Ayodhyakanda has 120 Sargas. It ends
itiva taih prahja[na]libhis tapasvibhir dvijaih

il

harih

om

ii

(f.

148 b):

ii

krtah svastya-

yanah paran tapah


ity arse

vanam sabharyyah pravivesa raghavas

salaksmimanis (read laksmanas) suryya ivabhramandalah srimadramayane adikavye srl(ma)d-Yalmiklye caturviinsatisahasrikaya(m) samhitayam srimadayoddhy(rik)asriramaya namah nde ekavimsacchatatamas sargah gurubhyo namah subham astu ayoddhyakandam samaptam sriramacandrasvamine namah daksinamiirttisvamine
ii ii ii
ii

II

li

namah sivaya namah The Aranyakanda has


ii ii

75 Sargas.

It ends
i

(f.

207):

krame^a gatva sa vilokayan vanam dadarsa pampam ity subhadarsakananam anekananavidhapuspasamkulam


ii

Srimadramayane adikavye sri-Yalmikiye caturvimsatisahasrikayam samhitayam srimad-aranyakande pahcasaptatitamas sargah aranyakandam samaptam harih om
arse
ii ii ii

The Kiskindha-kanda has 68 Sargas.


vegavan

It ends

(f.

277b):
5

sa
i

vegasamahitatma

haripravlrah

paravirahanta

-^

66

t<-

punas samadliaya mahanubhavo jagama lamkam manasa srlmatkiskiudhakande astasastitamas sarmanasvi iti sriramaya namah kiskindhakandas samaptah gali
li

II

ii

harili

om

ii

ii

tato

The Sundarakanda has 65 Sargas. It ends (f. 341b): maya vakbhir adinabhaksini sivabhir istabhir abhiprajagama santin tava maithiL~itmaja tavapi sokena sadita
i ii

ii

tathapi pidita

iti srlmat-sundarakande pahcasastas sargah sriramaya para(bra)hmane namah harih om etc.


ii

Ff.

316322 are placed in the wrong order. The Yuddhakanda has 131 Sargas. It ends (f. 498b):
i

ayusyam arogyakaram yasasyam saubhratrkam buddhikaram subhah ca srotavyam etan niyamena satbhir akhyanam ayuskaram rddhikamaih evam etat puravrttam akhyanam bhadram astu vah pravyaharata visrabdham balam visnoli pravarddhatam deva^ ca sarve tusyanti grahas tacchravanat tatha ramayanasya sravane tusyanti pitaras tatha bhaktyaramasya ye cemam samhitam munina krtam ye
i i

likhanti ca nara(s) tesam ca vSsas trivistape

ii

arse srimad-

ramayaiie adikavye Yrilmikiye srimadyuddhakande ekatri-

msaduttarasatatamas

namah

bharatanujam sugrlvain vayusi'inuii ca pranamami pimahpunah balakande dvisahasram sasiti(r) dvisati tatha slokanam atha sargaii

sargah ramarn ramauujam

ii

sriramaya
gatani

saparivaraya

sitarp.

ii

nam

saptasaptatir irita
i

slokas catnssahasrani paksadhika-

ayoddhyakandagas sargSs satam ekonavimsatir dvisahasram saptasatisloka dvatrimsata saha aranyakande dvisahasram satcchatani sargas tii pahcasaptatir irita
caturddasi
i
i

sloka virasatir eva ca


stir itirita
i

kiskindhakand(ag)as sarga(s) saptasai

trsahasran ca sat caiva slokas sundarakandagah


i

sarganam astasastis tii samkhyata paramarsinS yuddhakande tu padyanara dasona satsahasrika ekatrirasacchatai

mitas

sarga

api

ca

kirttitah
i

catustriipsat tathaiva ca
i

trsahasram sate dve ca sloka uttarakandasthas sarga(h)


i

pa(m)ktyuttaram satam bindudurllipi etc. The following table shows the number of Sargas in each Kanda, (1) according to our MS., (2) according to the Bodleian MS. Sansk. b. 28 (which is also a Grantha MS.),

-^
and
(3)

67

H$-

according
nebst

to

the

recension

called

in

Prof.

Jacobi's

Inhalt

concordance (Das Rumayana. Concordanz der gedruckten Bonn 1893, pp. 220 seqq.):

Gescbiclite

und

B-ecensionen,

Kauda
Bala

Whish No. 54
77

Bodleian

MS.

Recension C.
77

77 119
76

Ayodhya
Aranva
Kiskindba

120 75
68 65
131

119
75 67 68

66
68 132

Sundara

Yuddha
It will

128

be seen that our MS. belongs to the 'C Recension', differs somewhat from the editions representing this recension. It also differs, though not materially, from the Bodleian Grantha MS. The latter MS. contains the same concluding slokas as our MS. (from ayusyam to vasas trivistape), but with a few various readings.
though
it

54.

9| on a page.
Size:

1|

in.,

18

Whish No. 55. + (1) + 160 + 7 + (1)

leaves, generally 11 lines

Material:

Palm

leaves, covered with very thick boards

ornamented

with coloured pictures, which are partly rubbed off. Date: An entry by Mr. Whish is dated -Tellicherry 1826'.

The MS.

may

be about 80 or 100 years older. Scribe: The son of Udayamurti.


Character: Grantha.

Injuries:

The

first resp. last lines

of

fl'.

118

partly injured.

(1)

The beginning
It begins:

of a
I,

Commentary on
1,

ValmlJd's

Bdmdyam,

reaching as far as

83.

upadisati

manum

yas tarakan janmabhaje


i

nijam alabhata kamarn yatprasadena ramah

yam

auusarati

-5>^

68

H$-

me devadevo pracinavyahrtinam ayanam anusaran devadevasya sambhor ajnamatravalambi nijavibudhajanair irito ramasantosan netum icchur visayam apanayaras bhadram
sarvo devatanam nikayas sa bhavatu lirdaye
i

mahesali

tatra tatra sphurantam

kurve sarvartthasaram vivaranam


i

idam adau anusandheyam visnoh karmmani pasyateti srutya srotavyam puranam iti smrtya
ucitan caruramayanasya
ii

cavagatasya sravanavidher addliyayaiiavidher iva

tatra-

tyasabdagrahanatadartthavagatipurvakena

tatiDratipadita-

nityanaimittikasadharanadbarmmrinusthanenaistabhavanam arttba iti atomistbeyartthaprakasakatvat puranasya pratisargam anustbeyorttbali prakasanlyab tatra prathamasari i

gena acaryyavan puruso vedeti srutyanu^rena svavagatopy arttbab guruna gunavatopadista eva prayuktab adrstaii janayati pustenapi guruna yavadarttbam apunab prasnavisayam vaktavyam ity arttbadvayam prakasyate tapa iti tapasi anasanadiriipe babirantabkaranaikagratape ca svaddbyaye svavede ca niratara etc. karmmana ravanavadbantena mabaIt ends (I, 83): teti [ti] sarvalokepsitatamatvad iti bbavab ata evaba sacaracaram iti.
i

(2)

The AdJiydtma-Bdmdy ana, a portion of the BrahmdndaPurdna, in 6 Kandas. Tlie printed editions generally add one Sarga (adbyatmaramayauamabatmya-sarga) at tbe beginning, and an Uttarakanda at tbe end. Tbese are
not found in our
It

MS.
divijais

begins:

yah prthvibbaracaranaya
i

sampra-

rttbitas

cinniayah
i

sanjatab prtbivitale ragbukule maya-

manusyovyayab niscakrara bataraksasab punar agat brahmatvani adyam param klrttim papabaram vidbaya jagatam tan janakisam bbaje visvotbbavastbitilayadisu betum ekam
ii

mayasrayam vigatamayani acintya^aktim anandasandram amalan nijabodbariipani sitapatim viditatatvam abam


i

nnamami

patbanti ye nityam ananyacetasas srnvanti cai

ddbyritmikasaTnjnita(m) subbara ramayanain sarvapurSnasa-

mmatan nirddbutapapa barim

eva yanti te

addbyatmara-

-^^

GO

H$-

mayanam
ksam
I

eva nityam patlied yad


kailasagre kadacid,

icliet

bliavabandliamo-

gaviim sahasrayutakotidanaplialam lablied ya ^rnuyat


i

sa nityam

etc.

srlmad-addhyatmaramayane umamaliesvarasamvade balakande sriramalii-dayan nama prathamas sargali The Brdakanda (in 7 Sargas) ends on f. 17 b, the Ayodhyakanda (in 9 Sargas, containing 700 slokas, as stated at the end) on f. 45 b, the Aranyakanda (in 10 Sargas, cont. 500 slokas) on f. 67 b, the Kiskindhakanda (in 9 Sargas, cont. 555 slokas) on f. 92, the Sundarakanda (in 5 Sargas, cont. 300 slokas) on f. 106, the Yuddhakfinda ends on
F. 4:
iti
II

f.

160b, as follows:

asakrd yat tarakam ramo visnur aham samurttim iti yo vijhaya bhuteuddhrtyrdchilasarasam graham idam samksepatah svarah srirrimasya nigudhatatvam amalam praha prasphutam priyayai bhavali iti srimad-addhyatmaramayane umamahe^varasamvade yiiddhakande soda^as sargah kande yuddhesarddhaikaddhyatmake sargiX navasapta nllakarnoktah
alodyakhiladeva(read veda)rasim
tat

brahma

ii

dasasataslokanusamkhyaya yuktilh
kari

jayati raghuvamsatilai

kah kausalyanandavarddhano ramah


dasarathih
i

dasavadananidha(na)-

pundarikaksah
ii

ii

harih

om subham
ii

astu

srigurubhyo namali

srisambasivaya namah

The

scribe adds:

Udayamurttikumaran
(3)

(follow
out.)

two

or three words in Tamil, which I cannot

make

(The Manimanjarl) a Commentary on Keddras Vrttaratndkara, by the Parohita iS'drdyam, a son of Nrsimhayajvan. The text of the Vrttaratnakara is given in full, the com-

mentary consists
breaking
off in

in brief

remarks

only.

It

is

incomplete,

the middle of the third Adhyaya.

See No. 170.


It begins:

namo

namo ganesaya namas

te sivasunave
i

nirvighnam kuru devesa namami tvam ganadhipa svetanibhodhisthitan devam suddhasphatikavigraham vagvibhiitipradam saksad vande gandharvakandharam Nrsimhayaji i

vanah putro Nfirayanapurohitah

vrttaratnakaravyakhyam

~5H

70

H$-

vyakaroti

yathamati

sukhasantanasiddhyarttham

naumi

brahmaccyutarccitam

samkaram

gaurivinayakopetam sarakaram lokavedartthasaivasastrajno Bhattako* bhudvijottai

chando laksyalaksanasaipyutam vrttaratnakaran nama balanam sukhasiddhaye Pimgaladibhir Scaryyair yyad uktam laukikam dvidba matravarnnavibbagena cbandas tad iba katbyate etc. After tbe text of slokas I,
kriyate
i i i

mah dam

tasya putrosti Kedaras sivapadarccane ratah

tene-

tbere follows

(f.

lb):
i

vya

tamraksl

mo

gata sayo

modaterab prakirttitali sabate sastu sa yati to vrnoti rkarakab bba sidati canas cokto vabatiti gana smrtab bbumyambvagnimarudvyomasuryyacandradyud eva tab jneyas sarvadimaddbyanta guravotra catuskalah etc. Tben follows text of I. 8 18, fben again a sbort commentary. Tben text of I. 1922. Tben (f. 2b): vrttaratnakare pratbamoddbyayab F. 4: dvitlyoddbyayah om uktayam cbandasi gu srili etc.
i

ii

ii

ii

It ends

(f.

7):

sabny
durgban

ukta mtau tagau gobdbilokaib


I

P
I

caturbbis saptabbis ca varnair yyatih

nilam kese nirgunam


gandabinibe

maddbyabbage
pinan
tu
i

netre

nirmmalam

gSm

sronivaksojabbare krsne lilasalinin naumi

laksmlm

oo.

Whish No.
Size:

56.

ITa-xSj

in.,

65 leaves, from 13 to 15 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Tellicherry 1826.' MS. may be about 80 or 100 years older.
Character: Grantha.

The

Tbe Uttara-Rcimdyana

or

Uttarakcinda

of tbe

Ecimd-

yana, by ValmlM, in 110 Sargas.


1

The
III,

editions have

Pavyeka or Pabbeka

as the

name

of Kedara's

father.
2

34 in Borooah's edition.

the Sanskrit Language, by

Anundoram Borooah,

(A Comprehensive Grammar of vol, X: Prosody.)

-^^

71

H$-

krte

ramasya raksasanam vadhe raghavam pratinanditura kanvo kausikotha yavakrito narebliyas ca vaua eva ca
It begins:
I

praptarajyasya
mmunayas

ajagiuur

tatra

medhatitheh putrah purvasyan disi bliagavan namucih pramucis tatlia

casritali
i

dattatreyotha

atreyaputro dharmma-

tma

rsis

sarasvatah prabliuli

etc.

It ends: idam akhyanaiu ayusyam Ipatban ramayanan narah saputrapautro lokesmin pretya svarge mablyate ayoddbyapi piiri ramya siinya varsaganan babun i-sabbam prapya rajanam ni[va]vasam upayasyanti etad akbyanam krtavan pracetasah ayusyam sabhavisyara sabottaram (sabodarab p'. m.) putrab sa tat brahmapy anvamanyata
i

il

ity firse

srimadramayane adikavye Yalmlkiye srimaduttaraiTidasadbikasatatamas


. .

mayane
astu
I

sargah

ii

barih

om

subbam

sltabxksmanabbaratasatrugbnabanumatsametasriii

ramacandrasvamine namab minaksisundaresvarasvamine namab sakalalokanatbakayai namab barib om


. .

ii

ii

56.

Whish No.
Size:

57.

12^x2

in.,

(1) -f

192

(2) leaves, 10 lines

on a page.
1826.'

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Tellicherry

The

MS. may be about

50 years older.

Character: Grantha.

Tbe

XJpadesagrantliavivarana,
of)

a Commentary

on

(tbe
?)

metrical part
Ind. Off. IV,
It begins:
i

tankard's TJpadesasdliasrJ, by {Bodlianidhi


731.

a pupil of Yidyddlidmnii.
p.

See Burnell, Tanjore, p. 90. Hall, p. 99. See above No. 24(b).

paficatmakam vande bbaktyastadasamgavargonavimsatya bbaktair nnavabbir asritam on naraas on namab on nama srigurubbyab sivaya caitanyani sarvagara sarvam sarvabbutagubasayam cetanam yat sarvavisayatitan tasmai sarvavide namab eva caitanyam jnaptisvarupam sarvaga(m) sva vidyil kalpitadikkalakasadi sarvam vyapnotiti sarvagam sarvagam ity
sabbedaya
i

vismira

ii

li

ukte paramartthatas sarvan tat

gamyam

astiti

asamka

ma

bhud

ity

aha

sarvam
. .

iti,

etc.

It ends:

janmanusaprakaranasya padarttbavivara-

nam

krtan devatagurubhaktipreritena
i

maya

ii

iti

saptadasa-

^loka yatlndrasrimukbotgatab
i

brabmatmabodbakah iipasya dbamammies ciram srimatpadambujan tasya prasadan na svabuddbitah yena me nikbilad vedad akrsya mana atmani stbapitan munimukbyena yavajjivan namami tarn
|
i

vipratagurubbaktena maya sraddbaya srlmad-Vidya-

ii

yatbbasyasagarajayuktimanin prakirnan prfipyadbuna katipayan kavayo bbavanti tasmai namo janamanobjadivakaraya krtsnagamarttbanidbanaya yatlsvaraya iti srlmadi ii

Vidyadbamasisyena Bodlianidbina^ sraddbabbaktimatrapreritena krtam upadesagrantbivivaranam samaptam yatpadakamalasamgan nirvanam praptavan abam sarvantaratmapujyams tan pranamami garlyasab ^ubbam astu
li
i

ii

om

II

Whish
Size:

Xos. 58
vols, of (2)

(1)

&

58

(2).

12|x2

in.,

two

+ 200 +

(2)

and

(2)

196

(i.

e.

201 to 396) (1) leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves.

MS.

Date: Entries by Mr. Wliish are dated is probably about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.

'Telliclierry 1827."

The

or tbe Commentary on Veddnta- Sutras, by Sahl{ara, in 4 Adbyayas. Including tbe text of tbe Sutras.

Tbe SurlralMmlindmsdhlmsya,

Bad amy ana's


It

begins:

yusmadasmatpratyayagocarayor
etc.

visayavi-

sayinos tamabprakasavadviruddbasvabbavayor itaretarabba-

vanupapattau,

f. 127b: iti sririrakamimamsaSamkarabbagavatpndakrtau pratbamasyaddbyayasya caturttbab padab samaptas caddbyayab

Tbe

first

Adbyaya ends
ii

bliasye

li

Proper name of the author?

-5>^

73

H$5 (Bibl. Ind.

Vol. I ends

(f.

200 b) at the end of


242,

II,

3,

edition p. 612).

The
f.

2"^"^

Adhyaya ends on
4*1^

f.

tlie

3^'^

Adhyaya on
iti

355 b, the
It ends:

A. on f. 396 b. anavrttis sabdad anavrttis sabdad


dyotayati
ii

sutrabhya-

sa^ sastrapansamapti(u)

iti

^rimatparamahanisri-

saparivrajakacriryya-Govindabhagavatpujyapadasisyasya

mac-Chamkarabhagavatah krtau srimacchririrakamlmamsabhasye caturtthasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah samasrigurubhyo namah brahmanandara pta^ caddhyayali paramasukhadam kevalam jhanamurttim visvatitam gaganasadrsam tatvam asyadilaksyam ekan nityam vimalam acalam sarvadhisaksibhutam bhaviltitan trigunarahitam satgurun tan namami vedantasutrabhasyam samaptam
ii
ii

ii

ii

ii

harih

om

58.

Whish No.
Size:

59. 10 or 11 lines on a page.


1827.'

14x2

in.,

(2)

215

+ (1)

leaves,

Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Entries by Mr. Whisli are dated 'Tellicherry

The

MS. may be about 50


Character: Gi-antha.

years older.

The Uimdesagranthaviraram,'' a Commentary on the Pahcadasl (ascribed to Sdijana), by Rdmalxrs]ia, a pupil of Bhdratlt'irtha, and Vidydranya.
These
1.

fifteen chapters

on Ycdanta Philosophy are given

in the following order:

Citradipa (Tatparyabodhini).
Trptidipa.

2.
3.

Kfitasthadlpa.

4.
5.

Dhyanadipa.
JSTatakadipa.

G.

Tattvaviveka (Padadlpika).
Aufrecht CC.
title

'

p.

314 gives the

title

Tatparyalodhim, which

is

only the

of the commentary on the Citradipa.

~$^

74

f"^

7.

Pancabhutaviveka (Tutparyadlpika).
Pancako^aviveka.
Dvaitaviveka (Padayojana).

8.
9.

10.

Mahavakyaviveka.
1785,

Brahmananda in five Adhyayas. The two lithographed editions (Bombay 1863, Sake
11

15.

& Bombay
It

1878, Sake 1800) begin with the Tattvaviveka.


Off.

See also Ind.


begins:
l

IV^

p. 745.

natva

srl-Bhriratitirttha-Vidyaranyamunl-

svarau
tmaniti

kriyate

citradlpasya

vyakhya tatparyyabodhim

ii

cikirsitasya granthasya

nispratyiihaparipiiranaya parama-

padena istadevatanusandhanalaksanamamgalam acarann asya granthasya vedantaprakaranatvat tadiyair eva visayadibhis tadvattasiddhim manasi nidhayaddhyaropapavadabhyan nisprapahcam prapaiicyata iti nyayam anusrtya

paramatmany aropitasya jagata

sthitiprakriram sa-

drstantam pratijamte etc. srlmatparamaharasaparivrajakacaryyasriiti F. 30b:

Bharatitlrttha-Yidyaranyamunisricaranasisyena

Bamakrs-

nakhyavidusa viracita tatparyyabodhimnamika citradipavyakhya samapta on tat sat srimatparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasrliti F. 69 b:


li
ii

Bharatitirttha

Vidyriranyamunivaryyakimkarena

Rama11

krsnakhyavidusa viracita trptidlpavyakhya


j^,
:

samapta

Eamakrsnakhyavidusa viracita kutasthadiiti 791) pavyakhya samapta ddhyanadlpasya vyakhya samapta F. 98 b: iti F. 102 b: iti ... srinatakadipavyakhya samapta tatvavivekasya padadipika samapta F. 119: iti
. . .
ii

ii

ii

II

F. 133b:

iti

paucabhutavivekasya tatparyyadipika
ii

samapta

li

harih
iti

om
.
.

F. 143 b:

paiicakosavivekavyakhya samapta

ii

F. 151b:

F.

153:
ii

iti
.

dvaitavivekasya padayojana samapta

ii

iti

mahavfikyavivekavyakhya

samapta

i!

harih orn

natva srl-Bharatitirttha-Vidyaranyamunisvarau
I

brahmanandabhidham grantham vyakurve bodhasiddhaye etc. F. 176b: brahmanaude yoganando nama jn-athamoddhyayah
u

-^
F. 193 b:

75

f<-

ddhyayah
F.

208b:
ii

iti

brahmrmande atmanando nama

dvitlyo-

iti

brahmanande advaitanando nfima

trtlyo-

ddhyayah

ii

F. 212 b:

(f.

iti

brahmanande vidyanando nama caturttho-

ddhyayah
It

i)

ends

215):

ii

iti

brahmanande visayanando nama


srlparamahamsaparivrajakacaryya-

pahcamoddhyayah
makrsnrdvhyavidusa

iti

^ri-Bharatitirttha-Vidyaranyamunivaryyakirakarena srl-Raviracitam
etc.

upadesagranthavivaranam

samaptam

ii

harih ora

59.

Size: 10^

xU
Palm

in-,

(2)

Whish No. 60. + 40 + (1) + 43 +

(2)

leaves, 8 or 9 lines

ou a page.
Material:
leaves.
1828.'

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated -Tellicherry may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.
Injuries:

The MS.

The MS.

is

slightly

damaged by
(1)

insects in a few places.

The
It

Surijasiddhdnta, in 14 Adhyayas.

(Ff. 40.)

begins:

^ubham
i i

gunaya

gunatmane

uktarupaya nirsamastajagadadharamurttaye brahastu


i

acintyapy

mane namah

alpavasiste tu krte

mayo nama mahasurali


i i

rahasyam paramarn punyam jijnasujhanam uttamam 2 sarvebhyah pradadaii pritah grahanafi caritam It ends: mahat atyadbhutatamara loke rahasya(m) brahmasammivedasya nimmilam (read nirmakim) caksuh jnatva satarn ksad vivasvatah viditvaitad asesena param brahmadhigaiti suryyasiddhante manadhikaro nama caturdasocchati subham astu gurubhyo namah ddhya(yah i) harih om

ii

(2)

The A^tddhydyi,
by Panuii.

or eight chapters of grammatical Sutras,

(Ff. 43.)

^
It
I

76

:^
**

begins

yeuaksarasamamnaya

dhigainya maliesvai

yyakaranam proktan tasmai Paninaye namah yena dhauta girali pumsam vimalais ^abdavarim** masvas cajnanajam bhinnan tasmai Paninaye namali vakyakaram Yararucim bhasyakaram Patanjalim Paninim siitrakarafi vanlra Paninim acaryyam ca pranatosmi munitrayam Katyayanamunin tatha krtanjalir nnamasyami bhagavantam Patanjilim (sic) yogena cittasya padena vacam malani sarlrasya vaidyakena yopakarot tam pravaram muninam
rat krtsnam
i i

Patanjalim pranjalir anatosmi


naiijanasalakaya
i

ajuanatimirandhasya

jiia-

caksur unmilitam yena tasmai ^rigurave


etc.

namah
It
I

ii

un

ends: nodattasvaritodayam agargyaka^yapagalavanara


i

a a hrasvasyaivatra grahanam isyate astamasyaddhyayasya


caturtthali
i

padah

addhyayas ca samaptah
i

astaddhyayl
i

sampurna sundaresvarasyastaddhyayi
gurave

barili
i

om

sivam astu

namah

sivayai

namah

govinda

(3)

The
is

Vi^mifjliujanga, a Stotra in 18 stanzas.


p.

In Burnell,
p.

Tanjore,

201b, and Taylor

I,

p.

356 (see also

103)

it

ascribed to Sankara.
It

begins:

cidamsam

vibhun

nirmmalan
i

nirvikalpan

gunatitam avyaktam ekan turiyam parabrahma yam veda tasmai namas te 1 visuddham sivam santam adyantastinyam jagajjivanam jyotiranandariipam adigdesakalam vipatcchedanlyarn triylvakta (read trayivaktram ?) yam veda tasmai namas
nirahan nirakaram
1 i i

omkaragamyam

te

It ends: mukhe mandahasan nakhe candrahasam kare carucakram suresabhivandyam bhujarage sayanara bhaje ramganatham barer anyadaivan na manye na manye 17 bhujamgaprayatam pathod yas tu bhaktya samadhaya citte bhavantam murare sa moham vihayasu yusmatprasadat sama^ritya yogam vrajaty acyutatvam vi.
i

^i

77

K-

GO.

WmsH
Size:

No.

61.
8 or 9 lines on a page.
19tii

lOfXlf

in.,

(1)

96

+ (1)

leaves,

Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Probably end of


Character: Grantha.

18tii

or beginning of

century.

The Sivatattvasudhdnidhi from the Sanatkumdrasamlntd


of the
It

Skanda-Purdna,

in

20 Adhyayas.

begins:
i

yam
i
i

khasrilinah

pranamya surendrudya bhavanti susarvavighnopasautyarttham tam vande Sami

karatmajam srl-Siitah sivara hari(ra) vidhatarani tatpatnis tatsutan gurun natva samastapraytuhasantaye maragalaya
ca vaksye ^rniiddhvam sarvajnah sivatatvasudhanidhiin
I i

etc.

Sanatkumarasamhitayam sivatatvasudhanidhau prathamoddhyayah iti skande purane Sanatkumarasamhitayam ^ivaF. 6:


F. 4:
ity

adipurane

ii

tatvasiidhanidhau dvitiyoddhyayah
F. dlb:

il

iti

sriskande sivatatvasudhanidhau samsaraduII

sanan nSma ekadasoddhyayah


F. 73b:
It ends:

iti

srisivatatvasudhanidhau
ii

sivabhiksatanaka-

thanan nama sodasoddhyayah

iti sriskande mahapurane Sanatkumarasamhisakaladdhyayasaramahimanusivatatvasudhanidhau tayam srlgurave namo namah virasoddhyayah nama varnnanan
II

ii

srimahatripurasundaryyai na(ma)h

ii

harili

cm subham

astu.

61.

WmsH
Size:

No.

62.
foliation

14X2
154

in., (1)

two volumes (with one continuous

from

1 to 306),

+ (1) + 152 + (1)


leaves.

leaves, 10 or 11 lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

Date: Entries by Mr. Whish dated -Tellicherry may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha

1827'.

The MSS.

^H

78

Hg-

The Mahal)] idrata, Parvan


Aranyaparvan,
1

32,

45)

is

III: The Vanaparvan or Adhyayas. The beginning (III, missing, and the Nalopfikhyuna (III, 5378)
,

in

300

is

omitted

(see

below).

The MS.

is

full

of clerical mis-

takes. '

Yol. I begins at the end of III, 32, 45: mayor api anyesum karmmani phalam asmfikam api va punah viprakarsena buddhyeta katham karmma yathaphalam
i

F. 25 b:

ity
ii

aranyaparvani nalopakhyane ekonapaiicasoof III, 52 in the

Bombay and Calcutta brhadasvah asid raja nalo nama virasenasuto ball upapanna(read nno) gunair istai riipavan asvakovidah vidvan danapatir daksah sada sllapuraskrtah atisthan manujendranam murddhni devaj^atir yyatha uparyyupari sarvesam aditya iva tejasa brahmanyo
ddhyayah
editions.)

(End

^rikrsnaya

namah
i
i

li

vedavic
I

mahipatih upari anyapustake asti etat Janamejayah bhagavan kamyakaprapte game prapitamahah {sic) kim akurvanta partthas te tarn rte savyasacinam etc., i. e. the beginning of the TlrthayatraParvan, or III, 79 in our MS. III, 80 in the editions.
nisadhesu
i

churo
ii

The
III,

first

183

(=
f.

III,

volume ends (f. 154b) at the beginning of 182 in the editions).


216:

Vol. II,
III,

End

of the

Markandeyasamasyaparvan,

222

(=

III, 231 in the editions).

F. 277: The Savitryupakhyrma begins. III, 281 (=111, 292 in the editions).

na caj)y adharmmena suhrdviyojane paraparadaramarsane akayabhave ca rame manas sada nrnam sadakhyanaparah ca sriwatam (This is the end of III, 313 in the editions.) ity arse srimanmahabharate satasahasrikayam samhitayam Vaiyyasikyam srimadaranyaparvani dharmmavarapradanan nama trimsacchatatamoddhyayah iti aranyaparvas samaptah
It

ends:

svahare

ii

ii

See H. Luders, Zur Sage von Rsyasrnga, in the 'NachrichtenPhil.-hist. Kl.


1',

der K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen.


1901. Heft
PI).

5 seqq.,

where an extract from

this

MS.

is

given.

-^

79
62.

f^

"Whish Ko.
Size:

C3.

17x1-7

in.,

(l)4-9i

(l)

leaves,

from

to

10

lines

on

a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Entries by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry

1827'.

The MS.

may be about

50 years older.

Character: Grantha, two difterent hands.


Injuries: Ff. 38, 39, 79, 81

damaged by

insects.

Commentary on
including
1

Vdhu'iJa's

Rdmayana, by Rdmdnuja
the

Acdrya,

the

Arau>/a-Kdij(Ja,

Kiskindhd-

Kdnda, and Sargas


It

3
i

of the Sundara-Kdijfja.

begins:

atha

pitrvakyapariprdanaya dandakan pra-

vistasya vrttam vistarena

atmavan
yavat
i

dhrtiman

vaktum upakramate pravisyeti maharanyapravese nissaipka iti


i i

etc.
(f.

The Aranyakanda ends


viracite

40):

iti

Erimanu(ja)caryyaii

aranyakandavyakhyane pahcasaptatitamas sargah harih om firanyakandarn vyakhyasamaptam The Kiskindha-Kanda begins (f. 41): sa tarn iti kharadisamharena sa prasiddhapaurusah tarn iti ranianiyataya prasiddham saumitrisahito gatva patmadidarssanena sltaii

netrasmaranajasokatisayena ksubdhasarvendriyas san lapa etc.


I

vikx-

It

ends

(f.

80):

iti

Eamanujacaryyaviracite kiskindhaii

kandavyakhyane saptasastitamas sargah Then tlie Sundara-Kanda begins: atha sundarakande vyrikhyeyuni vyakhyayante purvasmin sarge manasa gamanam krtam ity uktam idrmim kayenapi gamanam karttum aicchad ity aha tata ity adina atra gantum iti padam addhyaharyyam etc.

The MS. breaks


Sarga:

off

at

the
ii

beginning
advareneti
i

of

the

fourth
vil

iti

tritlyyas

sargah

gramam

nagaram vapi pattanam avarasya hi visesat samaye sa umyana carena visan nrpa ity uktaprakarena adviirena pravistavan pravisyeti pravisya pravestum upakrammya sa^^am padam cakre agrata iti sokaprayanakale ca grhai

pravese vivaha.

-^

80
63.

H$-

Whish No.
Size: lO^^xlgin.,

64.

(2)

+ 55 +

50 leaves, 7 or 8 lines on a page.


19tii cent.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Probably beginning of


Character: Grantha.

(1)

The
nanda

VdkyasudJidtlkd, a

Commentary on

the Drgdrsya-

viveka or Vdhjasudhd, (of Saukara Acdrya), by BralimdJBhdratl, a pupil of

Ananda Bhdratl
harili

(ff.

55).

Cf.

Ind. Off. IV, p. 739; Mitra, Notices, III, p. 226 seq.

Margin

of

f.

li^drkdrsyavivekaip

om

It begins:

karanam
majjata

kbadijagatam aranarttham anagai

samupasmahe atmastham yah karoti mSm tarn sarvasaksinam vande Hamanandamunisvaram yatkataksaI

sam

varanananam

atmanam advayam

abliisicya

krpavarsair

punyapapakatah(read papatali?) maya jhanamanir llabdhas tarn Auandagurum bhaje natva sri-Bharatitirttha-Vidyaranyamumsvarau mayii vakyasudhatlka yathamati viracyate na khyatilabhaptijeccha tlkakaranakaranam na vidvattabalam vatra muktir eva hi karanam praripsitasya granthasyavighnena i^arisamUptasudhasindhaii
i
i
i

pravicayagamanabhyam visistacaraparipalanaya, etc. It ends: atali evara moksasastrasyapi saphalyam syad

ity

ayam evasya prakaranasya samastavedantasastrasya ca


ii

tasmat sarvam anavadyam


j

iti

srimatparamahamsaparivra-

akacaryy a - srimad - Ananda - Bharatimunivaryyasisya - Brah-

mananda
harih
ii

Bharatlmuniviracitavakyasudhatika
ii

samapta

il

om

(2)

fragment,
of

described
1

chapter

the
(ff.

by Mr. AVhish as "the 30^^ Atharvana rahasyam of the Yishnu14).

Dharmmam"
Margin
vaih
of It begins:
I

f.

1:

atharvanain
ca

harih

om

bhagavan

praninas sarve visarogadyupadra-

dustagrahopaghatais

sarvakalam uxjadravaih

-$H

81

f<-

rihicaraka(read
i

ribhicarikajkrtyais

ca

sparsarogais
i

ca
etc.

tlarunaih sada sampiclyamaiias tu tisthanti munisattama


It

mardaya maraya maraya dahaya mahogragrahan samhara samhara yaksagraluin pretagrahan pisacagrahan samhara sainliara l)lianjaya bhanjaya ave^aya ave^aya aksaya aksaya hrani hnra brum krom sarvamamgalini svSha
ends
(f.

14):

marddaya

j^osaya

sosaya

dahaya

ii

(3)

The
107

Anandasdgarastava
(ff.

by

Nilakantha
in

Dllsita,

in

stanzas

15 26b).
76-94.

Printed

the

Kavyamala,

Part

XI

(1895), pp.

Margin
It

of

f.

15:
(f.

begins

sagarastavam. 15): vijnapanarhaviralavasaranavaptya


i

davlyasi visvamatuh avyajabhtitakarunapavanapaviddhany anta smaramy aham apamgataramgitani


It
II

mandodyame mayi
1
II

ends

(f,

26 b):

iti

sri-Nilakantha-Diksitaviracitoyam
ii

anandasagarastavas

samaptah
(4)

s^ubham

astu

ii

gurubhyo

namah

il

The Advaitamakaranda
27 verses
(ff.

by

Lalmmdhara
Off.

Kavi,
751,

in

2728).
27:

See Ind.

IV,

p.

Mitra,

Notices, II, p. 105.

Margin of

f.

advaitara.

It begins (f. 27): aham asmi sada bhami kadacin naham apriyah brahmaivaham atas siddhas sa(c)cidanandai

laksanah

ii

It ends (f. 28 b): Laksmidharakaves siiktih saradambhojasambhrtah advaitamakarandoyain vidvatbhvmgair nniplyatam advaitamakarandam samaptana
i

ii

ii

(5)

goddess Parvatl.
of Devi.

The Lalitastavaratua, 209 Arya verses in praise Mr. Whish says: "209 couplets in
This
is

of the

praise

much admired Hymn

in the

Aryya
1

metre."

Printed in Ka^yamala, Part X, 1894, pp.


G

18.

-5H

82

f<-

Margin

of

f.

29:
29):

Aryyadvisati.
vande
i

It begins

(f.

gajendravadanam vamarpkarukuvalayinija-

dhavallabhaslistam

kumkumaparaga^onam

rakorakapldam

ii

etc.

It ends (f. 48): madhurasmitam madarunanayanam^ mmatamgakumbhavaksojani candravatamsinln tvam saviI

dbe pasyanti sukrtinah kecit


lalitapadabbili

209

lalitaya stavaratnam
i

anudinam avanau pathatam pbalani vaktum pragalbbate saiva srimaharajapranitam


etc.

arjyabhib

li

rajesvaryyai

namab

ii

(6)

Tbe Hastdmalakaiwakarana
See Aufrecbt, CC.
pp. 205
p.

in
v.

14 verses

(ff.

4950).
In

765,

s.

Hastdmalakastotra.

tbe Stotraratnakara (Bombay, Nirnayasagara Press, 1883),

207,
of
f.

it

is

ascribed to ^aiikara.

Margin
kin

49:
49):

hastamalakaprakaranam.

It begins

(f.

nama

te

tvam siso kasya sutab kva jatab tvam kuta Sgatosi etad vada tvarn tava cari

kas

bbakatvam matpritaye pritivivarddbanosi 1 It ends (f. 50): upadbau yatba bbedata sanmanlnan
ii

tatba bbedata buddbibbedesu tepi yatba caudrikanan jale


i

caiicalatvam tatba caucalatvan tavapiba visno

ii

14

ii

bastaii

malakaprakaranam samaptam

ii

barib

om

subbam astu

64.

Whish No.
Size:

65.

12tx2
Palm

in.,

(2) +

74

+ (2)

leaves,

from 10 to 12

lines

on

a page.

Material:

leaves.
7'.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry 1827 November

The MS. may be about 50 years


Character : Grantha.

older.

Tbe

Maliablidrata: tbe

Pauloma-Parvan

(in
i.

8 Adbyayas),
e.

and tbe Astlka-Farvan (in 40 Adbyayas), 1 59 of tbe Adi-Farvan.

Adbyayas

No. 115

(12)

reads adarunao

--3^

83

H$-

and extracts have been given from it in my articles 'On the South- Indian Recension of the Mahabharata', Indian Antiquary, vol. XXVII, 1898,
Tliis
fully described,

MS. has been

pp.

69-81, 92104, 122133.

65

Size: 8h XI4 in., Material: Palm leaves.

Whish No. (1) + 66 leaves, 8

GG.
or 9 lines on a page.
'Tellicherry
7tii

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated The MS. may be about 50 years older.
Character : Grantha.

Nov. 1827'.

The

Vdkyiwrtti'praTxdsilm ,

a Commentary on ^aulara^s
Fauclita,
p.

Vdhyavrttl,

by Visvesrara
Ind.
p.

pupil

of

Mddliava
Mitra,

Prdjna. See Notices VIII,


It

Off.

IV,

738

(No. 2302);

287 (No. 2847).

begins:

srutismrtipurananam

namSmi bliagavatpadasamkaram lokasamkaraui

alayam karunalayam parama|

kipruiidliisrimac-Chamkaracaryyabhagavatpadas tapatrayasantaptanam aparimitajananadisanasriraddhvasramaparipidi-

tanam atmajiirinasisiramadhurajalrikarpksinam vidurasarirakamlmamsajalasayagamanasamartthanam vakyavrttisarpjhakopadesaprakaraiiaprapaparikalpanenantassitalatam vigataklesatah capadayan tatradau prakaranasravane pravrttanam

adhikarinam avighnena brahmatadatmyapratipattisiddhaye prakaranapratipadyadvitiyabodhasmaranapurvakam namaskarasyavasyakarttavj'atan dyotayan svayan namaskurute


11

sargasthitipralayahetum,
It

etc.

ends:

brahmavitbhyah
11

bhavisyatiti

i(ti)

paran nasti na bhutan na srimanmahayogi-Madhava-Prajnagurupra-

sadasaditaparimitanandajhanasvarupa-Visvesvarapanditaviracita vakyavrttiprakasika

samapta

11

harih

om brahmaham
11

etan mayi bhati visvam sri-Madhava-Prajnaguroh prasadat

sa(so?)nvarttha-Visvesvarapanditakhyas tasyanighripatmam

pranatosmi
sana
1

nityam

11

svasvadesakulacaradyagraho

lokavaI

pathertthabodhenusthane

vyasanam

sastravasana 6*

^^

84

H$-

ayurarogyalavanyadyakamksa dehavasana
dhinyas sarva viksepakrtvatah
ii

jivanmuktiviro-

harih

om

ii

66.

WmsH
Size:

No.

G7.

Sf-xlf

in.,

73 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.


1827.'

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry, November 7th The MS. may be about 50 years older.
Character
:

Grantlia.

i.

The Mahandtu'kasHldisudhdnldld by Immadi Devardya, Devarmja II. of Vijayanagara. See e., probably, King
I,

Hultzsch

pp. X, 43, 83; II, p. 41.

It begins:

jato

vainse

raghunam munivaravacanat

ta-

takan tadayitva krtva punyam ahalyam trutitaharadhanur piTipyayoddhyam niyogat pitur mmaithilivallabhobhut
i

atavim

agad

vltasitostavrdi

baddbabdhir
ii

ddhvastalaiiiko

dalitadasainukbas sitaya iTijyam apa

ii

asty arabhodbara-

cumbisaudhasikhara^reninisannamgana gitakarnanatatparasiiryyasyanvayajanminam mbaracaraprastiiyamanapraja


i

ksitibhujam sadharanam maudiram laksmya


lalataracana
F.
15:

dhama param
-

srlmadrajadhirajaparamesvarasrlmad
ii

bhumer

ayoddhya purl

ii

ii

Amma-

di(s/c)maharajaviracite mahanatakasuktisudbanidbau brda-

kandas samaptab
F. 17 b:
viracite
.
.

srimad
.
.

srimad-Ammadi(s?c)devainaharajaii

dvitiyakandas samaptab
.

F. 31b:

srimad srimad"
.

srimad-Immadideyarayaviracite
ii

trtlyakandas samaptab
F. 36b: F. 44:
. .

srimad-Immadidevamabaraja
ii

caturtthakandas samaptab

srimad"

srimmadidevamabaraya"

paiica-

makandas samaptab It ends (f. 73 b): srutva ramacaritram atbbutataram ko


ii

vismayan nesyate jnatva caiva virincina tribhuvanatranaya yonirmmatab asrotrapranipastano ced ahisvamina nirddhute
'

Five syllables (^^^

wanting.

-^H

85

H$-

sirasi

kva

bliuli

kva girayah kvaiteti santaya kah

199

srlman

Imraadidevarayaiii'pati

svarllokaka(l)lolinikallolai

pratimallasuktivi])liavo vidvajjanaslaghitah

varenyakandavisayanyastan
kramojvalataiTin

malianatakaslokaii

sriman sastliavarnapadai

vman (read sriman?)

akarsit prabhuh

200

srimadrajadliirajaparamesvara-sri(ma)d-Immadidevamahanatakasidctisudlianidliau yuddliaka-

maharajaviracite

ndas samaptah

ii

srlgurubhyo

namo namah

ii

harih

om

07.

Size: 125-

1-| in., (2)

Whish No. 68. + 111 pages, 8 lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.

(Rdmdimja's) Commentary on VcdmikPs Rdmdijana, the

Yuddha-Kdnda
It

in 131 Sargas.

begins: atha
1

krauiate

tatra

srimadyuddbakandavyakhyanam praprathame sarge uttaram priyasravanottaram


sugrivadlnam
purato
etc.

kalarham sitavrttantasravanaki-tad dharsatisayat uttamadutalaksanavaisistyakatbanena

banu-

mantam

stanti

krtam

iti

bbuvi durllabbam,

It ends:

vainayakas
apadisyate
.

ca vigbnakarino grahavisesah ra-

jasvalah rtupradurbhavavatyab saubhratrkara saubbratra-

karara ojaskaram balakarain sainbitavedam vedatulyatvat

samhitety

11

iti

srlmadyuddbakandavyakbyane
11

ekatrimsaccbatatamas

sargah

sriramacandraya

namah

11

yuddhakandavyakhya samapta

!l

68.

Size:

13fxlf
Palm

in.,

Whish No. 69 A. (3) + 73 + 53 + (4) leaves,


or 19
th

8 or 9 lines on

a page.

Material:

leaves.
tu

Date of MS.: 18

cent.?

Character: Grantha.

->4

86
(1)

K-

The VakyakaranaiUpilca,
sikd, laghudlpikd)

a short

Commentary

(Layhuiiralia-

on the Vakyakaram, in five Adhyayas, by Simdararaja, the son of Ananta Ndrciyana, dedicated to Somadeva, the son of BanyandtJia.
of the Arya school, seems have been accepted as the guide for the preparation of solar pauchdhgs in the Tamil and Malayfilam countries

"The Vakya-Karana, a work

to

of Southern India from very

ancient times, and

even to

some similar work of the Arya school is so used." R. Sewell and S. B. Dikshit, The Indian Calendar (London 1896), p. 8. Mr. Whish has the following entry: "The Vdkya-Kdranam. The astronomical work used in the Carnatick with the astronomical Tables of the Sun and planets &c. annexed."
It

the present day either that or

begins:

sriganesaya
ii

namah

srigurucaranaravindaI

bhyan namah

jyotiscakrapravrttaya jyotlrupaya bhasvate


i

jyotirddarssaya

bhaktebhyo jyotissastrakrte namah sriNilakanthamghrinivistaceta sri - Somadevanujighrksayaiva vicitravakyair vivrtam punas ca prakasayeham karanam
I

laghiyah

svabhipsitagranthasya nispratyfdiaparisamaptaye pracayagamanavisistacaraparipalanabhyah ca svestadevatai

namaskarapuraskarena

ciklrssitam
iti
i

arttham

pratijanite

pranamya karisailastham

dc.

F. 15 b 16: iti vakyakaranalaghuprakasikayam Somadevadrtayam Sundararajaviracitayain prathamoddhyayah


ii

iti

Somadevadrte vakyakaranasya prakasane sphutaddhyayo dvitiyopi samksepena samapitah iti Sundararajaviracitayain Somadevadrtayam vakyakaranadlpikaF. 32 b:
| i

yam sphutadhikaro nama dvitiyoddhyayah Adhyaya III ends 50b, A. IV 63b. Adhyaya Vends (f. 72b): iti srimatkeralasatgramanivasiii

f.

f.

Nilakanthacaryyena triskandhavidyaparadrsvana satdarssaniparam gatenasvalayanasutrena garbha (read Garga?) gotrena Rivakalyandajatena Golacudamanina asmadanugrahartthe Sundararajaprasnottarakhye granthe pratipaditam tena gatiyogenaiva vibhajya sthitidalani jfieyam sasthaddhyayah
(f.

73)

-$H

87

f<-

pratharae dvitiyeddliyfiye praycnokta iti iia punar idaniiu vyakhyayate praksiptatvac casyaddhyayasya paficaddliyayyara api baliava slokal.i praksiptah samjfiite sarvo nirastah
srimanti puiTijakfde padavakyapramanajfio jyotissastravisfi-

Padma?) garbha iti prasiddliotasmad evasmatpita prakscpavyatiriktam suddhaiii vrdcyakaranam auyany api kificit adhitavaii sri - Nrsimhasisyabliutajyotissastravic - chri - Vanchyajanmarado
yatisvaral.i

pratraa (read
ivasit

paro brliaspatir

Bharadvaja-Varadaraja-tad]"gvidhakanisthaputra-Somadevasarapradayasuddhavakyakarai.ian

casmakam sampradayasii

ddhavakyakaranena samam tena etad vyakhyanaprakarasiddliam yan miilan tad eva suddhamulam iti jfieyain Sundaresakrte vakyakaranasya prakasane Somadevadrteddhyayah pancamo lagbur iritab Ananta-Narayanasununa piinab
i
i

kaverakaiiyatatavasina

maya

prakasita vakyaki'tir Ibigbiyasi


i

iti sri-Yancbyajanma-srlRaraganathaputra-Somadevadrtena SundaraiTijena viracita-

dvije^adevauujigbrksaya laghu

yaiii

vakyalcaranalagbudipikayaiii

paficaraoddbyayab
i

oiii

bubbam astu srigurucaranaraviiidabbyam namah


dinavagrabadevatabbyo namab
(2)
i

suryya-

Astronomical
F.
1

tables,

called

Kiijddipahcagrahavdkyam,
i

margin:

kujasya

mabavakyam

Beginning:
maragalasrir bbusunub

40
80
150

atmajayisantanub

drsto bbupatir vo nab 120

Isamganasarapannab
bbiimir girisamlagna
F. 14:
ii

180
ii

kujasya vrdcyam samaptani atba budbasya vaF. 28: atba kyam F. 27 b: budbavakyara samaptam F. 34: guruvakyarn samaptam F. 33 b: guror vakyam F. 38 b: bbrguvrdvyam samaptam atba sukravakyam atba saner vakyam F. 39: It ends: nirado raseccbuh 348 ravigonirddasah 378 vaii

ii

ii

ii

ii

ii

kyam 19

saneb munivakyam samaptam kujadipancagrabavakyam parisamilptam om subliam astu etc.


dbiras
ii

ii

-^^

88
69.

H$-

Whish No.
Size: ISi

69 B.
8 lines on a page.

Xlf

in.,

(1)

144

(2j leaves,

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19th cent.?


Character: Grantha.

The Lalitopdkhydna, from the Uttarcikhanda (Ayatanakhanda?) of the Brahmdnda-Purdna, in 34 Adhyayas.


It begins:

astu

va sreyase nityam

vastu

vamamgam
|

aisvaram

yatas trtiyo vidusan turiyan tat

param mahah
i

Agastyo nama devarsir vedavedamgaparagah


ntasarajno
tirtthany

sarvasiddha-

brahmanandadayatmakah
ayatanani
i

cacaratbhutahetuni

ca

sailaranyapagamukhyan sarvah
l

janapadan api
P. 2b:

tesu tesv akhilah jantiln ajnanatimiravrtan sisnodaraparan drstva cintayam asa tan prati etc.
i

iti

brahmandapurane Hayagrivagastyasamvade
ii

lalitakhyane prathamoddhyayah

sribrahmandottare Haya trtiyoddhyayah F. 35: iti sribrahmandottare vaivahikotsavo nama caturdasoddhyayah


iti
.

F. 9b:

ii

ii

etad avadatagimah pathantas sampatpradayakam apakrtasarvaduhkham vijnanadlptikalikam


i

It ends:

akhyatam

lalitam raahesim asadya te catasa


II

'

vahanti sadabhitrptim

ii

srimatbrahmandapuranottare Hayagrivagastyasamvade lalitakhyane mantrasadhanaprakarakathanan nama catustrimsoddhyayah srimahadevyai namah samaptas cayatanakhandah harih om subham astu
iti
ii

ii

ii

ii

ii

ii

70.

Size:

^Ixls

in.,

(1)

Whish No. + 89 leaves, 8

70.
lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 tb or 19tii cent.?


Character: Grantha.

A
ship
*

manual of
of Rudra.

rites

and

prayei-s connected with the wor-

The

title

seems

to

be Rudravidhi.
Read
te

It

The metre requires only two short

syllables.

vata?

-^

89

r<-

includes the Fancdhgarudranydsa of BodhaijajM

(li".

33

b),

and

gives

(ff.

45

88)

the Prayoga for each

30b Mantra

of the Rudranuvrikas of Taittiriya-sainhita IV, 5 (Naniahdnucdlids). It


is

incomplete,

as

it

does

not

contain the
7),

Prayoga

for the

Camahmuvdlms
after

(Taitt.-samh, IV,

which

(See the Namalcdimvdkds. (juotation below.) An entry by Mr. Whish says: "This volume contains the Atirudraprayogam; being an extract
the
of the

we should expect

Bhashyam

of the Yajurvedah."

It begins:

atha

sru-udravidhih
i

tatra tavad

upayukte
i

tu viniyogadikau cintyate

viniyogo namabhisainbandhah

sarvanigamgl bhavarupah ekasyaiva mantrasya vidhibalad

anekesu karmmasv amgatvam yasmin karmmani yadamgabhavam bhajate tada tasmin karmmani viniyogo jueyah evah ca yady api caramayam istakayara juhotity adibhi(r)
I

brahmanavakyair agnicayane caramestakayam ekadasabhi vihita iti homakhye karmmani amgatvam rudranuvakanam etc, atha maharudra-ahutisamkhya F. 15: athatiF. 20: sthandilakiindamandarudrahutisamkhya iti F. 30 b: panirmmanadividhih atha BodhayanoktapancamgarudranF. 33 b yasavidhih atha rudraiti pahcamgarudranyasah
rudranuvakair homo
i

ii

ii

bhisekavidhih
F. 45:

atha

taittiriya^akhanusarena

namakanuvakah

pradarsyante

namasterunya namo hiranyabahave namas sahamanetyadayah' camakanuvfika agnavisnii^ jyaisthyara-5 ity adaya ekada^a atha namake cantaravakyanam aprayoi

gah Bhaskaradivinirdistakamyadrstyabhidhasyate F. 88: iti namakesu namo rudrebhya^ ity asya prayogah iti namakaprayoga ekadasonuvakah (sic) atha purvo-

ii

ktesu daksine yatna nirupyate

F.88b:

iti

daksine yatna atra nyCmatiriktoktapratyavayai

jihirsayai staumi

stamberamadhi^acarmmanirmmitavasasara
5, 1

ii

1 See Taitt. Samh. IV, sahamanayetyadayah. 2 Taitt. Samh. IV, 7, 3 Taitt. Samh. IV, 7, 4 Taitt. Samh. IV, 5,

seqq.

Read namas

te

rudra

namas

1.

2.

11, 2.

-^
It

90

H$-

ends:

anavaratadhiraddlivana
i

gambhiragharghara

(read gunadharadharesa kanyakakantisamkranta (read kanyakantisamkranta?) nijakalebaraikadesa akbilajagadadbisa ranta (read santa?) mabesa namas te namas
gunarajivi
rajiva?)

galabhavai3hutkarabbinnagahvara
riijamana

te

srigurucaranaravindabbyan namab

ii

om

subbam

astu.

71.

Whish No.
Size:

71.
to 15 lines

181x28
Palm

in., (2)

+ 201

+(5) leaves, from 12

on

a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish signed 'Tellicherry December 1828'. The Praniathin year (see below) immediately preceding 1828 is A. D. 1819y20, but the MS. looks older, and may have been written A. D. 1759/60, possibly A. D. 1699/1700. Scribe: Kaghunatha, son of Ramakrsna. Character: Grantha, very small, sometimes difficult to read.

Mr. Wbish Sangraba-Bbaratam of Mabeswarah compleat in eighteen Parvvas'. Tbere are really only 17 Parvas, wbicb are made up in tbe following way: Parvans I IX correspond to tbe usual P^rvans of tbe

Tbe

Maliahlidratasamgralia, by Mahesvara.
it

describes

as 'tbe

Mababbfirata, then follow:

X
XI
XII

Gada-Parvan,
Sauptika-Parvan,
Aisika-Parvan,

XIII XVII Asvamedbika to Svargarobanika Parvans. Tbe Strl, 8anti, and Anusasana Parvans are not represented. See A. Holtzmann, Das Mababbarata, II, 1 seq.,
Ill, 46 seq.

R.

v.

Rotb, Verzeiclmis Indiscber Handscbriften


p.

der Kgl. Univ. Bibl. Tubingen,


It begins:

23.

suklainbaradbaram

visnum sasivarnan caturi

prasannavadanan dbyayet sarvavigbnopasantaye raumabarsinab ugrasrava nama punyam naimi^aranyam agamat varttamane saunatatraslnan munln sarvan kasya satre dvadasavarsike pranamat samprabrstadbib katbas citra srotukama munayas

bbujam

srlnaan pauranikas sutah kadacid

-^
1

91

H6-

sutanandanain paripaprucclia tan sa'


ca
kau^alaiii
i i

fan

[)apraccliu.s sa

abhinandya samasinas tarn alius samsritasanain kuta ayasi ko desas tvaya, cavita ity api vipiTm sa piTilia supritan tatragacchan yadrcchaya sarpasatrani yatra raja cakara janaraejanah (sic) ya vaisanipayaiiat tatra
i i
i

^ui^iTiva

jaiianiejayah katlias ta Vyasakathitas tv a[u]i^rausam


i

bharatasritah pararddhyani parikramya tirttbany ayatantlni


i

s[y]amantapancakan nama tan desam gatavan ahain kurui.iaiu panclavanan ca sarvesan ca mahibhrtam bhavatam
ca
1
i

tasmad didrksur aham agatah srotum kim luunayas sutaiii abruvan pariksitena Vyasokta ya vaisarapayanac chrutah tab katha srotum icchamo mababliaratasamjnitab etc.
vividhaii (?)
i

icchathety

ukta

srimahabharatasamgrahe Maliesvarakrte saiiinama prathamoddhyayab F. 10b: iti srimababbaratasaragrahe dusyantacaritan nama astamoddhyriyah iti snmababharatasamgrabe bakavadho nama F. 21b: paficadasoddhyayab F. 26: iti ^ribharatasamgrabe paficendropakbyanan nama astadasoddbyayab
F. 2:
iti

bhavaparvani vaidodamkacaritan

ii

ii

ii

ii

Parvan): iti snmababharatasamgrahe sambbavaparvaiii mandapalacaritan nama paficavimsoddbyayah F. 44 (end of the II"*'^ Parvan): iti sabbaparvani Pandavadyutaparajayo nama astanioddbyayab srdvrsnOya
F. 32

(end

of

the

I"'^*

ii

ii

namab

ii

sabbfiparva

samaptam

ii

barib

F. 54:

om

ii

barib

om

ii

iti

riraiiyaparvani Nalacaritasamaptir
ii

nnama

iti aranyaparvani aranibaranan nama dvattrirasoddbyayab F. 95 (end of the IV^^ Parvan) iti virataparvani uttarabhimanyuvivaho nama dasamoddhyayab srikrsnaya
.
.
.
ii

astamoddbyayab F. 81b (end of the III"' Parvan):


:^

ll

namab

ii

virataparvam samaptam

ll

F. 104 (end of the V"' Parvan):

iti

udyogaparvani
ii

rathasamkbyambopakhyanan nama da^amoddhyayab


'

Doubtful

reading.

Read

tarn

papnicchus te?

-5H

92

H$-

F. 110b (end of the

bhlsmasaratalpasayanan

VI *^ Parvan): iti bhlsmaparvani nama saptadasoddhyayah


.

ii

F. 146 (end of the VII*^ Parvan):

iti
ii

dronaparvani
ii

dronavadho nama astadasoddhyayah srikrsnaya namah dronaparvam samaptam F. 160 (end of the VIII*^ Parvan) iti karnaparvani karnavadho nama ekadasoddhyayah karnaparva
ii

ii

samaptam

ii

Parvan): iti salyaparvani saptamoddhyayah salyaparvam samaptam iti gadaparvani F. 173b (end of the X*^ Parvan):
F. 169b (end of the IX'^
li

ii

tritiyoddhyayah

gadaparvani samaptam

ii

(XI moddhyayah
F. 176
ii

*'^

Parvan):

^'^

iti

sauptikaparvani pratha-

ii

F. 178 (end of the

samaptam harih Parvan): iti asvameF. 190b (end of the XIII dhikaparvani dasamoddhyayah asvamedhikam samaptam asramavasike parvani F. 194b (XIY"' Parvan): iti
ii

XII Parvan): iti om siibham astu


ti'
ii

aisikaparvam

II

caturtthoddhyayah

ii

F. 197 (XV*'' Parvan):


ii

ii

iti

mausalaparvani dvitlyo-

ddhyayah mahaprasthanike parF. 198b (XVI Parvan): iti prathamoddhyayah vani It ends (f. 201): iti srimahabharatasamgrahe svargaro^'^
. .

hanike parvani dvitiyoddhyayah

li

srikrsnaya

namah
i

sita-

kiksmanabharatasatrughnahanumatsametasriramacandraya subham harih om namah sri - umapataye astu srigurubhyo namah karakrtam aparadham ksantum arhanti santah pramathinamasamjhayam saradi prapnuvaty api capam hamse daksinakhyayane pakse site tatha svatitaraastavim^akhyake hy anhi somavasarasamyute samayukte dasamyain minalagnake ^ravanat sarvapapalekhanat ^rlpradam ghnah pathanan muktidam subham sammyak mahabharatasam graham Ramakrsnasya putrena raraabhaktena vidusa hkhitam Raghunathena dhimata bhadram astu vah krsnSya vasudevaya devakinandanaya

namah

ii

ii

ii

ii

ca

riikmiiiisatyiibliaiii:ibhyrii)i
ii

sevitSya naiiio iiainah

^rl-

gurubhyo namah

Whish No.
Size:

72.

Material:

12HXlff Palm

in.,

(1)+10

leaves, 8 or 9 lines

on

a page.

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated December 1828. The MS. may be about 50 years oldei*. Character Grantha. The leaves are numbered by letters ka (= 1), ksya (=70), kha, ga ... ha, la, ksa (=35), kya (=36), khya Ira (== 104), ksra (= 105). This foliation begins kra (=71), khra from the second leaf.
:
:

The
liitd,

BrhatsamliltCi of Vardhamiliira, or the VardJiasam-

with a Commentary (SamJiUdvivrti) by Bhatfotpala. fragment only, extending from III, 1 to XXVI, 8.

It begins:

athadityacaro

vyakhyayate

aslesarddha(d)

daksinam uttaram ayanam raver ddhanisthadyam nunarn kadacid asid yenoktam piirvasastresu raver adityasya a^lesarddha(d) daksinam ayanani tatha dhanisthadyam uttaram ayanam, etc.
F. 8:

iti

Bhattolpalaviracitayam sanihitavivr ** dityai

caras trtiyoddhyayah

F.
It

51:

iti

Bhattolpahiviracitayain
ii

sarphitavivritau

^ukracaro navamoddhyayah
ends:

nnaga gohayadyas ca lomna hemna tadvasa *** *** ** (Wank) sesadravyany atraarupasthita[na]ni naga hastinah dantair
bliiipas

dantair

sikthakena

dvijadyani

hanti dentaih

romna gohayanyani go

(sic)

ii

73.

WmsH
Size: 125-

No.
39

73.

X it

in.,

(1)

155

30

(1)

leaves,

7 or 8 lines

on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry December The MS. may be about 50 years older.
Character' Grantha.

1828'.

94

f^

a)

The Rgveda-Pratimkliya, by
Pdmidairttl
to
(ff.

&aunal:a, the text

(ff.

133),
called

followed by the text together with a Commentary,

the

MSS.

of

MS. and its relation Uvata's Commentary used by Professor


34155).
This

Max

Mtiller in his edition

and translation
das
alteste

of the

Egvedader

Pratisrikhya have been fully discussed by Prof. Eggeling.

See Rig -Veda -Pratisakhya,


vedischen
Einleitung,

Lehrbuch

Phonetik.
pp. 22
is

Sanskrittext

mit

Ubersetzung und
(Leipzig 1869),
states,

Anmerkungen

herausg. von

Max

Miiller

32.
not

As

Prof. Eggeling

the

name

mentioned in this Commentary, which differs considerably from Uvata's Commentary as known to us, and probably contains an older and more authentic interpretation of the Pratisakhya, than that of Uvata {I. c, p. 23 seq.). A complete collation of the text given by this MS., and an edition of this Commentary would be very desirable, though the MS. is unfortunately incomplete. The text breaks oft' after XVI, 52 in Prof. Max
of

Uvata

Miiller's

edition,

wdiile

the

Commentary

only reaches to

the end of the tenth Patala.

The
catvari

text

begins:

astau
i

samanaksarany aditas tatas


svara iparo dirghavat plutoi

sandhyaksarani
text

ete

nusvaro vyahjanam va svaro va

The
rcotra

ends

(f.
ii

nidarsanam
ii

manye dvadasa
patalah
ii

iti
i

yah paprau visvasan ca ta gayatri purausnik catuspadam 52 chandovicitau prathama aditostadasa33b):


i

etc.

harih

om

The Commentary begins


jhani veditavyani
It ends
(f.
i

(f.

34):

astau

samanaksarany

uditah varnasamamnayasyaditostaksarani saraanaksarasametc.


iti
ii

155):

pa(rsa)davrttau kramapatalan
sriguru"
etc.

nama

dvadasam samaptam

(2)

Short treatises, a kind of Appendices to the Pratisakhya, on the Egveda-Samhita, viz..

->4

95

H^
NCigadeva, son of Yajnand-

(Ij

the

Blsarvasamdndm by
(ff.

rCiyami
(2) (3)
(4)

5);
same author (ff. 5 81j)
is
;

the B(jrilaii(ihijcdah-mu(i by the

The

title

of this tract
(ff.

(ff.

915)

not given;

raddntadljiml

1517);

(5) Tr/sandhdlaJ{sana (f. 17); 18); (6) Bksamlhyd (f1'. 17

(7)

Avarnadlpa
(ff.

(f.

18);

(8)

Ndntasamgralia, or NdntaJakmna, by Semndrdyana

19 21b);

(f. 22); (9) Tdntalalimnn, or Tapara, or Tdntasamgraha (ff. 2335); on No. 8 Commentary a Naparavydldidna, (10) (11) Taparatlkd, a Commentary on No. 9 (ff". 35-39).'

The
kriyate

first treatise

begins:
i

taram patim sriyah


laghu
i

pranamya pranatabhlstapradabahvrcanam subodhaya i5am[m]rinam


akrirapurvako

visarjaniya

ghosavatparah
i

vyahjanasprkcchasaparo hipyate samhitaksane yesii varnananapadatvam kramat tani pravaksyami padany aham amgyanam (read iingyanam?) purvabhagah tv ava[t]grahah
i i

nimittana

grhyate

yat

tat

padam

evatra

laksa\ie

praI

thamas ca
antasthas
jiaribhasa
It ends
ii

dvitlyas

ca

hitviX

vargyas traya[h]s trayah


prakirttitah
i

ca hakaras
etc.

ca

ghosavantah

iti

(f.

5):

YajhanErayanakhyasya yajvanah
ii

priyastiii

nuna samanam sadhu savyakhyam Nagadevena nirmmitam iti rksarvasamanam samaptam

Then the Vilahghyahiksana begins: harih om snddliadataram sarvasphatikasamkasam pundarikanivasinam Yajfianarfiyanat siirer vidyanani hayagrivam upasmahe Nagadevo vadisyami vilimghyani utpannas somayajinah padany aham etc.
i
i i

It

ends

(f.

8b):

proktani
ii

yatha tatha vapi

prit3^a

ba-

lakaloktivat

mayoktany rgviUimghyani varnakramata eva


i

tu

vihimghyahiksanasloka astasastir udiritilh

vihxmghya-

laksanam samaptam
Compare

the similar treatises on the Black Yajur Yeda, No. 25

(a).

-^

96

f-

The next treatise begins (f. 9): vam devya vrttapuroliitau devam
i

rtvig
i

yajnesu

kam

vi^-

yastlio hotrsabdo rtvik-

sabdo
bhavet
uti

rkaravat
I

marutan

tvararacchevas
sato
visnuli

samudrasyeva

varmmana
i

asyendrettha
15):

purvesu maliima

etc.
(f,

It (?) ends

atra

tadvabetlie ye devaso ati vayo


ii

devanam itva vellam varjam Then begins the Padantadlpini:


i

harih
i

om

bhutesopi
ta-

prasadartthi

yasyabhutipurantakah
1
i

karunyanidhaye

smai gaiiadhipataye namah


satan

manisitesu sarvesu bha-

nas
i

sarasvati
2
I

visvaprakasinl sasvat kumudesv iva

kaumudl
krtim
i

rgvedapathe

Sakalyadrste

tadvartmana

padantadipinin
1

namna karomy artthanubandhii

nlm

3
i

alocya Saunakaproktam prati^akhyam prayaI

Tivrnomy atimiidhopi mndhanugrahakamksaya 5 tesu kosthesu ganite padajate varataIt ends (f. 17): kaih pademgyosmantamanan nirnayo bhavati ddhruvam sabdah pada bhadha bhfiyad iti sarvam snmamgalam
tnatah

ii

Then begins the Trisandhalaksana: harih om trisandhavargam vadet kascana tan ca sarve padam laksanam sarve punah ptirvavad eva vardvitiyasya sa capi sarve
i i i

trisandhalaksanam samaptam the Rksamfollowed by the two small This 18: rksamkhya samapta harih om khya, ending on and the Avarnadipa, which begins: gurum gunabdhin
It ends
is
(f.

gam kramam

dvitiyasya vadet sa te ca

etc.
ii

17b):

treatises,
i

f.

ii,

nikhilaptavanmayarn

pranamya samsarasamudratarakam padadyavarnavagamaya vacm(y) ream avarnadipakhyam


i

aham sulaksaiiam Then follow the Nantasanagraha, and


ii

graha,
tises

(ff.

19

22
i

b),

the Tantasamand Commentaries on these two trea-

(ff.

2339).
begins:

F.

19

bhrasannibhara

maya
ritam

etc.

F.

pranamya garudarudhara harin nilaSesanarayanakliyena laksanam kriyate nantasaragrahas samaptah 21b:


iti
ii

F. 22 b:
i

iisyam
ii

(?)

evan natantakhyam laksanam samudli

iti

taparam samaptam
F.

F. 35:

naparavyakhyanam
II

samaptam

39: iti tapari(read tapara)tika samapta

-^i

97
(3)

i<-

(1)

Some more treatises FaribMsd (?) (f.


Avaruilal-.^am
(ff.
(f.

of the
1);

same

kind,

viz.

(2) (3)

3);

Avamilaki^ana

3);
(ff.

(4)

Avarnivydkhydna, a Commentary on No. 2 and


Avarnivydliliydna, a

3b-24);

(5)

Commentary on No. 3

(ff.

243013).

Compare the Saptalaksana

al)ove No. 25(a).

F. 1 begins: gurum gunabdhin nikhilaptavaumayani pranamya samsarasamudratarakam padadyavarnavagamaya vacmy roam avarnadTpfikhyam aham sulaksanam etc. (like the 'Avarnadlpa' above p. 90, 1. 23). But it ends (on the
i

same page):
F.
3:

paribhasa samapta avarnilaksanam samaptam


iti

il

ii

sridaksinamiirttaye

namah

ii

F. 3b:
F. 24:

avarnilaksanam samaptam avarnivyakhyanam samaptam


ii

il

Then the Commentary on the Avarnilaksana begins: akarasamgrahavyakhyam svayam eva karoti ca asmin
i

laksanepi pratipadikagrahanam sarvarttharn sarvatra etc. It ends: akaradipadanan tu spastaya pratipaditam

yathamati hrdi prityadhri(ra)m vidvajjanais sada harih om avarnivyakhyanam samaptam srimahatripurasmidaryyai


ii

ii

il

namo namah

ii

srimahadevyai

namo namah

ii

74.

Whish No.
Size: I23 xlg- in., (2) + 256 Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19 th cent.?

74.

+ (1)

leaves, 8 or 9 lines

on a page.

Character: Grantha.

The Smrtlmuktdpliala, by Vaidyandtha DlWita of the Vddhdla family; Pariccheda I: the Varndsramadharmanirdpana. See Burnell, Tanjore p. 134.
7

-3^
It begins:
I

98

H$-.

suklambaradharara visnum sasivarnaii caturprasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye amke viliarinam anuksanam adrijayas tarn kevalam kalabham atbhutam asrayamah nityarn. ya esa baliubhir nnijasevakanam pratyuhapunjakabalaih paritosam eti pari! vatlvidhimukliavalisaiidhapankter mmayaviliinajanamanasarajahamsam yogesvarair api vimrsya nijasvariipa vati(read vani?)svari disatu me vacasam samrddhim sarabham upaimi sadliu sevyam sadayam kaficaiia devatavisesam dasakantliarupam vande dasasyandana nandanami (read syandanan iiamami?) Yaidyanathaddhvarlnaniadaso Yadhiilavamsajah smrtimuktaj)halan nama kurute sarasamgraliam uruvistaradliarmmasastravarddher upalabdlier minabata parisramena sravanesu nidblyatam kirn anyaih smrtimuktriphalam ekam eva satbbili kva nu visakalitan tu dbarmmasastram kva ca punar akalane mama pravrttih sa(ka)lamatijiisas tathapi santas satatam idam mama sabasam sabantam tatradau dbarmmapramanani
bliujam
ii
i

ii

niriipyante

F. 10b:

atba
i

Manub

vedokbilo dbarmmamiilam
i

etc.

smrtikarttrnirtipanam
F. 21b:

F. lib:

atba
yajaI

dbarmmadesab

atba
i

srstib

F. 36:
ity

nam

ii

atba yajanan iiirupyate


i

F. 39:

iti

addbyayauam

atbaddbyapanam

F. 63:

nam
F.

F. 78 b:
86:

atba

iti

dauam
i

atba patranirupaii

iti

ksatriyadbarmmab brabmanasraistbyam atba


ii

jativivekab

F. Ill:

iti

yajiiopaYltanirmmanadi

atba dandadbaranam

F. 149b:

iti

snutakadbarmmab
i

atba vivabab

mmab

brabmanadiyivababbedab F. 195: garbbinidbaratba vidbavadbarmmab F. 196 b: F. 201: iti stridbarmmab grbastbadbarmman aba Daksab F. 209 b: atba yatidbarmmab F. 224b: atba gurvadinirupanam
atba

F. 170:

II

F. 245: atba bbiksacaryya


It ends:
sncis

Vyasab

moksasramam yas carate yatboktani


i

sam (read
srayate)

san) samkalpitabuddbiyuktab

anindbanam
sruyate

jyotir iva jjrasantam ya (read sa)

brabmabbavam

(read

dvijatii-

iti'

iti

Yaidyanatba - Diksita-

See Mahabharata XII, 192,

6.

-^
viracite

99

^^

smitimuktiipluilc

varnasramadliarmmanirupanan
ii

iiama

prathamali
i,

pariccliedah

harih

om

srigurubhyo

namali

75.

Size:

lllxlg
Palm

in., (1)

Whish No. 75. + 79 leaves, 7 lines

on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. AVhish dated 'December 1828.' be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.
Tlie GrJnjavrtli, a

The MS. may

Commentary on
is

the Khadira-Grliyasuof

tra

or

Drdhydyam- Orhyasutra
It

the

EudraslMndha.
III, 4.
p.

incomplete,
of this
S.

ending

Sdmaveda, by at the end of

For other MSS.

56.

See also Oldenberg,

It begins:

athato grhyakarmmani

work, see Burnell I, O. B. E. xxix, pp. 371 seqq.


i

athanantaram

kas-

deva savitar ityadimantravacchakhaddhyayananantaram yattetta nadhitavedasya mantraparijhanat' vaksyamanesu vakyesu karmmanusthanayogyataya pratipattiim

mad anantaran

asakyam atas tadanantaram

iti

gamyate

etc.
h

The first Patala ends (f. 36b): pahcamah khandah iti Rudraskandhakrtayam grhyavrttau prathamali patalah The Il'^'i Patala (5 Khandas) ends f. 65.
"

ii

It

breaks

off

at

the

jjjTd Patala:

sthalipakasya
ii

end of the 4*^ Khanda of the purnapatram yathotsahaniii

carutantraprakrtir ayam homah tritlyasya patalasya caturtthah khandah navamin dasamini vanvastakyam harih oin subham astii etc,
vrtyartthain
i ii ii
i

76.

AVhish No.
Size:

76.

18?><2

in.,

(1)

132

(1)

leaves,

from

to

11

lines

on

a page.
Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated '5*1^ January 1830 Tellicherry.' The MS. may be about 50 or 80 years older.
Character: Grantha.
I

Read with

Ind.

Ofi'.

MS.

yatonadhitavedasya mantraparijuauat.

->i

100

H$-

Four Khandas

of the Siitasamhitd of the Sl;amla

Bu-

rma

^ivamdlidtmydklmmla in 13 Adhyayas (ff. 124), i\iQ Judnayogakhanda m 20 Adhyayas (ff. 24 48 b), the MiMiManda in 9 Adhyayas (ff. 48b 68b), and 43 Adhyayas and part of the 44*^ Adhyaya of the Yajha,

viz.,

the

vaihliavalilianda
It begins:

(ff.

68b 132b).
i
i
i

gurave sarvalokanam bhisaje bhavaroginam


i
i

nidhaye sarvavidyanam sridaksinamiirttaye namah ai^varam paramatatvam ridimaddhyantavarjjitam adharam

sarvabhutanam (a)nadharam avikriyam anantanandabodhambunidhim atbhutavibhramanj ambikapatim isanam anl^am satravasane munayo visuddhahrdaya pranamamy aham bhrsam naimislya mahatmanam agatam Romaharsanam drstva yatharham sampujya prasannendriyamanasah papracchus samhitam enam Siitam pauranikottamam evam
i

ii

prsto munisresthaih Siitas sarvartthadayinam

mahadevam

mahatmanan dhyatva Vyasaii ca bhaktitah


i i

samahitamana

bhutva vilokya munisattaman vaktum arabhate Suta(h) samhitam vedasammitam sii-Sutah biTihmam puranam prathamam dvitiyam patmam ucyate trtlyam vaisnavam proktam caturttham saivam ucyate tato bhagavatam proktam saptaman naradiyaii ca bhavisyakhyan tatah jDaram
i
i i i

markkandeyan tatah param


brahmakaivarttam eva ca
i

agneyam navamam pascat

tato laimgah ca varahan tata

skandam

anuttamam

raatsyan tatparam

ucyate

vamanakhyan tatah kaurmmam garudakhyan tatah proktam


i

brahmandan tatparam viduh granthatas puranam munipumgavah etc.


i i

tu caturllaksam

F. 24:

iti

skande purane sutasamhitayam ^ivamahatmyaii

khande trayodasoddhyayah
F. 132
Siitah
I

iti

athatas
etc.

yajhavaibhavakhande tricatvarimsoddhyayah sampravaksyami dravyasuddhim samaii

satah

132b) in the middle of tlie 44*'' Adhyaya with the following words: asuddhya[su a]suddhavat bhati sarlrades tu cetanah vyavahare yatlia candro niscalopi
It breaks off
(f.

calaty api

->i

lUl

H$-

77.

Whish No.
Size:

77.

12tX1s
Palm

in.,

(1)4- 190

-|- (1)

leaves, 9 or 10 lines

on a page.

Material:

leaves.
'Telliclierry 1829".

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated be about 50 years older.


Character: Grantha.

The MS. may

The Batndpana,
son
of

Mallindtlia,
(?),

Commentary, by Kumarasvdmin, and younger brother of Koldcala

Pedddcdrija

karanas.

Cf. Biirnell,

on Vidydndtha's Pratdparudra^ in 9 PraTanjore p. 56 sq., and Wilsonp. 161.

Mackenzie (1882)
It begins:

kalyanani

gadantavalo
crdayan
i

karotu kascana puman arddhamgandabhogavilolupan aliganan karnaficalais

yatpadamburuhavalambasaranah purve pumilmsas

traya(s) trailokyasthitisargasarnhrtividhau nirvighnasiddho-

dyamah vastiikalyanadan divyam astu nririnaratmajam svopajham vaumayam yasya viharagrhavedika ** nim (read vanim)^ kanabhujim ajlganad avasasic ca vaiyyasikim antas vacam ta(n)tram aramsta pannagagavikumbhesu cajagarat acakalad rahasyam akhilam yascaksapadasphuram lokebhiid [sjtriskanyadupajiiam eva vidusam saujanyajanyam yasah dhasastrajaladhim ciilukikurute sma yah tasya sri-Mallinakolacalapeddayaryyah (read thasya tanayojani tadrsah pramanapadavakyaparadrsva Kolacala-Peddacaryah?) yah
i
|

vyakhyatanikhila^astrah prasangakartta ca sakahividyasu

tadanugrahaptavidyanavadyo vinatapanatasyanujanma svami vipascid vitanoti tikam prataparudriyarahasyabhettrim punya^lokagunoktisanakasanad iittejanalambhitam safijagraha rasadiratnanicayara vidyavinathah puril sohan tad vyavaharahetum adhuna kihcit karomy apanan tatranugrahamulyatobhilasitam grnhantu dhauya janah yady asti gudham akhilam saktya tat tat prakasyate namulam likhyate kihcit nanapeksitam ucyate atha tatrabhavan Vidyanathanama mahfikavir alamkarasastram arabhamanah, etc.

mmrah

See Mallinatha's Introd. to his

Comm. on

the Rag-huvamsa.

^H

102

H$-

F. 46: iti prataparudiavynkhyane ratnapanakhyane kavyasvarupan nirupanan nfima dvitiyam prakaranam


ii

pratapanidravyrikhyane ratnapanakhyane gunan nirupanan nama sastliaprakaranam It ends: vistarabliirubhir iiparamyata sarvam avaF. 139:
i

iti

datam

il

iti

prataparudrlyavyakliyane

ratnapanakhyane
ii

misralamkaran nirupanan nama navamam prakaranam prataparudriyavyakhySnam samriptarn srlguru'', etc.


ii

Whish No.
Size:

78.

Material:

12,|xl8 Palm

in.,

94

-}-

57

-)-

86 leaves, 8 lines on a pags.

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry 1829'. be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.
(1)

The MS. may

The Bhdsfjaratnaprabhd, or gloss on Sahkara's Commentary to Bddardi/ana's Vecldnta-Stdras, by Govinddnanda, with Notes (ff. 1 It is incomplete, containing only 69).

the

portion

corresponding

to Yol. I,

pp. 1

90

in

the

edition of the Yedanta-Sutras, published in the Bibliotheca

Indica (Calcutta 1863).

'TdtparyyabodhinT

In the margin of f. 1 the title and Mr. Whish states (f. 69): "Here ends the Talparyyabodhini. This appears to be annotations on the Sutra Bhashyam of Sankara Acharyyah". See below No. 93.
is

given,

It begins: yam iha kurunikam saranani gato hy arisahodara apa mahat padam tam aham asu harim varam
i

a^raye janakajamkam ana(n)tasukhakrtim Vibhisanorisahoi

daropity anvayah

(i)

srigauryya sakalartthadan nijapadam-

bhojena muktipradam praudhani righnavanara harantam anaghasridunditundasina vande carmmakaprilikopakaranai(r)


vairagyasaukhyat paran nastiti pradisantam antavidhuram srlkasikesam sivara pradisantam upadisantani yatkrpalai

vamatrena muko bhavati panditah vedasastrasarirantam vanim vinakaiam bhaje kamfiksTdugdhapracurasurasui i

-^>

103

f-

tanu

'

pi^MJyaljliojyritipujyasrigaurlnayakribhitprakatana - 8i-

varainriryya-labilh[v]atmabodhaih srimat-Gopalaglrbhilipralcatitapai\imri(lvaitabhrisriR[t]mit5sya-srimat-Govindavrinica-

ranakaiiKilago
kriucyfuii

nirvrtohaiu

yatludili

moksapuryyam

sri-

srikamaksya dattam payasaiii devair api shitaiu prajyani sampfirnain prakr^tr>jyayuktam va yat bhojyam aima(i]i) teiiatipiijyas SivaiTimayoginah kifica sivas casau ramas ceti svanamna srigaurinayakayor abhedam prakatayanti
tebhyo gurubliyo kabdha atmabodho srimat-Goprdasai-asvatibhili tail- ity artthali kSamkarani bhasyakrtain prunamya Vyasam harira sutrakrtan ca kurve sribhasyatirtthe parahamsatustyai

vagjahibandhacchidam abhyupayam

(')

atra bhasye,

etc.

F. 20:
F, 32:
It

caturttbavarnakam prathamasutram samaptam ends: atmaniscayat an maryyadayam pramatvtvasya


prathamavarnakam
ii ii

ii

kalpitatvepi pratyaksadivisayavadhat pramrin(y)ain

iti

bha-

vah
ye

II

om ramanamni
namo

pare
namali,

dhamni
etc.

krtsnamnayasamaii-

vayali
II

karyyatatparyyabadhena

sadbitas

suddbabuddha-

srigurubbyo

(2)

Tlie Balivrcahraliuicmopanisadvivarana, or Aitareyoimnisadllidmja,


i.

e.

the

Commentary on

the Aitareya-Upanisad,

by ^afikara
It begins

(ff.

70

94b).

Printed in the Bibliotheca Indica,

vok yil, Calcutta 1850.


(f.

70):

om

brahmavisayavijfianenaisa
hrtaitat?) satyam
It ends
(f.

parisamaptam karmma sahaparakarmmano jhanasabitasya para

gatir ukthavijhrina[sa]d\Tireno[no]pasaiphrty etat (read "sam-

94b):

brahma pranakhyam etc. asmat k:)kad utkrammyamusmin

loke

sarvan

kaman aptvamrtas samabhavas samabhavat


ii

ity iipa

iti sri-Govindabhagavatpiijyapadasisyasya sristam (?) iti matparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasya srimac - Chamkarabhagavatah krtan bahvrcabrahmanopanisadvivaranara samaitareyopanisatbhasyam sagurubhyo namali pfirnam
ii ii

maptam
I

II

For dugdhapracura the metre


o dattadugdhapracurasuranuta".

reciuircs

-^- -^^.

The Edition

reads

-^

104
(3)

f<^

Tlie

This

is

Kaufdalm, or Sdnibavya Grhyasutm (ff. 1 the MS. K. discussed by Prof. Oldenberg in


of

23).
his

Sahkhayaua-Grhyasutra. See Indische Studien, vol XV, p. 4 seq.; Sacred Books of the East, vol XXIX, p. 6 seq.
edition

the

It begins: utthaya pratar acamyahar aha svaddhyayam adhiyitadya no deva savitar iti dve, etc. (see SankhayanaGrhyastitra I, 4).

F. 12 b, 13:
F. 19:

iti

kausitakagrhye prathamoddhyayah
ii

il

kausitakagrhye dvitiyoddhyayah pindapitiyajhe aparanhe aniavasyayam, etc.


iti

srlguru"

F. 21:

iti

kausitakagrhye pindapitryajnavidhil.i

ii

chapter contains Mantras with accents (the udatta only being marked by the sign '>- placed on the top of the letters), beginning: ayusyam varccasyam
last

The

rilyasposam autbhidam
visatad

idam hiranyam varccasvaj jaitraya


8;

mam
(f.

ii

(See Mantrapatha, II,

Asv. Grhy.

Ill, 8, 21.)
It

ends

23):
i

priyam

ma

brahmane kuru priyam nsvesu rucam harili om etc.


ii

bliiitesu

kuru devesu priyam ma mayi dhehi ruca-

(4)

metrical

Commentary on the KanfdalM


24 24

or

Sdmhavya-

Orhyasutra
It begins

(ff.

57).
f.

See the preceding number.

bavyam siitrakrttamam
i

Kausitakacaryyam Samguhyan tadiyyam samksipya vyakhyasyai bahuvismrtain yathakramam yathabodham pahcaddhyayasamanvitam vyakhyatam vrttikaradyai srautasmarttavicaksanaih utthayosasy athaplutya sandhyam karmma samapya ca kurvita nityam svaddhyayam arabhyadyan na {sic) ity a(r)thah
(f.

1):
i

natva

F. 43b

(=
i

f.

20b):

grhye kausitakiyesmin etad uttari-

yasammata
{sic)
11

vyrdchyata karikarupa pilrvaddhyayasasahcita

harih

om

etc.

->^
It

105

H$-

ends

(f.

57

f.

34)

with the description of funeral

Ekoddista ^ruddha begins f. 55 b): daksinurtthaii ca giirave dadyat svistakrtady atha na (read "ki-dadyarthena?) sistakarmma samapyagnim iipatisthec ca sannarites (the

met

II

harih

om

etc.

(5)

The Asvaldyajia-Grht/asntra
It begins:

(ff.

29).
etc.

uktani

vaitani(kani) grhyani vaksyamah,


(21
f.

The
ends
12*1^
f.

first

Adhyaya

2''iAdhyaya (10 Khandas)

Khandas) ends f. 12 b, the 17, the 3'<i Adhyaya (9 Khandas)

22 b.

The fourth Adhyaya breaks off in the middle of the Khanda (corresponding to IV, 8 in Stenzler's edition)
the
i

with

words:
(IV,

patram

vijiiayate

8,

palasena 18 Stenzler).

vapani

juhuyad

iti

(6)

The Sarvdnulmunanl, by Kdtydyana, divided into eight Astakas (ff. 30 54). Incomplete.
nava Madhuscbanda Vaisvamitro, etc. X, 105: tristub antyadya gayatrl va 5 ubhau bhutam srigurubhyo namali srlmahatripurasundaryj^ai namali barib om subham astu ^riganaIt It breaks off after Rv.
II

begins: agnin
II

ii

ii

ii

dbipataye namali

ii

(7)

Lists of words, occurring in the Bgveda-samliitd,


ottering

and
86).

certain difficulties with regard to Sandhi:


(ft\

appa-

rently a kind of Parisista to the Pratisakhya

55

In the margin of
kramani'.
It begins

f.

55

it is

wrongly described as 'Sarvanu-

ganadhipan namaskrtya gurun devih 55): sandigdhacchedanany ukta (read uktva) vilikhyante padany atha ejante ca visargante pade ci parato yatah vigrhya tulyariipa syat sarahita tatra samsayab ya rjra mahyam mamalie ko no maliya aditaye yo vo mahya abhisanteh sakhyaya bra ba bhra iidhany urddhva
(f.

sarasvatlh

^
usuna

106

f<-

iitaye ubha iirunanta dina blind ublia u arasave nakarante makarante parayo^ ca tavargayoh ntanade sat tulyarupa sarahitatrapi samsayah etc. kaniyan tvasta avagra paficadasa It ends (f. 86 b):
i

rupakam ahali avenat ranan akrnvan sindhun atisthan sukarmmah dharttali nali avagra iti trini rbliur vibhvali caturdasa rbhub agmata
satyam
uciili
i

uta
srir

agriyah

vSjali

avagra
i

dasa

iti

dve

anavatah
i

naye
n

gnas patnibbih

daivena sindhubbih

ye

ra-

jabhih

79.

WmsH
Size:

No.
131

79.
leaves,

ll-sXl^
Palm

in-.

(1)

31

+ (1)

8 or 9 lines on

a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 1829.


50 years older.
Character: Grantha, except
are in Malayalam.
(1)
fi'.

The MS. may be about

1 67b

(Parilsara-Smrti I

IV) wbich

The
yas.'^

SaiilMrdcCiryacarlta, a Life of Sankara, in 9

Adbya96 seq.
|

This seems to be another recension of the work


title

described under the same


It begins
:

by Burnell, Tanjore

p.

ganesaya namas tasmai yatprasadavivasvata


i

pratyiihaddhvantaviddhvamsali kriyate bhaktakarmmanam

madly arasanaramge natanesu samutsukah esa sarasvati bhiiyat satam anandadayini samasritapadambhojajanatasurapadapah etc.
i i

It ends:

srimac-Chamkaradesikasya caritam stotram prasanii

bodhapradan nirddagdhakhilapapa(ca)ndanavipinam
ksiptam etan narah
sahcintayanty

ye srunvanti pathanti cadarayutas


te

anvaham

labdhva bhuvi
ii

sampadah ca
ii

sakalam

ante

labhantemrtara

iti

Samkarilcaryyacarite
harih

desikacaryyasayujyapraptir

nnama navamoddhyayah
ii

cm
I

II

acaryyavilasas samaptah
is

cm

The author

Govindanatha, accordino^ to Prof. Aufrecht.

-^,

107
(2)

r^

The

Pardiarasmrti with the


12 Adhyayas.

Commentary

of

Mddhavd-

cCirya, in

It begins:

Maniih
i

srutim pasyanti

munayah smaranti
i

tasmat pramanara ubhayam pramitani sa bhuvi yovamanyeta te tubhe heyasastrasrayo narah ParasarasaJhubhir bahiskaryyo nastiko vedanindaka iti smrtav asya (read asyaiu?) granthaklp.tir vivicyate dve kande
ca tatha smrtiru
I

dvadasaddhyaye sloka astonasatsatam etc. (See edition of the Parasarasmrti in the Bibliotheca Indica, I, p. 12 seq.)
i

F. 40:
iti
1

vedrdvsaravicrirena
. .
i

sCidras
.

caiKlalatam

vrajet

madyani bahuvidhani spastam anyat iti mahrirajadhirajaparamesvaravaidikamargapravarttakasrivira - Bukkanabhupalasammrajyadhurandharasya Madhavamatyasya krte Parasarasmrtivyakhyaya Madhavlyavyakhyayas sanigrahe prathamoddhyayah sivaya
I
ii

agamya

bhaginyadayah

namah Adhyaya
li

II ends I 49,

A. Ill

f.

58b,

A.

IV

f. f.

67b,

A. A.

f.

70,
f.

A.

VI

f.

78b, A.
f.

VII

f.

84b, A. VIII
f.

93b,

IX

99 b, A.

X
ii

108,

A.

XI

119b.

Adhyaya XII ends (f. 131): yathaddhyayanakarmmani dharmmasastram idan tatha adhyetavyain prayatnena niyasrimaharajadhirajaparamesvaraiti tam svargagamina
i

vaidikamargapravarttakasrlvira-Bukkana-Madhavamatyasya krtau Parasarasmrtivyakhyayam Madhaviyakhyayam dvakaraki-tam aparadham ksantum arhantu dasoddhyayah


i

santah

i;

srimahatripurasundaryyai

namo namah

li

harih orn

il

80.
Wiiisii No. 80.
Size:

12lxls
Palm

in., (1)

196

+ (1)

leaves, 10 lines

on a page.

Material:

leaves.
'Telliclierry

may

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated be about 50 years older.


Character: Grantha.

1829.'

The MS.

The

HarihhaJdisudlwilai/a

from the Ndradlya-Piirdna,

with a Commentary, in 20 Adhyayas.

^
It begins:
i

108

H$-

suklambaradharam visniim ^asivarnan caturprasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye gurave sarvalokanam bhisaje bliavaroginam nidhaye sarvavidyanam sridaksinamurttaye namali yasya bhavanaya daityas tatara bhavasagaram dustaran tad aham vande narasimham mahat param sakalasancitan duritasamtati-

bhujam

ii

samanadvarakaprriripsitaparisamaptiphalakaparadevatanu

ddhyanalaksanam mamgalam anutisthati


yatiti
II

ekam

yaj jana-

ekam

yaj janayatiti

ekam
i

yaj janayaty anekatanu-

blirtsasyanny ajasram mitho bliinnakaragunani kaiscid api

va noptan na siktan

jalaili

kalenapi na jlryyate huta-

dahyate klidyate natbhis tat sakalasya bijam anisam bralimabbiyan dhimabi


ii

bhuja no

F. 10 b:

iti
ii

sriharibhaktisudhodaye savyakbyane prathasavya-

moddbyayab F. 105b: iti sribaribbaktisudhodaye mabapurane


ii

kbyane ekadasoddhyayab It ends: Saimakadin naimisiyan brahmasunus tirodadbe brabmasunur Nnaradab etan Naradlyapuranasravanakatbanayoli pbalam aba ya idam iti ya idam srunuyan nityam baribbaktisudhodayam katbayed va sa papaugbair mmukto moksaii ca gaccbati saktyaddbyatmake tat asakrtsravanadinoktasadbanadvara moksas siddbyatiti sarva(m)

ii

ii

ii

samafijasam

ii

iti

sriharibbaktisudbodaye mabapurane savyali

kbyane vimsoddbyayali

srikrsnaya

namab

ii

etc.

81.

Size:

12.7X15-

in., (1)

Whish No. 81. + 110 + 86 + (1) leaves,

8 lines on a page.
Tellicherry.'

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated '5tii January 1830 The MS. may be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
(1)

Tbe Vedantasdra nmida (ff. 117).

or

Veddntasdraxn'alMrana ,

by Sadd-

^^
It begins:

109

<-

on
i

dam avanmanasagocaram
bliTstasiddliaye
i

namo nrsimhaya akhandam saccidrmanatmanam akhiladharam asrayei


i

artthatopy

advayanandfin ati[m]tadvaita-

guriin araddhya Yedrintasrira(m) vaksye yathfibhanatali vedrmto namopanisat pramanan tadupakarini sarimati
I

rakasutrudini ca
It ends
ii

etc.

(f.

17b):

vimuktas
ii

ca vimucyate ity evam adi

sruteh iti paramahamsaparivrajakacaryya-Sadanandakrtau vedantasaraprakaranam samaptam ^rlgurucaranaravindaii

bhyan namo namah

(2)

The

Paiicadasl, or Pancadasapra'karana {CitracUpa


(ff.

etc.),

by Vidydranija Ttrtha See No. 58.


It begins
(f.

18110).
citrapate

18):

yathfi

drstam

avasthanafi
|

catustayam

paramatmani vijneyan tathavasthacatustayam


patah
(i)

yatlia dliauto ghattitas ca lancliito rafijitah


i

cidan-

etc. taryyamisutratma virat catmil tathocyate F. 34: iti ^riparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasri-Yidya-

ranyamunivaryyaviracitam

citradipakhyam

prakaranam
-

sampiirnam
F. 56

ii

srilaksmlnrsirphaya

namah

il

iti

srimatparamahamsaparivrajakacaryya
viracitam
ii

sri-

Yidyaranyatirtthamunivaryyena

kutasthadipa-

khyam prakaranam sampurnam 65, the Natakadlpa The Dhyanadlpa ends


f.

f.

66 b, the

Tattvaviveka
viveka
f.
f.

f.

70, the Pancabhutaviveka or


f.

Mahabhuta(in

76 b, the Pancakosaviveka
f.

79 b, the Jivadvaita

85,

the Mahavakyaviveka

85b, the

Brahmananda

five

Adhyayas) f. 110. ends: tatvamos sarngatau satvaram dvaitaparoksyavarjitarn viruddham dasatyagat piirvabodho parisyate(?)
It
ii
i

harih

om

srigurubhyo

namah
(3)

ii

The Pratyalhijndnasaliuntala,
Kdliddsa, in 7 Acts.
It begins:

or AhhijmnasakiintaJa, by

yil srstis

srastiir

adya vahati

etc.

-^i

110

The Prakrit passages differ somewhat from our editions, and are followed by a Sanskrit version. The following are the two first speeches of the Natl: ama iam hmi aryya iyam asmi and: suvihidampaoadae araamsa na kim vi parihavairasidi suvihitaprayogataya aryyasya na kimapi
i
i

parihapayisyati

F.

13 b: iti

pratyabhijiiana^akuntale
at the

prathamomkah

ii

The Vidusaka's speech


i i i

begins: ha hadohmi bhavena ha hatosmi etasya mrgayasilasya bhavena aam miao aam varaho etc.
i i

beginning of the 2^^"^ Act eamsa miaasilamsa ramno vayamsaraj ho

vayasya4*^^

The
f.

2'^d

47, the 5^^


It

^ct ends Act f.


iti

f.

23b, the 3^^ Act

f.

33b, the

Act

ends:
ii

57, the 6*^

Act

f.

75.

pratyabhijhanasaku(nta)le
.
. .
ii

saptamomkah
i

harih oiu

sriguru"

Srdiuntalam samaptam

82.

Whish No.
Size: 111

82.

X It
Palm

in., (1)

+ 89

[really 90, as 31 is double]

(1)

leaves,

11 or 12 lines on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Wliisli dated '5th January 1830 Tellicherry.' The MS. was either written for Mr. Whish in the Virodhin year (see below) corresponding to A. D. 1829,30, or perhaps in A. D. 1769/70. Scribe: Raghunatha, son of Ramakrsua.
Character: Grantha.

The Sdhityasarvasva a Commentary on Kalidasa's Ahhijhdnasakuntala, by ^rlnivasacdrya, sou of Tlmmaya Arya, of the VaikJidnasa family.
,

It begins: laksmim vas sutaran tanotu madhukrllaksmimukhambhoruho bhaktabhistavarapradanauipunas Se-

sadricudamanih
rtti

Vaikhanasanvayapayodhimrga(ii)kamu-

srlkausiko vijayate khalu

Timmayakhyah tasya
i i

putrosti

anvartthauama vikhyata-Srinivasagunakarah (yam) Srluivasam akhilagamasarasiudhukumbhotbhavam budhajauah pariklrttayanti soham vicaryya bharatadimunipranitam sastrain kavindraracitani
i

vidyanam svayamvarapatir mmahau

-^
ca natakrini
ca'
i

111

f^

uyayam Plianindrapluinitin ca kapinjalan tikanta Kanadatautram atha Jaiminina krtaii ca


i
i

(read tikam karoiui?) vidusam paritosanaya ^akuntalasya Phanisailapateh prasadat vyfikliyane kalpite kificit nutauaii

natra kutracit

purvasuribhir uktesu saiTin uddhrtyacamate


i

etam sajjanaranjanaksamagunopeta(read badliyate?) magliam tikrim yatnavata maya viracitam, etc. F.30:itisrlramana-VemkatesacaranambujasamaradhakaTimmayixryyaputrena sakalakalapakusalenayaikliana(sa)kulavatamsena iSrinivasacar}'}'ena viracite praudhavedye sahityasarvasvasamakhyane Sakuntalavyakhyane prathamomkali
ii

iti It ends dliaka-Timmayriryyaputrena sakakikalakalapakusaleua Vaikhanasakulavatamsena Srinivasacaryyena viracite praudha:

sriramana- Verakatesacaraiiambujasamara-

vedye

sahityasarvasvasamakhyane
ii

Sakuntalavyakhyane
.

saptamomkah
ii

srigurubhyo

uamah
ii

n
.

anandavallisameta-

srlcandramaulesvarasvamisahaya

sakuntalavyakhyanam
masi

samriptam virodhisamjnam samprapte hayane margasirsake


i

tithau pahhy aslesasamjnayan tarakayam krter(?)dine camasamjfmyain Eamakrsnasya sununa Eaghunatbena vidusa likbitani bhadram astu vah harih om etc.
il

83.

WmsH
Size:

No.

83.
(4)

19^x11Palm
to

in.,

(5)

174

+ +
2
is

leaves,

or 9 lines

on

a page.
Material:
leaves.

Date:

An

entry by Mr. Wbisli

dated 'August 1830 Telliclierry'.

The MS. seems


Injiirics:
(f.

be fairly Character: Grantba.

old, ITtii or 18tii century.

The MS.

lias

24 seriously), 34-37 seriously), 112115, 150

(seriously),

been damaged by insects on ff. 17 32 43-45, 79-80, 102-106 (f. 103 154 (seriously), and 168169.

The Satacldmju, by Yemkatamltha, in 6G Mr. Whish describes it as the 'Xata-Duzini; or


I

chapters.
refutation

For ca kapinjalan ca read Kapilasya tantram?

-^
of the
(see

112

f^

Uttara Mimamsa'. According to Aufrecht CC. p. 630 Mitra-Bikaner p. 519; Hall p. 112) it is 'directed against the Samkhya doctrine'. See also Hultzsch II,
145 sqq. (No. 1532).
It

p.

begins:
i

sriman

Verakatanatharyyali

kavitarkkikai

sannidhattam sada hrdi samaharas samnam pratipadam rcan dhama yajusa(in) layah pratyuhanam laharivitatir bodhajaladlieh kathadarppaksubhyatkalikathakakolahalabhavam hara tvan tad dhvantam hayavadanahelahalahalah idam prathamasambhavatkumakesari

vedantacaryyavaryyo

me

tijalakularakasa mrsamatavisanalajvalitajivajivatavah

ksa-

ranty

amrtam aksayam yatipurandarasyoktayas


i

cirantana-

sarasvaticikurabandhasairandhrikah pracTm iipetya padavim


yatirajadrstam yat kificid anyad api va
prajfia

matam

asrayantah

yathoditam idam sukavat pathantah pracchannabauddhavijaye parito yataddhvam padahavesu nirbhettum vedamargavidusakan prayujyatam sarasreni nisita ^atadtitatra tavac chastrarambhe sani etc.
i i
I i

F. 3:

iti

kavitarkikasimhasya

sarvatantrasvatantrasya

srimad-Yemkatanathasya vedantacaryyasya krtisu ^atadusanyam brahmasabdavrttyanui)apatti?adah prathamah


ii

F. 38 b:


ii

iti

satadusanyam nirvisesavisayanirvikalpakaii

bhamgavada ekadasah
F. 64b:
iti

satadusanyam samvidanutpattidusanavada
atmadvaitabhavas sattrimsah
.

ekavimsali

F. 95:

F. 128:

iti

li

iti

vikalpapramanyabhamgostacatvarira-

sah

II

It ends: iti kavina casti samvada iti darsitam iti tarkkikasimhasya sarvatantrasvatantrasya srimad-Vemkatanathasya vedantacfiryyasya krtisu satadusanyam advaitimate
ii

sutrasvarasya bhamgas satsastitamah

ii

harih

cm

srimate

vedantagurave nam ah
ii

namali

^rikavitarkkikasimhamahagurave
containing some fragment of

Then
a

follow three pages,


treatise,

Vedantic

beginning:
i

jhananandagunopetam

jnananandamayam mahah

etc.

ii;]

U.
Whish No. 84 a.
Size:

14xli

in., (2)

+ 134

leaves, 9 or 10 lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Cadroor be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.

1827'.

The MS. may

The MaMhM7-at(( Adhyayas 1 94.


It

Parvaii

v:

The

Utlyoga

begins: Vyasam
i

Farvan,

Vasisthanaptaram Sakteh pautraiu


i

akalmasam iParasaratmajam vande Sukatatan taponidhiiii Janamejayah vrtte vivahe hrstatma yad uvacaYudhisthirah
tat
sarvaiii
i
i

kathayasveha krtavanto yad uttaram Vai^ampayanah ki- ***** (bhmk) kurupraviras tathabhiraanyor mmuditas sapaksrih visramya catvar}7 usasi pratltas sabhain viratasya tatobhijagmuh etc.
i i

udyogaparvani trinavatitamodhyayah Vaisam tam bhuktavautam, etc. (v, 92 in Bombay edition). It breaks off with the words: sarvadha hi mahabaho
ity
ii
i

F.

133b:

(v,

daivair api durutsahah

prabha

92,

28 Bombay).

85.

Whish No. 84 B.
Size: 18s

x Is
Palm

in-, (2)

+ 208 +

(2)

leaves, 9 or 10 lines

on a page.
1830'.

Material:

leaves.

MS.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry August is of the same date as No. 8-1.
Character: Grantha.

The

The Mahabhdrata, Parvan Adhyayas 41 198 (the end of


It

v:

The

Udyoga-Parvan,
te kihcit vfica

begins: Dhrtarastrah
vidyate
i

the Parvan).

anuktam yadi
^usrusate

vidura
F. 77:

dharmmam

bridii

vicitrani

vibhasase

etc.

iti

sri-udyogaparvani caturimavatitamoddhyayah
i

ii

Vaisam

vidurasya vaca srutva prasritam purusottamah

iti

-^

114

H$siikrsnali yatha
i

hovaca bbagavan vacanam madhusudanah bruyan mabaprajiio, etc. (v, 93 Bombay).


It ends:

ity

vadayanti sma sambrstas sabasrasataso narah udyoge mababbarate satasabasrikayara sambitayam udyogaparvani paiidavayuddbasannabo namastanavatisatatamoddbyayab matrkadosato vatba likbitur ddosatotbava nyimatiriktako grantbas samsoddbyas satbbir anjasa barih om, etc.
ii

ii

ii

86.

Whish Xo.
Size:

85.
leaves,

12|xl-s-

in., (1)

+ 81 + 16 + (2)

8 lines on a page.

Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr, Whish dated


Material:

'Tellicherry 1830",

The MS, may

be about 50 years

older.

Character: Grantha.
(1)

Tbe ChandogamantrahrdhniancibMsya, a Commentary on


tbe Mantra-Brdhmana or Mantra-Parvan of tbe Sdmaveda, by Sdyana, in 2 cbapters, Tbis is MS. 'C, used by Dr.

Heinricb Stouner for bis edition of tbe I^.Iantrabrabmana (Inaugural-Dissertation znr Erlangung der Doctorwiirde),

Halle
It

a.

S. 1901.

begins: pranipatya gurim adyan vedavedarttbakovidan yatprasadena jananti pravaktum madrsa api sada
i

ccba(read samatvavaisamyanirabadbatvabetubbib ndogyamantrabbasyam vai Gunavisnor vidbasyate


i

ccba)i

abam

l^adyavisalarttbapramavakyoptiYisvatab^

tatbapy asraya-

saundaryya(j) janomusmin prapasyatu


adi
1

aditenumanyasvety

yajustrayam parisecane viniyuktam adityadidevatakam aditir devatS sapi sarvatra karmmany anujnrman dasyati etc.
i

F. -lib

vedarttbasya prakasena tamo


{sic)

stbiram anugrnbatu

haddi vakarab suvidyatirttbamabesvarab srlmadrS,i

jarajaparamesvaravaidikamargapravarttaka - srivira-Bukkabbupalasa(mra)jyadhurandbarena Sayanaryyaviracite Mfidbaviye vedarttbfyjaprakase samabrabmanabb5sye mantra-

parvani pratbamoddbyayab
I

ii

yasya nisvasita veda,

etc.

Stonner reads: yady api sastrarthapramavakyoktiviplavah.

~>
It

115

f^

ends
i

vedartthasya

prakasena tamo bfirdan nivaraii

yan

piijyamas caturo vedan vidyatlrtthamunLsvaram

iti

srimatrajadbirajaparamesvaravaidikamrirgapravarttakasrivi-

ra-Bukkabliupalasammrajyadliurandharena S5,yanacriryyena Madliavlye vedartthaprakase ccliandogamantrabraliraanabliasye mantraparvani dvitiyapatbake saptamah


viracite

kbandab

II

srigurucarana

etc.

(2)

Tbe Mantraparran,

or MantrapdtJia ,

or

Mantra -Brd-

hmana

Sdmaveda, in 2 Patalas, containing the prescribed by tbe Gohhila-Orliyasidra. See Dr. Mantras
of

tbe

Stonner's Dissertation,

p. xi.

deva savitah jira suva yajnam pra suva It begins: yajnapatim bhagaya divyo gandharvab ketapub ketan nab punatu vacaspatir vacan na svadatu, etc. pra nu vocan cikituse janaya {sic) ma gam anaIt ends:

gam

adbitani (read aditim?) vadbista

om

utsrjata
ii

ii

tra[m]parvani dvitiyab patba(b) samiXptam

barib

manman-

trapatba samaptam

ii

87.

Size: 13f

Xl?

in..

Whish No. 86. (2) + 69 [really 68, as

f.

68

is

missing] leaves,

lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Probably end of 18 ti^ century.


Character: Grantha.

Tbe 2Iahdhhdrata. Fragment Adhyayas 1 34.

of the

Drona-Parvan

(VII),

It begins:

om
i

yyaparakramam
^ikhandina
F. 67:
i

Sanjayah tam apratimasatvaujobalavirbatan devavratam srutva pahcalena


i

etc.

iti

dronaparvani dvatrirnsoddbyayah
ii

ii

dvitlyopa-

haras samaptah
It breaks

off in

the middle of

words:

sisunaikena samare dvisatsainyani vai

Adhyaya 34 with tbe maya adya


i

-^

116

f^
i

draksyanti rajanah kalyamanani sampa^ah Yudhisthirah evan te bhasamanasya balam saubhadra varddhatam yas tvam utsahase bhettum dronanikam su. See YII, 35,
i
i

2629.
88.

WmsH
Size:

No.

87.

ISxSj

in.,

(1)

129 +(2) leaves, on an average 14 lines

on a page.
Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entries by Mr. Whisli dated '1829' and 'June S^d i831 Tellicherry.' The MS. was i^robably written A. D. 1792. See Xo. 103.
Character: Grantha, very small.

the

The ^ivarahasya-Khcmda, from the Sankarasamhita of Skamla -Parana. Vol. I, containing _the SamhhavaKanda in 50 Adhyayas (ff. 1 53), the Asura-Kanda in 15 Adhyayas (f. 53 74), the Viramahendra - Kanda in 7 Adhyayas (ff. 74 84b), and the Yuddha-Kdnda in 85 129 b). 35 Adhyayas For Vol. II, see No. 103 (Whish No. 102).

(ft'.

gajavaktrah caturIt begins: omkaranilayan devam bhujam picandilam aham vaude sarvavighnopasantaye pura kancyaii catu(r)vaktrah tatapa paraman tapah srastukamah prajas sarvah krpaya paramesituh tasmin mahesacaranaparicaryyaparayane munayah katicit punye sthitva
i

garhasthya uttame
F.

etc.

adimahapurane snskande samkarasamhitayam sivarahasyakhande sambhavakande sutamunisamvado nama prathamoddhyayah F. 53: om ity adimahapurane sriskande samkarasamhitayam sivarahasyakhande sambhavakande pahcasoddhyayah sivaya namah harih om sambhavakandas samaptah sivarahasyakhande asurakande pahcaF. 74: om ity da^oddhyayah asurakandas samaptah

lb: om

ity

il

II

ii

ii

ii

ii

F.

84b: om

ity

sivarahasyakhande viramahendrakaii

nde saptamoddhyayah
on tat pdas samaptah

brahmarpanam
ii

srlsambaya parabrahmane namah om subham astu viramahendrakaii

-^-

117
ity

f^
udiinaluipuiTuie

It

ends

(f.

129 b):

om

srDikande

igamkarasaiphitayrini sivarahasyakbande

yuddbakande surali

iidas

patmasambaro nama paucati-insoddbyriyab samaptab yadrsam pustakau drstva


ii

yuddbakfi-

etc.

89.

Whish Ko.
Size:

88. 108

IItXU
Palm

in.,

(2)

+ 84 +

(lo)

+ (H)

leaves,

9 lines

on

a page.
Material:
leaves.
'Telliclierry

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated

1830.'

The MS.

may be about

50 years older. Character: Grantha.


(1)

Tbe Pratdparudrayasobliumna (or Pratdparudra, or Pratdparudrli/a),

by Vidi/dndtha.

It

is

incomplete, ending at

tbe beginning of tbe cbapter on Artbrdamkaras.


It

begins:

vidyakairavakaumudlm

srutisirassimantacu-

damanin daran patmabbuvas trilokajananlm vande giran yatpadabjanamaskriyas sukrtinam srirasvatadevatam


i

prakriyabijanyasabbuvo bbavanti kavitanatyaikajivatavah Y. 8: iti sri-Vidyanfitbakrtau prataparudrayasobbiisane


i

iilamkarasastre nayakaprakaranam

samaptam
i

ii

saj^. 84: iti Yidyanatbakrtau virarudrayasobbusane bdalamkaraprakaranam atbarttbalamkarab upamanopameIt breaks off (f. 84b) witb tbe words:
i!

yasadbriranadbarmmasadr^yapratipratipadakanam

prayoge

purna

See

f.

74b

in tbe litbograpbed edition of tbe Prata-

parudriya (publisbed at Poona 1849, Sake 1771).

(2)

Tbe ^ivdrcanasiromaui, a manual of Saiva worsbip, by Bralimdnandandtlia, a pupil of Lolidnandandtlia, composed by order of Amrtdnandandtlia (complete?) in seven UUasas.

~^i

118

H^

It begins: santi sreyamsy anekani jananam yatprasadatah matamgavadanam vande devim tripurasundarimj yasya svatmavabodliodayavigatamahamoliagadliandliakaiTis sanmargan darsayantah khalu caranajusara santi cante vasantah satyam brahmeti dehady akhilam id am asad
i i

santavadanta sri-Lokanandanatbam guriivaram anisam Amrtanandanathasya niyogat bhavaye sambamiirttim


veti
ii

tasya

dbimatab
i

sri-Brahmanandanatboham

bitayalpai

sri-Lokanandanatbasya sisyavargapurogamab arabbe vitantrany alokya sarvani kulariiavamukhani ca staram karttum sivarccanasiromanim santas santas samlsadbako rajanituryyayame ksyaitat santu santustamanasah

dbiyam api

vibuddbva cavasyakam krtva bastau padau ca praksalyacamya svasane samupavisya pujamurtter nnirmmalyara
i

visarjjya praksalya

etc.

sri-Lokanandanatbasisyena Brabmanandanathena viracite sivarccanasiromanau pratbamollasab


F.
15:
iti
ii

Tbe
4*^ U.

2d Ullasa
f.

ends

f. f.

60, tbe 5*^

U.

30b, tbe 3'^ Ullasa f. 45, tbe 82, tbe 0'^ U. f. 98b.

eby ebi varuni devi mama siddbim kuru priye apavitram parityajya sadbake siddbim arpaya sarvapatramaye devi sudbarilpe namostu te
It ends (or breaks off witb?):
i i

90.

Whish No.
Size: 13f Xl"5^
in.,

89.

97 leaves, from 8 to 10 lines on a page.


1830.'

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry may be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.

The MS.

Tbe Adhikaranaratnamdld, by
Printed under the
vol.
title

Bhdratillrtlia, incomplete.

Yydsddhikaranamdld at tbe end of


Vidyaratna's edition of tbe

II of P.

Eama Narayana

Yedanta-Sutras (Bibliotbeca Indica, 1863).


It begins:

pranamya
|

paramatmanam

vidyatlrttbasvaru-

pinara

Vayyasiki (read Vaiyasiki) nyayamala slokais saiiigrbyate spbutam praripsitasya grantbasyavigbne(na) pa|

->*

110

H^

risamaptaye pracayagamanaya ^istacaraparipalanaya ca[ra] gurumurttyupadhipiktamanaskrtya visii?testadevatatatvain


i

(read

am iiamaskrtya) grantham
i

pratijanite

pranamyeti
athato
va-

Vyiisena prokta Vaiyyasiki F.

etc.

3b:

tatra
ii ii

sastrasya

prathamara

siitram

ii

brahmajijnasa
F. 12:

pratliamadhikaranara riracaya(ti),
sarvatra siddhopade^at

etc.
i

prathamasyaddliyayasya

iti

pratliamah padah
ii

sudevaya namah
Ff. 28b, 29:

srimatparamaliamsapanvrajakacri(r)yya-

Bharatitirtthapranitayaiu adhikaranaratnamalayam pratha-

maddhyayasya caturttbapadali It breaks off after tbe 7"' Adhikarana in Adbyaya lY, Pada 2 witb tbe following words: saptama + ti jfiasya vagadaya svasvabetau linab paretbava agnim vag ity
ii

nadyabdbilayasamyokter anyadrstiparam sastram gnim vag ity udabi'tam tatvajnani no vagadayah prana viliyamanab pratisvikesu karanesu viliyante na tu mabatmani yatrasya purusasya mrtasyiXsti vag apy eti vatain pranas caksur
adi^astrat svasvalietusii tallaya(li)
i i

vidvaddrstya layali pare

adityam

ity adi sruter iti

prapte brumab
(See edition
p.

tatvavido drstya

paramatmany eva paya.

72.)

91.

WmsH
Size:

No.

90.
leaves,

llTXlrr

in.,

(2)

+ 70 + 58 + (2)

or 10 lines on

a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry 1830'. be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
(1)

The MS. may

Tbe
It
is

Gylii/rqmrisista,

compendium

of domestic rites.

incomplete,

and tbe name of tbe

aiitbor

is

not

mentioned.

Amongst tbe autborities quoted are Satyayani (ff. 6, 65), Ranayana Muni (f. 24b), Salibotra Muni (f. 51b), Rauruki (f. 66b), and aunaka (ff. 66 b, 70).

-^
The
following are

120

:-

some of the ceremonies described in

this work:

saucavidhi
sanavi''
(f.
(f.

(f.

1),

mrttikasnanavidhi
(f.

(f.

2),

sandhyopa-

3 b), brahmayajhavi

4b), jiratisarabandhavi"

6 b), ankurarpanavi
(f.

santivi

9),

(f. 7 b), punyahavi (f. 8 b), udakarudrasamhitayah kalpa (f 13), mahabhise(f.

kavi

(f.

13),

satabhisekavi
(f.

14),

parjanyasuktavi
(f.

(f.

15),

arkavivahavi
(f.

15 b),

agnivivaha

17

b),

grhasantivi"

18), ankurasya vidhi (f. 22 b), apamrtyuhjaya (f. 25b), ayurhomasya laksana (f. 27b), grharcanavi (f. 32), aghamarsanasukta (f. 36 b), garbhinivi (f. 40), vrsotsarjanavi (f. 41), ekoddistavi (f. 42), nandimukhasraddha (f. 44), pindapitryajhavi" (f. 45b), krcchravi" (f. 56b), candrayana
(f.

58 b), sarpasanti
It

(f.

68).

begins:^

athatas

diirataram
ki'tva

gatva

yajhopavitam

saucavidhim vyakhyasyamo gramad sirasi daksinakarne va


iipaviiied, etc.

mrttika grnhati kastham antarddiiaya


6: athatas
etc.

F.

Satyayaniproktani

grhyagniprayascittani

vyakhyasyamo,

The

l"t Prapathaka (in 25

Khandas) ends

f.

17 b.

F. 51b:

iti

grhyapari(siste)
ii

dvitlyaprapathake

ekona-

vimsah khandah athatas sampravaksyami karmma prstaSalihotrena nmnina prokta(m) (read vrsti?)pradayakam
i

lokahitaya ca
F. 61
(II,

40 begins): athatas sampravaksyami vivaham margasirse maghamase vaisakhe krttikepi pipalasya tu va vivaha(m) karayed evam pipilasya mahaphalam vrksai I

civayam praticyan tu
F. 65b:

mandapam

krirayec

chubham

etc.

iti
ii

grhyaparisiste karikayam Satyayaniprokta-

sarvaristasanti

F. 66 b:

iti

grhyaparisiste karikayam Raurukina viracitaii

vidhuragnisandhanam
F.
70:-

iti

Saunakoktasarppasantis samapta
i

ii

sarpasanti-

homamantrah
It breaks

etc.
(f.

ofi"

70b) with the w^ords:


i

kayantararjjitan
ii

doam kalarupi vyapohatu svaha

suryyayedam

om

ii

~>-

121
(2)

i^r-

The Sdraraliasijacciturvarnakramavihhdga, a
civil

treatise

on

law,

extracted

from Vaidyandtha

D'lksita's

work

{Smrtlmulddphala?).
It begins:

gurubhyo

Di'pasya prajapalanan

namah dbarmmah
i

abliisekadigunayuktasya
i

tac

ca dustanigrabam

na vyavabarena vineti vyavabaradarsanam abarabab karttavyafni) ity uktam (i) vyavabaran nrpab [,] pasyet sabbyaib j)arivrtoiivabam iti sa ca vyavabarab kidr.sab etc. F. 10 b: iti vyavabaramiXtraprakaranara atmasamipaiu netavyab mocaniya ity arttbah It ends: iti Vaidyanatbadiksitievafi caturvarnakrama vicaryyab yoddbrtasararabasyacaturvarnakramavibbagas samaptah
antarena na sambbavati
dustaparijfianafi ca
i
i

ii

ii

sngurubbyo uamab

i:

:subbam astu

ii

92.

Whish Xo.
Size:

91.
(3)

ISixls
Palm

in., (2)

+ 172 + 50 + + 2 +

(1)

leaves,

12 lines

on a page.
Material:
leaves.
is dated 1831. In the colophon, containing the date, 'Svabhanu' seems to be meant for 'Subhanu'. The Subhanu year immediately preceding 1831 is A. D. 1823/24, but

Date:

An

entry by Mr. "Whish

tlie

MS. was probably

written in A. D. 1763/64.
(?j

Scribe: Yeinkus.l, a lady of Sekharijiattaua

Character: Grantha.
(1)

Commentary on Jaimini's 2Ii))tdmsda pupil of Visvesvara, iJarsana, by Khandadevamiira Adbyayas I VI, and XI XII. Our MS. begins witb

Tbe

Blidffacllpikd, a

Sutra of Jaimini, wbile tbe MSS. described by Aufrecbt- Oxford p. 353; Burnell, Tanjore p. 83 b; Ind. Off. IV, pp. 704 seq.q.; and Mitra, Notices, vob VII, p. 271 (Xo. 2521) begin witb tbe second Pada
tbe
first

Hall

p.

179;

of tbe first Adhyaya.

-^
It begins:

122

f<-

Yisvesvaram gurun natva Khandadevas satam mude tanute tatprasadena saniksiptarn bhattadipikam ilia khalii nikliilapumartthan artthasadhanaii
i

om

ii

dharmmadharmmau

saragopamgavedaddliyayanaikasama-

dhigamyau tac ca vicaram antarena na bhavyayalam iti tatpradarssanaya paramakaruniko bhagavan Jaiminir acaryyas sakalavidyopakaridharmmamimri(m)srim athato dhar-

mmajijnasety arabhya vidyate vanyakalatvad yatha yajya


satnpraisa
ityantais
sfltrair

baiica(read "h paucri?)dliika-

ranagarbhitam sodasalaksanim abhyarhitam vidyara prakaticakara adhikaranaii tu vedavat sadamgam yad ahuli vil
i

sayo visayas caiva piirvapaksas tathottarara

saragatis ceti
ceti

pancamgam prancodhikaranam

viduli

iti

prayojanaii

**** (blank) samgatiprasamgadibliedat

bahuvidha itatredam
i

adyam adhikaranam
F. 18b:

athato dliarmmajijnasa

(I,

1,

1.)

sri-Khandadevaviracitayam bhattadlpikayam pratliamasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padali addhyayas ca


iti
ii

sarapurnali

ii

The
the
4*1^

2""^

Adhyiiya
f.

ends
5*^^

f.
f.

38,

the 3^^

Adhyaya
f.

f.

98,

A.

120, the

A.

138 b, the 6"' A.

172.

Then begins the

ll'^^

Adhyiiya (with a new


f.

foliation).

The
41

12*'^

Adhyaya begins

27 b.

4,

XII, prasamgat brahmanasyaivartvijyam uta trayanam api varnanam iti cintayam brahmanasyaivartvijyam iti siddham tad evan nirupitau dvadasabhir addhyayair ddharmmadharmmau ^rliti Khandadevamisraviracitayam bhattadlpikayam dvadasasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah addhyayas ca samaptah
(f.

It ends

sqq.: prabhutvat

50) with the explanation of the Sutras


ii

il

ii

ii

harih

om

ii

The

scribe's

colophon:

ambhomuksamaye
i

svabhanutithav

saradi vi'kse kumTiryyahvaye (dutthe masi kanya, written

underneath the
anasite

last three w^ords) citrabhe

prathama

pakse dine dyomaneh bhattaprakpadadlpikam samalikhac chri-Vemkusa stri sudhi srlmacchekharipattaii

nottamasiroratnriyamano cirat

om

ii

-^:

123
(2)

r^

F, 50b

contains

the

following

eight

stanzas,

called
at-

BrahmdmibJiavdstaka:

ritmavadhujanakaraksasunyo hy
i i i

atmaniketanakamksasunyas parani eva paran naparam tusyati tusyati tusyaty eva evam prabalanubhavadyotitabuddhih upasamsriram sainprakrtipumaikye prati hitva hrsyati hrsyati lirsyaty eva drsyam sarvara sphiirati caracaravupara vis vara iti medhavi tatvani asi jivannmktim gacchati gaccliati gacchaty eva
i i

matanubhavakamksasunyah

vagvrtter vastu jhatva soham soham itiva satyam yyo laksyam kurvan divyati divyati divyaty eva jfianam suddham anantara brahmaivaham tad ahan tv

srutilaksyam

samskrtabuddhi's sarvara pasyati pasyati pasyaty atmanatmavicare saddhye sadhanahlno mudho jantuh iha sarasare paiTivare muhyati muhyati muhyaty eva kiiii va jfianam kim ivajnanam bhedo yasya na yato jantoh
eva eva
I

iti

prajnanasrutivisayatvam syat

iti

vai

manye manye manye


i

sarasaravivekl dehi dehajfianain bhitvan(u)haya

bralimaii

jhane yatate yady api duhkhan nastan nastan nastam

iti

brahmanubhavastakam samaptara
(3)

ii

om

ii

Two
of

leaves at the end of the volume contain

Conjugation,
i

beginning:

sapi
pacati
i

bhii

sattayam
ity

Paradigms edha
i

vrddhau
jDecitha
i

dupacas papaktha
luiii

pake
i

pacata

adi

liti

etc.,

and ending:

luiii

aciicurat acu-

curata

luti
ii

corayitety adi

pala raksane arcca pujgyara


i

purvavat

arccicat arccicata

n.
Whish No.
Size: 134

92.

X2f
Palm

in.,

(2)

-f 248

-j- (2) leaves,

from 12

to 14 lines

on

a page.

Material:

leaves.

(rlloko divyati divyati) inserted, but crossed out.

^
,

124

H$-

Date: Entry Ly Mr. Whish dated 1831. 50 years older. Character: Grantba.

The MS. may be about

The Bhdsyarainaiorahhd a Commentary on ^ankara's Bhasya on BadardyamCs Veddnta-Sdtras, by Govinddnanda, a pupil of Gopdla Sarasvatl. The name of Govindananda
is

given in the colophons at the end of


4,

I,

1; II, 2; 3; 4;

end of the first Adhyaya Rdmdnanda, the pupil of Govindananda, is mentioned as the author of the work. In the Berlin MS. (described by Weber-Berlin I, p. 177) Padas 3 & 4 are marked by 'Ramanandi' in the margin. According to Hall p. 89 (see also p. 202) the real author of the work is
while
in

IV,

the

colophon

at

the

Sarasvati, who dedicated his work to his Guru Govindananda. But it seems, we have to distinguish between the original Bhusyaratnaprabha by Govindananda (as printed in the edition of the Yedanta- Sutras, Bibl. Ind.), and a Tippana or brief notes on it, by Ramananda. Our MS. might be described (See Ind. Off* lY, p. 724.) as containing 'Ramananda's adnotated edition of Govindananda's Bhasyaratnaprabha'. See also Aufrecht CO. p. 386, and above No. 78 (1).

Ramananda

om sivaya parabrahmane namali avighnam srigurucaranaravindabhyan namah yam iha karunikam saranam gatopy arisahodara apa mahat padam tarn
It begins:
I i

astu

aham

asu liarim varam asraye janakajamkam anantasukhai i

krtim Vibhlsanorisahodaropity anvayah srigauryya nikhilartthadan(read dan) nijapadambhojena muktipradam prau-

dham vighnavanam harantam anagham sridumdhitundasina


vande,
etc.
. .
.

srimat-Gopalagirbhih prakatitaparamadvaitabhasasmitasya-srimat-Govindavanlcaranakamalago nirvrtoyathalih moksaijuryyam srikaucyam srikamaksidattam payasam devair api stutam prajyam sampurnam prakrstajyayuktani va yat bhojyam annam tenatipiijya sri-Sivaramayoginah kihca sivas casau rfimas ceti svanamna srigaurinayakayoh abhedam prakatayanti tebhyo gurubhyo labdhatmabodho yaih srimat-Gopalasarasvatibhih fair ity artthah sri-Saijikaram bhasyakrtam in-anamya Yyasam
i i i

ham

^harim
bhasye,
siitrakrtaii

25

-^

ca

kurve

sribhasj'atlrtthe parahara?ai

tustyai vakjalri(read "jala)bandhaccliidam abliyupfiyam


etc.
.

atra

aham brahma nirbliayam


iti,

ii

om

il

ilia

khalu

svaddliyayocldliyeta(vya)

etc.

Sec edition of the Veda-

ntasutras, Bibl. Ind., p.

sq.

F. 54: sriraatparamahamsapariviTijakacriryyasri-Govindrinandabhagavatkrtau sririiakaraimamsakavyakhyayam bbasyaratnaprabhayara pratbamaddhyayasya piathamah padah


ii

I,

2 ends

f.

64b,

I,

f.

85b.
-

F.

100:

iti

srlparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasii

Go-

vindanandabhagavacchisya - Hamanandakrtau sarirakamlmamsavyakhyayain bhasyaratnaprabhribhidbayara pratbamasyaddbyayasya caturtthapadab addhyayas ca samaptab


:i

ii

II,
f. f.

ends

f.

118b,
f.

II, 2

f.

146b,

"^3

II,

f. f.

166b, II, 4
220, III,

173b, III,
231, lY, 1
It ends
(f.

1
f.

179, Iir, 2
f.

f.

189b, III, 3
f.
^

237, IV, 2

241, IV, 3

245 b.

248 b):

atoktadososakyasya
i

esa by eveti sa-

- Govindanandabbagavatkrtau bbasyaratnaprabbayam caturttbasyaddbyayasya caturttbab padah addhyayas ca samaptab era sivSya parabrabmane namah

sanat

ii

iti

srlparamabarasapavivrajakacriryya.sii

ii

94.

Size:

Ul X IgPalm
18*1^

in.,

(2)

Whish No. 93. + 62 + 54 + 67 +

(2)

leaves,

9 or 10 lines

on a page.
Material:
leaves.

Date:

or 19th cent.?

Character: Grantlia.
(1)

The Dvaklhasutra, a portion oi Bodln'ti/ancCs Srautasfiti-a, in 4 Prasnas. MS. No. 1571 in Mitra, Notices IV, p. 146 contains Prasnas 3, 4 and 5. But Eurnell, Tanjore p. 20a only gives 4 Prasnas, like our MS. Cf. Mitra, Notices X,
p.

266 (No. 4159). katbani u kbalupavasatba iti vijanlyat sandbya svid evopapadyatho *** *** *** (blank) lusandher
It begins:

Ed.: ato'tra doso'saiikhyah syad.

^i
upapadanan nanu
tv eva

12G

H^

klialu sandliyasupapadaya iva sarvesan sandbyasu ha smaba Bodhayano yatraitad u pavaita aditye purastat

candram alohiti, etc. vanadvaham va dadyad itiBo + nonyad vai kathana iti Sallkih 33 iti dvaidhe prathamah pra6nah srImad-Yajfiesvaraya namali liarih om caturmmatostam
F. 22:

dhenum

ii

II

ii

ii

syani vyakliyasyamas,

etc.

F. 37 b: pratijulmyad iti Bo + no na pratijubiiyad iti Sabkib 27 iti dvaidbe dvitiyab prasnah atbatognikalpam vyakbyasyamab, etc. F. 49 b: kuryj^ad iti Bo + no na kuryyad iti Sabkib 21 dvaidbe trtiyab prasnas samaptab atbata istikalpam vyakbyasyama sva basma + neb, etc.
II II
ii

ii

ii

It

ends
eveti

(f.

62b):

nityani
ety
ii

ca

dadyad
Sallkih
ii

iti
ii

Bodbayana
18
i

etany

Salikir
ii

anye

ceti

dvaidbe

caturttbab prasnah

samapto dvaidhab
siibbam astu

sri-Kanvaya Bo-

dbayanaca(rya)ya

namah

ii

23.

Two fragments of the Mahdgnisarvasva, a Commentary on the Agnikalpasatra, Dvaidliasutra, and Karmdntasutra of BodhdyancCs 6raidasdra, (by Vdsudeva Dik.^ita). I could
not find the author's
p.

name
II, p.

in the

27

sq.,

Hultzscb
13

74 (No 695).
comjilete

MS., but see Burnell I.O. The Oxford MS.


cojjy

Sansk.

d.

contains

of the

work

in

19 Adhyayas.
It begins: Bodbayanam pranamyagneb kalpasutram yatbamati dvaidhakarmmantasiitrabbyam saba vyakbyasyatetaram agner anarabhyadbltatvad adhltanan ca prakrtagamitvadiksadisu sambandban darsapurnamasayos ca
i
i

diksadyabbavat
vati, etc.

jyotistomamgataddhyavadbiyate

diksadi-

bbir jyotistomamgam prasiddhan tatsambandbognau bha-

F. 19 b: F. 28: F.
F. 40:

mabagnisarvasve dvitlyoddbyayab 35b: ^atbestakanain karanani vaksyamab,


^iti

iti

mabagnisarvasve pratbamoddbyayah
ii

ii

om

li

etc.

atha

gSrbapatyaciter itakah

ii

-S><

127

i^

It

breaks

off

(f.

54) with the following words:

ildyentye

ca diksadivasesu visnukramavfitsaprasamuccayah maddhyasagnicitye kratau divasesu vyatyasena iti Salikiraatam


i

samvatsaran tisrah sat dvadasa va diksa iti diksakalpavyavasthitah ekacara didiksakalpas tatra na bhavanti
tasmat.

Then

the second fragment (with a

new

foliation) begins
i

srayaddhvan taya deva tayamgi + sidateti (f. 1): anuvyiiagniksetrasya bahih parita ucchritas sarkarah mahagnisarvasve savyrikhyatam grirhapatyacitau liati
.

cita

II

ii

ptamoddhyayah
F. 12:
F.

li

42:

iti
iti

mahagnisarvasve navamoddhyayah mahagnisarvasve caturdas[y]oddhyayah


il

ii

F. 58 b:

iti

mahagnisarvasve sodasoddhyayah
(f.

ii

It breaks otf
iti

kuryyad iti caturgrhitam grhitvajyasya piirnam sruvau juhoti sapta te agna iti ajyasya piirnam iti punarvacanam caturtthe sruve yatha sruk piirna bhavati tatha prabhiitam
sruci

67b) with the words: sruvahutyo karana Bodhayano na kuryyad iti Salikih atha

anayatity eva.

95.

Size:

U\xli
Palm

in.,

(2)

Whish No. 94. + 187 4- (2) leaves,

from 10

to 13 lines

on

a page.
Material:
leaves.

Date: Entries by Mr. Wbisli dated 1831. or even 150 years older. Character: Grantba.
(1)

The MS. may be 100

The Faribhdsdrthasamgraha, a Commentary on


Ihasas to
gastrin,

the Pari-

Panini's

Grammatical Sutras, by Vaidyamltha


of
B((t)iagiri

the

son
p.

D'lMta
also

Hultzsch IL
that
in

arrangement

122 (No. 1254, see the Paribhasas is somewhat similar to See The ParibhaSiradeva's Paribhasavrtti.
of
ed.

(ff. 155). No. 1058).

See

The

sendusekhara

by F. Kielhorn, Part

II, pp.

529537

^i

128

K~

In Hultzscb I, p. 26 (No. 311) Siradeva is given as the author of a Paribhasarthasamgralia. vijeyyanas sada sambhiir jjaragaccbat girijam It begins: muda sancancuranab pasima tantantad vaggatim mama

mtirttir

yyasya hi Paninih padamahabhasyapraban(d)dba tatha vakyanara krd api svadharma'' vitanute vag yasya sisya yasya virodhivadimakutikuttakavagdasyam sada
i

dbatikas tasmai matula-Hamabhadramakhine bhtiyo namo me bbavet pranamya paraman devam bbavanlpatim avyayam kriyate Vaidyanatbeua paribbasarttbasamgrabab
il ii
i

nna hi sandehad alaksanam^ adyaditvat dbetupancamyantad vyakbyanatab vyakbyanad


vyakbyanato visesapratipattir
tasih, etc.
II

Ff. 6b, 7:

iti

srlmad-Ratnagiridlksitaputrasya Vaidyana-

tbasastrinah krtisu paribbasarttbasamgrabe pratbamasya-

ddbyayasya pratbamab pildah ekayoganirddistanam saba va pravrttis saba va nivrttib^ Adbyaya I (in 4 Padas) ends f. 14; A. II (in 4 Padas) Ill (in 4 Padas) f. 22; A. IV (4) f. 25b; A. V f. 17b; A. f. 26b; A. VI f. 34b; A. A^II (4) f. 47b; A. VIII f. 49b. Last Sutra (f. 55): purvan dbatus sadbanena jmjyate
ii ii

pascad upasargena^ It ends (f. 55 b): iti ubbayatha bhasye vyavabaro drsyate 125 iti srimad-Ratnagiridiksitaputra-Vaidyanatbasaiti strinab krtisu paribbasarttbasaingrabe nyayamulaparibbasa samapta barih om srimatgurubhyo namah
ii

II

II

ii

Ii

ii

(2)

The Candrikd, a Commentary on


gralia,

the Parihhdsdrthasam-

by Svcujamp'akdsdnanda, a pupil of Advaitdnaiida See Ind. Oil. II, p. 180 sq. (Nos. 674, 675); Sarasvatl.
It

Mitia-Bikaner,
begins
(f.

jaladbiplavam
grabaip
1
i

269 (No. 573). natva gurupadadvandvam samsaravyakaromi yathabuddbi paiibbasai'ttbasamp.

56):

grantbadau

sista

mamgalam
retjuires only

acaranti,

etc.

For svadharma, the metre

two

syllalsles (yj-).

3
4

See Paribhasendusekliara, P. 1. See raribhasendusekliara, P. 17. See Paribhasendusekliara, ed. Kielhorn,

II, p. 537.

->^

129

f^

F. 94b: iti paribhasarttliasamgralie vyakhyane pratliamasyaddliyayasya tritiyah paclah saki-t gatau vipratisedhe
ii

yat badhitam tat badhitara eva


F. 95,

ii

vidhir nnasti

F.

F.

kalut tu mum khalavtthesu vasarupa9Gb, Sutra: sampratikabbaVe bbutapurvagatih 99 paribhasarttbasamgrahavyakbyane tritlyasyaSutra:


ii ii

ddbyayasya pratbamab padali laksaiiapratipadoktayob etc. iti F. 113: sriparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasarvataii

ntrasvatantrasrimad-Advaitananda-Sarasvati-caranaravinda-

bbrmgayamanasya

srimat-Svayampraka.saiiandasya

krtau

paribbrisarttbasamgrabavyakbya(ya.)fi

rttbasyaddbyayasya caturtthab padab

il

candrikayam catusamaptas caddhyriii

yab

grabanavata priitipadikena tadantavidbis tasti Adbyaya VI ends f. 136; A. VIII ends f. 172. Last Sutra (f. 186): purvan dbatus sadbane yujyate
II

pascad upasargena ubbayatbeti tatba ca bbasyakaravacaIt ends (f. 187): napramanyat sarvestasiddbir iti bbavah iti srlparamabanisaparivrajakacaryyasarvatantrasvatantrasrimad-Advaitanaii

ii

nda-Sarasvatl-caranaravindabbrmgayamanasya Svayamprakasanandasya krtih paribbasarttbasamgrabavyakbya candrika sampiirna


ii

barib

om

ii

later band has written on sastre piirvamimamsa sarnpurna


ii

f.

187b:

iti

mimamsa-

96.

"Whish No.
Size:

95.
(2) leaves,

12tX1|-

in.,

(2)

83

+ +
15

from 8 to 10

lines

on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Entries by Mr. Whish dated 1831.


50 years older. Character: Grantha.
(1)

The MS. may be about

Tbe
talas.

Candrajmndgamasamgralia

(Tantra)

in

15
9

Pa-

.^

130

Hg-

srisivah athatas sampravaksyami tripuraIt begins: ndasya laksanara yad uktam purvam astiti saktam andam asti balarkakotyabhan tripurandam hiranliiranmayam mayam rathakaram mahad divyam samanante tu sami i
i i

sthitam
F.
1

etc.
:

marg.

Ff. 10b, 11:

prathamapatalam sadamnayalaksanam candrajnanagamasamgrahe purandalai

iti

ksane sadamnayalaksanan nama prathamah patalah Patala II (tripurandalaksane pithalaksanam) ends f. 20 b; P. Ill (sripurandalaksane srlcakralaksanam) f. 41b; P. IV
ii

(tripurandalaksane
P. P.

sr icakrantaraladevatapratipadanam) f.45

f.

49 b;

P.

VI

(srlvidyasandhyanusthanam)
f.

f.

50b;

VII

(srividya[n]nyasa)

52 b;

P.

VIII

(srividyajapa-

f. 55b; P. IX (pujadesakalanirupanam) f. 57; P. (cakraradhanaphalam) f. 63; P. XI f. 67; P. XII f. 69; P. XIII (saktasamayadiksavidhanam) f. 75; P. XIV (dl-

kalpab)

ksavidhih)
It ends

f.

79.

(f.

83 b):
ii

vidyamantrarabasyajfiasambbogan
ii ii ii

mu-

ktim apnuyat iti candrajnanagamasaragralie mantrartthapratipadanan nama pancadasab patalali barib om sriparambayai namah sripurnanandanatbante barib om yadrsam pustakan drstva, etc.
i

rahasye

II

II

(2)

See Aufand kauladarsa. It begins: natva srigurupadukan ca vatukam vaniii ca vigbnesvarani kame^an tripuram param bbagavatim devlin sukasyamalam vaksye kaulikadburttadambhikasatbadinam kulajnani namacarasya ca laksanani vilasat satkaulikanam kramat kaulagamatantrarttban samgrbya srikularnavarttbams ca kauladarsam kurute Visvanando bitSya kaularecbt CO.
s.

Tbe Kaidddarsatantra, by Visvdnaudandtha.


vv. kauladar^ana, kaulacara,

ii

vidani

ii

It ends: srimad-Visvanandanatbapranitam kaulacarasesadbarmaprakasam kaulasastranusaram kauladarsain kaulacaryyas samyag alokayantam iti sri-Visvanandanai

ii

tbaviracitakauladarsatantrara sanipurnara

ii

srimabatripura-

sundaryyai

namab

ii

subbam astu

-$H

131
97.

<-

"Whish No.
Size:

96.
7 or 8 lines

lOfxlT

in.,

(2)

71

(2) leaves,

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19 th cent.?


Character: Grantlia.

PraiKiHcasdra.
is

The PrapaHcasamsdrasamgraha, an abstract oi tankard's Incomplete. The author of the abstract


Oirvdnendra Sarasvatl,
pupil of
p.

pupil

of Visvcsvara

Sarasvati,

who was a
Tanjore,

Amarendra Sarasvati,
p. 232.

see

Burn ell,

207b; Stein-Jammu,

It begins: om agajananapatmarkam gajananam aharnnisam anekadantam bhaktanam ekadantam upasmahe on natva sri-Samkaracaryyam Amarendrayatisvaram kurve prapahcasarasya sarasamgraham uttamam tatra prapancasare yad yac Chamkaracaiyyair uktam mantrayantraprayogadi tat sarvam api sarataram eva tathapidanim mandaprajfirivata vistaraso jhatum anusthanaii (read atuh) casakyatvad atyantopakarakatvena yat sarabhiitan tad alpagranthenaiva yatha [i] sarvamantrayantratantrasaragrahanam syat tatha [i] sarvatas saram grhitva maya satsampradayasarvasvabhidhavyakhyanoktamargena vaksyate (i) tatra punah prasaragat tatra tati'a mantrakalpantare mantrasarakramadipikaSanatkumari[r]yyasaradatilakamantradevataprakasikadau yad yan man tray antrady uktam tad api kificit tatra prapahcasare [i] prathaman tavat kiucid vaksyate
i

ksirabdhau,
It breaks

etc.

off

with the following words:


jyotir 3

evan

dhyatva

nyaset

om hrim am narayanah

aham
m.

parajyotisi

juhomi liamssoham svaha namah hrim a


98.

WmsH
Size:

No.

97.
leaves,

lOlxlj

in-,

(1)

+ 133 + (1)

from 7 to 9

lines

on

a page.
Material: Palm leaves.

Date: 18tt or

19tii cent.?

Character: Grantha.

-^-

132
(1)

Hg-

The

Dciksinamurtisamliitd ,

in

43 Patalas

(ff.

111),
i

described as a 'Kaulasastra' by
It begins:

Mr. Whish.

dvitiyena

caturttliena sasthenarkena sundari


i

indrena candrakalayavidyam sambhedya ca svaraih sadamgani nuyajen mantrl hrc chiras ca sikha(m) tatha kavacan netram astran ca namah svaha kramena ca vasat vausad
i
i

astraii

ca phad ebhis saha vinyaset

etc.

F.

2:

ll

iti

sridaksinamiirttisamliitayani

ekaksaralaksml-

pujavidhili patalah

prathamah

ii

tasya samvatsarl puja srividyadhisthita It ends (f. 111b): iti sridaksinamurttisamhitayain niadana(read dabhavet mana?)ropananaimittikavidhanan nama tricatvarimsatpatasubham astu lah iti daksinamurttisamhita samptirna
11
ll

ll

(2)

The Kumdrasamhitd

in

10 Adhyayas

(f.

112

133),

described as a 'Kaulasastra' by Mr. Whish.


gurumiirttir srigurubhyo namah It begins (f. 112): ambikam srikrsnam srlsambadaksinamurttim vande vinayakam kam vanini sundaramurttim dharanim ^rlsamastai

yudhasampiirnarn satbhujah cadayanvitam adhastad vanitarahjitadrivare ramye karam adyam vande gajananam kalpadrumaih parivrte sikhare hemamunivrndanisevite
i i
i

ratnastambhasahasrais tu sobhite ratnamandape drastum ratnasimhasanariidhan devya saha mahesvaram


bliusite
I

puto

samagato brahnia pranipatya krpanidhim baddh[v]anjalinamas brahma bhutva tustava paramesvaram


i i i

sivaya devaya,

etc.

iti srikumarasamhitayam sadasivabrahmasamvidyaganesamantroddharan nama prathamoddhyayah vade 129: iti srividyaganapatikalpe rahasyagame samgraF. mavijayo nama astamoddhyayah

F. 113b:

ii

It ends

(f.
ll

133):
iti

kim
ll

atra bahunoktena sarvan

kaman

avapnuyat

srikumarasamhitayam
srigurubhyo

rahasyatirahasyan
ll

nama dasamoddhyayah

namah

etc.

^H

133

H$-

99.

WmsH
68 Size: 12f xl-j- in., 100 Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 tb or 19 tb cent.?
Character: Grantba.

No.

98.
8 or 9 lines on a page.

+ 65

leaves,

(1)

A
the

Commentary on a Manual of ^rauta


Sacrifices

Bites, viz.

New
of

and Full Moon

(darsapuriiamasau), Laying
1

Fire (adhana), and Animal Sacrifice


(ff.

(pasubandha),

according to the school of Apastamha


It

100).
i i

vyakhyasyamah pratar agnihotram hutva darbhesv asino darbhau dharayamanah patnya saha praiian ayamya sanikalpam karoti
begins:

athato
i

darsapfirnaraasau

darssena yaksye

animirvapyaindravaimrdhena saha
i
i

pii-

rnamasena yaksye tena paramesvaram prinayani darbhan nirasyapa upasprsya vidyud asi + paimi dvih apa upasprsya yaksyamanopa upasprsati tad idani sarvai i i
i

yajuesupasparsanam bhavati
F.

etc.

17b:
ii

prathamah

prasnas
i

namah
bahur

dev[y]asya tva + madade

samaptah ^rikrsnaya sphyam adaya indrasya


ii
i

asi daksinas, etc.

F. 35b:

dvitiyaprasnas

samaptah

ii

idiim

eke piirvam

samananti prasitram eke prasitrapatra upastiryya, etc. atha yajamano F. 49b: trtiyah prasnas samaptah daksine vedyante daksinena pada caturo visnukraman pracah kramaty uttaram uttarah jyayamsam etc. F. 56 b: atha naksatrani etc.

il

F.

71: harih

oni

ii

subham astu
ii

li

(71b:)

adhanam
i

trivi-

dhara somapurvam homapiirvam istipilrvah ceti


F. 76b:
hutva,

etc.
i

harih
(f.

om

vrtpaurnamasyam
etc.

amavasyayam
:

prapasubandhaprayoga ucyate va pratar agnihotram

It ends

100)

sarasvati
ii

idam havih

sarasvan idam
i

agnabhagi (read agnir?) idam havih ity adi sarvam samanarn harih om etc.
havih
1

deva ajyapa

-^

134
(2)

H$-

Text of the Manual of Srauta rites, on which the preis the commentary (ff. 1 28). athato dars^apurnamasau vyakhyasyamah It begins: darbhesv a + patnya saha prapratar agnihotrara hutva nan ayamya darsena yaksye anunirvap(y)aindravaimrdhena saha paurnamasena yaksye vapanara vidyud asi + paimi dvih apa upasprsya asyam istySm addhvaryyun tvam vrnimahe etc. F. 17 b: caturtthah prasnas samaptah adhanaprayoga ucyate uktanaksatresu brahmanadayognin adadhiran etc, F. 23b: pasubandhaprayoga ucyate pravrtpaurnamasyam amavasyayam va, (pra)tar agnihotram hutva, etc. F. 28: ayan te yonir iti punar agnim samaropyagnyagaram prapya mathitvayatane nidhaya upavarohya dhrstyadanadi samanain harih om subham astu
ceding work

il

ii

il

ii

(3)

Manual

of Srauta rites,

viz.

the Agnistoma, according

to the school of

Apastamba.

F. 28b begins: pratar agnihotrara hutva pranan ayamya samkalpam karoti tripiirsasomapithavicchedajirayascittarttham aindragnam pasun daurbrahmanyanirharanarttham. a^vinara pasuh cagnistomiyasyopalabhyau kurvan somena
i

yaksye jyotistomenagnistomena rathantarasamnaikavimsatidaksinena tena paramesvaram prinayani vid}aid asi + mi


i i

dvih

etc.

F. 48 b:

patnisamyajantognlsomiyas
iti

om

II

ye deva manojata

vratayati

santisthate harih agniddhre havirddhane


11

va yajamanan jagarayanti, etc. It ends (f. 68): vacaspataye

agnim parityajya
ii

brahmana idam tarn sayam agnihotrara fju)homi dhrstya


i
i

danadi marjjani (?) nantani krde pratarhomas santisthategnistomah harih om etc.


ii

(4)

Commentary on

the preceding work.


i

It begins:

om

kratusanikalpukale

hotil

ko yajuah

-^-

135

r<-

rtvijah

ka

daksineti

prativacanaiu

bruyat

mahan me
i

voco bhargo roc voco yaso me voca stomam me vocah klptim me voco bhaktim me vocas sarvam me voca iti' japitva sa
vrto japet
i

agnis te hota,

etc.
ii

F. 28b:

ity
(f.
ll

agneyakratu(h) samaptab

athosasyab

etc.
|

It ends

65 b):

vacaspatinetyadi
namab
ii

ilanta santistbate

ayas cetyadi sarastbajapas santistbategnistomoguistomab^

il

barib

om

srlgunibbyo

100.

12 13 Size: 184- Xl-^- in., 37 last part from 10 to 13) lines on a

Whish + +

No. 99.

+ 29
i^age.

leaves,

from 6

to 9 (in the

Material:

Palm

leaves.
(see

Date: The Siddhfirthin year in which the MS. was written below) may correspond to A. D. 167980 or A. D. 1739/40. Scribe: Sesfidri Siiri. See No. 34.
Character: Grantha.
(1)

Tbe TayJcajmrihham, by Kesavamisra


Ind.
It
Oft".

(ff.

30).

See

IV,

p.

605

sq.

yo nyayanaye pravesam alpena vancbaty alasasrutena samksipya yuktyanvitatarkkabbasa prakasyate tasya krte mayaisa pramrinai)rameyasam.sayaprayojanadrstantasiddbantfivayavatarkkanirnayavadajalpabegins:
i

balopi

vitandahetvabliasaccbabxjatinigrabastbananan
nisreyasadbigaraa
bbavatiti
It
iti

tatvajnanau
i

nyayasyadimam sutram
tatvajnanau

asyarttbah

pramanadisodasapadarttbanan
i

moksapraptir
iti

etc.
(f.

ends

30):

etavataiva
etc.
. .

balavyutpattisiddbeh
ll

Kesavamisrena viracita tarkkaparibbasa samfipta


grantbani alokya,
.

yadrsam

siddbarttbyakbye tu varsesmin

bbaskare

sirribasaiiistbite
n

bkbitam paribbasakbyam gran-

tbam
1

Sesadrisiirina

Cf.

Cf.

Ap. Sraut. X, 1, Ap. Sraut. XIII,

4.

25, 10.

-^

136
(2)

K-

Fragment

of

tlie

Tarkdblidsdpra'kdsika, a

Kesavamisra's Ta7-JaqxirMdsd,hjCi7inaml)hafta.

Commentary on 30b 37).


(fit".

See Aufrecht-Oxford,
It begins
(f.

nr. 606.

Burnell, Tanjore p. 112b.

30 b):
i

om

sakrn natvapi

yam

loko lab hate

santisampadah
nrkesarl
i

sa

nab payad

apayebhyah

yogananda-

cikirsitasya granthasya nispratyubaparipuranaya

sistacaraparipraptam visistestadevata[na]pranamam manasi

nidhaya cikirsitam pratijanite balopiti etc. It breaks off (f. 37) with the words: laksye tv apy avarttanam asambhavali yatha gor ekasapbatvam kratvi

antarvarttadhi

(?).

(3)

The
(ff.

Kdrakavdda,
begins:
i

by

Jayardma

Bhatta

Acdrya

1 12).
padambhojah Jayaramas iha samkhyavatam atra karanakani karttrkarmmakaranasampradanavisnoh
karoti

It

natva

samasatah

karakavyfikhyiim

muda

padanadhikaranani sat tatvah ca na tat kriyanimittatvam caitrasya tandulam pacatityadau, etc.


It

ends
il

(f.

12):

tatra

saptamiti

tat

sutrarttha

ity

adosah iti sri-Jayaramabhattacaryyaviracita-karakavadas samaptah namas te sarade devi kasmirapuravasini tvam


ii
i

aham prartthayisyami vidyadanan


(4)

tu dehi

me

ii

harih

om

ll

The Vddaratndvall (by JRdma


(ff.

&dstrin), a fragment only

113).

See Aufrecht CC.

p. 562.

It begins:

kavitarkkikasimhaya
i

kalyanagunasaline

srii

mate Vemkate^aya vedantagurave namah avighnam astu bhasyam yadabharanabhasitam eva jatam yatsutanisvasitam eva bhavanti vedah yadvajivahavaca eva 2)uranajalam tarn srigirisam anisam saranam bhajami vagdevatan namaskrtya vadibalavinodinim vadaratnavalim kurmmas tarkkabhrisanusO-rinlm nanu grauthadau mamgalam avasyam acaraniyyam etc.
ii
i i

^4
It breaks off

137

-^
words: atas
ii

(f.

13) with the

tatkahlvrtti-

bhavatvam piTigabhavatvam iti purvoktadoi?abhavad iti sarvam sustham iti kriranatavadah naiiu yumi mi^sranami^ranayo.
(5)

fragment of a work on Xyaya, possibly belonging to


(S. 1

the YddaratncwaU
It begins:

29).

pratyaksaniriipananantaram

upajivyopajlva-

kabhavasamgatya anumanam nirupayitum pratijanite atheti athasabda anantaryyavacanali pratyaksanirupanasyfirttliad avadhitvam avagamyata iti ata eva siddhatvam api nirupyata iti varttamanrirtthakalasaprayogena canumananirupanasya saddhyatvalabhah evan ca siddhasiiddhyasamabhivyahare siddham saddhyayopayujyata iti nyayena malinan te vapu snaya ity atrevatrapi pratyaksanumananirupanayoh
upajlvyopajivakabhrivalilbhah,
It breaks off
(f.

etc.

29) with the words:


istatvat

niscitasaddhyavadasadharanasatpratiuiatenaital
la-

vrttatvat

asadharanyapattih

paksayor

anityatadosatvavadinani

pracam

ksanad

iti.

101.

WmsH
Size:
leaf

No. 100.

IGjXH
ft'.

in-,

(1)

between

81 and 82)

+ + (1)

70 (numbered as leaves 45114)


leaves,

(odd

from 6

to 8 lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date: 17 th or 18th cent.? Character: Grantha (one leaf between ff. 81 and 82 in Malayalan). Injuries: The first two leaves are slightly damaged.

Fragment of a work (probably some Commentary) on Nyaya philosophy.


It

begins

(f.

45):

yat

kimcit saddhyanisthadheyatvani

rupakadhikaranatvam va adye kevalanvayiti kevaliinvayisaddhyaka ity artthah avyape **** (broken) yatisaddhyanistheti dvitiyenane(ne)ti vahniman dhiimad ity adau adye dosantaram aha kvacid iti visistasattavan jater ity adau satta-

-^

138

Hg-

nisthadheyatvauirupakatvasya

samanyadau
ii

satvena
i

tatra

jatyadbikaranatvabhavasya satvad iti bliavah etc. F. 51: iti pancalaksanarahasyam paribhasikam evety evakarena yoganadaras siicitali, etc. F. 72: pragalbbiyalaksanam aba saddbyeti gunanya-

tvavisistasattavan

iti

misralaksanam eva pariskrtya darsayati tv sajatyam sadrsyam, F. 85: sarvabbaumalaksane samudayapadadane taddosanam alagnakatety asayena, F. 102: tipu^ sattavan dravyatviid vabniman dbumad
F, 76:
keci(t)
etc.
etc.
I

Titer

ity atra, etc.

ity

F. 106:
ttba
I

adau tadrsakiitadbikaraTiajagadvrttitYasya, etc. tipii^ atra jaladiriipadravyam na svasabdar-

etc.

r. 111b: F. 112:

tipu-

tatra

samavayena gunasamanyabbavaetc.

syotpattikalavaccbedena,

kecit
(f.

tu vyapya vrttitvam kincid avaccbinnaetc.

vrttikabbinnatvam
It ends

114):

nanu

pratiyogitavaccbedakavisistajna-

nam

nabbavapratyakjsamatre betub idan tv adina abbavapratyakse vyabbicarat na tilvad abbavapratyaksavisese


visesanatavaccbedakavisisteti visesye
iti

manabbavad ata aba


visesanam

nyayena nabbavapratyaksam ananubbavat vivecitau cedani alokamanjaryyam asmabbib srigurubbyo


ii

namab

ii

102.

Whish No.
Size:

101.

Ufxll
Palm
IStii

in.,

(2)4-19

+ 147
(1)

leaves, 8 or 9 lines

on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date:

or 19th cent.?

Ch ara cter : Grantha

Tbe Qcmtanwja Dharmasdslra


Stenzler's edition).

in 3

Adbyayas

or 29 smaller

subdivisions (called 'Adbyayas' in tbe Commentary, and in

May

be tipu.

-^
It begins:
^ile,
etc.

139

Ktadvidafi ca
snij-ti-

vedo

dharmmamula(m)

In I, 44 this MS. supports the reading srehu adopted by Stenzler from his Telugii MS. See 'The Institutes of Gautama', ed. by A. F. Stenzler, p. iv.

The
The

^i^rsi

Adhyaya ends
f.

9 in Stenzler's ed.),

7:

acaram
ends
ed.),
f.

after the

9**^

chapter ('Adhyaya'
ii

prathamoddhyayah
the
19*^
13:

second

Adhyaya

after

chapter
dvi[ti]-

('Adhyaya' 19 in Stenzler's

vyavaharan
is

tiyoddhyayah

ii

Then

follows

the

20*^

chapter which

not found in

Stenzler's edition.

atha catussastisu yatanasthanesu duhkhany It begins: anubhuya tatremani laksanani bhavanti, etc. The chapter ends: visuddhail laksanair jjayante dharmmasya dharanad iti dharmmasya dharanad iti 20 Chapters 21 29 correspond to Adhyayas 20 28 in

ii

ii

ii

Stenzler's edition.
It ends:

iti

trtlyoddhyayah

dharramo dharmmah 29 prayascittam karakrtam aparadham ksantum arhanti


il
ii ii

santah (read sadhavah?) kotikannyapradanaii ca kotigodanam eva ca apuryyrima(read yyamana?)sahasranan tatsamali


site

kotigodavarisnanam makararke sitaphalam samavapnoti sayamhomavalokanat dSntam ksantam jitakrodham jitendriyam akalmasam tam agryabrahmanam anye sesat (read manye sesah) sudra iti smrtah
pratarahutih
ii
I

tat

ii

yac caitanyam anasyiita (read anusyutam?) jagratsvapnasusuptisu tad eva tvam idana [njtatvam ito nasty adhikam
1

param

ii

sriguru^

namo namah
(2)

il

The
first

Mitalisara,

Commentary
It

on
is

the

Gautamiya

Dharmasdstra, by Haradattamisra.

incomplete.

The
and end

Adhyaya

(of the smaller subdivisions) is wanting,

at the end one leaf seems to be lost, containing the

of the
It
I

begins:

Commentary. pragupancanayanat^

kamacaravadapaksah

Head prag upanayanat.

->4

140

H$-

Spatkalasyopanayanasya grahanam a sodasat brahmanasyetyadi brahmacariti limgat na hi nityakalat prak strigai

manasya prasamgosti,

etc.
(f.

The second chapter ends


dvitiyoddhyayah
ii

9):

Haradattamisraviraf.

cita(yam)mitaksarakhyayamGautamadharmmasastratlkayan

The I"' Adhyaya (acaram) ends

39.

End
(f.

of the II^<^

Haradattamisraviracitayam mitaksarakhyayam Gautamiyatikayam ekonavimsoddhyayah atha catussastisu yatanasthanesu du(h)khany anubhuya tatremani
1021)):
iti
ii

and beginning

of the III'<^

Adhyaya

Laksanani bhavantiti karmmavipakaddhyayasya vyakhyanan

durllabham It breaks
i

etc.

off

Stenzler):

yatoyam

with the last but

one

Sutra

(28,

51

yogesu

aprabhavo bhiitanam himsanugrahaprabhavaty asmad iti prabhavah karanam


I

(tathaha).

103.

Whish No.
Size: 15x2-gin.,

102.

of No. 88

= Whish
Palm

(1) + 160 (numbered 130 to 289 in continuation No. 87) + (2) leaves, about 13 lines on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: The MS. was written in theParidhavin year, corresj^onding to 967 of the KoUam era, or A. D. 1792. Scribe: Subrahmanya.
Character: Grantha.

The Sivarahasydkhanda from the SahkarasaniJiitd of the Bkanda-Piirdna, continued from MS. Whish Xo. 87 (No. 88), and containing the Devakdnda (ff. 130 141), Daksakdnda

(ff.

142181), and the Upcidesakdnda

(ff.

182289).

It begins:

matamahamahasailam
vande

mahas tad apitamai

uparivaranam sivaya on namah atha viksya guho devah jayantapramukhan iha bandhitan anayety aha virabahum tadasuraih sa tatheti vinirgatya guhajham sirasa yahan etc.
I

ham

karanah jagatam

kanthad

srigurubhyo
ii

namah

srisarasvatyai

namah

-^

141

H$-

The Devakanda (in 7 Adhyayas) ends f. 141b: om ity adimahapurane snskande samkarasamhitayam sivarahasyakhande devakiinde saptamoddhyayali om sivaya namah devakandas samaptah yadrsam pustakan drstva, etc. srlsomaskandaparamesvaiTiya namah Subrahmanyasya
ii ii ii

ii

svahastalikhitam

ii

The Daksakanda begins (f. 142): harividhimukhyavandyam sarvakarttaiam isam padanatadiuitaghnara sasvatain
vaktratundam abhayavaradahastam sambhuputrara ganesani hrdayakamalamaddhye santatah cintayami rsayali daksaddhvaras tvaya proktah (read ah) pura suta tapodhana jayantayendraputraya samasena brhaspatih etc.
i

ii

ii

This

Kanda

ends

(f.

181b): om

ity

adimahapurane
daksa-

sriskande

samkarasamhitayam
ii

sivarahasyakhande

kande catvririmsoddhyfiyah sriminaksisundaresvarribhyan harih om daksakandas samaptah namah Siibrahii


|

ii

manyasvahastalikhitam

ii

sridaksinlimurttaye
(f.

namah

ii

The Upadesakanda begins

182):
i

om
|

visvesvaram

visvavandyam vimakijhanabodhakam upadesakandam miiktyarttham umaputran namamy aham subrahmanyam suresanam dhuryyakotisamaprabharn sukumaram aham vande sada sarvamgasuudarara etc.
I
|

It

ends

(f.

289 b):

om
ii

iti

srimatskande mahapuranc

sarpkarasanihitayam sivarahasyakhande upadesakande pah-

om sivaya namah samaptam idam upadesakandam harih om Subrahmanyan svahastena


casititamoddhyayah
i

ii

ii

likhitam

sarakarasamhitasaptakandam parisamaptam
i

9 100 60 7 srlmesamasam caitramasam parisamaptam

ii

om

parltapmamasamvatsaram subham astu


.
.

ii

On

the same leaf written by Mr. Whish:

"100
967 825
This copy written in 1792

AD

April/May
of

Here ends
Samhita."

tlie

7"'

&

Last

Kandam

the

Sankara

-^

142
104.

.^

WmsH
Size:

No.

103.
leaves, 10

12|x2

in.,

(1)

-f 10
lines

+ 80 +

(2)

or 11 lines on a

Malayalam page, 8 or 9
Material:

on a Grantha page.

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 1831.


50 years older.
Character: The
in Grantha.
first

The MS. may be about


Malayalam, the rest

two works

(10 leaves) in

(1)

The
(ff.

SanJcliyasai^tati, or

SdukhyaMriJ^d, by I^varah'sna

13).

It begins:

harih

sriganapataye namali avighnam astu

duhkhatrayabliighataj jijnasa tadajjagliatake hetau drste

saparttha cen naikantatyantatobhavat


sa hy avisuddhiksayatisayayuktah,
It
etc.

drstavad asravikas
tertthah

ends
capi

(f.

3 b):

saptatyam
ca

khalu yertthas

krtsnasya sastitantrasya akliyayikavirahitah paravadavivarjjitas


ii

tatha

rajavarttikam
i

ii

iDradhanastitvam

ekatvam arttliamatvam athanyata parartthyan catmano naikyam viyogo yogavivacasesavrttir akarttrtvam laukikartthas tatha dasa viparyayah pahcavidhas tathokta nava tustayah karananam asaniartthyad astavimsatidha vadhah namah iti sastih padartthanam astabhis saha siddhibhih Kapilaya sub ham astu
i

ii

'

ll

ii

ii

(2)

The Bhdsydrthasamgraha, by Bralimdnanda


pupil of Visvesvardnanda
It begins
(f.

Yati,

the

(ff.

4):

harih

10).
namah avighnam

sriganapataye

ghatarupena yo bhati patarupena ca prabhuh sarva[bhajvasakam vande tarn ahan devakisutam srlmatbhasyamrtambhodher arttharatnam samuddhare hnum (?) Lamkurv
astu
I

naryah kantham kaustubhavaddharih srutismrtitibrahmani pramanam tesah ca trividha pravrttih kesaiicit parinamadrstyanusarini anyesam vivarttadrstyanusarini paresam apavadadrstyanusarini, etc.

ahcane

(?)

liasapuranani hi

"All this

(tatha ca

siddhibhih) from the TattvakaunmudI

of Vacaspatmisra, and faulty", Prof. Aufrecht.

-5H

14:5

Hg-

It ends (f. 10): atrantahkaranopadher badhitatvan na gamanadisaraka iyam evaitat sutrasamdarljliapratipadya bhasyakaradyabhimata ca iti sri-Visvesvaranandagurupra-

sadasriditasarvajnatvena

Brahmanandayadina
ii

(sic)

krtasrl-

matbhasyrirttliasamgraha(h) samaptah srimatbhasyalivayo visnuli prasldatu sada mama yadiyarasam asvadya na ma-

nonyapumartthadrk srigurubhyo namah vagrahebbyo namah sriramava nn^-^V etc.


ii
ii

^rlsfivj'--^^---

(3)

A Commentary
(ff.

on the

SdnJ:]ii/asaptati,

by Vdcaspatimis7~a

145).

ajam etam lohitasuklakrsnain bahvih prajas It begins: srjamanan namaraah aja etafi jusamanam bhajante jaliaty enam bhiiktabhoga asamastan Kapilaya mahamunaye sisyaya tasya tasya casmaraye Pancasikhaya tathe^varaiha khaki pratipitsitam arttham krsnayaite namasySmah pratipadayan pratipHdayitavadheyavacano [bhavacano] bhaI I l

vati ipreksavatam apratipitsitan tii pratijiadayat nayam lauuniuuutavau upc^v.^jcra kiko na parlksaKa ixi preKsa(vajT:unu-

purusartthaya kalpate sa caisam pratipitsitortthah yo jatah paramapurusartthasadhaity adipsitasastravisayajnanasya tadvisayajijnasam avatarayati dulikhatraya-

natvahetukan
bhigbriLaj

jijnasa tadapaghatake

hetau evam hi sastravintimn, j^aati

na syat, etc. sayo na jijhasyeta ofnc aryyamaUK soyam yyasya 'f. 45: ity aryyamatir sarakhyasaptativyasri-Vacaspatimisraviracita ca sastram sa harih om khya sampurna
yadi dubkban
ii

ii

(4)

The Sauliliycmvaranatativalmumndi,
on Vacaspfdimisra^s work (No. of Badlifiranya' (ff. 4580).
It
3),

a Supercommentary by Bodhahhdndl, a pupil

atmanam asamibegins: yatprasadad ajan nityam


vi>.juau tan gurim bhaktya

nam
X

namami

karuiirikaran

^rimatsaipkl^^
The
author's

name

is

pupil of generally given as Blidrat'iyati,

Bodlmranija.

(Prof. Aufreclit.)

-$H

14:-i

H$-

parisamaptiprabalaprarlpsitasya granthasyapratibandhena sistacaraparipalanaya pratyartthino vyuda(read vyulia)rttham


bliogapavargarttha(m) pravrttilaca pradhanasya purn(so) purusams ksanasastratatparyyakathanapurvakam pradhrmam adislokena na jayata ity aja ca namasyaty ajam ekam ity ity uttarenanvayali nanu syan mukprakrtili ta namama iLjc. --.i.i>n,Ye pramanabhapanir visayatvan nomaskarasyeti cet tatraha oaiiviv ^-.-aias sriainanad
iti,

etc.

It ends: saktitustisiddhakhya ity arttbab yah padarttha iti sa>^tih padartthab kathita ibety matih me kva sri-Vacaspate(h) suktib kva ca mandasya iti subuddbibbib kayitam etac ca yat tat (?)' ccboddbyam
i

arabhya viparyy(ay)Jida-

ii

sri-Badbaranyasripadasisyaparamabainsaparivrajakacaryyasri-Bodbabbaratisripadakrta samkbyaYivaranatatvakaumudi subbam astu samapta


ii

105.

WmsH
.~i Material:
^.

No. 104
^-i;

.-4

-.,

y^-j

oo -T

icttvca,

ur

lines

on

a page.

Palm

leaves.
18tii century.

Date: Probably early


Character: Grantha.

Tbe VedmitasdstrasiddMntalesasamgraha^
das,

in

4 PariccbeDiksita.

by Appayi/a Dlksita, son


cover tbe following

of

Rangardja

On

the oxitoiae

titles

are given: ^'Siddhdnor Siddhdn-

talesasamjraha, or Siddhdntahhedasanjgraha,
tasdrasamgraha.^''
in

An edition of tbis work

bas been published

vol. I, Part I of tbe Yizianagram Sanskrit Series (Benares 1890). See also Ind. Off. IV, p. 790 sq.

It begins: yadviksanam sakalabhuta(m) ca yasya srstir yyasya smitam sakalabbautikasrstir esa yanmayaya vilasitaii jagad indrajalam tasmai namo bbagavate paramesvaraya adbigatabbida purvacaryyan upetya sabasradba sarid iva mabidesan samprapya sauripadotgata jayati bbagavatpadasrimanmukbambujanirgata jananabarini siiktir brabmadvayaikapariXyana etc.
i

ii

Mitra, Notices No, 2820 reads: kva capi

sanmatam tattvam

iti.

->

145

f<-

It ends:

iti

tthah paricchedah

vedantasastrasiddhantale^asamgrahe caturvidvatguror vihi'tavisvajidaddhvarasya


il

^rlsarvatomukharaahavratayajisunoh sri-Ramgarajamakhina
sritacandraraaulir asray Appadiksita
iti

prathitas tanujah

tantrany adhltya sakalani sa tatapada^vyakhyanakau^alakalavisadikrtani


i

atraaya vakyam^ anuruddhya ca sarppraity

dayasiddhantabhedalavasaragraliam
ntaritisu

akai-sit

siddhalikhitara

maya bhramadiisitena syad yad yathapi


i

yadi kificid asya

samsodhane sasrayas
ii

(?)

sadaya bhavantu

satsarapiadayaparisilananirvisamkah

liaiih

om

ii

sabda-

ntarabhyasagunasamkbya praka(ra?)nanamadheyani bhedasadhakapramanani karotu mama kalyanam karunanidhir


ii

isvarah

jananasthitisamhara(n) jagatSni vidadbati yah

ii

^rimanmahadevaya ^ambaya (read sambaya) parasmai brahmane namali om brabmaiva satyafi jagan mithya on
ii

tat sat

II

siva tsiva

^ri

il

subbam

astu.

106.

WmsH
Size:

No. 105.

14TX2g
to 12 lines

in., (l)

+ 23

jha]

+ 30 +

1 [single

leaf inserted

[1423 marked by letters from Jca io between 21 and 22] + 41 leaves,

from 9

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date: The MS. consists of old and modern parts. The first leaf, and ff. 22 41 at the end of the MS. are written by a different hand and have a more modern appearance. The older parts may have been written in the beginning of the IS^i century, the modern parts at the end of the 18 1^^ or beginning of the 19 th century.

Character: Grantha.
(1)

philosophical treatise, or fragment of a larger work (Gddcidhau?) called Yog ijatdv Martha (ff. 1 13). See Aufrecht CC. p. 482.

The
sarge
*

first leaf

(marked

f.

13) begins:

ekapadartthasam-

aparapadartthanisthatyantabhavapratiyogitvapraka-

2 3

Doubtful aksara. sadavadata Ed.


asthaya

mulam Ed.
10

-^
rakapramavisesyatvTibhavo

146

r<~

yogyata[m]
etc.
ii

idr.si

ca

yogyata

ghatam anayety atra


F. 8:
F.

varttate,

yogyatavadas samaptah 13 b: yogyatavadarttliah samaptah


(2)

harih om.

philosophical treatise (part of the Gadddhari?

See

Aufrecht CC. p. 147, s. v. visayatavada and visayatavada19). rtha), called Lauhikavisayatdvdddrtlm (ff. 14 ghatam saksatkaromity anuvyavasayavisayaIt begins: taya laukikavisayataya atiriktayas siddhir iti navlnah etc.

See

the

beginning

of

the

Laukikavisayavicara
p.

in

MS.

Walker 201 i, Aufrecht-Oxford,


Kr. 143.
It

245.

Cf. Mitra, Notices,

Ind. Off. IV,


(f.

ends

19):

samapto
ii

p.

648.

Hall, p. 41 sq.

laukikavisayatavadartthah

ii

srivemkatesaya namali

etc.

(3)

The Fardmarkivdddrtlm another treatise or fragment from the Gadddhari (ff. 19 b 23 b). See Aufrecht-Oxford, Nr. 611: Navlnamatavlcdra. anumitim pratiparvatiyadhiimaA'yapako vahnir It begins: ity akarakali paramarsa eva hetuh, etc. dhumiya ity akarakabaIt breaks off with the words: dhadipratibaddhyatvaprasamgah tadrsadhumaprakarataya.
,

(4)

of

TheVeddntaparihlidm, by Dharmardjddlivanndra, a pupil y eiikatanatha, and the author of the Tarkactidamani, and of several Commentaries (ff. 1-12). See Aufrecht CC, p. 269.

The

first leaf

contains the beginning of the


3,
1.

first

Pariccheda

(as far

as p.

6 in the edition of the text published

at Calcutta, Sake 1769),


last Paricchedas.

while

ff.

2-12 contain the two


bhiitabhautikasrstayah
i

F.

begins:

yadavidyavilasena

tan naumi

paramatmanam saccidanandavigraham
i

yadan-

tevasipahcasyair nnirasta bhedivaranah tan naumi narasini-

hakhyam yatlndram paramam gurum

srimat-Vemkatana-

-$^

147

f<-

thakhyan
vibhanjani
tika

vilarakutinivasinah
i

sarvatantrapravarttakan
i

jagatgui'un aliam vande yena cintamanau tika dasatikatarkkacudamanir nnaraa krtiX vidvanmanorama
i

sasadliarasyapi

balavyutpattidayini
i

padayojanaya

tatlia teiui bodhaya mandanam vedaDharmraarajaddhvarmdrena paribhasa vitanyate iha khalu dharmmartthakamamoksakliyesu caturvidhapurusrirtthesu moksa eva paramapiirusartthal.i, etc.

pancapadika vyfdvrta
i

ntartthavalambini
i

F. 8b:

(f.

iti

Dharmmarajaddhvarindraviracitayam vedaii

ntaparibliasayaiu visayaparicchedah
It

12): iti siddtiam prayojanam iti Dharmmarajaddhvai'indraviracitayam vedantaparibhasayam astamaparicchedah harih om om brahmadibhyo brahmavidyasarapradayakarttrbhyo namah vedantaparibhaseyam sarasa
ends
il
ii ii

likhita

maya

etena vaudito

devali

kesabhyam priyatam

harih.

(5)

paribhdsd, by

Commentary on the VeddntaRdmakrmddhvarin the son of the author Dharmardjddhvarlndra (ff. 13 30, 1 41). The two first
Veddntasikhdniani, a
,

The

Paricchedas only.

A lithographed edition

of this work, with

a commentary, was published at Benares (202 folk, oblong).

vagisad yas sumanasas sarvartthayan natva krtakrtya[su] syus tan namami gajananam naidaghabhanukiranesv iva varipilras sarvo vibhati yadabodhavasat prapahcah malaphaniva ca nimllati yatpi'abodhat tat brahma naumi sukliam advayam atmarupam a setor a sumeror api bhuvi viditan Dharmmarajaddhvarindran vandehan tarkaciidamanimanijanauaksiradhims tatapadan yat[sa]karunyan mayabhiid adhigatam adhikan durgraham siiksmadhikair apyantam sastrajatana jagati makhakrta Ramakrsnahvayena vedantaparibhasakhyara sohan tatavinirmmitam vyakaromi
It

begins

(f.

13):

nam upakrame
i

krtim sarvara srutyantartthapraka^ikam

etc.

After

f.

30,

a new numbering of leaves begins, but no10*

thing seems to be missing.

-^

148

H$-

End of the MS.: va mithyatvam bodhyam anumanarupena prayojanam upasamharati tasmad iti iti Dharmmaraii

jaddhvarindratmaja-sri-Kamakrsnaddhvariviracite vedanta-

sikhamanau anumanaparicchedah sri-Ramakrsnaya namah


ii

ii

bar ill oin

ii

107.

Whish No.
Size:

106.
8 or 9 lines

Material:
years older.

121x1-8 Palm

in.,

(2)

95

(1)

leaves,

on a page.

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 1831.


Character: Grantha.
Injuries:

The MS. cannot be many

One

of the three leaves

f.

82 to 84, and parts of the

two others are

lost, so also

part of

f.

89.

The Prapahcdlirdaya, in 8 Patalas, described by Mr. Whish as *an admirable cyclopaedia of modern works of
Science.'

lokadehadikaryyanarn karanasyadikaranam It begins: athedaprapancahrdayadharam tan namami sada harim sakalaprapaiicoyam iha praasesapurusartthasesataya nlm
i i

darsyate

sa

tu

trividho

vedyavidyavettrprapaiicabhedena

tanubhuvanabhedena tatra tanur dvividha[h] sthavarajamgamadehena tatra pancavidha


tatra vedyaprapaiico dvi"\idhah

sthavarah,

etc.

P. II

(tanubhuvanaprakaranan nama) ends f. 18, (vedaprakaranan nama) f. 23 b, P. Ill (sadamgaprakaranan nama) f. 34b, P. IV (caturttham upamgaprakaranam) f. 48 b, P. Y (upavedakaranan nama) f. 59 b,
Patala I

athedanim asesapurusartthagryas saP. VI (beginning: kalasamsaraduhkhapravahanivarttako moksopi [vi]pradarsyate i) ends f. 66, P. VII (jhanaprakarana) f. 74b.
It ends
:

vai^vanara

svayarn vahnir brahmarandhraviniri

gatah

yathaiva mathito vahnir aranim sandahet tatha


i

santapayati svan

deham apadatalamastakam brahmaivasau bhaved atma na punar janmabhag bhavet nanavijiiai i

najananam vidvajjanamanoharam

prapancahrdayrikhyam

-^
hi

149

f<-

prapancottamabhusanam samyakjnanapradarasaii ca jnanam saivavastusu aprakusyam idan tantram samharavanadahakam iti prapancahrdaye astamah pai

da

(?)

ii

talah

II

prapaficahrdayam samfiptam
li

om

srlgurubhyo

namah

108.

Whish No.
Size:

107.

15tX2

in.,

(1)

+ 266 + (1)

leaves,

from 8 to 10

lines

on

a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. "Whish dated 1831.


100 years older.
Character: Malayalam.

The MS. may be about


(ff.

Two
(ff.

different hands, a larger one

1 to

112 b), and a smaller one

112 b to the end).

The

leaves are

num-

bered by letters, according to the system mentioned above to No. 19. After f. 247, a new foliation begins, by the letters ka, kha, ga, etc.

by Kumdrila Svdmin, and ending with the end of the second Pada of the third Adhyaya.
,

The Mlmrlmsn -Tantravdrttika


I,
4,

beginning with

It begins: harih idanim ayaugikesu vrihyadival lokarudhesu jatigunavacanasabdesu cinta na hy anumanikakaranatvanurodhena pratyaksaprasiddhibadhas sambhava[n]titi pui

rvadhikaranenasiddhih nanv Sjyai stuvate prsthai stuvate bahispavamanena stuvata ity upapattivakyatvad etany udaharttavyani tatha hi utpattau namadheyam va guno vapy avadharitam (sic) vyavaharamgatain yati saivodaharanaksama sa tu nodahrta siitrakarena yasmin gunopadesa iti gunavakyasyasritatvat,
etc.
(f.

The
rttike

1"*

Adhyaya ends
ii

30b):

iti

mimarasatantravaii

prathamasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah ptas caddhyayah

sama-

the second
f.

Pada of the 2'^'^ Adhyaya ends on f. 114 b, Pada ends on 175, the third Pada ends on 196 b. The second Adhyaya ends on f. 205 b. The MS. ends with the 2'^'^ Pada of the 3"^ Adhyaya:
first
f.

The

tasmat sarvavitanam indrasomasavanasarabandhitvan man-

-^-

150

H^
ii

travat bliaksanam

iti

siddham

ity

acaryya-Kumarilasva-

miviracite

guruvakyalesasaingrahe

mlmamsatantravarttike
ii

trtlyasyaddhyayasya dvitlyah padah

109.

Whish No.

108.

Size: 7| It in., 84 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 tt or 19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.

The Kuvalayanandiya, by Appayya


recht CC.
p.

Diksita.

See Auf-

113.

Other copy below No. 127.

It begins:

sngurubhyo
i

namah

parasparatapassarppati

phalatita(read phalayita?)parasparau prapancamatapitarau


praiicau jayapati stumah

kosam dhanyais cirad

utghatya yogakalaya hrdayabjayah api yatharuci grhyamanah


i

prasphuraty aviratam paripurnarupas sreyas sa me disatu sasvatika(m) mukundah alamkaresu balanam avagahanasii

ddhaye
yesaii

lalitali

kriyate

tesam laksyalaksanasamgrahah
laksyalaksanaslokah
i
i

candraloke

drsyante

prayas

ta eva tesam itaresan tv abhinava viracyante It ends;

etc.

gunena tadiyasnanato gamgayah pavanatvaguno varnitah gunopayadvarnyate sa ullasah ditivarddhamadyasyodaharanam (sic) tatra pativratamahima gunena tadiyasnanato gamgayah iti kuvalayanandlyam sampurnam
i i
I

ii

haiih

om

110.

Whish No.
Size:

109.

Material:

6|-Xls Palm

in.,

(2)-|-41

(3) leaves, 7 lines

on a page.
1831.'

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'December


probably not

The MS.

is

much

older.

Character: Grantha.

fragment or fragments of a work belonging to the

Samr/itasdstra ,

and treating of the art of dancing and

->

151

re-

acting, but chieHy of the various motions of the hands used by female dancers (ahhinaya).' The title Ndtijalakmna given by Mr. Whisli is doubtful. work called Ahhina-

l/adarpaHa (see below)

is

mentioned by Burnell, Tanjore,

The
tatha
1

jNLS.

begins:

hastabhavasirodrstirekhapuspanjalis
dvadasamgam atah param
ii
i

p. 60.

mukhacriliyacrdlya
i

pata-

kalaksanara

prasaranam amgullnam amgusthasya ca kuncanat patakakhyakaraproktah karatikavicaksanaih natyai

rambhe parivahe vare vastunisedhake kucasthale nisayan ca nadyam amaramandale etc. F. 30b ends: ity abhinayadarpanam harih om srigurave namah
i

il

F. 31 begins: hamsasyahastalaksanara maddhyamfidyas trayomgulyo virala prasrta yadi tarjanyaipgusthasainslesat karo hamsasyako bhavet etc.
i

F. 35 ends:

vame
ii

tu mrgasirsam syat daksine ca kail

pitthakam
F. 35b

radhaya darsane caiva ratnavah niyujyate

srigurubhyo

namah

begins:

ramgalaksanam
i

ddasahastaparakramat
puratas tatha
i

devalaye

purodese narapater sabhayan ca bhaveyuli


i

etc.

F. 36b

breaks

off

with the
i

words: anyatha nrtyate


etau tau viparitau tu ba-

caiva brahmahatyadipatakani

ddhne strlpumsayos tatha


F. 37 begins:

ii

makaras

tu

mahadevo

dakaro

danuja-

ntakah

etc.

Bharatacaryyo narttakivakalavati astau sad va catasro va bhaveyu pa (read bhaveyuh) vibhramanvitah iti natyalaksanam ucyate harih ora F. 39 begins: tantriraja namas tubhyam tantri layasamanvita gandharvakulasambhiita sesakfira namostu te etc. The MS. breaks off" (f. 41) with the words: starabapralayaromahcasvedo vaivarnyam eva ca asruvaispuryyam
F. 38 ends:
i

purato

tatpascat gayakas tisthet pascat ganikii dasa


i

ii

ii

ity

astau satvikah parikirttitah

I As Prof. Aufrecht informs me, the work pana, attributed to Xandikesvara.

is

the Ahhinayadar-

-^

152

f^

111.

WmsH
Size:

No.

no A.
4

14|x1t
Palm

in.,

(1)

233

37

37

43

(1)

leaves,

generally 9 or 10 lines on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: Probably end of 18tii century. Character: Grantha (the first three works), and Malayalam (the

two

last works).

(1)

The Horasdstra,

i.

e.

Vardhamihira's BrhajjdtdJm, with

a Commentary {SuhodUm), Adhyayas See Inch Off. V, p. 1093 sq.


It

II XXV.

(Ff. 233.)

begins:

atha

grahayonibhedaddhyayo vyakhyayate
rajadiriipatvah

tatra prathamena slokena piirvoktasya horakhyasya kala-

irarusasyatmadisvarupam

caha

kalatma
dviti-

dinakrn manas tuhinagus satvam, etc. F. 24: iti Yarahamihiracaryyaviracite horasastre

yoddhyayah
f.

ii

Adhyaya 4 ends
151b, A. 16
f. f.

f.

48,

177,

A. 5 f. 67b, A. 7 f. 113, A. 11 A. 20 f. 192, A. 24 f. 230b, A. 25

233 b.
It

ends:

minantyadrekkanarupam

aha

svabhrantike
i

sarppanivestitamgo[r] vastrair vihinah purusa[h]s tv atavyam

coranalavyakulitantaratma

vikrosatentyopagato

jhasasya
ii

ayam sarppadrekkanah

purusa[h]s tatharanyas ca
ii

36

li

iti

horasastre pancavim^oddhyayah

om

ii

ii

(2)

Fragment

of an astronomical treatise

(ff".

4).

It begins: vargesa ucyante bhaumacchavic candraravijna^ukravakredyamandakah kusutamaredyah


ii
i

It

ends:

mukhyamsas
ii

tv

avisesarajapadavlparavatam

gopuram brahmasthanam uranivirapadavi rudrasana dvadasa


II

ralios tu mitrani

kavldyamandfih ketos tathaivatra

vadanti ta(j)jhah

-$

153

<-

(3)

Fragment of the Trilokasdravrtti, with numerous grams in the text. (Ff. 37.) Mr. Whish describes
the
'-first

diait

as

part of the Triloka-saram, a Jaina work."


of the
first
ii

In

the margin

trilokasaravyakhyanani

mann's
p. 303.
p.

list in

page we read: siddhan namah ahan namah See Professor Leuthe Vienna Oriental Journal, vol. XI (1897),
i

Other MSS. of the Trilokasara, see

in

Poona Cat.

108 (VIII, 599); ib. p. 411 (XVIII, 268); Peterson, IV, No. 1431; Bhandarkar, Sixth Rep. (1897) Xo. 1002. (Prof. Leumann by letter).
It begins:

srivitaragaya namah
siirir

i:

tribhuvanacandrajinen-

drani bhaktyana(r)ttya trilokasarasya vrttini


jiyad akalanikadyah

yam

kincijfia

(read vrttir yatkimcijjha)prabodhanaya praka^yate vidhina


II

Ii

ggunabhiiriramalavrsadhari
ii

anavaratavinatajinamatavirodhivadiprajo jagati
F. 20b:

ii

samkhyapramanam
(f.

samaptam

ii

atha samkhya-

pramfinavisesas

caturddasa dharah saprapaficam pradarprakrtam upamapramana^takam nirupayati syedanlm


ii

It ends

35b):

etavat

khandanam

9 ''

8 vanitanu-

vatabahalyasya dandikrtatvad ayam jaghanyavagahopi sard dhahastatrayarupah


I pra ha 4 phala 1 icche dhadanda I anena trairasikena dandikrtah. Then follow two leaves Avith diagrams.
|

lab-

(4)

The Sahasrandmasamgrahabhdsya, a Commentary on the


Visnusahasrandma, by ^aiikara.
(Ff. 37.)

harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu It begins: ^itam *** (blank) nnamamy adya divyam vacam sarasva-

tim

sahasranamavyakliyeyam brahmajnana *** (blank) na nirmmita adis tvara sarvabhutanam maddhyam antas
I

tatha bhavan,
It

ends:

samadisampatsamyuktair

etc.

ddhyeyo

yah puii

rusottamah tasmai namostu krsnaya samsaraklesaharine iti srImat-Govindabhagavatpujyapadasifyasya srimatparivra-

-^i

154

r^

jakacaiyyasya

srimac

hasranamasaragraliabhasyakhya

Chamkarabhagavatah krtih ^iisasamapta sahasranamaii

prathamasatake
vrsakapir
iti
iti

ksetrajnoksara
i

dvitlyasatakasyadih

ekan nama sandhata iti trtiyasya


ity
i

yugavartta

caturtthasya
i

vira

iti

pancamasya
saptamasya
i

kavlnsaktety

dra
iti

iti

sasthasya
i

srivatsavaksa
iti

iti

astamasya
II

aksobliya

navamasya dasamasya svastida


srikrsnaya

srjgurubhyo

namah

namah

ii

(5)

Commentary

on

BaitlxarcCs Vimiipddddil^esdntastidif

incomplete.

(Ff. 43.)

The text with a Tij)pana has been printed in the Kavyamala, Part II (1886), pp. 120.
It begins:

harili

srigurubhyo

sriganapataye namah avighuam namah jatyakhyagunakarmmavarjjitataya

astu
nir-

apy agamair jjatyayam pasupalam Tiptavacasah krsnam grnanty akhyaya srisani jhaninam isvaram suyasasam viram viraktam gunais trata rajju (?) gataii ca karmmabhir aho devaya tasmai namah srimac-Chankarapiijyapadaracitam padadikesavadhistotran datram aghasya netram amalam tratram hareh preksitum vyacikhyasati mayyam hasati satam esapi ya hasati vyaktam bhaktir athapi visnupadayoh pusnati me dhrsnutam tatra tavad atma va are drastavya iti, etc It ends: harim manisyamarucini tatra svairancarantistha trnrmi gosthasauri (?) svayam bhukta ivapatrptin trpyanty udarah paratarppanena 42

nnitam

ii

il

II

112.

Whish No. hob.


Size: llf

X2

in.,

(2) -|-

38

-)-

1)

+ 35

leaves, 8 or 9 lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19th cent.?


Character: Grantha.

->^

5")

H$-

(1)

The Diiyamangal.adhijdna, a chapter from


jesvaritantra
(ff.

tlie

EdjarCi-

C).
i

sridevy uvaca devadeva mahadeva sacciIt begins: dananda vigraha paucakrtyaparesana paramananda dasrirajarajarajesi ya ris tripurasundarl yaka tasya mamacaksva yadi te karuna mayi etc. ddhyanara It ends: ity umamahesvarasanivade rajarajesvaritantre moksaprade divyamaragaladdhyanan nama trimsatpatalah u
i
i

(2)

The Lalitddevistotra from tlie LidJtopdJiJiydna Brahmdnda-Purdna (Uttarakhanda) (ff. 7 15).

of

the

It begins: srimahadevyai namah Agastya uvaca asvanana mahabuddhe sarvasastravi.sarada kathitara lalitadevyas caritam paramatbhiitam piirvam pradurbhavo devyas tatah pattabhisecanam etc. It ends: iti sri - Markandevaviracite brahmandottare lalitopakhyane stotrakhande hayagrivagastyasamvade laHsampurnam srimahatripurasundaryyai tadevistotram
ii

ii

namah
The

ii

(3)

Trisatl

Stotra

(from

the Lalitopdklujdna

in

the

Uttarakhanda of the Brahmdnda-Piirdna, see Aufrecht CO. p. 239) (ff. 1621).


It begins:

cm

parasaktyai

namah

sri-Agastya uvaca
i

hayagriva

bhagavah chisya vatsala tvattas srutam asesena srotavyam yad yad asti tat rahasyanama
dayasindho
i

sahasrani api tvattas srutam


It

harih

maya etc. ends: iti sritrisati nama mahastotram sampurnam om srigurubhyo namah
i

ii

il

(^)

The Ambdstava
It begins:

(ff.

2224).

nlm

vidyeti

yam amana[ya]nti munayah prakrti(m) purayam srutirahasyagiro grnanti tam arddhapaHai

-^
vitasamkararupamudran prapadye 1
ii ii

156

f<-

devlm

ananyasaranas
harili

saranam
ora
srl-

It

ends:

ambastavam
ii

sampurnam
(5)

gurubhyo namah

The Mantraksaramdla,
latter
title
is

or

Mdnasajmjd

(ff.
f.

25

27).

The

given in the margin of

25,

table of contents at the beginning of the

MS.

and in the See above

No. 43

(2),

and Aufrecht CC.

s.

v.,

p.

452.

It begins:

kalloloUasitamrtabdhilaharimaddhye virajani

manidvlpe kalpakavatikaparivrte kadambavat[t]yujvale ratnastambhasahasranirmmitasabhamaddhye vimanottame cintaratnavinirmmitam janani te simhasanarn bhavaye 1 phalasruti srimantraksaramalaya girisutam It ends: piijarcaye cetasani' sandhyasu prativasaram suniyatara tasyamalasyacirat cittambhoruhamanclape girisuta nrttam vidhatte sada vanlvaktrasaroruhe jaladhijagehe jaganmamil

ii

gala

II

16

II

harih

om

srir astu

(6)

The Anandasdgarastava (by Nllakantlia Diksita)


33 b).
It

(ff.

27b

Incomplete.
begins:

See above No. 63 (3). vijnapanarhaviralavasaranavaptya


i

mandoii
ii

dyame mayi daviyasi visvamatuh avyajabhutakarunapavanapaviddhany anta smaramy aham apamgataramgitani 1


It

ends:

kaiiclgunagrathitakancanaveladr^yan

canda-

takaipsukavibhaparabhagasobhi paryyamkamandalapariskaranam purane ddhyayami te vipulam aqaba nitambabim-

bam

II

69

ii

(7)

The

Carccdstava, by Kdliddsa, in 25 stanzas

(ff.

3436).

It begins:

saundaryyavibhramabhuvo bhuvanadhipatyai

sarnpattikalpataravas tripure jayanti

ete kavitvakumudaii

prakaravabodhajDiirnendavastvayi jagajjananipranamah
It ends:

ii

ii

iti

Kalidasaviracitam carccastavam sampurnam


astu.
(2):

harih
I

om

subham

Read with MS. No. 43

yah pujayec

cetasa.

-3H

157

H5-

(8)

The Kalyamstava, by Kdliddsa


It begins:

(ff".

37

38).

kalyanavrstibhir
namah

ivamrtapuritabhir llak^mli

svayamvaranamamgaladipikabhih sevabhir amba tava pa1 dasarojamulenakari kim manasi bhaktimatafi jananam Kalidasaviracitam kalyanastavam samaptam It ends:
ii

il

il

^rimaliadevyai

ii

srimahatripurasundaryyai

namo

namali

ii

om

(9)

The Faramarthasdra, by ^esandga, with a Commentary. See Aufrecht- Oxford p. 353 (MS. Wilson 535), Mitra, Notices, voh II, p. Ill, No. 698, Hall p. 105, Ind. Ot^'.
Part IV,
It
p. 841.

ranam

vasudhadharam vacasam adikaSesam asesasukhadaqa param prapadye caranadvandvam advandvam sukhaduhkhadam


begins:
i

vandeham

vasudevapriyani

srimatkrsnasarasvatya guros tatvartthadarsinah praripsitasya granthasyavighnena parisamaptaye pracayagamanaya


i

sistacaraparipalanaya
ii

paramatmasmaranalaksanam marnparamparasyah prakrter anadikam ekan galam acarati nivistam bahudha guhasu sarvalayam sarvacaracarasthiasyayam 1 tam tam eva visnum saranara prapadye
i

ii

ii

artthah,
It

etc.

ends:

ity

evam

sisyena prstain prativiviktam sacciii


i

danandam brahmasvariipan tasmad upadisya gamayati 85 aryyavedantasastram akhilam Sesas tu jagadadharah paramrirtthasaram babandha) (read pancasitya baddhah
i

idam
vikare

ii

iti

paramartthasaram samaptam
tirobhavati
sopi

ii

dantini
iti
ii

darutatha
^esa-

darii

tatraiva

jagad

paramatma paramatmany
viracitaryyas samapta
ii

eva jagat tirodhatte

iti

^rigurubhyo

namah

ii

(10)

The Kdrtavirydrjimaliavaca,
Udddmaresvaratantra
(ff.

the 12*^

Adhyaya

of the

2335

113).

-^.

158

Hr-

It

begins:

yolafi

caracaragurur bliuvanam
i

bibhartti

yasyarddham adritanaya visadasmitasya yasyogratamkamukhakrttagalo


i

vidhata

rudrasya
devata
iiculi,

mtirttir

akhilam
i

atanotu asya rudrasya bhagavan agnih kandarsih

sivam cchando
i

mahavirat
It ends:

sambhiir

tatra

jabalopanisat

atha

hainam brahmacarina

etc.

[i]

ity

uddamaresvaratantre karttaviryyarjunakaii

vacan nama dvadasoddhyayah

karttaviryyarjjunamahai

mantrasya

dattatreyabhagavan
devata
i

rsili

anustup cchandali
i

karttaviryyrirjjuno

prom bijam
i
i

namas saktih

karttaviryyarjjunayeti kilakam

karttaviryyarjjunaprasadai

am prem cchrim am im bhrum I sirah urn am hrlm um sikha em krom srim aim kavacam om hum pbat uetram am srikarttaviryyarjjunaya namali ah astram midam orn prem cchrim kllm bhrum arn brim krom srim hum phat srikarttavlryyarjjunaya namah
siddhyartthe jape viniyogah

kllm

ii

ii

113.

Size:

15tX

It

in.,

Whish ^"o. 111. (1) + 126 + 17 + (1) +

24 leaves, 8 or 9 lines

on

a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: At the end of the first work the date is given (in Malayalain language), viz. January of the Kollam year 985 i. e. A. D. 1810.
Scribe: Krsnadvija.

Character: Malavalam.
(1)

The ^rutiraujim, a Commentary on


(FL
126.)

Jaijudeva's Gitago-

vinda, by LakpiudJiara, son of Yajnesvara, in 12 Sargas.

See No. 142 (Whish No. 144) for another copy of the

same work.
It begins:

harih

^riganapataye

namah avighnam

astu

dhavalajaladavarnnah candramahkhandacudam parasuhariiKihastam jnanamudrabhiramaiu bhujagaparavirajatkam-

kanah janubahun dalitanatajanarttin daksinamiirttim ide Laksmidharena vidusa kriyate siutirahjini vidvatkavii

-^
niude

159

^^
i

gitagovindasyaittliadlpika

yad istam likhyate na-

tra yac canistam vilikhyate dvitayaip tad

dayam viglmaih'

ksamyatara

sudhair3 ggltagovindasyarttliagauravam vyakliyana^atakenapi viluiya


i

varnnitair^

mmayi

na

buddliyate

siutirafijinim

etc.

It ends:

saddhvl

maddhvika
drakse
esi

cinta

sarkare

sarkarasi*
asi

draksyanti

na bhavati bhavatah tes tvam ami-ta

moce ma jiva jayadliaradhai-akuhare majja yusmajjayayai va kalpam kalpitaipgya yad ilia bhuvi gira sthiyate jiiyadevya he maddhvika iti dvadasasarggah srikrsnaya namah kollam 900 ayiI'attaempattan camata makaramasam aficantiyaticoppac
nirtam
ksiraniratvam
ii ii

ii

Ii

caymii rohaniyiim suklapaksattil dvadasiyum simhah karaiiavuin

kutiyadivasampataleyesanugrahena
ii

K]-siiadvij ena

likhitam pustakam

srigurubhyo

namah

etc.

(2)

Fragment
margin
is

of
1,

an astronomical treatise

(ff.

17).

In the

of

f.

and on the

title

page the

title

Krmvjam
;

given.
It begins:

harih

"ena traikalajfianain

sriganapataye namah avighnam astu uktam ajhanatimiravattibliyah tajhanan


bhavati
loka

divyayiitam vaksye tasmai namaskrtya jyotisaphalam adesah

phalarttham

rirainbhanam

tasmad

yatnah

k;iryyo hy adese jyodisajfiane navabhir nnavabhir athaniser

unispanna rasayo
F. 10:

etc.

II

iti

jivayonih

ii

candras

catuspadastho

dre-

kkano,
It

etc.

ends

(f.

17):

caturtthadivase
labhyante

maddhyahnarkkena
mrgyamanais
tah

sarayukte ajalagne budhadrste hy asvatarinam adarsanam

bruyat

suskanadikulagata

1 2

3
4

MS. Whish No. MS. AVhish No. 144. budiiair, MS. Whish No. 144. karkarasi, MS. "Whish No. 144. ke, MS. Whish No. 144.
dvitayan tad dayanighnaih,
panditair,

144.

-^f

160

r<r-

sukre ksitejalagne dhenudvayam atra garbhini caika

tisr-

nam gavam adarsanam


dhadrste
tallagne

by

astamadivase bhavel labhah buasvatarlnam adarsanam bruyat

svabkale ravyudaye labhyante mrgayamanena adya caturtthe divaseccbagostamesvare drste prativesiko vayasyo navame
divase svayan deta ^asisukrabbyam drste
sitir

ggavo bbutas

sagopalah

(3)

Tbe Veddntasdra,
autbor
is

in

22 Adbyayas.

Tbe name

of tbe

not given.

It begins: barili sriganapataye namah avigbnena parisamaptir astu[h] suklambaradbaram visnum sasivarnnam

caturbbujam prasannavadanam dbyaye sarvavigbnopasanajnanatimirandbasya jiiananjanasalakaya caksur unmilitam yena tasmai srlgurave namab atbasadhanacatustayasamvakyanantaram atmanatmavivekam ucyate
taye
i

atma sariratrayam

vilaksana avastbattrayasaksi nityasu-

ddbabuddbamukam (?) satyaparipurnnasaccitanandakatvam nama kalattrayanasanarabitatvam nama kalattrayavidyamanaprakasatvam svasaktasasamsayadbivirodbi svabbavatva (read tvam nama?) tasmad anantariipatvam satvarajastamogunasvarupam ajiianasaccidanandasvarupam brabmanab ubbayab (?) akasam ulpannam akasadvayum vayor

mama

abni ahni ravab,*


F. 4:
II

etc.

iti
:

vedantasare prapaiicarabasyapratbamoddbya-

yab F. 7 iti vedantasare sariralaksanam nama trtiyoddbyayab F. 15b: iti vedantasare bbaktilaksanasampranaye trayodasoddbyayab
ii

ii

It

ends

(f.

24):

iti

vedantasare videbakaivalyalaksane
ii ii

samsararabasye

dvavirasoddbyayab
i

upadesavedantasi-

ddbyarabasyam saniaptah

srigurubbyo
114.

namab

ii

Size:

IGjXlgis

in.,

Whish No. 112 a. (1) + 95 + (8) leaves, from

to 12

lines

on

a page.
1

"It

by Sarikaracdrf/a", Prof. Aufrecht.

Read utpannam akasad vayur vayor agnir agner apah?

->*
Material:

IGl

.^

Palm

leaves.
18tii cent.

Date: Probably end of Scribe: Yasudeva. Character: Malayalam.

stotra, in

The BhaJdaprii/d, a Commentary on the XdrCujanlyaThe author of the Stotra is Nd12 Skandhas.
See Aufrecht CC.
p. 294.

rdyaua Bhatta of KeraLa.


It begins:

harih
namah

sriganapataye
i

srlgurnbhyo

gajananam

giran

namah avighnam astu devlm Yyasam

karasahanam gurim bhiitesam isam a.sasitartthadan pranamamy aham srimatbhagavatartthasamgrahamayanarayaniyahvayam stotram hrdyam anargham ujvalataraddhvastandhakfirodayam yat kanthesu satam anuttamagunam pratyagrara utbhasate tasyeyam kriyate yathamati maya vyakhya hi bhaktapriyakirttanam bhagavatkirtter mraatkrtriv anusamgikam ity evam prayatnenasmadvyakhyatrtyaprasiddhaye (i) iha khahi samadhigatanikliilanigamartthasatatvatayli sabdaparabrahmapara[vara]vurinataya paramabhagavatataya ca saka]asahi-da3'amahitayasris sri-Narayanakavih

bhaktanugrahaya sribhagavatartthanusarinarayaniyabhidham stotraratnah cikir>;uh prathamam prathamaslokena praripsitasya stotrasyavighnena parisaparamakarunikatayil

maptipracayagamanabhyam

srotrj ananikhihijanasamlhita-

siddhaye ca stotrapratipadyajagatsarggadidasakaLaksanaliLaacarati nidanabhutaparatatvanusmaranarupamaragahim brahmaguruvacanapure saksat bhatiti sandrety adina sambandhah brahma sarvam asrayam sarvanusyiitam suddhacaitanyam guruvacanapuram iti prasiddhe ksetre
i

saksat bhati,

etc.

F. 41b:

iti

narayanlyastotravyakhyayam
ii

bhaktapriya-

yam navamaskandhaparicchedah
It
{sic)

ends:

sribhagavatavyakhyadrstanarttliat
ii

padanyepi

stotravyakhyanarupena racitani parara mayayan namna sammatani stotrah janiinam antarantara tabhyam eva iti narayanlyahrdisthabhyam maya neyam krta krtih

stotravyakhyayam

bhaktapriyayam

dvadasaskandliaparii

cchedah

ii

ii

Vasudevena likhitam

idara

harih

etc.

11

-^

162
115.

HS-

WmsH
Size: 12 j

No. 112B.
from 8
to 11 lines

in., (1)

+ 49 + (1) leaves,

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 ti^ or 19th cent.?

Character : Grantba.

A
titles

Collection
of

of Stotras,

the Stotras

beginning of each of

and sundry fragments. The in the margins at the them, and in a list on the first leaf.
are
given
(1)

14). apratyaksakatham akrtrimarasam arkapraIt begins: kasakramam asmaccittagrham atarkyavibhavam avyajaniryyatkrpam aksanam adhidevatam aviditam addhvantagam addhvagam aksinagamasamvidabhyupagamam anvemi daksatmajam 1 It breaks off (f. 4b) in the 37*^ stanza with the bhasmakaravidagdhake hutavahe bhavakrte manwords:
(ff.

The Mdtrkdstava

math e.
(2)

The Mdtrkdnydsa
It begins:

(ff.

6).
i

atha
i

balrisampiititamatrkanyasah
i

Daksina-

miirtti(r) rsih

gayatri cchandah

balarupini matrka saras-

vati devata

etc.

somamandalaya sodasakalatmanerghyamrtaya nama jalam apiiryya.


It breaks off with the words:
(3)

The Triimrddottara
It

(ff.

78).

begins:

kalyani
breaks

tripura bala

maya

tripurasundari
i

sundaryy
It

uma
(or

blias[v]avati
off)

omkari sarvamamgala
with the words:

etc.

ends
te

sariracesta
i

mama

astii sarva manovfttir anusmrtis te sarvan tavaradhanam eva bhuyat

pranama

stutis

ca vag indriyavrttir

(4)

The ^yamaldmhavarmaratna,
title in

or MdtangllMvaca (the latter


i.

the margin and in the Table of Contents),

e.

the

->4

1<J3

H$9

tenth Patala of the Sauhhayijalaksmlkalpa


Burnell, Tanjore, p. 197
It begins:
iiah It
I

(ff.

10).

Soe

b.

senapatitvan devanam pura prapya sadanasadasivam upagamya pitarara vakyam abravit etc.
i

ends:

iti

srisaiibliagyalaksniikalpe

caturllaksagran-

thavistare

skandesvarasamvade syamalambavarmmaratnan
patalah
ii

nama dasamah

sri:iyamalambayai
(5)

namah

ii

The MataUgyastoUara
Jt begins:
nipapriyiX
It ends:

(flf.

1112).
i

syama sacive^I sukapriyil kadambesi madaghurnitalocana etc.


vijayil
i

raatamgi

etair

yyas sacivesanim sakrt stauti sariravan


Ii

tasya trailokyam akhihini haste tisthaty asamsayah


(6)

The Bdldsaliasrandman
It

(ff.

13

sribalasahasranamamahamantrasya bala paramesvari devata aim bijam ksim saktih etc. It ends (or breaks off) with: kamkalapatni kalindi kaumarl kamavallabha panodyukta panasamstha bhimarupa bhayaprada
begins:

asya

16).
i i

Daksinamurtti(r) rsih
i

paukti cchandah

(7)

Ff. 17

21
19

contain various Mantras for Tantric purposes.

F. 17 begins:

sirasi Antaryyami
i

anustup cchandah

bhagavan rsih hrdaye sadyo devata etc.


i

mukhe

On

f.

we
i

read:

asya

srisaktipahcaksarastotramahapankti cchandah
i

mantrasya Yamadeva rsih


svaro devata
etc.

umamahe-

F. 21 ends:

harir

haro virihcas ca srstyadin kurute


I

yaya

namas tripurasundaryya namami padapamkajam


(8)

The
(ff.

Trijnirdstava in 54 stanzas, attributed to Durvdsas


title

2227). Printed with the in the Kavyamala, Part XI, p.

Tripurdmahimastotra
11*

ff.

-^
It begins:

164

f<$-

srimatas

tripure parat paratare devi trilo-

kimaliasaundaryyarnavamanthanotbhavasudhapiTicurvyaA^a
rnojvalam
i

udyatbhanusahasranitatnajapapuspaprabhan

'

te

vapuh svante me sphuratu trilokanilayara jyotirminayain

vanmayam
It

etc.

ends:

bhusyam

vaidusyam udyaddinakarakiranaka-

ram akriratejassammanam (bhurimargam Ed.) nigamanigamanam durgamam yogamargam ayusyam brahmaposyam bariharavisadam kirttim abbyeti bbumau debante brabma54 bhuyam parataracaranakaram abbyeti vidvan
i

ii

ii

(9)

The Dalmndmurttiimnjara, or tbe 18* Adhyaya of the Brahmdmla-Purana (ff. 28 29). pranamya sambam isanam sirasa Yainiko It begins: vinayavanato bhutva papraccha skandam adarat niunih Narada iivaca etc.

It

ends:

iti

daksinamtirttipahjaran

sribrahmandapurane guhanaradasamvade snsivaya namastadasoddhyayah


ii

namah
Ff.

ii

(10)
3(1

36

contain various

(Tantric?)

fragments,

too

small to

make anything

of them.

(11)

The Ganapatyastaka, ascribed


It

begins:

asya
iti

to Saddsiva (f. 36). srimahaganapatistotramalamantrasya


i

Sadasivo

bhagavan
etc.

rsih

anustup

cchandah

ganapatir
sarn-

devata
It

ends:
ii

Sadasivaproktam
(12)

gane^astakain

piirnain

The Lalitdstavaratna

(if.

37

49).

(5), (2) and 174. same 63 (5). See above and end the as No. Beginning

Other copies in Nos. 63


81 seq.
I

]60

p.

Kead onutanajapapuspaprabhaTp with Ed.

->t

1G5
116.

H$-

Size:

lls-x2

in.,

Whish No. 113. (1) + 102 + 31 + (1) leaves,

9 or 10 lines

on

a page.
Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. AVhisli dated 4th December 1831. may be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
(1)

The MS.

The ISrutisnktliiifdd, or Caturvedaidtimryasamyralia, in 149 verses, by Haradatta, together with a Commentary. Mr. Wliish gives the title ' Caturvedabhasya' (Ff. 102). See Steiu-Jammu, p. 359 seq.
.

It begins: iha khalu kalikalakalananantaram avaidikabauddhridiraddhantanusandhanavisuddhabuddhin nirisvarai

tvanirvahakavaidikripasata(readprasasta?)mimamsakalpitaualpavikalpajalpasravanonmisitakahi'>akahiia->lkrtavrsrimka
-

visayasemusitanmanlsinonugrhitakamo mahesvaramsavatara3'amano (read nah) padavakyapramanajho Haradattacaryyas saivavaidi(ka)tantravisvasakarinim avaidikamatauira-

karinim

samastakalmasapaharimm

abhedapurusartthapii-

ranlm
riniin
i

samsarasagarottaranlm bhavaikabhaktivibhavavistapahcasaduttaraslokatmikain srutisuktimrilam cikirsur

llaksanapramanabhyam hi nyayena tatsiddhyarttham asyam srutisuktimalayam pradhanyena prati(pi)pridayisitani namassesitvaniratisayaisvaryyadigunakatvanrirayanopauisadudlri


-

topasyatvagayatripratipadyatvalaksanani kratusesitvalaksaiiani

tisiddhaui

pahcalaksanani pahcabrahmaniva paficrdvsaranlva srupanca *** *** (blank) pahcayava(read pahca-

vayaYa?)sthitasya paramesvarasya pancalaksanani samgrn-

hanah tadvisistatvenananasadharanatvad asyaivasrayaniyatvad anisvaram ****** ** (blank) ntranam visnubrahmadi-

nam
nama

asrayaniyyatvapattavi(read "tvapattav avi?)duratopa-

darsayann aha yasmai yasmai namo bhavati yasya gunas samagra uarayanopanisada yadupasanokta yo na(h) pracodayati buddhim adhikrtau yas tan tvam ananyagatir isvara samjsravami 1 namo namaskarah, etc.
stety asyaivasrayaniyatve hetutvan
iti
ii
i

ii

ii

-$H

166

r<r-

Amongst the books and authors quoted in the commentary are: Jaimini, Badarayana, Sudarsanacarya (f. 5),
Padma-Purana (quoted as 'Patma'), Aditya-Purana (f. 15 b), Markandeya-Purana, Parasara-Purana (f. 59), etc. It ends: bhaktani bhavanadidaparsvacaropanitam mahyam mahesvarapayasi grapitam prasannani bhunjana eva tad aharn ghatiti brabuddha svapnas samadhiriktadhiyam abhinnah^ 149 stomas same tad avadhaya grnhatam artthara asya nikhilena janatam grahyam annyad api navasisyate jiieyam anyad api va na kincana om harih

ii

ii

il

om

etc.

(2)

The Manimanjari, a Commentary on Keddra^s

Vrttara-

tnakara, by the Purohita Ndrdyana, son of Nrsimlmyajvan^ in 6 Adhyayas. Ff. 31. See Nos. 54 (3), and 170.

vigraharn
i

begins: svetambhodhisthitan devam suddhasphatikavagvibhutipradam saksad vande gandharvakandharara Nrsimhayajvanah putro Narayanapurohitah vrttaratnakaravyakhyam vyakaroti yathamati P. 14: iti sodasamatraprakaranam It ends: iti vrttaratnakaravyakhyayam manimanjaryyam sasthoddhyayah srigurucaranaravindabhyan namo namah
It
i i

ii

ii

ii

ii

om
117.

Whish No.
Size:

114.
(f.

14x If
as
f.

(numbered

+ 56 + (1) + 97 + 1 28 being double) + 9 112120) + 8 + (1) leaves, from 10 to 13 lines on a page.


in.,
(3)

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: End of 17th or early 18th cent.?


Character: Grantha.
Injuries:

The

first leaf,

and

f.

28 of the second work are slightly

damaged.

The eight leaves of the last work are numbered by the Aksaras of the invocation 'harih sriganapataye namah' as follows: hari^i 1,
sri

2,

ga

3,

na

4,

pa

5,

ta

6,

ye

7,

namah

= = 8.

'

Words and metre

quite corrupt.

"5^4

167

f^
"This

An

entry by ]Mr.

Whish

says:

volume contains

the Tarkka-Chudamanih; a work by Bahwricha Dharramarajah; in refutation of the

Nyaya

or philosopliy of Gauta-

mah; and also a second work on the same subject by


author."

the founder of the Nayyayikah or Aristotelian Sect


the

same

(1)

The TarJcacwJdmani
chapter of Biicidatta's

(a

Commentary on

the

Anumana
by the

TattvacinUimanipraJxdm),

BaJivrca Dharmaraja, "an inhabitant of Kandararaanikya-

grama (our IMS. has Kantaramanikka), and son of Trivedinarayanayajvan of the Kaundinyagotra" (Burnell, TanThe MS. is incomplete (ff. 56). jore, p. 115),
It

begins:

kaverivaripanapratihatatamasara
(?)

mandite

panditanani nyandai

sri-E,amacandra smrtibalavisada-

sei?atantrartthasrirah dese vikhyatavaso vividliagurukapalesa-

to labdhabodho nyayabdhin tarkkacudamanira iha kurute

Bahvrco Dharmmarajali

tretagnidhumakulavithikam karne
lia

(read "karakane?) grhe grhe yatra vasanti surayah adlilta-

sarvasrutayah kathantare
vrtir

nirjjitapratyanumanavadinah
i

tatra kantaramanikkagramaratnanivasina

maniprakasavi-

Dharmmarajena tanyate
i

ii

dasanam api tikanara bhani-

gam kurvan kvacit kvacit anumanaprakasasya vivrtim arabdhaparisamaptaye maragalam acakaravany aham
ii

ritam si[k]syasiksriyai granthato nibadhnati pranayeti

vi-

ghnaddhvarasam
niya tatha sati

yady api granthasamaptir eva prartthavighnaddhvarase lokavagatakaranad eva, etc.


iti
(f.

It breaks off with the following Avords

56b):

tadaiiiistaiti
i

gikarat vyadhikaranaprakrirakecchamgikrid ity artthah bhedepi upasthitestabhedety artthah tatjhanarttham


i

ata eva paramate anaanagatajhanrirttham ity artthah gatapakajhanaya prasiddhapakavisayanumanadara iti bhavah uktaprSyam iti abhedajhanasya pravarttakatve sthap(y)ate icchajanakatvam api tasyaivoktaprayam ity artthah
I

'numaneneti

idara sukharn sukhapiirvavartti sukhatvad ity


'siddheh.

anumanenety artthah

-^

168

H^

(2)

A
p.

rycCs Tarkahlidmhhdvdrthadqyikd

Commentary on Gaurilxdnta Sarvaljlianma Bhattdcd(Commentary on KesavaIncomplete (K


97).

misra's Tarkahlidsd).
607.

See Ind.

Off.

IV,

namas te sarade devi kasmirapuravasini It begins: tvam aham prarttlia(y)isyami vidyadanan tu dehi me Gaurikantakrti svatotivisadanaghratadosapy asau balanam talirdayam na ranjayati yat praudhasya ceto yatha
i

ii

ddosaya bhavaty atali prakatayan bhavam vicaryyanaya kurve Kesavabhavananugataya balapramodam param cikirssitasya granthasya vighnasantyai krtam mamgalam sisyaatra omkaras cathasabdas ca siksayai nibadhnati om iti dvav imaii brahmanab pura ka[m]ntham bhitva viniryyatau
i

tasman mamgalikav iti siksavaeauenonikriraprayogasya pratyekam mamgalatvat on tat sad iti nirddeso brahmanas
trividha smrta
iti,

etc.

F. 2:

nanv

evam bahumamgalacaranena vighnarupa-

drstapratibandhakakiitanivrttav api siromanirupamahagran-

thavyakhyacaturyyajanitahamkaramCdakalajjarupadrstapra-

tibandbakad
iti,

alpagrantha-Kesavakrtivyakbyane
ity ata

svabhara-

tyah pravrtyanupapattir
etc.

aba matar

iti

kim

lajjasa

F. 11:

sistacaroUamgbinali
sistair

Kesavamisrasya krtir iyam


apa-

adaraniyetyabbiprayavatam samkam karoti atra ceti grauthakaravisaya ity artthali, etc.

katham
F.

97

ends:

dravyeti

dravyasamavetalaukikacaksusa-

tvam kriryyatavaccbedakara alokasarnyogatvam karanatavaccbedakam svasamavayisamavayab karanapratya(sa)ktili


sparsadisparsane karyyatavaccbedakasyatiprasamgavaranaya pratyaksatvam apabaya caksuseti tamas caksuse caksusatvasya nilan tama iti nilatvasamanyapratyasaktijabiukikarui:>acaksuse

dravyasamavetavisayakacaksusatvasya
dravyavisayakalauki-

gbatadimatravisayakalaukikacaksuse

kacaksusatvasya rilpatvadimatravisayakanirvikaliJake samavetavisayakalaukikacaksusatvasyatiprasaktataj'a

dravyasa-

-^

169

:^
karyyatavaccliedakam

mavetavisayakalaukikacuksu^atvam
ity uktaiu riqiiidika.

(3)

A
Avlio

bered as

fragment of the PraJcri;/dsarvasva (9 leaves, num112 120), apparently the work of Ndrdyami ff. is described by the Maharaja of Travancore (in the

JRAS.

vol.

Xyi,
etc."

1884, p. 449) as 'the most popular and

Avell-admired author of pi-akrii/dsarvasuam,

dlidtdkdvyam,

ndrdyamyam,

F. 112 begins: brahmanimata brahmanihata gasadharanasyety ukteh prthivitarety atra na


i

pullim-

nadyas sesasyanyatarasyam nyantavarjjitasya nadisarajfiasya nyantesv eka ca scaghadau hrasvo va syilt etc.
i

F. 120 ends:

vatir

ddhitev}^ayam
I

itah parain samasantah santi

nnana iiathamus ca krtvortthas kecana

ta-

taii

iti

tesan tattatsamases;u varnanaiva laghiyasl ddhitah prakriyasarvasve taddhitakhandah sarnk'^epatisayepi


il

vacyabahutiX hetor abhud vistarah spastatvepi krte svabhavagananabhagamanaga sphutah evam vyaktim iyan padarttha iyata granthena yatoyam ity evam yo vimrset sa eva kalayed asmannibandhe gunan harih gurubhyo
i i

namah

ii

(4)

Fragment

of a Oanapdtlia

(ff.

8),

perhaps part of the

preceding work.

athapatyaganah It begins: utsodapanavikaravinadatarunatalunadhenupilukunasuvarnebhyah autsah audapanah vaikarah vainadah tarunah talunah dhainavah pailukunah sauvarnah bharatakurusatvadindravasanajanapadapahcalo^inarebhyah etc.
i i

It

ends:
i

caupayatacaikayatacaitayatabailvayatasaikacaupayatyfi caikayatya caitayatya bailvayatyil


ii

yatfinah ca

saikayatya

iti

->4

170

H^

118.

Whish No.
Size:
(1)

115.
(1)

ISg-Xlg

in.,

(1)

156

leaves,

from 9
ff.

to

13 lines

on a page. (2) 14xlr 12 lines on a page.


Material:

in.,

11 leaves (numbered as

7989), 11 or

Palm

leaves.

Date: The MS. of the first work was probably written about the middle of the 18 th cent. The MS. of the second work seems to be older. Character: Malayalam. The leaves are numbered by Aksaras in the same way as No. 19. Injuries: Slightly damaged by insects in the middle of the book.
(1)

The Naukd
liamihira's

or Horduivarana,

Commentary on VardDasddhydt/i,
ac-

Brhajjdtaka.

Also
p.
2-18.

called

cording to Aufrecht CC.


It begins:

jayati

harih sriganapataye namali aviglmam astu bbagavan gajfisyena (corrected to gajasyo) yatkarnnavyajanamaruta bbajatam yanto vyasanani baranty ayantas cSrppayanty abblstani satyajnanaparam brabma
naiimi

jyotiranandarupinim
srlgurave
saksiXt

sarvottarodattaprasnamalam

sarasvatim satyajiianapradayestadesakalaprabodbine
i

nama

paramesvaramurttaye yesam atmani garbbasamskrtimukbair mmaunjini baddbantimaih vrate karmmabbir atra bliati vidhivat brabmapratisthapitah sraiitasmrirttasamastakarmmasatatanustbananistbatmanas tan etan pranamami bbumivibudhan istarttbakalpadruman srisuryadln su(kba)samvedya^ nigrabanugraban jagatsrstistbitilayajnanabetun upasmabe srimad-Varabamibiraboratrii

Iparyasagare sadarttbaratnasamsiddbyai tika nauka vicaryate etc.


i

It ends:

addbyayanukramam vrttanuvyafica (read vrttena


slokatrayena
i

vyanjayati?)

ra.siprabbedo

grabayonibbedo

viyonijanraatba nisekakalab janmatba sadyomaranan tatba-

yur ddasavipakostakavarggasarajiiab karmmajivo rajayogab kbayoga^ candra yoga dvigrahadyas ca yogab pravrajyato
*

sukhavedya corrected to susamvedya.

^rasisilail

171

f<^

ca drsti(r) bhavas tasmad asrayotha prakirnnah nestayoga jatakam bharainanan niryanam syan nastajannia drganah addliyayanam vinisatib pancayuktacaryuktanyfread
i

caryoktaiiy?) atra vrtta[s]satani

iti

pratharao rasiprabhc-

grahayonibhedab trtlyo viyonijanma caturttbo nisekakalab ])ancamo janma sastlias sadyomaranam saptama ayurddayab astamo dasaphalani navamostavarggab da.samab karmraajlvah ekadaso rajayogah dvadasab kbayogab trayodasas candrayogab caturda^o dvigrahadiyogab pancadasab pravrajyayogab sodaso rasisilani saptadaso grabadrstib astadaso bbavapbalam ekonavimsani asrayayogab vimsab prakirnnab ekavimsonistayogab dvavimsas trijatakam trayoviraso niryanam caturvimso nastajatakam
dvitlyo
i
i I

dah

paficavimso
saranara

drekanaplialapaksa

sadvirp.sopradarsanaparoii ii

ddbyayab horavivaranam samaptam


ii

sriparamagurave

etc.

(2)

Tbe Prasnamrta, by Knmdra, pupil of Ndrdyana Jyotisa, A work of tbe same title is ascribed to JamhumitJm in tbe "Index of MSS. in tbe Government
a fragment only.
Oriental

MSS.

Library, Madras,"

p.

55.

It begins:

barib
. .
.

sriganapataye

namab avighnam

astu

srigurubbyo

namab samastavigbnaprabbavopasantaye

na-

maskaromi dvipanayakananam vacab prasadani kurutarn sarasvati etc. asid dvijanma dvipakananakbye grame
sudbib pratr
(?)

janinacetab sastrrirttbavetta srutiparadrsva


i

Narayano

jyotisas tarppayayi tasyasti sisyo vinayapradbanas tadiyakarunyanivasabhumih yas ^ri-Kumaro vidito dvi-

janma grabendrasaficaravicaracuficub pranamya soyam gurupadapatmam niriksya borara sakalarttbapustani adaya saran tu tato vyadbatta prasnamrtam balabitaya hrdyam paropakaraikato mabantas santcsamantab krpaya vidbaya sammanayantam idam asmadiyani prasnamrtan nirmmalakirttibbajab,
It
etc.

breaks

off
i

witb tbe words:

caturtthajvarasantaye

krsnaya namab

-^

172

H5-

119.

on

Size: 13f a page.

x if
Palm

in.,

(2:i

Whish Xo. + 82 + (1) +

116.
133

+ 6 + (2)

leaves,

10 lines

Material:

leaves.

Date: 18 th or 19 th cent.?
Character: Grantlia.
(1)

The

Blidftadlpikd, a

darsana, by Kliandadeva, from

Commentary on Jaimini's MlmdmsdAdhyuya VII, Pada 1 to


(Ff. 82.)

Adhyaya IX, Pada


It

3.

begins: srutipramanatvac chesanam mukhyabhede yathadhikarabhava syat evam sadhikare iipadesevagateii

dhuna tadadhinasiddhir atideso nirupyate etc. Adhyaya VII ends f. 15 b, Adhyaya VIII f. 28 b. It ends with the third Pada of the IX *^ Adhyaya: iti sri-Khandadevakrtau bhattadipikayam navamasyaddhyayasya trtiyah padah
i

li

(2)

The

BJidttacandrlJid,

a Commentary on Kliandadeva'

by Bhdskarardya Bhdrat'i, the son oi Gam(?), and pupil of Nrsimlia and Sivadatta. The author lived at Benares in 1629, according to Aufrecht CC. p. 411. The MS. contains the whole of the first Adhyaya, and the two first Padas (Pada 2 incomplete) of the second Adhyaya. (Ff. 133.)
Blidtiadipikd,

hhtra and

Konamd

It

begins:

sri

Ganibhlravipascitah

pitur

abhud

yah

Konamambodare vidyastadasakasya marmmabhid abhud ya


sri-Nrsiinhat guroh yas ca sri-Sivadattasuklacaranaih purnabhisiktobhavat sa tretatripuratrayiti manute tam eva nathatrayim bhagirathibhimarathi tatakiitah kakuppatah
i i

panduramgah param brahma mama daivam vrsakapih


i

mimainsasastrajivatum Jaiminyadimunitrayam sarasvatin ca natvaham vyakurve bhattadipikam sri-Khandadevodii

bhattacandras

tabhattacandrikam prasarayan sodasalaksanim bhuvi sa samudeti yam vyadhan mahagnicit Bhai

H>^

173

K=^

skaraiTiya- Blifirati

paripurnavidhudayrinvnj'avyatirekanupraripsitasya granthasyavighnataslesena
stauti
ii

vidhayini

sati

budhakrtkumudaprabodhakrdvisadarttliri
i

bhuvi bhattacandrika

dyarttham
iti
I

srlcakrasoraayagaii

diksfimga

etc.

F. 17b:

iti

yam Bhaskararayasya
padah
I,
ii

bhattacandrikayam candrodayanamni tikakrtau prathamaddhyaye adimah

f. 17b, I, 2 f. 34b, I, 3 f. 66, I, 4 f. 95b (end Adhyaya), II, 1 ends f. 115b. It breaks oft (t. 133b) with the words: sfdiityanavagameneti saptadasapasughatitasamudayasyaikasya pratisamban-

ends

of the

first

dhitvena devatatvanvayakaleniipasthitatvad
(3)

ity artthah.

A
It

fragment belonging to the BhaffadlpiJ^-d


begins:

(ff.

6).

kamyapasiikande vayavyam

svetani illabheteti

siutam tatra svetam ity atra svetasabdasya dvitiyantatvepi bhavanaya bhavyajanakajanakam, etc.
It ends:

itibhattadlpiklyapaurnamasyadhikaranaprasamom
ii

uaritih

ii

harili

120.

WmsH
Size:

Xo. 117.
on a page.

13tX1|-

in., (1)

+ 225

leaves, 8 lines

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19th cent.?


Character: Malayalam.

The A^tdiigahrdmia, by
I\^,

Ydghluita,

incomplete

(I,

to

18).

See the excellent edition of the work by Dr.


1880).

Anna Moreshvar Kimte (Bombay

It begins: harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu ragadirogan satatanusaktan asesakayaprasrtan asesan au-

tsukyamoharatidah jaghana yopurvavaidyaya namostu tasmai athata ayiiskaralyan namaddhyayam vyakhyasyamah


I

iti

ha smahiir Atreyadayo maliarsayah

etc.

->i

174

H$-

The Sutrasthdna
rirastlidna (in
6
f.

(in

30 Adhyriyas) ends
f.

f.

82,

the &d(in

Adhyayas)
145.

108, the

Niddnasthdna

16 Adhyayas)
It
(f.

ends with the 18*^ Adhyaya

of the

Cikitsitasthdna
sosra-

225):

visarpe(read

sarpo) na hy asamsrstas

pittena jayate raktani evasrayas casya bahusosram hared atah na ghrtam bahudo!?aya deyam van na virecanam tena dosopy upastabdhas tvagraktapisitam pacet cikitsite
i

ii

astadasah kusthacikitsitam iyah

ii

121.

WmsH
Size:

No. 118.

18x2

in., (1)

+1+

197 leaves, from 9 to 12 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Probably 18tii cent. Character: Malayalam.


Injuries:

Some

leaves

damaged by

insects.

Part of leaf 196

lost.

A
from

Commeiitaiy
II,

on

Isdrdyana, a pupil of Krsna.

KdUddsa's Kumar asamhhava, hy Saigas 1 Till, with lacuna

58 to III, 76.

It begins: harih sriganapataye iiamah avighnam astu satpadamukharitagandam kotirabhaiTimva(i'ead "bhrirava?)baddhasasikhandam pranamata varanatundam padakamalam pranatasakalasurasandam apara + runapiirataramgitadrgahcalam kalayakomalacchayah janaklnayakam bhaje pracinacaryakrtas suvicaryyakuniarasambhavavyakhyah balaprabodhanarttham lalitam karavani vivaranan tasya piacinasurivihite mahati prabhute vyakhyantare viphala
!
i i

esa parisramo

me

vatiprakrimasubhage malayadrijamtavate
i

phalain kim u karotu mukhaniloyam

vyakhyaisa tu tathapi

pradarsitanvayapadartthavakyarttha
giirutaram upacarara acarayet
{sic)
i

vivrtasamasavaratam

vyakhyantaresu drstesu

vimrstesv api tatvatah subhagas Sivadasokto

margga

eva-

nugamyate

bhuvi khalu mahakavih Kalidasah parvati-

pararacsvarapavitracaritravicitram kumarasambhavabhidha-

-^
nam kavyam
roti astiti
i

175

H$-

cikir>uh

asirnamaskriya

vastunirdeso

vapi

taumukliara ityadivacauanusarena vastunirde.san tavat ka-

na tu kavye yava(read yad a?)saddhyam


i

ta-

danusfirenaiva ktlvyasarajfia karttavya

yatlia yudhisthira-

vijaya-janakiharana-sisuprdavadLaprablirtluara

atra tu tai

etc. rakasuranigrahah kavye saddliyataya nirddistali F. 36 b: iti srI-K]'.snasya ' NaiTiyanasya krtau Kiima-

rasaiubliavavivarane prathamas sarggab

ii

ii

P. 54 ends with the commentary on


I'ohation (by figures)

II, 58.

Up

to

f.

54
55

the leaves are numbered by Ak>;aras, then begins a

new
f.

and a

different handwriting with

where we Sarga 3).

find

the commentary on III, 76 (last verse of

The III'^*^ Sarga ends (f. 55): iti srl-Kr.^nasisyasya Karayanasya krtau kumarasambhavavivarane ti'tlyas sarggab Sarga IV ends f. 70 b, Sarga V f. 110b, Sarga YI 132b, Sarga VII f. 165. f. The eighth Sarga begins: harih atha purvasarggopaII

ksiptan devasya uavavadhiivisayain prathamanuraganantara-

sainbhutani

sambhogam varnnayitum astamas sarggoyam arabhyate tatra Madhavenoktara atra'?tamas sarggo gaurisambhogavarnnanatvad vacayitum srotum vyakhyatuh ca

na yuktam etacchilanan devatasapad ayusah ksayo bhaviyyati iti daksinavartte na punah asya prakaranasya sivayos sambhogavisayatvad rasabhavan vivicya vaktum bibhemi tasmad anvayamatram atradhikriyate ity uktam
Ai'unacalanathena tu tad ubhayam api dusitara ay am kila

tasyabhiprayah

pfirvatiparamesvarayos

sariramatragrahavi-

nam

api lokanugraharttham eva yathoktam bliagavato

ditam^ vo yatha svarttha name (read nama?) kascit pravrttayah iti devya api sarlragrahanadikam lokanugraharttham eva iti devimahatmyadisu tatra tatra pratipaditam trividha hi loke janah mukta mumuksavas saktas ceti
i i

yena kenapi prakarena bhagavati manahpranidhanam eva


Read Krsnasisyasya,
bhagavata viditah

so all the other colophons.

pi-,

m.

^
raiiktilvaranam

17G

r<r

ity uktam' bhagavate kamam krodham bliayam sneham aikyam saulirclam eva va nityam haraii vidadhato yanti tanmayatam hi te iti mahakavir api kai

luinan

cittam iiarvatlparamesvarapadaravindavasaktam

vi-

dliatum

evastamesmin sargge Yatsyayanasastranusarinim


i

padavim uraricakara Sarga VIII ends


f.

etc.

f.

196,

197 with the words:


eva

nanu

and the MS. breaks off on yadi bhavya maduktaprakatarhi


i

ratvam
phalat
sthiraip.

virupaksasyaniiditam

tatpraptimatraatra

tapaso

viramyatani

ata

aha

mama manah

122.

Whish
Size:

No. 119.

lofxl-i-

in.,

(1)

-f 136 leaves, from 8 to 10 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Kollam 962 A. D. 1787. Character: Malayalam,

The
It

Ndmaliiigdimsdsana

by

AmarasimJia,

or

the

AmaraJiOsa, with a Malay ahxm gloss.


begins:

harih

srlgurubhyo

namah avighnam astu namah mama gurave namah yasya jhanasriganapataye


I

dayasindhor agadhasyrmagha gunah etc. svar avyayara svargganakah tridivah tridasalayah suraloko dyodivau dve striyau klibe trivistapam 6 svah avyayam svarggah nakah tridivah tridasalayah suralokah ivadim pulimgam dyauh okarantam divauh vakarantam dveh
.

ii

ii

II

striyauh

kllbe trivistapani
etc.

ivanu

ii

svarggattinnuperah
9G.

ii

amara

nirjjara devas,

Kanda Kanda
etc.
.
. .

I ends on

f.

30,

Kanda
ii

III

ends

(f.

136):

sastyantaprakpadas
te
. . .
ii

II on

f.

sena-

stheyan namalimganusasanam

aksarain yat paribhrastam

avedomam aham vande menadeyaya


.

namah
srina-

asurat praiiinosyedam etat sarvam apalayam


. .

rayanaya namah srlkrsnaya namah srisiiryadisarvagrahebhyo namah kollam toUayiratta arupattarantainata kannimasarp, etc. (Date, scribe, and benedictions in Malayalam language.)

-^'

177

f<^

123.

Whish No.
Size: IS-^Xl-gin.,

121.

107 leaves, generally 8 or 9 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 tb or 19 tu cent.?


Character: Malay alara.

The BharttrlMvija
Sarga IV, and V,
It begins:

i.

e.

Bhaffikdvi/a, with the Commentary-

called Jayamaufjald, Sargas I

III

complete, beginning of

8VI,
i

71.

hari
namah
i

srlganapataye

namah avighnam

astu

srigiirubhyo

pranipatya sakalavedinam atidustara-

Bharttrkavyasalilanidheh
viracyate tika

jayamamgaleti

namna naukeva
vi-

laksya(m) laksanan ca dvayam e(ka)tra

dusani

pradar^ayitum ^n-Svamisunuh kavir Bharttrnfima

ramakathasrayam maha,kavyafi cakara, etc. iti Bharttrkavyatikayan jayamamgalayam praF. 17 b: kirnnakande ramasambhavo nama prathamas sarggah Sarga II ends f. 40b, Sarga III f. 58 b. After f. 60 there is a lacuna extending from IV, 11

ii

V, 8. V, 106 ends f. 85b (f. 86 which should be the end of Sarga V seems to be misplaced). The MS. breaks off (in the Commentary on VI, 71) sakhyasya tava sugrivah karakah kapiwith the words: maithilyas s[v]aivam uktva tirodrastasi nandanah drutan
to

bhavat krtyanam
l

ito

bulficav

akrtyanani

krtam adhikrtyocyate krdantarbhavepi bhavakarmano(h)


ity

adina

krtya

iti

visesapratipadanarttham prthagadhikaravacanain

^esas tu krtah kartta.

124.

WmsH
Size:

No. 122.

16^x2

in.,

67 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.


IStli cent.?

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: End of 17 1^ or beginning of

12

-^
Character:
as follows:

178

r^
are
.

kah

16,

ka kha

= = 17

Malayalam. l, ka 2,

The

leaves
ki

numbered by
.

letters,

ki=3,

=4

kau

14,

kam =

15,

etc.
is

Injuries:
lines lost.

The MS.

much damaged, many

leaves broken,

and

(1)

The
(ff.

SuldhdntaseJihara,

by

Srlpcdi,

in

20 Adhyayas

140).

It begins:

*******

taye namali aviglinam astu

(i)

yat-

sitamahasah patlioyame mandale samkrantam kumudakarasya kuriite kantim vikasadhuyain'(i) cancaccaiicuputai[h]^ cakoranikarais caplyatesau ciran traitejah

pitrdhamni

iokyalayadipako vijayate devo uidhis tejasam

(n)

nijaguru-

padadvandvam krtva manasy atibhaktito ganakatikika-Sripurvoyam Patir dvijapumgavah (i) spliutam avisamam mandaprajiiaprabodliavivrddhaye lalitavacanais siddhantanam
karoti hi sekharam
(i)

satanandaddhvastiprabhrtitiitiparya-

ntasamayapramanam bhudhisnyagrahanivahasamsthanakathanam (i) grahendranah caras sakalaganitam yattrgaditam


(read yantraganitam?) sa siddhantah prokto vipulaganita-

skandhakusalaih
F. 3b:

(ii)

kratukriyartthah
i

srutayah

pradistah

kalasrayas te kratavo niruktah

etc.

iti

Sripativiracite
ii

siddhantasekhare grahabha-

ganaddhyayah prathamah The 2'^'^ Adhyaya (maddhyamadhikaroddhyayah) ends 3'd A. f. 12, the ^'^ A. f. 17 b [one leaf missing f. 8, the between ff. 17 and 18], the 5*^ A. (candragrahana) f. 19, the 6*^^ A. (suryagrahana) f. 19 b, the 7*'^ A. (parvanayana)
f.

20,

the
f.

8*1^

A. (pata)
the
10*^^

f.

21,

the 9*^ A. (grahodayasta-

maya)
13 til
f.

(grahayiiddha)
31b.

A. (candra) f. 23, the 11*^ A. 25, the 12"^ A. (bhayoga) f. 27, the A. (vyaktaganita) f. 29 b, the 14*^ A. (avyaktaganita)
f.

21b,

34 three leaves (gi, gu, gii) are missing. A. (golavarnana) ends f. 36, the 17^ A. (rahunirakarana) f. 36b, the 18*^ A. (grahanopavarnana) f. 37b,
f.

After

The

16*5^

the 19 1^ A. (yantravidhana)
*

f.

39.
^
m.

For vikasadhuyam the metre requires

->i

179
(f.

HS-

The
Tim^ali

20"' Adliyaya ends

401j):

iti

siddhilntasekhare

Sripativiracite
II

siddhantasekhare

prasnavidhanaddhyayo

nama ^ivaya srisuryadisarvagraliebhyo namah

srikrsnaya

namah

ii

ii

ii

Amongst

the authorities quoted are Aryabhata,

Jisnu-

nandana, Sritrivikrama.
(2)

The
(ff.

Mdlidhhdsluiriya Karmanihandhana, in 8 Adhyayas


54),

41

based on the Aryabhata.


(f.

It

begins

41):

harih

^rlganapataye

namah kalam

bibhartti ksanadakarasya yah prakasitasam sirasa gabhastibhih

namostu tasmai suravanditaptaye samastavidyapra-

bh(av)aya sarnbhave jayanti bhanoh kamalavabodhinah kara himamsor vanitananatvisah sasuritarasphutadirggharasmayo


dharasutajfiaskisita(?)tvisah

punah tapobhir aptam sphuta-

tantram asmakah ciratvam abhyetu jagatsu satgrahaih ciran ca j]\7asur apetakalmasa Bhatasya sisya jitaragasatravah
navadrirupagniyutam mahlbhujam sakendranamnam satavarsasagraham dvisatkanighnam gatamasasamyutani, etc.
F. 44:

iti
ii

mahabhaskariye karmmanibandhane pratha54):

moddhyayah
It ends
(f.

mithunaparyyavasane sarvaaksacapaganitam vada tasmin lambakena sahyatani viganayya Bhaskarena paricintya krtoyara mandabuddhiparibhogasamartthah samyag Aryabhatakarmanibaudha spastavakyakaranais samavetah spastasthanekakirane cchedyake grahane raveh yad ihasti tad iti mahabhaskariye annyatra yan nehasti na tat kvacit mahabhaskariyam samaptam aksaram astamoddhyayah yat paribhrastam matvadhinan tu yat bhavet ksantum arddhad arhanti vidvarasah kasya nasti vyatikramah bhavet krsnam arddhadhikam syat dhiimrani unah ca
ritigunasaptaghati
syat
ii

Bhaskare

ii

ii

ii

vimuhcatah kr!>nadhumram kapilam sakalagrahe ^rikrsnaya namah namas sivaya sivam astu
ll ii II

(3)

Fragment

of

some

treatise on

astronomy

(if.

5566).
12*

-^
It

180

H^
Bhaskaram abhivandyahan

begins

(f.

55):

harih

nikhilagrahagativisesabodhakaram vaksye vyatipatadijiiSnopayam samasena ayanacalanan dvigunitam praksipyarke tyajet tarn rtubhanvoh sistasame sitamsau kramasali kilalatavaidhrtav uditau

sayanacalane

tasmin yady uttaram

ahivad adha upari sikhivad avagayanes tastatopi tat suksmata ganitavasat suryendvor bimbayogarddhad atpake-

pakramantare vyatlpatahuli, etc. F. 66 ends: vainnye sobhanam ambikaramanabham riktan apurnambhasam suktis sukrasasamkamandadivasa simbasvigostrlghatah vastre surppabham uttamam himakaro raaddhyo vyayaristhito na srisendujalesapapadivasah. kannya *** mesalinam 33

ii

ii

ii

125.

Whish No.
Size: 15jXl-gin., (1)

123.

46 leaves, 8 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Probably ISt^ cent. Character: Malayalam.


Injuries:

Some

leaves

damaged by
,

fire.

The Ktdacilddmani

or Laglmstiitimaliabhasya, a
,

Com-

mentary on Laghuhhaftdraka's Lagliustuti by Simhardja, in 21 Vrttas, with an introduction in Malayalam. The


is printed as the first part of the Fcmcastavl in the 'Kavyamala', Part III (1887). Mr. Whish describes the work as '^Vimsatl with Commentary of Simha-raja".

text

It

begins:

harih
|
i

sriganapataye
i

namah avighnam
i

astu
i

aindrasyevetyadi

esa

asau
i

tripura

vah

aghara
in

sa-

hasa

sada

cchindyat

eic.

(follows

Commentary
i

Ma-

layalam language).
F. 15 b:

athedanim
dadhati

^arasanasya

adyavrttam vimyate aindrasyeva maddliyelalatam prabham sauryyim


sirasy

kantim

anusnagor

iva

atanvati

sarvatah

esasau
sriman-

tripura hrdi d}aitir ivosnamsos

sadahasthita chindyad vas


(i)

sahasa padais tribhir aghah jyotirraayl vanmayi

-^
maharajasamaksam evan

181

f<-.

trailokye svatta' sicldliena sidJlia-

sarasvatena ^rimatgurukataksapatamatreiia samsiddhis tatksanam eva sarasvati mandiraya raanavadanambujo Lagliui:)aramesvarya

bhattarako nijalabhaprakarsas sarvesam bhavatv iti buddhya jyotirmaylsvariipam vanmayisvarupafi ca

prapancara pratipadayan tatkalavarttinas sadasya pratya^irvadam karoti etc.


i

F. 23:

srimat-Siraharajakrte laghustutisriraanmahamanii

trabhasye kulacudamanau prathamavi-ttam sampurnnam It ends: dhruvara niscitara addbyayanam karisyatiti di-

vyasiddbarsimanavaugbagurvacchinnaparamparyagatam asmin mahatsvacchandasamgraban tenedam Simbarajena maya sucaritina^ krtam lagbustutimabubbasyam asesagamasammitam iti Simbarajakrtau bigbustutimababbasye kulaculamanau ekavimsativrttam sarapurnnam Lagbubbattrirakaya namab Simbarajaya namab sivaya iiamab
ii

ii

^ivaya

namab subbani

astu

ii

12G.

Whish No.
Size:

125 a.

12|x2

in.,

(1) -f-

to am. ah, ka, kha, etc. to blia]

40 [numbered by letters from a, fi, i, I etc. -\- 143 [numbered as ff. 77219] leaves,

8 or 9

lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date: 18 th cent.? Character: Malayalam.


(1)

in

Fragment of a Commentary on Malayalam language. (Ff. 40.)


(2)

tbe

Blmgavata-Pardm,

Fragment of tbe Bhdgacida- Purdna, Skandba X, Adbyayas 57 to 84 in Malayalam language (ff. 77202), and Adbyayas 85 to 90 in Sanskrit (ff. 202 b 219 b).
1

Doubtful reading. May be read also samcarlo.

Read

sukliarltina?

-^
It

182

f<.-

ends:

ksitibhujopi
ii

yayur yadartliah

ii

iti

sribhaga-

vate

mahapurane paramahamsasamhitayam sribhagavate mahapurane dasamaskandhe navatitamoddhyayah ^rikrsnaya namah k^antum arhati.
ii

137.

Whish No.
Size:

126.

9fxlf

in., (1)

+ 77

leaves, 10 or 11 lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18tii or 19th cent.?


Character: Malayalam.

The Kuvalaydnanda
See above No. 109.
It begins:

by

Apimyya

Diksita,

complete.

harih

^riganapataye

namah avighnam
etc.

astu

parasparatapassampatphalayitaparasparau
pitarau prancau jayapati stumah
It ends:
i

prapahcamata-

kubalayanandam akarod Arppadlksitah niyogad Vemkatapater nnirupadhiki-panidhe(h) candraloko vijayatam saradagamasambhavah hrdyali kuvalayanando yalprasadad abhud dhruvam srigurubhyo namah
i

amum

ii

ii

ii

prakprsthekhilaphelavam^atilakas surltcaramobhavac chrlman cekamarutpradesa iti va gehentarasrenike talputrasya


ca sankarasya kavipatmarkaksamad eva sisyalpajiiasya hi

pustakam
astu
11

smarata

ity

etsudhi

praudhakah

ii

ii

subham

128.

Whish No.
Size:

127.

17f Xlfl

in.,

82 4-

(1)

leaves,

from 8

to 10 lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.
18tii

Date:
.

Probably early

cent.

An

entry by Mr.

Whish

is

dated 'Calicut 1824'.


Scribe:

Rama.

Character: Malayalam.

The

leaves

are

numbered by Aksaras

in

the same

way

as No. 19.
1,

Injuries: Leaves

3841 damaged,

other leaves slightly damaged.

^i

183

f^

(1)

The Kdvyapralaisa
in 10 Ullasas.

(by Jxdjdnalia Maniniala and Alal.a,

Ff. 1

contain the Sutras only,

ff.

51

the Sutras with the Commentary.


tills

On
13

the authorship of

work see Peterson,


Sansk.
e.

II,

p.

sqq.

The Bodleian
is:

MS.

61 (Hultzsch Collection Xo. 172) contains a


in

Sarada MS. of the work,

which the colophon

iti

kavyaprakasabhidhani kavyalaksanani samUptaiu krtis

srl-

Rajanaka-Mammatakalakayoh

II

The
hladaika

text
*****

begins: *******

niyatikrtaniyamarahitam

paratantram

navarasaruciran

nirmmitim
etc.

adadhati bharati leaver jjayati kavyam ya^asertthakrte,


It

ends
i

(f.

4):

esan

dosa yathayogam sarnbhavautopi


ii il

kecana
ity

uktesv antah patantiti na prthak pratipaditah

esa mrirggo vidusrim vibhinnopy abhinnarfipali prati-

bhasate yat na tad vicitrara yad amutra samyag vinirmmita

samghataneva hetuh

ii

ii

iti

kavyaprakase dasama ullasah

ii

ii

Then the Commentary begins: harih sriganapataye namah grantharambhe vighnavighataya samucitestadevai

tam granthakrt paramrsati niyatikrtaniyamarahitam hladaikamayim ananyaparatantram navarasaruciran nirmmitim


i

adadhati
rupa,
etc.

bharati

kaver

jjayati

niyatisaktya

niyata-

It ends:

purvoktayaiva dosajatyantarbhavita na prthakii


ii

(prati)padanam arhantiti sampurnam idam kavyalaksanam ity esa marggo vidusam iti kavyaprakase dasama ullasah
vibhinnopy abhinnarupah pratibhasate yah na tad vicitraoi yad amutra samyag vinirmmita saragha(ta)naiva hetuh samaptam kavyaprakasam sripatmarabha(read ^ri-Padmaii

bhavabdhitaranareniin nabha?)gurupadasaroruhotthan ajfianasantamasabhedasahasrarasmidhasthirasetubhutan mno namamy akhilalokahitaikasilan kavyaprakasanrimedam vicitram kavyalaksanam preksavataii camatkarakan on ranam likhitam maya on namo narayanaya
ii
i

ii

il

ii

agamikala ujaye pratape cSyati smrta namas sivaya karakytam aparadham ksantum agaminyam samvddhau
ii
i

ii

ii

-^
arhanti santah
ii

184

r<-

Ramena
ii

likhitam idam pustakam


ii

ii

sri-

govindaya namali

liarih

harahara

ii

ii

(2)

The Brahmapm-a
F. 52 begins:

Stotra, with a

Commentary

(ff.

52

54).

pracetasam brabmaparam mune srotum icchamah paramam stavam japata kanda^nadevo yenaparamparam visna pararaddhyata kesavah Somali parah parah parebhyali paramartthariipl, etc. F. 53 begins: brahmaparamayam vedantartthamayam
i i

brahmasabdapracuram
ity adi
etc.

va

visnutatvapratipaditatvat
I

sto-

trasya tadvijijfiasubhi sprstas Soma uvaca


1

paramparam

F. 54 ends: kathan ca na iti syat patakan tad api brabmaparam stobanty urugayapada iti bhagavatokteh
i

tram

II

(3)

The Faramartliasarcivivaram a Commentary on the ^emrycl (ascribed to Sesanciga), hjRdghavduanda (ff. 55 82).
,

Cf. Burnell, Tanjore, p.

93 b.

Hultzscb

II, p.

131.

sriganapataye namah avighnam (f. 55): agnisomatmana nayudhadharam akhilavyaptam asyamghridosnam sahasrair jniktam antabkrtasuranivaham
It

begins

astu

11

svaprabhotbha^sitasam (i) netrair arkenduriipair vilasitam analogranana **3 travarnam bhiisa **4 bhipradiptavayavam
avatu vo visvarupam murareli
i

srlmac-Chamsamsarar(i)

karamarggamaddhyava satis

.^akhasatalarakrtas

kagabhastitaptatanubhis samsevitamgbrir jjanaih

Krsnacitram

nandamahiruhomrtarasapiirnair

aptirvaih

phalais
I

pritim upasakesu janayan jiyan mahlmandale

ase.sopani-

sasara(read satsara?)siddha tatvanugaminl Eaghavanauda-

munina ^esaryeha

paramartthasarasam(jna)m vimrsyate granthan ciklrsur acaryas tasyavighnaparisamaptipracayagamanabhyam sistacaram paripalanaya ca visistestadevatai

Doubtful, very indistinct.


olla

Read kanjanabhadevo?
syllables.

(corrected to tbha?).

3 illegible.
4

Wanted two long


Looks

Illegible.

like diyo or diko.

Wanted one long

syllable.

-^
pranamalaksanam
arttliatah

185

H$-

manigalam

mukhatas

sampadayann
etc.

rirambhupeksitara

visayaprayojanasarpbandhaI

dhikarilaksanam anubandhacatustayam aviskaroti


It ends:

aryrivi-ttiisloknnfim

paficasitya asitis ca pafica

mamuktir eva

ca tatas catasrbhir videhamuktir ukta tatas tisrbhih kracaturasitir iyfintim aryeti paficasitir arya bhasamhrtasamsrtikapaC?) sambbuta Raghavanandat

vatlti parama,rttbasriravivara(na)m eta(d)

Govindacandrikaya (ii) yosau

bbati caracaratmakajagadrupena bbiitya svaya yas canan-

tasukhaikatanavimalasYanmara('?) prabodbasvarat (i) yatsvarajyam ameyam agamagiras samlaksa(ya)nty aksayas tasmai visvabrdistbitaya mabate pumse namas kurmabe
"
ii

ii

iti

paraniai'ttbasaravivaranam
ii

samaptam

ii

ii

srigurubbyo

namab

sri-Vedavyasaya
ii ii

namab

ii

baribarabiranya-

garbbebbyo namab

ii

129.

Whish No.
Size:

128.

10}xll
Palm
or

in.,

(2)

107

+ 24 + (2) leaves,

from 10

to 12 lines

on

a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date:

ISt^i

19tii

cent.?

Character: Malayalam.

Numbering
(1)

of leaves by Aksaras in the

same way

as

No.

19.

Tbe

SmrticandriJal, hj

Deia

oy

Deranua Bhattopddhydya,

son of Kesavdditya Bliatfojiudli/jdya, Pariccbeda I of tbe

"Tbe autbor's name sbows tbat be was a Telugu", Burnell, Tanjore, p. 133. Another copy of tbe same work in No. 141.
Yyavabarakaiida.
It begins:

barih

sriganapataye

namab avigbnam astuh

sarasvatipatim vande sriyab patim umapatim tvisam patim

ganapatim brbaspatimiikban munin pade pade praskbalatam pradipadistbitav api drastfnam drstivisaye candrika pravitanyate atbedfinlm vyavabrirakandam arabliyate tatradau vyavabarasvarupam nirupyate tatra Brbaspatib
ii
i

Head osvantah,

or otvan mato?

-^

186

H$-

dharmmapradhanah purusah,
p. 134.

etc.

See Burnell, Tanjore


niru-

F. 2:

panam
F.
7:

smrticandrikayam vyavaharasvarupam smrticandrikayam astadasapadanirupaiiam


iti
ii

ii

smr vyavaharabhedah iti smr pratijnavadah F. 26: F. 41b: iti smr lekbyaniriipanam F. 46b: iti smr lekhyapariksa F. 55b: iti smr saksipariksa F. 74: iti smr saksivisayani samaptaii ca saksipraF. 9b:
iti
ii

II

ii

ii

ii

ii

karanam
F. 85:

athasaksipratyayah tatra Naradah


iti
ii

etc.

smr rtuto divyavyavastha, iti smr dandaviifayani F. It ends (f. 107): iti smrticandrikayam balayantadi(?)dhanavisayani ^ harili sri - Kesavadityasamutbhavasya Devasya santadvijarajamiirttes sa candrikam prapya sukhena lokan kurvantu sarvavyavaharasiddhim sakalavidyaiti
ii

102:

ii

ii

ii

visarada-sri-Kesavadityabhattopaddhyayasiinu-yaiijika

De-

vena * bhattopaddhyayasomayajiviracitayam smrticandrikayam vyavaharakande pratliamah paricchedali atreyarn prakarananuiDurvi vyavaharasvarupanarn astadasanirupanani vyavaharabhedanirnnetrnirnnayadharmmasthanevasthanam vyavaliaradarsanavidhih krsnaya namali
ii
ii

il

(2)

The Vycwalidramdlikd
Off. Ill,

law

(?

the beginning only. See Ind. ("Yyavaharamala, a manual of civil by Varadaraja) much used in Malabar"); Hultzsch II
,

pp. 456

(No. 1472),

p. 139.

It begins:

srigurubhyo

liarih sriganapataye namah avighnam astuh namah namostu narasimhaya bhaktanugrahai

karine ajaya bahurupaya sarggasthityantakarine

manu-

mukhyasarassamutbhavais sukumaraih prasavair vacoma1

No. 141

= Whi8li

Read yajiiika-Devanna?

No. 143 reads baladidbana o. But MS. No. 141 also reads oyajuika-

Devena.

-^

187

K-

yaih tridivaptiphalair nni-pocitrim racayami vyavaharamalikam sri-Naraclah Manuh Prajapatir yasmin kale rajyam
i

abiibhujan dharmniaikatanah,

etc.

Some
(f.

of the chapters are:

vyavaharavalokanadharmmah
2,b),

1),

sabhasabhyopadesah
(f.

(f.

vyavaharalaksanam
(f.

(f.

3),

hinalaksanara

6),

saksipratyuddhrti
(f.

7 b),

rajasasana-

laksanam, dusitalekhyapariksa
(f.
(f.

9 b),
(f.

lekhyaprakaranam
14b),

10),

agnividhi

(f.

13b), visavidhi
(f.

sapathavidhi

15 b), rnasya deyadeyavidhih


(f.

20),

nityadanasya pra-

karah

24), etc.

(f. 24b) with the following words: dasyaabhyupetyasususrusa samaptah Naradah bhrtaniim vetanasyokto danadHnavidhikramah vetanasyana-

It breaks off
i

dhikaranam

pakarma tadvivadapadam smrtam

ii

130.

AVmsH No.
Size:

129.

9x If

in.,

54 leaves (but
leaves.

f.

3 missing), 8 or 9 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

Date: Probably early 18tii century. Character: Malayalam. Injuries: First leaf damaged.

Fragment
srandman.

of ^ankara's

Commentary on the Visnusahaloke

It begins: parayanam tasmin param ayanam praptavyam pa

ckam parayanam
ya-

*** *** ** *** ****

granthis chidyante sarvasamsayah ksiyante casya

karmmani

tasmin drste,
F. 24b:

etc.
ii

iti F. 29: satam adyarn vivrtani iti trtiya(n) namnam namna(n) dvitiyam ^atara F. 34: satam vivrtam F. 39: iti namnah caturtham satakam
ii

namnSm
ii

ii

It breaks off with the words: iti bhagavatsmaranat yan devan devaki devi vasudevad ajljanat bhaumasya brahmano guptyai diptam agnim ivaranih iti raaliribhrira(tam). See MBh. XII, 47, 28.

-^

188

r<r-

131.

Size: 111

X ^i

in., (1)

Whish ^0. + 155 + (15)

130.
leaves, 8 lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 th or 19tii cent.?


Scribe: Anantakrsna, son of Govinda.
CJiaracter: Malayalam.

The Tuldlmverimdhatmya from the Agni-Pardna,


30 Adhyayas.

in

Other copies
It begins:

in Nos. 51

and 186.
ca rajarsir
etc.,

dharmmavarmma
II

see No. 51

above

p. 63.

E. 5b:

iti

srimadagneyapurane tulakaverimahatmye praagneyapuiTine tula saptamoddhyayah


ii

tbamodhyayah
F. 40:

ity

ii

sii-

raingesaya

namah
iti

F. 79b:
It ends:

ity rigne tula

pancadasoddhyayah
.
.

ii

(see above p. 63) muda agneyapurane tulakaverimahatmye trmsoddhyayah yadrsarn, etc Avadugdharanagurave namah srikaveryai namah sri - Govindan putran Anantakrsnan

prasannanananlrajri
ity

abhyapiijayan
ii

svahastalikhitam sriramgesaya

namah

ii

harih

132.

WmsH
Size:

No. 132.

12x15-

in.,

(1)-|-144 leaves, 7 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19th century?


Character: Malayalam.

The Bralimottm'alihanda (from the Skanda-Purdna?), Adhyayas 23 44. The beginning is similar to that of the Bodleian MSS. Walker 160 and 132 d (see Aufrecht-Ox-

ford, p.

74

sq.),

and Mitra, Notices No. 2567 (VIII,


is

p.

19

sq.),

but the work

not identical with either of these.

It begins: harih isriganapataye namah avighnam astu suklambaradharam visnum sa^ivarnnam ca*.urbhujam pra-

~>-^

189

f<-

akliyfitain sannavadanam dhyayet sarvaviglinopabfintaye bhavata purvani visinor mahatmyam uttamam sarvapapaidanira srotum harani pimyam saraasena srutan ca nah icchamo mahatmyam tripuradvisah tatbliaktanan ca mahatmyam nissesaghaharam param tanmantranan tadvratanan
i
i

sattama tatkathayas ca tatbhakteh praetavad devamarttyanara sri-Sutah anuvarnnaya bhavam isvarakathayara vo jata bhaktir yad sreyas sa sanatanam
tatppujayas ca
i
i

ahetuki,

etc.

pahcakfaramahimanuvarnnanan nama trayovimsoddhyayah


Y.

5b:

iti

brahraottarakhantle

ii

F.

24b: iti l)rahmottarakhande ^ivacaturdasimahimaa


i

nuvarnnane candrdikammasasivavokapiTiptikatlianama (?) sriparvatyai namo namah subham paficavimsoddhyayah bhuyopi sivamahatmyam vaksyami paramatbhutam srnvatam
sarvapapaghnam, etc. F. 48b: iti biahmottarakhande pradosapujamahimamivarnnanan nama ekonatrimsoddhyayah F, 68: iti brahmottarakhande somavaramahimfinuvarn-

ii

nane sivabhaktamahimanuvarnnanan nama ekatrirasoddhyayah brahmottarakhande bhadrayurmiiktipraiti F. 95b:


II

ptikathanan
It ends:

nama

sattrirasoddhyayah

ii

yah pathec chrnuyac caiva puranam ^aivam uttamam sa vidhiiya sarvakarmmani sivaloke mahlyate iti brahmottarakhande puranasravanamahimanuvarnnanan
i

srlparvatiparamesvaranama catuscatvarirasoddhyayah caranambhojaparagaparamaguriinara bhyam namah sunavah manomukuram asmakani puniyur anuvasaram namah namo srisulapanaye bham astu srigurubhyo namah
ii
II

ii

133.

WfflSH Xo. 133.


Size:

lOsXlf

in-,

194 leaves, 6 or 7 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 19th cent.?

Character

Malayalam-

-^

190

Hg-

(I,

The Ndmaliugdnusasana (Amaralwsa) by Amarasimlm 1 to III, 2), with an explanatory gloss in Malayalam
It begins:

language.

barih sriganapataye namah


i

ii

yasya jnanadayasvali
i
i

sindlior

agadhasyanagha gunali
i

etc.

ita * vya-

yam

svarggah

nakali tridivali tridasalayali


i

suralokah

ivayancum pulimgam

dyauh okarantam
i

dyau vakara-

ntam dve
It
i

striyau

klibe
2'^
i

trivistapam
of the
i

etc. 3""^

ends with the

Varga

Kanda: grai i i i

mata gramavrndam janavrndam Janata dhumya dhumavrndam pasya[m] pas[y]avrndam gavya govrndam prthak prthak dim stri apim sahasram sahasravrndam karisyam karisavrndam varmmanam(read am) kavasavrndam atharvanadikam atharvanavrndam kli iti
i i
i i i

samkirnnavarggah

134.

Whish No.
Size: 10s

134.

X It

in.,

(1)

129

(1) leaves, 8 or 9 lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 19 th cent.?

Character : Malayalam.

The Kriyakaldpa (astronomical

portion) of the Tantra-

samgraJia, in 8 Adhyayas, together with a Commentary.

There are several copies of the Tantrasamgraha Malayalam language in the Whish Collection.

in the

harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu It begins: pratyuhavyuhaviratikarakam param mahah antahkaranasuddhim me vidadhatu sanatanam yatprasadat kavindratvam mandopi labhate kanat tarn saradendusvacchamgim vande devim sarasvatim narayanaii jagadanugrahajagarui i

kam

pranamya yat tantrasamgrahagatam grahatantrajataiji tasyaparafi ca vivrtim


srinilakantliam api sarvavidam
i

laghvira tatradau tavad acaryyah prarlpsitaprabandhapratyuhasamanayabhistadevatan namaskaroti he visno nihitam kj-tsnan jagat tvayyeva karane jyotisah jyo-

vilikhami

-^
tise

191

Kr-

tasmai
5:
I

namo narayanaya
krtsnam
idaii

yasmims
F.

tvayi
iti

te iti he visno sarvavyapin jagan nihitam, etc. caitradaya eva can dram asah maddhvaditvenoi

ktah

etc.

prathamaddhyayoktaprakarena traira^ikagrahamaddbyamah tebbyo bbaganan apasya sistebhyo bbaganan apasya ^istebbyo la^yadibbyo bbagatmakam upadistam svam svam mandoccani visoddhya yac cbisyate tad iha mandakendram ity abliidbiyate etc. F. 34b: iti tantrasamgi'abasya kriyakalapam kramena samgrbya racite vyakbyanesmin purnnoddbyayo dvitiyobbat
F. 12:
nita bhaganadika ye
i

tatra

ii

II

Tbe
7*^

tbe 5th

Adbyaya ends Adbyaya f. 107b, Adbyaya f. 116.


S'-'i

f.

75b, tbe 4*^


6*^

tbe

Adbyaya f. Adbyaya f. 112b,

90,

tbe

iti tantrasaingrabasya It ends: kriyakalapam kramena samgrbya racite tadvyakbyane purnnobbud a^tiiuioddbyayab samaptan cedam namas ^ivaya etc. (follow some lines in Malayalam language).
II
i

135.

WmsH
Size:

No.

136.

SjXIt

in.,

75 leaves, from 9 to 11 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 th or 19th cent.?


Character: Malayalam.

Fragment

of tbe Baldblidrata

by Pauclit Agastya, ending


is

witb tbe 9*h Sarga.

Tbe complete work


p.

said to contain

20 Sargas, see Burnell, Tanjore, Das Mababbarata, III, p. 44.


It begins:

159b; A. Holtzmann,

barib

sriganapataye

namab avigbnam

astu

asty atrinetraprabbava(b) kalatma sasiti naksatraganasya na-

tbah yam varijasribaram aptavaco vamara barer llocanam amananti sevyas surana(m) bimavarsipadas sambbavaniyas ^irasa sivena mabiddbrabbartteva tamopabantrim yab kaumudim divyanadini prasute na jabnaviyais ca na yamiii

-^
nais ca

192

^^

na caparasam saritam payobhih yannya(?)dayenaiva sujatadhamno barahlyasim vrddhim upeti partthali budhas tatobhim navasu grahesu ratnesu miiktaphalavan manojnah yalikarddamapatyam ilabhidhanam paryyagraliit pancasarSyudharttah tasyanujobhut puruhtitasarali Pururava bhui i

valayasya gopta narayanoruprabhavam striyam yo jayasriya

sarddham alabdha daityat tasyayur ayurddamano ripunam asid anunasya gunais tanujali hrsyadvaritri pui

lakankiuTibha raraja yasyaddhvaraytiparajih putras tadiyo

parasuh kutrapi ciram pranaste svarajyam indras svayam era cakre ajayatasmad anagho Yayatih pestur dvisam uccalitasya yasya nabhasy udirnno balarenur asit ghano yasahketakajanmabetuli etc.
Naliiisodhiriidhatrivistapam piinyayarani
sutramiii
i i

F. 8b:
sarggali

ii

ity

Agastyapanditakrtau balabharate prathamas

F. 31:

ity

Agastyakrtau brdabbarate caturttbasarggah Agastyakrtau balabbarate saptamas

F.
rggali

59 b:
II

ity

sa-

F. 66 b:
It

Agastyakrtau balabharate astamasarggab ends: pritosmi te prajnatamaya rajan yam icchasi


ity
I

bhratrsu tarn dadami uktas sa tenaivam upodhaharso

ji-

vantam aiccban nakulan narendrah

101

136.

Whish No.
Size: lljXlj in., (1)4Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th cent.?
4<3

137.

leaves, 8 or 9 lines

on a page.

Character: Malayalam.

A Commentary
It

on Jayadeva's G'ltagovinda, in 12 Sargas.


sriganapataye

begins:

hari

nama avighnam

astu

Jayadevanama

kavih

gitagovindabliidham

prabandham

vidadhanah tatpradipadyaiii vastupaksipann eva tanuirdde-

-^4

193

r<~

^arupaiu

bara(m) meghair
timirair va,
It ends:
etc.

mamgalam acarati raegliair mmeduram vasantepi

ity

adi he radhe ani-

krsnahrtair mmegliais

yan nityair iti yad vastu viriucagirijapranesamukhyaih bralimesamukhyai[].i]r mmulmr(?)jjasam nanai

karavicarasaracaturaih nanrividhacintavisesan nipunaih (read


cintavisesanipunaih?) yidvatbliir nnityair vacanaih upanisadvrikyaili jadyapi (?)

na nisciyate tad adyam param vastu

divyair ramadhurai[hjs satsuktisamsodhitaih mrduktisara^o-

dhitaih Jayadevakavyaghatitaih gitagovindavakyaih srirasya

sima
iti

*'

sah bhaktivisesasalinam cetasi cakastu sphuratu

il

srigltagovindavyakhyanc sarasarasiruhakso
ii

nama

dva-

dasas sarggah

srikri?naya

namah

ii

137.

WmsH
Size: 11
^

No. 139.
(1)

X It

in., (1)

70

-}-

leaves,

from 8

to 10 lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Probably middle of 18th Character: Malayalam.

cent.

Suryasiddhdnta, 13 Adhyayas.
It begins:

The Suryasiddlidntavivarana , a Commentary on the by Paramesvara pupil of Rudra, in


,

harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu gurubhyo namah lokambayai namah srisuryaya namah cidrupakriranam sarvagatam ksiragatajyavat yad yogidrsyah
ii
ii
i

jagatas

tarn

skariyam

laghu

raahahamsam asraye vyakhyatara bhatad anu mahabhaskariyara sabhasyam


i

pascal lilavati ca grahagativisayam kihcid anyac ca yena


soyani sri-Rudrasisyo vadanajasisave

suryasiddhantasama-

stliam vaksyaty aspastam arttham ganitavisayagara


tatraiva hi syat
i

tatra

tavat bhagavata siiryena

karma Maya-

yoditam suryasiddhantam vivaksur ayam acfirya istadevatapranamapurvakam Mayasiiryayos saravadamayaprasnottare


I

Aksara

indistinct, looks like ju or

fiju.

13

-5H

194

Kvacanafi
etc.
II

niyuktasya
pradarsayati
r. 11: F.

sCiryamsasya
I

purusasya

ca

kramat

acintyavyaktarupaya,

20b:

iti

suryasiddhantavivarane pratliamoddliyayah

iti
ii ii

Paramesvare suryasiddhantavivarane

dviti-

yoddliyayali

Paramesvare triprasnaddbyayas trtiyab Adbyaya lY ends f. 34b, A. V f. 37 b, A. YI f. 40b, f. 52b, A. YII f. 44, A. YIII f. 47b, A. IX f. 50, A. A. XI f. 55b, A. XII f. 68b. etat te sarvam akbyatam rahasyam param It ends:
F. 31:
iti
ii

atbhutam brahmaitat paramam punyam sarvapapapranaevam upasamhrtam sastram nilabjyos sam^anam gamat sauuiye sthitena paramadina siddhantam vivrtam iti Paramesvare suryasisauram isvarenaivam atppasab^ ddhantavivarane trayodasoddhyayah srilokambayai namah
ii
ii

il

^risuryadisarvagrahebhyo

namali

ii

srisarasvatlprasadika

ii

138.

Size:

9t

X 1|

in.,

(1)

Whish No. 140. + 97 -]- (1) leaves, from 7


Whish
is

to 9 lines

on a page.
is

Material: Palm leaves.

Date:
year 998,

An
i.

entry by Mr.

dated 1817

which
is

very

strange, as the date


e.

given at the end of the

MS.

the Koliam

A. D. 1823.

Cluu-acter: Malayalam.

The

leaves

numbered by Aksaras.

The

Saliasranama]}adijavrttl or metrical

Commentary on
i

the Visnusahasrandman.

srlganapataye namah avighnam astu jagad idam akhilam yena va tat pravistaii jivo bhutva khalu jalaravivan mayaya nirggunopi (i) yasminn ante vilayantarn paranandan conani (?)^ visnum vande mama
It begins:
asij
i

harih

yasmad

hrdi uilayam sasvatam santam

ekam srstvadisargge kavim atmamayaya svanabhipatmad akhilartthasiddhaye (l) vedan


ll

saharagair avadan (read avadat?) puratanan yas tarn gurun naumi sadartthasiddhaye (i) Yyasasisyo mahatejas sa Yai^ampayano munih uvaca punar apy enam rajanam Jana1

Id

est alpasah.

Metre wronjr.

Four Aksaras

wantino:.

-3m

195

i<~

Diejayara

srutvavadharya ni^citya dliarmman iianavidha(n) paran a^esenaiva kartsnyena nissesenavisamkaya etc.


ii

It ends:

.sripiirvapurnnapriyavfidarena
i

dliitamanasena vrttir

samparkasam^omniaya kcsavapurnnanaiuMam ( ?)
laghuvrttir iyaia liaripadayugan

sahasrasya samlriteyam

drdliahhaktiiiiata katliita vimala suvimrsya naro yadi

tSm

prapafhed dlirtiki-tyaliarim sa vimuktimayat namapadyavrttau dasamasatam samaptam


astu
I

iti
ii

srlsahasra-

sri-Vedavyasaya namah,

etc.

(Date

etc. in

subham Malayalam
ii

language.)

139.

AVmsH No.
Size:

141.
6 or 7 lines on a page.

7f

xl?

in.,

(1)

102

+ (1)

leaves,

Material: Palm leaves.

Date:

KoUam

year 999, or A. D. 1824.

Character: Malayalam.

SodasakiHyd, a manual of domestic ceremonies (Jatakarman, Upanayana, Marriage, etc.), according to the school of Bodlidyana, in the Malayalam language, the Yedic Mantras being quoted in Sanskrit, e. g.: f. 9b: mantram asma bhava parasu(r) bhava hiranyam asrtam bhava vedo mai (read vai) putranamasi sa jiva ^aradas satam indrah sresthani dravinani dhehi cittin daksasya subliagatvam asme, etc. See ]\Iantrapatha II, 12, 1; 11, 33. mantram a tisthemam asmanam a^meva tvam F. 35: sthiro bhava abhi tistha prtanyatas sahasva prtanEyatah mantram ya akrntann avayan ya atanvata yas ca devir antan abhi to dadhantha tas tva devIr jjarasa sam vyaSee Mantrap. II, yantv ayusman idam pari dhatsva vasah

2,

2;

5.
i

mantram sakhasi saptapada abhuma sakhyan gameya sakhyat te ma yosam sakhyan me ma yosthah See Mantrapafha I, 3, 14. F. 79: mantram yas tva hrda kirina manyamanomarF. 67:
te
i
i

ttyam marttyo johavlmi


11, 5.

jatavedo,

etc.

See Mantrap.
13*

II,

-^

196

H^

MO.

WmsH
Size:

No. 142.

Oj-xlf
18tii

in-:

103 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date:

or 19tii cent.?

Character: Malay alam.

The Ndrdyamya, a Stotra


Kerala).

(by

Ndrdyana Bhatta
is

of

On

the last page there

the following entry

by Mr. C. M. Whish: "Narayaniyam; by a native of Malabar of the Vaisnava sect. The completion of the work by the author is dated 27*^ November 1586 O. S."

The author is described as the 'most popular and welladmired author of Prakriyasarvasvam Dhatukavyam, Narayanlyam, etc.', by the Maharaja of Travancore, JRAS., vol. XVI, 1884, p. 449. See No. 114.
,

It begins: harih sriganapataye namali avighnam astu sandranandavabodhatmakam anupamitam kaladesavadhibhyan niryyuktan nityam uktan nigamasatasahasrena nirbhasyamanam aspastan drstamatre punar urupurusartthatmakam brahmatatvam tat tavat bhati saksat gurupavanapure hanta bhagyah jananam etc.
i i

F. 18 marg.: venasya katha


F. 22 marg.: ajamilakatha
i

F. 24b marg.: liiranyaksakatha F. 25 marg.: narasimhavataram


It ends:

mahatvara yad iha nigaditam visvanatha ksametha(h) stotraii caitat sahasrottaram adhikataram tvatprasadaya bhiiyat dvedha narayanlyasrutisu ca janusa stutyatavarnnanena sthitam lilavatarair idam iha kurutam ayurarogyasaukhyam srikrsnaya nam ah narayaniyam samaptam srigurubhyo namah etc.
te
i

ajhatva

ii

ii

ii

ii

141.

Whish No.
Size: 9^Xl-^i
in.,

143.

(1) -f-

189 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

-^i

197

i<~

Date: Kollam 981, i. e. A. D. 180G, according to the scribe's colophon (written in Malayalam language) at the end of the MS. Character: Malayalam.

The SmrticandnM, by Deva

or

Devanm

BJiatfojjddhydya,

son of Kesavdditi/a BhaffoiMdhydya,

Paricclieda I of the

Vyavaliarakanda. Another copy of the same work as No. 129 (1) (Whish No. 128).

142.

Whish No.
Size:

144.

14x1 J
&

in,,

(11

99 leaves, 11 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

The MS. was copied by Krsuadvija in the Kollam Kollam A. D. 1810, according to the scribe's colophon toUayiratta empattaficamata makaramasain ancantiyyati coppaccayum rohiniyuiu suklapaksattit dvadasiyum Siiiihah karanavum kutiyadivam vatalayesanugrahena Ivrsiiadvijena likhitam pustakam Character: Malayalam.
Date
Scribe:

year 985,

i.

e.

ii

The
vindn,

Arutiranjinl, a

Commentary on Jayadera's GUagoin 12 Sargas.

by Lalxsmidhara,
of the

Another copy No. 111).

same work as No. 113

(1)

(Whish

143.

Size:

9^
or

X Ij

in.

WmsH No. (and 7t X H

145.
16

in.),

+ 21 +

19

+5+

11 leaves,

(4,

5,

7) lines

on a page.
leaves.

Material:

Palm

Date: Early 19th cent.? Character: Malayalam.

Various collections of Mantras for Tantric worship, and fragments of Tantric treatises.
(1)

collection of 110 Mantras,

beginning:

om

hriiii

6rim kllm
I

am

(?')

nityakamesvari klim sarvasatvavasanka-

Indistinct.

-^

198

t<-

rlsenali sarvastrlpurusavasankari

aim kllm sauh sauh


(?)

klira

aim hrim namo bhagavativiccai


namali,
etc.

mahatripurasundaryyai

F. 10 b:

na
na
ii

guror adhikam na guror adhikam na guror

adhikam

guror

adhikam sivasasanatas sivasasanatas


|

sivasasanatas

sivasasanatah
ii

110
11:

srigurucaranaravinda-

bhyam namali
(2)

fragment begins on

f,

adhare

limganabhau

hrdayasarasije talumiile lalate dvaipatre sodasare dvidasa-

dasadale dvadasarddlie catuske vasante balamaddhye da-

kanthadese svaranam harnsan tatvarttbayuktam sakaladalayutam varnnarupan namami etc. This fragment breaks off on f. 13b, f. 14 contains some benedictions (namo ganesaya namo vidbatre, etc.), ff. 15 & 16
pbakarasabite
i

contain another fragment.


(3)
(f.

Another Tantric
:

treatise

(or fragment),

beginning

1)

caturbhujam mahavisnum samkhacakragadadharam

manasa

cintaye devam manasasnanam ucyate kbasthitam pundarikaksam mantramui'ttim harim smaret anantadityasankasam vasudevah caturbhujam samkhacakragadapatmadharinani vanamalinarn syamalam, etc. atha (4) A Collection of Mantras, beginning (f. 1): patram viti om prakrtya vikarabuddhimatasrotratvak-

caksujihvaghranavakpanipadapayupastha - sabdasparsaruparasagandha-akasaYayuvahnisalilabhumyatmana asuddhatatvena am am ah aim atmatatvena sthuladeham parisodbayami sodhayeti bruyur aryyah, etc.
F. 17 ends: iti samkhapuja gaingamgayai visvarupayai sadasivamrtayai narayanyai namo namali Ff. 18 19 contain some tables of Mantras in four
i
i

columns.
(5)
rsili

Another

amrtagayatri

rudro
(6)

Mantras begins (f. 1): Sukra cchandah sarjjivani(read samjlvani?)devata aim sukrasapanam klim, etc.
collection of

Collection of 50 Mantras, beginning

(f.

1):

harih

sriganapataye

namah srimadvagdevatayya
natvri

tva

gananatbam

pranamya
bruve
ii

ca
ii

desikanathah

ca

sivanandarasam

->i
It ends:

109

H$-

anandamrtapuritaharapadarnbhojalavale

sthitil
stbita,

sthairyopaglmaiii upetya bliaktilatika ^akhopa^akhil

inmanasakriyamrmapatalim akramya niskalmasa bhavatu nityal)histaplialaprada me salkarmraasamvaruccair

ddbita

ii

50

ii

lU.

Whish No.
Size:
fl-s

1-16.

X It

in.,

(l)

+ 52

leaves, 9 or 10 lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: ISt^i or 19th cent.?


Character: Malayalam.
(1)

Tbe Prasnasamgralia from


,

the Sdrasamgraha, a treatise

on astrology.
It

begins:

sriganapataye
namali

namab avighnam
(i)

astu

srl-

suryadisarvagrahebhyo

stiryendvagnivilocanam

girisutfiraktani budliuntasvrkam devedyam rajatacalendrabhrgubhuh konadhivasotsukam sarppalamkrtacaruvigraba-

mayam
gulikan

vrddboksaketura

bhaje
i

kantbantarggatakalakiitai

maddhyatavyadhipam ceHuranatbam sivam 1 pranamya kamalam prane^varam sarapade krsniyaprabhrtira vicarya bahudha prasniigaman afijasa saragrhyapi guruditam laghudhiya(m) bodhaya padyair nnavaih prcchasamgraham adadhamy aham asau dcyva(read daiva)jnatustyai bhavet 2 skandhesu trisu sasramali krtamanas siddhantabhedesu va paficasv attamantrattamo (read manastamo?)
i
i

nipimadhiracaryavan satyavan

daivajnah krtanityakarma-

karano japtilttamantro grahan paficamgeksai.iapiirvakam 3 hi ganaye dastantata (?) svasthadhi(h) dasabhir nnavasamyuktaih padyair iti samirita F. 2b: dutalaksmadikaddhyayah prathaniali prasnasamgrahe iti sarasaragrahe prasna^astrestamamgaddhyayo F. 4b:
i
i

ii

ii

dvitlyah

F. 5b: F. 22:

iti

sarasaragrahe
ii

prasna^astre
prasnasastre
ity

sugrivaprasnagrahavivaranfiii

ddhyayas trtiyah
iti

sarasaragrahe
li

ddhyayo dasamah

F. 32b:

ayu(h)prasnah

slokanaiu

-^
^atakenaivam

200

f<-

ayuhprasna udahrtali
ii

saikena

dasakenatha

vivahaprasna ucyate

uktam agamabhavena saptivarsaIt ends (f. 38b): namrgayayudhoh laksanara vimsatislaukair (sic) ity evam
prasnasamgrahali
ii

iti
ii

pra^nasamgrahah

ii

ii

ii

iti

prasnasam-

graham samaptam

(2)

Fragment
It begins

of

the

Laglivl
(if.

Jdtakapaddhati,

and

other

fragments not identified


(f.

38b

52).

38 b):

harili

natvadyara paramesvarara ga-

napatim suryendubhuvrtividvaglsrisphujidaki(?)raliusikhino devan gurtims cakliilan krsniyad aparas (read rac?) ca

saram api yet (read yat) kiiicit samadaya taccha(s)tram sisyahitaya samgraham aham vaksyami samksepatah janmayuktaphalani janmasamaye jnatva salagnan grahan daivajhah pravadet tathaiva sakalam prasnodayarksad api prasnam janma samam phalesu sudhiyas samsanty avijiiatam apy adesyam vidusa hi varyam akhilam prasnopadesad
yatah tithyrksesu subhesu saumyadinakrdvarenukulekhile deyva(read daiva)jham vidhivat prasadya sumatin datva param piTibhrtam prahne prcchatu prcchakas tv abhimatam
nirddharya buddhyaiva tad ramye bhumitalesu mamgalayute

cakvam likhed daivavit etc. madane priye mrti sukhe putro yatha samF. 46 b: bhavah hara syat gunasamyutir ggunagunaharrdirta sva
i

dasa

coktavat
Tlien

labdhany 40
i

antaraja
iti

dasatha

vidasa

saddhya
ii ii

tatas

jatakapaddhatir llaghvi

follows
^

(f.

46 b)

harih

sonarkanisakaraksiti-

javim

(?)

jivasphujitsuryajan vighnesana svagurun praiiamya

^irasa devln ca vagisvarim prasnajhanavidhau

patyas

Yarahamihirayad vasturo llokanam hitakamyaya dvijavaras tikam karoty albhutam


sa
i

This

is (as

Prof. Aufrecht informs me) the beginning of Utpala^s

Commentary on
.

the

SatpancdMkd of PrtJiuyasas, the son of Vard-

hamihira. See Ind. Off. V, p. 1059 (No. 2993). 2 kesajarkao ovijjTva. Ind. Off. MS.
. .

Varahamihii'acaryasya sadvastuni

10.

Ind.

Oft".

MS.

-^
This
also
Ff.
is

201

f<Tlie next two leaves

only a fragment of one page.

contain fragments of which not

much can be made.


it is

4952

contain Mantras and invocations, and

doubtful whether the leaves beloni? together.

U5.

Whish No.
Size: 74lines

147.

x2

in.,

(2) + 62 + 46 + 32 + 12 + (2) leaves,

from 8

to 12

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: An entry by Mr. Wliish is dated 'Calicut 1822', and at the end of the Tarkasamgrahadlpika the date KoUam 997 (also curresponding to A. D. 1822) is given. Character: Malayalam.
(1)

The
<ff.

Sdhlihyasaptatl, or Safilihyakdrikd,, by Isvaralcrsna

17).

See No. 104.

It

begins:

harih
7):

sriganapataye

namah avighnam
|

astu

duhkhatrayabhighataj jijhasa tadapaghatake hetau drste saparttha cen naikantatyantatobhavat etc.


It

ends

(f.

iti

sarakhyilsaptati
tatvais

samaptah

sat-

trimsata

samghatitaya

tvagadisaptavarano

bha-

vaya

etc.

(2)

The Jayamangald, a Commentary on the


by ^ankara
It begins
(ff.
(f.

SdhliJiyasa;ptati,

762).
7b):

harih

sriganapataye

namah

ii

ii

adhi-

gatatatvalokam lokottaravadinam prai.iamya munim kriyate saptatikayas tika jayamamgala nama preksavantonukte
prayojane na kvacit pravarttanta
tatvajfifman

moksah

pancavimsatitatvajiio

prayojanam ucyate tathoktam tatvani ,paficavimsatih yatra kutrasrametarah jatl mundi


iti
i
i i

sikhi va vimucyate natra sarasayah

etc.

It

ends

(f.

62):

iti

srlmatparamahamsaparivraja(read
^risri-

parivrajaka)caryasri-Govindabhagavatpi'ijyapadasisyena

Samkarabhagavata krta sarakhyasaptatitlka samapta


sarasvatyai

namah

srikr^naya

namah

ii

-^

202
(3)

f^

The Tattval^anmudi
ptati,

a Commentary on the Sanhhyasa(ff.

hj VdcasjKitimisra

140).

See No. 104


prajas

(3).

It begins:

harih

sriganapataye

namah avighnam

astu

ajam

ekam lohitasuUakrsnam bahvih


i

srjamanan

namamah

aja ye tiXfi jusamana bhajanto jahaty enam bhuktabhogan numas tan Kapilaya mahamunaye munaye sisyaya tasya casuraye Pancasikhaya tathesvarakrsnaya vayan nam as}' amah iha khalu pratipipitsitam arttham
i

pratipadayan pratipadayitavadheyavacano bhavati, etc. It ends (f. 40): iti sri-Yacaspatimisraviracita sara-

kumudanlva cetarasi bodhayanti satam sada sri-Vacaspatimisranam krti syat tatvakaumudi aksaram yat paribhrastam matrahlnan tu yat bhavet ksantum arhanti vidvamsah kasya nasti vyatikramah srigurubhyo namah
khyasaptatitika samaptah
ii

ii

ii

ii

ii

ii

ii

(4)

fragment, not identified

(ff.

41

46).

alam utkanthaya tavety upadese tustih sakalakhyogha ucyate ya tu na kalan napy upadanat prakrter vivekakhyatir api tu bhagya deva ata eva madalasapatyani balani matur upadesamatra devavivekakhyatimanti muktani babhuvuh, etc.
vidhasyati
(5)

F. 41 begins:

te

The

TarlxasamgraliadlpU^d,

hhatta on his
It begins:

a Commentary by Annamown Tdrlmsamgraha (ff. 32).

visvesvarara

harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu sambamurttim pranipatya giram gurum tikam
i

sisuhitam kurve tarkasa(m)g;rahadipikam


It

etc.

ends:

ity

Annambhattopaddhyayakrtatarkkasamii

grahadipika samfipta

ii

srimahatripurasundaryai

namah

li

etc.

(Date

etc. in

Malay alam language.)


(6)

The

TarJi-asamr/ralici,

by Annamhlmtfa

(ff.

12).

-^
It begins:

203

Hg-

harih
etc.

srlganapataye

namah avighnam

astu

nidhaya

hrdi,

Kanadanyayamatayor balavyutpattisiddhaye It ends: Annambhattena vidusa racitas tarkkasamgrahah tarkkasamgrahas samaptah sri-Vedavyasuya namali srigurave namah.
ii

146.

Whish No.
Size: 7

148.

Is^ in.,

+
i.

129

60 leaves, from 6 to 9 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.
e.

Date: Kollam 992, language on f. 129.)


Scribe:

A. D. 1817.

(Date given in ^NFalayalam

Damodara.
(1)

Character: Malay alam.

Ff. 1

contain some fragments, not identified.


(2)

The Sarvdrthacintdmani
See Hultzsch
It begins:
II,

an

astrological

treatise,
(ff.

by

yenlMfandyaha, son oi Appaydrya. Fragment only

22).
astu
i

No. 1307,

p. 128,

harih

srlganapataye
vinilayam

namah avighnam
sri

srimacchesagiristhale

-Vemkitesam

gurura

natva Vemkitanayakas tv anudinam jatopayayat^ sudhih etc. rahau vilagne F. 22b breaks off with the words:

sakujerkaputre rahau brhatbijmihahuraryyah lagne sea


(3)

e.

Fragment
mllu's

of the first
(f.

Sarga

of the

Balakanda

of Tdl-

Rdmdyana
begins:

23).

F. 23

lokam
vedai.s

gamisyati idara pavitram pfipa-

ghnam punyarn
sriramayane

ca sammitam yah pathed ramaca,

ritam sarvapapaih pramucyate


adikavye

iti and ends: ^riyamadvadikande srinaradavakye srlganapataye ^risamksepo nama prathamas sarggah
ii

namah
I

Read jatoppayaryjat with Dr. Hultzsch' MS.

>^

204
(4)

f<^

Ff. 23 b 129 contain several fragments partly in Sanskrit,

partly in Malayalam, which I cannot identify.


(5)

Malayalam
Ff.

(Astrology?).

Commentary 160.

on

the

Karanapaddhati

U7.

Size: 7^-

1-j in., (1)

Whish No. 149. 160 + (3) leaves, generally

7 lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19tii cent.?


Character: Malayalam.

The Keralamdhdtmya from

the Blmgola-Purdna.

laksmigrame samagatya bhagavan bhrgunaIt begins: ndanah gramanin kalpayam asa tasmin saptadasa dvijan kancidvijam dvijesv atra amgiranvayam eva ca ksetrakaryaya ramas tu laksmisasyalaye nrpa, etc. E. 6b iti sribhugolapurane keralamahatmye addhyayah F. 39b: iti Sribhugolapurane pahcasoddhyayah F. 50 b: iti sribhiigolapurane keralamahatmye garggayudhisthirasamvade addhyayah
:

ii

ii

li

ii

F.

92:

iti
ii

keralotbhave

nilanadimahatmye

paiicamo-

ddhyayah

F. 131b: iti sriblmgolapurane umamaheSvarasamvade keralamahatmye samksepo nama prathamoddhyayah F. 155: ity agastyasamhitayam keralotbhave iksunadimahatmye paficapahcasodhyayah iti keralotbhave sthalesamahatmye catussastisIt ends: Satatamodhyayah subham bhavatu
ii

ii

ii

li

148.

Wiiisn No. 150.


Size: ll:i

If

in.,

209 leaves (the

first

of which

is

missing), 7 lines

on a page.
Afaterial:

Palm

leaves.

-^

205

f<^

Date: 17th or 18 th cent.? Character: Malayalam. The leaves are numbered by Aksaras. Injuries: The first two leaves damaged.

The Sutasamliitd of the Slianda-Purdna. The Sivaniahatmyakhanda wants the beginning (one leaf), the Jnanayoga and Mukti Khandas are complete, the end of tlie Yajnavaibhavakhanda is missing. See No. 76.
F.
3:

iti

srlskande purane

siitasamhitayam sivamahaii

tmyakhande prathamoddhyayah The Sivamaliatmyakhanda ends (f. 41): iti skiinde purane sutasamhitayam sivamahatmyakhande trayodasoddhyayah ^ivamahatmyakhandas samaptah

ii

ii

The Jhilnayogakhanda ends


ii

(f.

83):

iti

jnanayoga-

kliande samadhividhir vimsatitaraoddhyayah

ii

samapta jhamuktikhande
39 ^^ Adhyaya

nayogakhandah The Muktikhanda ends (f. 112): iti navamoddhyayah muktikhandas samaptah

li

ii

The MS. breaks


(which begins
f.

off in

the middle of

tlie

204) of the Yajnavaibhavakhanda.

M9.
Wbdesh No. 151.
Size: 7|

x It

in., (1)

+1+

109

+ (1) + 20 + 29 +

(1) leaves,

7 or

8 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 18th cent.? Character: Malayalam.


(1)

The AhhijmnasdJcuntala, by Kdliddsa,


It

in 7 Acts.

begins: harih srlganapataye

namah nandyante
srstir

tatah

adya vahati vidhihutam ya havir ya ca hotra (read hotrl) ye dve kalam vidhatta srutivisayaguiia ya sthita vyapya visvam yam ahus
pravisati sutradharah ya srastus

sarvabhutaprakrtir

iti

yayfi prfuiinah jiranavantah pratyai

ksabhih prapannas tanubhir avatu vas tabhir astabhir i^ah naipatthyabhimukham avalokya aryye yadi naipatthyavii

-^
dhanam avasitam
itas

206

r<-

tavad agamyatam

pravi^ya nati

ama

ia limi

su

abhirupabhuyistha parisad esa adya khalu

Kalidasagrathitavastuna

navena
16b, the
5*1^

natakenopasthatavyam
2''^
f.

asmabhih

etc.

The
f.

first

Anka
A.

ends
f.

f.

42, the

4*1^

58, the

A.

A. f. 30, the 3'^ A. 72b, the 6'^ A. f. 94b.


i

tava bhavatu api ca It breaks off (f. 109b) with: vidaujah praiyavrsti(h) prajasatatayajhas (sic) svarggino bha(Verse 193 in Bohtlingk's vayalam yugasataparivartta.
edition.)
(2)

The Daksayajnaprahandha, a poem. The Catalogue of the Library of the India Office, voL II, part I, p. 65 mentions a 'Daksayajna, by Ramanarayana', published Calcutta 1881. The same work? harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu It begins:

^rimatkailasasailesakalaganacamucakrasampurnnasanau

sa-

nandam

parijataprasavasulabhilan

(?)

manayan mandavatan

pratyagrapremahrdyam anisam anusaran daksajamiksu (?) capakridabhedair anaisit kamapi sa samayam somalekhakalapah 1 It ends (f. 20): sadyas samprapya satraksitim anumiliii ii

praptajivaih datva rudrasya bhagani vidhivad avahitas satrasesam samapya svastha svam svan nivaiti daksayasarn prayayur atisukhas sopi dakso babhtiva jnaprabandham samaptam

tam prakrtaih

ii

ii

ii

ii

(3)

A
It

fragment, not identified.


begins:

harih

sriganapataye

namah avighnam

astu

sakam raja sagarbhyais samayajalanidhira dustaram sadhu


nirmmukto vaktrarandhrad vidhur iva tamaso bhasamano nitantam panim partthatmajenatbhutabhujamahasa grahayann uttarayas santusyan bandhuvarggais etc. salia ^amanasuto matsyapuryany avatslt matrvacam aciran ni^amya padatarit (?) vlnihaIt ends: namaskaric (?) cadarena nijasodaran ca samudam pranamya
tirttha (read tirtva?)
i

'

The metre

requires a short syllable.

->t

207

H$-

samanatraajam
tan
teli

yatiidbanapararaesakollupatinri.sumarutasuadi
ii

(?)^

*
II

devacaranaravindamakakan

vila * (?)^

karutibhinan

150.

WmsH
Size: Q-k

No. 152.
generally 9 lines on a page.

ly

in., (2)

196

+ (2) leaves,

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Kollam 999, i. e. A. D. 1824. Character: Malayalam.

The Tantrasamuccaya.
It

begins:

liarih
i

sriganapataye namali aviglinam astu


adhistba-

^rlgurave

namah srimatsatgunasambhrtara vapur

yanugrlmati yah sraddhabhaktipavitratopaharanai svarara-

bhabhukarukaib purnnanandarasanubhur ativisadan (?) taippito yajvanas tan devani nnigamagamadyadhigatam nityain samaradhnuyah (?) 3 gurudivakarabhadrakataksarusphurii

tahr(t)kamalodarasainbbrtah likhitasmy atha tantrasamuccayah,


etc.
iti tantrasamuccaye rahasyagamasarah patalah samapi sasthaprakrtita (sic) krtapadapithapratimavarakapl-

F. 103:

thika pratisthah
144:

ii

tantrasamuccaye samudyatghatasamkhyaF. parikalpanaprakarah patalah kalasaprasadhanaitatsnapanaiti

khyandavarosta samaptah
It ends:

ii

baliplthamahaddhvajadijittena
(sic)
ii ii ii
i

vihitair
ii
ii

ddeva-

visuddhyavasrutais tatsuli^oddhya

iti

samntra-

samuccyeye samaptah
language.)

(sic)

etc.

(Date

in

Malayalam

151.

Size: ll

X It

in.,

(1)

Whish No. 154. + 137 + 4 leaves, generally

7 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 17th or 18th cent.?


1

2 3

The metre The metre


Doubtful

requires ^-.
requires

w-

for vila*.

readiner.

^^.
Character: Malayalam. way as Xo. 19.

208

r<-

The

leaves are

numbered by Aksaras,
lost.

in

the same

Injuries: Leaves 93 and 94 damaged, half of leaf 100

(1)

The Alanikarasarvasva by Eajdnal<a Euyyalm or MaiiOur MS. mentions Mankhuka as the author's name. In Burnell, Tanjore, p. 54 a, the name of the author
lilmlm.
is

given as 'Kasmirasandhivigrahikamankhuka.'

Generally

Eajanaka Ruyyaka (or Rucaka) is mentioned as the author Thus in the edition published in the 'Kaof our work.
vyamala' (Xo. 35,

Bombay

1893);

also

in

the

Bodleian

MS. Wilson 406


is

(Aufrecht- Oxford 210 a), where

Euppaka

p.

a mistake for Ruyyaka. Mitra, Notices No. 3015 (vol. IX, 117) has Rajanaka Rucaka. Biihler (Report, pp. 51,
seq.)

67
of

Mankha

has shown that Rajanaka Ruyyaka was the Guru or Maiikhaka (who wrote his Srikanthacarita

between A. D. 1135 and 1145). Is Mankhuka identical with Mankhaka, and was he the real author of the Alaiukarasastra which his Guru appropriated to himself? harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu It begins:

naraaskrtya param vacan devin trividhavigraham nijalamkarasiitranam vrtya talparyam ucyate iha bhamahotbhata-

prabhrtayas tavac cirantanalanakarakarah pratiyamanam arttham vacyopaskarakatayrdamkarapaksaniksiptam ma-

nyante tatha hi, etc. sabdalamkaratvaprasamgat tasmad asrayasrayiIt ends: samaptaii cedam alambhavenaiva cirantanamatanusrtih

ii

ii

karasarvasvam
ndhivigrahikah

ii

ii

iti

Mamkhuko
sivaya

vitene

kasmlraksitipasa-

sukavimukhalamkaran tad idam alamkaii

rasarvasvam
astu
II II
11

ii

ii

ii

namas

santaya

ii

ii

ii

"

subham

II

(2)

A
It

fragment

(4 leaves,

marked ka, kha,


sabdrirtthau

ga,

gha),

not

identified.

begins: iha

visistau

kavyam

tayos

ca

-^
vaisistyan

209

f^

dharmamukhena vyaparamukluma vyamgyamuiti

kliena va

trayah prayalipaksal.i adyepy alaiiikarato gunato


etc.
iti

veti dvaividdhyara,

It ends:

tririipatvad
ii

paksadharmmatvam
trini

sapakse

satvam vipaksad vyavfttir

iti

rupani

ii

vakyanyayo ml-

mamsakanyayah

152.

Size: 13-|

X Iv

in.,

(1)

Whish No. 155. + 137 + 39 + (1) leaves,

from 10

to 12 lines

on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Probably copied for Mr. Whish in the early part of the
19 th cent.

Character: Malayalam.
(1)

The Amarakosodghdtana, a Commentary on Amarasimha's Ndmalingdmisdsana, by Kslrasvdntm. Not quite complete. See Aufrecht in Z. D.M. G., XXVIII (1874), pp. 103 seqq.;
Burnell, Tanjore, p. 45.
It begins: barih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu srigurubhyo namali disyac cbivani sivayos tilakayamanam

gorocanarucilalatavilocanam

vah
bahir

anyonyagadhapariramiva

bbanipidanena

pindibhavan

sphutitonuragah

adyapy

abhinnamudro

yortthilrtthibhir

Amarakosa

esa
i

budhali utpatyate yathecchara grhniddhvan namaratnani

prakrtipratyayavakyair

vyastasamastair

nniruktinigada-

bhyam iti saptastaih pathibhir nnamnain parayaiiaiu kurmmali bhagna abhidhanakrto vivarltaras ca yatra vibbrantab namani tani bhaktum atigahanam aho vyavasita smah sabajo yas samullasah ksirabdhes sopi mamsyate candra ity atra kim kurmo gatanugatikaii jagat vastv eva tan na hi bhavet kriyatenyatha yat kas chadayed dinamanini karasamputona saretarantaravicaracanan pratlrsyams tenai i

ham

eva bata durjjana cakravartti

etc.

F. 21b:

ity

Amarakosotghatane sabdadivarggas

sara-

purnnah
rnnah

ii

F. 107:
ii

ity

Amarakosotghatane vaii^yavarggas sampii14

-^
F. 113: F. 128:

210

H$-

iti

sri-Ksirasvamyutpreksite
i

Amarakosotghaii

tane bhumyadikancio dvitiyah

sudravarggas sampurnnah

ity Amarakosotghatane
II

samkirnnavarggas sam-

purnnah

It breaks off (f. 137b) with: saradi bhavas saradah laksanayabhinavah adhrstopratibhah suddho varsa ca vidvatsupragalbhau visaradau vigatas saradopratibhatvan
i

ii

dososya vi^aradah

ii

ii

ii

See Amarakosa III,


(2)

3,

94.

The Campuhhdrata, by Manaveda, Stabakas I


Cf.

VI.
i

'Manavedacampu', Aufrecht CC.

p. 451.

It begins: harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu laksmim atanutat sa vo munivaro Vyasabhidhanonisam yah praleyagirav Apantaratamoriipena nityan tapah tanvfi-

nasya kalaharer avikala lokopakarodyatad rag asyandata bharatamrtajhari yasyeyam [asye yam] asyendutah 1 nrtyaI 1

ntam rajanimukhe svapitaram stutyan

trilokljanair nnityan

tan nijakarnnatalavavanair atyantam anandayan aghnanas

ca yathalayam bhuvi karagrenoriinadam krpanighnatma sa


hi vighnaraja iha

me

vighnan vijeghniyatam

F.

7:

iti
ii

sri-Manavedaviracite campubharate prathama

stabakah
stabakah

It ends:

ii

iti

sri-Manavedaviracite campubharate sastha

atha bhiipatir atbhutavadanam gunasamrahjitasarvajlvalokam yuvarajapade yuvanam enam bharatam


ii

modabharahcitobhyasihcat

ii

153.

WmsH
Size:

Xo. 158.
14-|-44 leaves, 7 or 8 lines

7^Xls

in.,

35

+5+ +9+
-i

on a page.
Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 17 1^ or 18*^ cent.? Character: Malayalam.

(1-3) Fragments of works, partly in Sanskrit, partly


yalam, not identified.

in

Mala-

-^

211
(4)

^-

Fragment
It begins:

of a Fniyogasdrn, a Avork on ritual?

barili atah param pravaksyami yogam paramadurllabham dharmamoksapradan tatvan divj^am divya-

layapradani niskalasyaprameyasya devasya paramatraanah

santanayogam ity abiis samsaroccbittisadbanam yogat samadhis sayujyam sayujyad divyasamnata sa hi samsarasandhana bavani muktir isyate kamakrodbas tatba lobbo mobas ca mada eva ca matsaryaii ceti sadvarggo vain jneyo miimuksuna yamas ca niyamas tadvad asannam pranadbaranam pratyabaro dbarana ca dbyanan capi samai

dbita,

etc.

atab param pravaksyami yatbavac cbamkulaksanam nitye naimittike capi vasadblne ca karmani dikvidiksamsaye prapte sarnF.
8:
iti

prayogasare paiicamah patalab

ii

kus saranam ucyate,


It

etc.

ends

(f.

9 b):

prasastasutrastiksman
i

vadbarayet

yatbaiva

tu samkunaivapurvaparayamyasaumyadigbbagavi-

jfianam ibopadistam samasantastavisayara vivicya karyyani

karmanibandbanani

iti

prayogasare satdvimsab patalab


(5)

ii

ii

Fragment of a work and domestic rites.


:

of tbe

Prayoga kind, on witcbcraft

barib mesamrimsamalakirnnatatketamisadbiiIt begins yasya pitadadimlpbalasanpattim mabatira labbate param kasyapi mamsena goksiragulasamgina tena siktena nS,ramgI
i

pratbamam kusumo mesah kusussvadakbya* pbalosrita tbarena ksate krte jaragbayam tilaciinmena samena madbui

sarppisa

etc.

F. 1

F.
F.

F.

padapadobalaprakaravidbi. lb marg.: vrki?asecanam. (Read bija?) 2 marg.: vijaropanam. vrksavaicitryadobalabbedab 2b marg.:


margin:

bijastam-

bbanara.

F. 5 marg.:
I

tilakosarvalokavasyakaram.
of the syllable ssva
is

The reading

doubtful.

14*

-^
F. 5 b marg.: F. 8 marg.:

212

H$-

F. 9 F.

rtunasam. vaiijiraprakriya. marg.: payastambhah.


:

10 marg.

bhunagatailaprakarah.

bhunagolpatti-

prakarali.

dirghakesakaranam. ke^avrddhih. karnnavrddhih. kucavarddhanam. F. 12 b marg.: strlmukhakantikaranam. syamikaharanam.


F. lib marg.:
F. 12 marg.:

kantisaurabhakaranam. F. 13 marg.: ^ariradurgandhaharanam

dordduramo-

daharanam vadanadurgandhaharanam kantisaurabhakaranam F. 13b marg,: sussvarakaranam. atibuddhiprayogali.


i
i

ksulpipasaharanaprayogah.
F. 14 marg.:
It ends
(f.

pipasaharanam.
:

14)

dugdhayuktam phalam

dhatryadinaikam

pesayet tatali sitajyasahitah vacyamodakam bhaksayet tu


tarn dasaratresu sambanti iDipasan ca
(6)

na samsayali

ii

ii

The Sambhava-Farvan of the Mahabhdrata in twelve Adhyayas. This MS. has been fully treated in my paper "On the South-Indian Recension of the Mahabharata,"
,

Indian Antiquary,

vol.

XXVII,
154.

1898, pp.

134136.

Whish No.
Size: 10

159.
or 8 lines on a page.

Xl?

in.,

-{-

72

1 leaves, 7

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 17 1^^ or 18th cent.?


Character: Malayalam.
Injuries:

Some

leaves

damaged

bj^ insects.

The Prdkrtarupavatdra, a Prakrt Grammar, by 8imliardja, son of Samudrabandhayajvan. See Pischel, Grammatik der Prakrit-Sprachen Strassburg 1900, p. 42 seq.
(Biihler's

Grundriss

I,

8),

It begins: harih ^rlganapataye namah avighnam astu antarayandhatamasaviddhvamsanavibhakaram daityavar-

-^-4

213

^<-

tmopamarddendum vande karimukliam mahah (read aham?) uttarabhimukha bhakta yasya vacaspatav api bhajami bhagadheyan tam prasannam daksinamukham setum vyakhyai

narupam gahanam akrta ya^ sastrasahityasiiidhor buddhya baddhva yatharttham vyaracayata nijam sindhubandhetisamjnam natva tam yayajukain nigamavidhividara tatam asya prasadad vyaktam rupavataram viracayati mitam
Simharat prakrtiyam iha prakrtasabdas tridha skrtasamas saraskrtabbava de^yas ceti etc.
i
i i

sam-

F. 13:

ity

ajantah pullimgah parisamaptah


i

II

athajanta

strilimga ucyante

F. 72b ends:

yusmadadibhyah
i

bbavati
Ff.

tuhmara
f.

ahmara

parasya chasya didaro anyadrsasyanna iravara isau


ii

7375
ii
ii

are omitted.
76:

It ends on

****i

ssagrhnau drsigrahoh

vassadi

grhnadi

iti

sakalavidyavisaradasya Samudrabandhaya-

jvanas suniina Simharajanamadheyena viracite prakrtaru-

pavatare saurasenyadivibhagas samaptak

ii

155.

WmsH
Size:

Xo. 160.
(1) leaves,

6|-xli

in.,

(1)

+ 103 +

9 or 10 lines on

ca

page.

Material: Paper. Date: 17th or 18th cent.?


Character: Malayalam.

The AmaraJwsa,
slmlia.

or the

Ndmalingdnusdsana by Amara-

It begins:

harih

sriganapataye
etc.

namah avighnam

astu

yasya jnanadayasindhor,
It ends^:

dvandvesvabadavav
i

asvabadava na samahrte
iti trti-

kantas suryenduparyayapurvoyahpiirvakopi ca vatakas ca-

nuvakas ca kudumgakah limgadisamgrahavarggah yakandas samaptah Amarakosakandara etc.


1 2

ii

Leaf damaged. See III, 5, 1617.

-^^

214
156.

H$-

WmsH
Size:

No. 162.

T^xIt
ITtii

in.,

137 leaves, 8 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date:

or 18tii cent.?

Character: Malayalam.

Leaves numbered by Aksaras.


,

The Sivadharmottara CO. p. 649.

in

12 Adhyayas.

See Aufrecht

It begins: harih sriganapataye naniah aviglinam astu jnanasaktidharam santam kumaram samkaratniajam deva
i
i

**

danam skandam Agastyah pariprcchati bhagavan darsanat tubhyam antyajasyapi samgatih saptajanmasu vipratva(iii) svarggat bhrastasya jayate yenasi natha blmtanam
anukampakali atas sarvahitan dharmam samme dharma bahuvidba de^^ai devena kathitah kila te ca srutas tvaya sarve prcchanii tvam ahan tatah kimpradhanas sive dharmas sivavakyan ca kidrsam limgerccitas sivali kena vidhina samprasidati vidyadanafi ca dananam sarvesam uttamam kila tac ca srutau dvijendranan nanyesam samudahrtam tat punyam sarvavarnanaii jayate kena karmana, etc. F. 8b: iti sivadharmottare gosadamgavi(dhi)r nnama prathamoddhyayah F. 25b: iti sivadharmottare vidyarogyastutir nnama
sarvesam
ksepat prabravihi

dvitiyoddhyayah
F.

ii

74b: iti

papagativiseso

F. 97:

iti

svargginarakicihnaddhyayo
.

F. 112:

iti

nama saptamoddhyayah nama praya^cittavidhir nnama ekadasoddhyaii ii

yah

II

It ends:

ii

iti

sivadharmottare skanda[h]prokte sivagame


ii

gomahatmyan nama dvadasoddhyayah samaptam namas sivaya


ii

sivadharmottaram

157.

Size: 7|
23]

ll

in., (1)

+ (1) + 1

-f (1) 4- 1

AVmsH No. 163. + 1 + 52 + 2 + (1) + 17 + 20 leaves, 7 lines on a

[numbered from
page.

7 to

-^
Material: Palm leaves.

215

i<r

Date: 17th or 18th cent.? Character: Malayalam. Leaves numbered by Aksaras.


(1)

A fragment

of the BhaijavadgUd^ breaking off at the


14*''

beginning of the

Adhyaya
1

(verse 14), followed


identify.
i

by some

fragments of works which


It begins:

cannot

sriganapatayenamali avighnam astu Dhrtarauvaca dharmmaksetre kuruksetre samaveta yuyutsavah mfimakah pandavas caiva kim akurvata Sanjaya drstva tu pandavanikarn vyudhan DuryoSaujaya uvaca dhanas tada acaryam iipasaipgamya raja vacanam abrastra
i i i

vit

etc.

F.

41j:

iti

ribhagavatgitasupanisatsu brahmavidyayam

yogasastre

.srikrsnarjunasamvade
ii

arjjuuavisadayogo

nama

prathamoddhyayah

The
gavan

mam
tali,

Adhyaya ends f 52. Then follows: sribbaparam bhiiyali piavaksyami jhananain jnanam uttaya(j) jnatva munayas sarve pararn siddliim ato ga13"^
i

etc.

F,

52b ends:

pravrddlie
lo.

tu

pralayam yati debabhrt

tadottamavida(m)

Then
begins
:

miilambhoruliamaddhyakonavilasatbandhukaragojvalaii 3vrilrijiilajitendukrintilahari[rn]m anandasandayinim

follow two leaves, not numbered.

The

first leaf

helalalitanllakuntaladharan nllottariyanisukani kollurfidini-

vasinim bhagavatln dhyayami

mukambikam

etc.

fragment of 17 leaves, numbered as leaves 7 to 23. harih sriganapataye namali avighnam astu suklabegins: mbaradharam visnum sasivarnnam caturbhujam prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye on namo bhaga-

vate

viXsudevaya

on namo bhagavate

purusottaniaya
etc.
i

on

namo narayanaya on namas


F. 20:

sarvalokagurave,

aksobhyas

sarvapraharanayudhah

harih

iti

om kirttanam yasya kesavasya mahatmauah namnam sahasran divyanam asesena prakirttitam ya idam srnuyan
nityam,
etc.
(f.

It ends

23b):

kayena

vaca manasendriyair va bu-

-^

216

i<~

ddhyatmana vanusrta svabhavat karomi yad yat sakalam parasmai narayanayeti samarppayami ^ubham astu A fragment of one leaf begins: harih mahesvara rsih anustup chandab annapurnnesvarl devata on namo bhagavati annapurnesvari annam me debi dadapaya svaba Vamesvara rsih gayatrl chandah kumaramiirttir ddei

ii

ii

vata

etc.

(2) The Anandalahari, by ^anJcardcdri/a. See Haeberlin's Kavyasamgraha pp. 246 seqq.

It begins sriganapataye namah avighnam astu sivas saktya yukto yadi bhavati saktah prabhavitum na ced evan devo na khalu kusala spanditum api atas tvam araddhyam
:^

hariharavirihcadibhir
ends:

api
i

pranantum stotum va katham


1
i

akrtapunyah prabhavati
It

pradlpajvalabhir
candropalajalalavair
i

ddivasakaranirajanavidhis

argghyaracana svaklyair ambhobhis saHlanidhisauhityakaranan tvadlyabhir vagbhis tava janani vacam stutir iyam 103 ya kanthanalakabalikrtakalakiitacchayeva visphurati vaksasi candramauleh sa me samastaduritani kataksamala tucchikarotu tuhinacalakanyakayah
ii

sudhasiites

II

158.

Whish No.
Size:

164.
the

7x1t

in-j

150 leaves

(but

two

first

leaves are

lost",

from 7 to 9
Material:

lines

on a page.
leaves.

Palm

Date: 17th cent.? Character: Malayalam.


Injuries:

The MS.

is

in a very

Leaves numbered by Aksaras. bad condition, many leaves being


(1)

badly damaged.

^ankcira^s
nisad,
(flf.

i.

e.,

Commentary on the Bahrrcabrdlimaua-Ux)athe 2^^^^ Aranyaka of the Aitareya- Aranyaka


is

3108).
lost.

The beginning
F.
7
:

atranantaratikrante
yasmin

gran the

mahavratakhyam
^astram

karmmadhigatam

mahad

ukthrikhyam

-^
brhati

217

H$tat

sahasralaksanam

sasyate

karmmoktbasastro-

palaksitam ukthannamanekalokakaladevatadivibliedavi^istapranavijiianena samuccicirsi


F. 34b:
**,
etc.

kaman aptvainrtas samabhavat samabbavad iti iti sri-Govindabbagavatpujyapada^isyaparamabamsaparivrajakacarya-^rl-Samkarabhagavatpadakrtau babvrcabrabmanopanisadvivarane pratbamoddhyaloke sarvan
ii

svargge

yab prana uktbam ity etad avadbaritam tasya ca pranasya sarvatmatvan tan ca sarvatmapranam uktbam abam asmiti
II

vidyat karmajnanadbiki-tab purusah,

etc.
f.

Adbyaya
It ends:

2 ends
iti

f.

45 b; Adby. 4

92;

Adby. 5

f.

103.

sri-Govindabbagavatpujyapadasii?yaparama-

bamsaparivrrijaka-Sarnkarabbagavatpadakrtaubabvrcabrab-

manopanisattika samapta

ii

ii

brabmane namah
II

ii

srlguruII

bbyo namab

ii

sridurggayai

namab
(2)

narayanaya namab

Sahlcara's

Commentary on

tbe Samhitd-Upanisad,
(ff.

i.

e.,

tbe 3'''*Aranyaka of tbe Aitareya-Aranyaka


It

109

150).

begins:

om

atbatas

sambitopanisad

asyas

sarnksepato

sambitaya upanisad ity adya vivaranara karisyamab


api tadarttbabbivyakti syad

mandamaddbyamabuddbinam
iti

tadarttbavijnanaprayojanan ca vaksyati sandbiyate praity adi, etc

jaya pasubbir

It ends (on tbe fragmentary leaf

150 b):

ii

''^**

bbagavat-

pujyapadasisyasrimatparamabamsaparivra **** rabliagavat** ya namab krtau sambitopanisadvivaranam sa **


ii ii

srikrsnaya
*****

namab

ii

sridurggade * ai **

akliilabbuvana-

betun nityavijnanamurttim sakalajanabrdistbam sarvadava

n devadevam prasam ************


159.

AVmsH No.
Size:

165.
as 38 to 82), 13 lines

Us X2

in.,

(2)

+ 45

leaves

(numbered

on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.

Date:

18tii cent.?

Character: Malayalam.

-^
The Commentaries on
2)aryadlpikd),

218

Hg^

the TrjMd^pa, Kutasthadlpa {Tdtof the Pahcadasl,

and Dliydnadipa, parts


(2).

by

Bdmalrma,

the pupil of Bhdrafdlrtha and Vidydranya.

See Nos. 58 and 81

vedartthasya prakasena tamo harddam It begins (f. 38): nivarayan pumartthams caturo deyad vidyatlrtthamahesva-

rah

trptidipasya

natva srl-Bharatltirtha-Vidyaranyamunisvarau kriyate vyakhyanam gurvanugrahat trptidlpakhyam


i

arabhamana sri - Bharatitirtthagurus tasya srutivyakhyanarupatvad vyakhyeyam srutim adau pathati atmanan ced vijaniyad ayam a + iti purusah, etc.
prakaranam
I

F. 63 b:
ratitirttha

iti

srlparamahamsaparivrajakacriryya-srl-Bha-

Vidyaranyamunivaryyakimkarena Ramakrsnakhyavidusa viracita trptidipika vyakhya samapta subham


ii

astu

natva srl-Bharatltirttha-Vidyaranyamumsvarau kurve etc. kutasthadipasya vyakhyan tatparyyadlpikam


II i

F. 70:

iti

kutasthadipavyakhya samapta

ii

ii

natva

sri-Bharatitirttha -Vidyarany amunisvarau kriyate

ddhy ana-

dlpasya vyakhya samksepato


It

maya
i

etc.

breaks off (f. 82b) with the words: iti proktam yamenapi prcchate naciketasa iti uktam arttham upasamharati
I

iha

vamarane vasya

bra.

160.

WmsH
Size:

No. 169.

ly

X ll in
Palm

(1)

19

(1)

14

21

+ (1) + 57

leaves, gene-

rally 8 lines

on a page.
leaves.
19tii cent.?

Material:

Date: 18* or

Character: Grantha.
(1)

The Vrttaratndkara by Keddra Bhatta, the son of Bhattaka.


See No. 54
It begins:
(3).

ii

srir

astu sukhasantanasiddhyartthan naumi


|

brahmacyutarccitana gaurlvinayakopetam ^amkararn lokasarakaram 1 vedartthasaiva^astrajuoBhattakobhu(d) dvijoii

ttamah

tasya putrosti Kedaras sivapadarccane ratah

ii

ii

-^
It ends:

219
ii

H^
vrttaratnakarali piirnnah
i

iti

sasthoddhyayah

om

II

(2)

Fragment
found in this

of

the

Lalitdstavaratna.
see Nos. 63
(5),

The

title

is

not

MS. But

115 (12) and 174

which contain other copies of the same Stotra.


It begins:

vande gajendravadanam vamamkarudhavallai

bhaslistam

kumkumaparagasonam
jayati
i

kuvalayinijarakorakfi-

pldam

sa

suvarnasailas

sakaLajagaccakrasara-

ghatitamurttih
dhasaiiigitah
ii

kancananikuhjavatikandaladamaripraban2
ii

...
i

tatra

catussatayojanaparinahan

devasilpina

racitam

nanasalamanojfian
5
i

namamy ahan

nagaram adividyayah
It breaks off
(f.

etc.

14):
i

pariskrtam sevyam

tatra prakasamanan taranikaraih amrtamayakantikandalam antal.i kalai

yami kundasitam indum

102
(3)

ii

srimga.

The Barhasimtyasutra,
6 Adhyayas.
It begins:

or NUisarvasva by Brhaspati, in

Brhaspatir athacaryya iudraya nltisarvasvam


[njraja

upadisati

atmayan
etc.

dayet
It

dandanitir eva
i

atmavantam raantrinam apiividyadharmmam api lokavikrustan


i

na kuryat
ends:

iti

Brirhaspatyasutre
i

sasthoddhyayah

ii

sri-

gurubhyo namah

subham astu
(4)

First

Part

of

the

Siibodlimi ,

Commentary on

the

Brliajjcdalm of VanViamihira.
It begins:

srlganesaya

namah

atmayate svatmavidafi
i

jananam margayate janmavivarjjitanam dipayate yo jagatam abhistam dadatu nas sonyataranaveksam ya hora
i

racita Varaliamihiracaryyena nanartthini tasya matgurude-

vatananasarojataprasadagatam
It

etc.
2'*'^

iti Adhyaya: harih prathamah savj'akhyane horasastre samjuaddhyayah

breaks

off at

the beginning of the

ii

-^
om
II

220

f<-

subham astu

atlia

grhayonibhedaddhyayo vyakhyayate

tatra prathamena slokena purvoktasya horakhyasya kala-

purusasyatmadisvarupam rajadirupatvafi caha sacivaii presyah sahajah 1 kalasyatma kalatma kalasya.


i

ii

ii

161.

Whish No.
Size:

171.

l^xli

in.,

39 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.
is

Date: An entry by Mr. Whisli probably written at that date.


Character: Malay alam.

dated 'Calicut 1823'. The

MS. was

The Xrsmi/am, an
(2)

astrological treatise.

See No. 113

and No. 162.


begins:

It

sriganapataye
i

namah

avighnani astu

sri-

gurubhyo namah yena traikalyajnanam sammuditani ajnanan timiravarttibhyo tajjhanam divyayiitain vaksye tasmai namaskrtyam jyotisaphalam adesah phalarttham arambhanam bhavati loke tasmad yatnah karyyo hy adese
jyotisajhena^
It ends:
iti
ii

ii

etc.
iti

Krsnasya krtis cintajhanam krsnlyam


ekatrimsoddhyayah
ii ii
i

namna
li

Krsniyain samaptam harih srikrsnaya namah srivasudevaya namah etc.

krsniye

162.

Whish No.
Size:

172.

5ixlg
Palm

in., (2) -f-

54

(10) leaves, 9 lines

on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: Beginning of 19 tb cent.?


Character: Malay alam.

Fragment

of the

Krmlijam, an astrological

treatise.

See No. 161.


It begins: harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu yena traikalajuanam uktam ajhanatimiravarttibhyah tajhanan divyayutam vaksye tasmai namaskrtyaii jyotisai

See below No. 162 for various readiness.

~>i

221

Hg-

phalam adesali phalarttliam arambhanain bhavati loka tasmad yatuah karyyo liy adese jyotisajfianena, etc.
It breaks off with the words:

sasi^ukrabhyam iste ^itir

ggavo hrtas sagopalah

163.

WmsH
Size: 14-g-X2
in.,

No. 174.

(1)

59 leaves, 10 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date:
not

An

entry by Mr.

Whish

is

dated 1828.

The MS.

is

probably

much

older.

Character: Grantha.

The

Bhasaimricclieda, by Visvandtha Pancdnana Bhatid-

cdrya, followed by the Author's

own Commentary Siddhd-

ntaniuMdvcdi.
It begins:

** sriganapataye namah avighnam astu ^rigurubhyo namah nutanajaladharariicaye gopavadhutidukUlacoraya tasmai krsnaya namas samsaramahiruhasya
i

bijaya dravyam gunas tatha

karmma samanyam
i

savisesakam
ii
i

samavayas tathabhavah padartthas sapta kirttitah 2 ksityaptejomarudvyomakaladigdehino manah dravyany atha guna rupam raso gandhas tatah param 3 spar^as saipkhya parimitih prthaktvan ca tatah param samyoga^ ca vibhagas ca paratvah c3,pa(ra)tvakam 4 etc. F. 6b: iti paribhasaparicchedas samSptah It ends: iti srlmahopaddhyaya-Pancananabhattacriryyaviracita siddhantamuktavali samapta harih om sriguriibhyo
II
i I

li

li

namah

ii

164.

Whish No.
Size: ISj

175.

X li
Palm

in.,

43 leaves, generally 8 lines on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: Probably IStii cent. Character: Malayalam. The leaves are numbered as follows: ma ya ya ma mi mi mu mu mr mr ml me mai mo mau ma mama yi yi yu yti yr na na ni ni nu nu nr nf nl nl ne nai no nau nama na pa pa pi pi pu.

-^

222

r<-

Fragment of the Bliarttrkdvya {Bhattikdvya) with the Commentary Jayamancjald. The first leaf begins: vyasaktam mam hatavan karmmani

hana iti ninih tatra hi kutsitagrahanam karttavyam ity uktamyadi sugrive(na) mama virodhah kin tavayam iti kutsitam hananan tad eva darsayann aha papakrt sukrta(m) maddhye rajhah punyakrtas sutah mam apapan duracaram kin nihapapakrd ityadi etc. tyabhidhasyasi iti bharttrkavyatikayaii jayamamgalabhidhanaF. 20 b: yam adhikarakande prathamah paricchedah sugrlvasamagamasamjhakah pancamas sarggah mriyamahe na gacchamah The last (?) ^ leaf ends kausalyayanivallabhain upalambhyam apasyantah kaumarim he patatam vara mriyamaha ity adi patatam vara mriyamahe na gacchamah kim iti kaumarim akrtapurvadaraparigraham pati[ta]m labdhavatim kaumarapnrvavacana iti kausalyaya apatyam kausalyakarmaryyabhyan ceti phiii kausalyayanih ramah tasya vallabham istam upalabhyam prasastam por adupadhad yat upat prasamsayam iti^ yati apasyantah anupalabhamanah pratyaye num
ii ii
i

ii

ii

ll

165.

Whish Xo.
Size:

176.

14x1^

in.,

(4) -f

271

(1)

leaves, 9 or 10 lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: An entry by Mr.


1831'.

Whish is dated 'Tellicherry, December The MS. may be about 50 years older.

Character: Grantha.

The JRgvetla-Samhitd in the Pada-Patha, accented, IV. The Udatta accents are expressed by the sign^-^ (u?) placed on the top of the syllable. The
Astakas I
Svarita
line,
e.

is

g.

kvay

expressed by the signy at the bottom of the At the end of unaccented in V, 30, 1.

words we find the sign


I

at the

bottom

of the line.

The

Possibly the leaves are disarranged.

See Panini IV,

1,

155; III,

1,

98; VII,

1,

66.

-^i
sign

223

Hg-

L
I

is

used to express the Anunasika,


l

e. g.

devaii

:^
i

iha

vaksati^

in I, 1, 2.
i i

agnim ile^. purah liitam It begins: yajfiasya liotaram ratna devam rtvijam dhatamam The first Astaka ends f. 70: prathamastake astamoddhyayah The second Astaka begins: pva vah^ prantam raghu manyavah^ andhah yajiiani rudraya milhuse bharaddhvam ^ etc. Astaka II ends f. 137b, Astaka III f. 202b, Astaka IV
i i

ii

ii

ii

ii

f.

271b.

The MS. contains also the following Khilas': Khila II (end of Mandala I) on ff. 108b, 109; Khila III (end of Mandala II) on f. 133; Kh. IV (end of hymn V, 44) on f. 218b; Kh. VI (end of hymn V, 51) on f. 221b; Kh. VII
(end
f.

of V, 84)

on

f.

235;

Kh.

XI
f.

(end of VI,
265.

44) on
I,

260; Kh.

XII

(end of VI, 48) on

The Khilas

V, VIII

(Sristikta),

IX

and

are not found.

166.

AVhish No. 177.


Size:

19x2^

in.,

(1)

+ 166

[numbered

as

ff.

160323,

ff.

281,

282 counted twice]


Material:

1 leaves, 11

(sometimes 12) lines on a page.

Palm

leaves.

Date: Entries by Mr. Wliisli dated "Tellicherry December 1831". The MS. may be about the same age as Xo. 176, but it is wiitten by
a different hand.

Character: Grantha.

The Rgveda-Samhitd in the Pada-Patha, accented the same manner as No. 176), Astakas V VIII.

(in

It begins:

stuse
i

nara

divah
| i

vya

asya
i

pra-santa

jaramanah vya arkkaih etc. The V*'^ Astaka ends f. 198b, the VI *^ Astaka f. 241, the VII*^ Astaka f. 282 b, and the VIII ^^ Astaka f. 323 b.
asvina
i

huvC'^

See Professor

with

Max Miiller's 2nd Edition of the Rigveda-Samhita Sayana's Coram., vol, IV, pp. 519 sqq.

-^
Mandala
Khila
places,

224

f<-

IX XVII

ends
f.

f.

265b.

247 b.

Khila XIV is found on f. 178, There may be more Khilas in other


find them.
I i

though I could not

gatiasati sii-saha 49 vah'^ yatha It ends: tirnnadhadhamastama nassanna sanus sanam'(??) addhyayasya suktani vargasamasamkhyani ity astamestakestamobinsubrahmanaya paramagurave namah ddhyayah
ii
ii
i

ii

ii

ii

li

dudurllipi

etc.

167.

WmsH
Size:

Xo. 178.

15|xli
Palm

in.,

165 leaves, 7 or 8 lines on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Wliish dated 1831.


very much older. Character: Grantha.

The MS.

is

probably not

and the Prakfticalaksara An entry by Mr. Whish (ff. 157 b 165) of the Sdmaveda. Peakbitih of the Saiviathe says: "This volume contains same of the C. M. Yedah; and the CHalaksheam is Chalaksharam NB. The Tellicherry 1831 Whish

The Prakrti

(ff.

1157)

a running index of the Prakritih." The first 6 leaves contain an Index to the volume, written by Mr. Whish.

gna i a cho gr ka ni no ha yi hi na vo i to ya pre i tokaya pre i naghi i ho ta sa tokaya pre i vya CO dato ya pre i a di 7 pa 9 ma 9 jho hi tu si tsa ve i ba au ho va gr kah nl no havya da taya takaya i te gna a yihi vl i ni ghai ho ta satsi barha i si baverha i sa aii ho va See Sv. I, 1, 1, 1. etc. di 9 pa 6 ma 6 tr bajarhl si
It

begins:

gautamasya
i

parkkah

o ta
i

ii

ii

F.

2:

dvitlyah

ekonavim^ati prathamah F. F. 4b: ekavim^atis trtiyah


ii ii ii

3:
ii

paiicadasa
F.

7: dva-

vimsati caturtthali

etc.

F. 18:

caturda^a

dvadasa

ii

harih

om

ii

agneyam sama-

ptam

II

-^
F. 30 b:

225

r<-

dvavimsati
ii

sasthah
i

samriptara
Sv.
I,

om
4,

tvastri saraa
'

samam 132 pam kha yantlli


ii

ii

bahusiimi
i

etc.

See

2,

2,

1.

F. 35b:

ekada^a
3,

sasthah

ii

64
i

ii

om
F.

II

bharadvajasyfirkkau dvau
I,

ekasami samaptam pa bhi tva su etc.


ii
i

See Sv.
150

1,

5,

1.
ii

51b:
II

ekadasastamah

brhati

samaptam

ii

samara

F. 58: F. 66

trayodasa
i

tritiyah

ii

trstup

samaptam
I,

ii

om
ii

saikhandinam
:

ga

yi

ya

etc.

See Sv.
ii

4,

2.

1,

1.

F. 80:

F.

sodasa navamah indrapuccham samaptam pavamanam sama116: pancatrimsad ekadasa


ii
ii

caturvim^ati
ii

caturtthah

anustup samriptam

ii

ptam
ptam
ptah
harili
II

II

samam

387

li

F. 127b:
II

F. 137:

dvadasa saptamah prathamaparvam sama saptadasa saptamah dvitiyaparvas samaii ii

F. 150:

dvadasastamah
trtlyah
ii

ii

tritiyaparvani

samaptam
ii

ii

om

ii

aranam samaptam
sthi

ii

samam 248
i

F. 156:
ends:

ka a pre da ka yo a ci di 6 pa subham astu srigurugayatram samaptam 6 ma 2 ka (Scribe's colophon in etc. caranaravindabhyam namah Malayalam language.) agnijho tra tra tam agne jhu agnin F. 157b begins: tvaprestha chodhau ku dhudhedi duku agnirvatra agne agne hi tvam the ju a te eh}iindainr nnojhego vivasvad agho ekona^^msati prathamah namas te du diii

hi

dasa
ma
ii

sukriyam samaptam
i

ii

F. 157

ii

ii

ii

tam vo

See Sv. I, 1, 1, 1. sukriyam samaptam dasa tritiyah a i vi dama ghavanvi darayendran dhanasya cauti dhu va no u dvaya nte tatsaka sakvari samaptam prakrtinil
i

etc.

It ends

(f.

165):

ii

ll

ii

calaksaram samaptam

ii

harih

om

etc.

168.

Whish No.
Size:

179.
on a page.
15

TtXI^-

in.,

+ 54

leaves, 4 or 5 lines

Material:

Palm

leaves.

^^
Date: 17th or 18th cent.? Character: Malayalam.

226

HSr-

(1)

A fragment of the Niddnasthcma by VdgWiata, Adhyaya 3^


It begins:

of

theAstdhgasamgraha

smrto
i

vatapittaslesmaksataksayaih ksayayoI

peksitas
riipani

sarve balinas cottarottaram

kanthe

tesam bhavisyatam kandurarocakah sukapiirnabhakantbatvam


urddbvain pravrttoras tasmin kantbe

tatradho vihatonilah
iva

ca samsajan sirasrotamsi sampuryya tatomgany utksipann


I

etc.

vlryyam rucili pattir balani varnnas syac ca prstbakafisasrnmutratvam kslnasya ca biyate kupita dbatavo rajayaksmanab. grabab vayu[h]pradbana(b)
It ends:
i

kramad

(2)

Some y aisnava tr ac ts, viz. Ekddasivratamdhdtmya, Jay an Umdhdtmya from tbe Skanda-Purdna, Jayantlvrata (?),
Anantavrata
(?),

and Bhdskaramatamdhdtmya.
begins:

Tbe
astu
I

nam

namab avighnam srutam maya yadiisrestba vratauttamotta[motta]mam krt[v]arttbosmi na sandebas


first tract

sriganapataye
i

Yudbistbira uvaca

tvalprasadad adboksaja

anyo me sarpsayo bbuyad dbrdi salyab ivarppitah cbettum arhasi devesa na *** hi vidyate
i

tvam

rte devakiputra sarvajna

yadupumgava ekadaslvratam
i

idan nityam va
It ends
(f.

kamyam

eva va

etc.
ii

ekadasivratamabatmyam samaptam namostu tejase dbenupabne lokapaline dbarapayodbarotsamgasayine sesa^ayine sivaramanarayanagovindamabadeva19):


iti
i

krsnabari

ii

Tbe Jayantlmabatmya begins namab kapilasuryyaya namab


i

(f.

20):

sriganapataye
i

sandrajiianatamascbide

vidvatpatmaprabodbaikanidanajnanatejase
jayantyas caiva
tvabani

sri-Naradab

ii

mabatmyam katbayasva pitamaba taccbrugamisyami tad visnob paramam padam pitamaba


i

uvaca

srnu vatsa pravaksyami prabbavaii castamisu ca


i

jay am punyan ca kurute ksayam papasya yasya ca


I

etc.

As

Prof. Aufrecht kindly informs me.

-^
It

227

H$-

ends

(f.

41b):
ii

iti

skandapurane ^rijayantimahatmyam
(f.

sampurnam The Jayantivrata begins

41b):

atah

parara

pra-

vaksyami jayantlvratam uttamara caturvarggapradan nfnam vaisnavanam visesatah anantara putradam sridam monta(read moksa)dafi ca visesatah sravanyam krsnapakse ca tithitrayam anuttamam saptami castami caiva navami ca tatha srnu paratrayan nisa caiva dinatrayani atah param budhas ca gurus ca sukrau ca paratrayam udahrtam, etc. dvadasaksaramantrena snapayed vidhipurvakam F. 47 aranye varttamanas te panharih snganapataye namah
:

ii

dava duhkhadar^itah (read '^'karsitah?) krsnan drstva yathanyaya(m) pranipatyedam abruvan vayan duhkhena sanjatah prthivyara purusottama katham muktir vadasmakam anananantavratam asty anyat srikrsna(h) tad dukhasagarat
i
i i

sarvapapapranasanam sarvapapaharan nrnam


Yudhisthira
i

strinaii caiva

etc.

F. 54 ends: ittham vratan devapurohitena labdham pura Bhaskarasannikarsat tasmSd amarttya manujas ca iti Bhaskarajagmur vratan caritva sakalan abhistan
ii

matamahatmyani samaptam

il

ii

169.

Whish No.
Size: 9irXl-gin.,

181.

(1)

15 leaves, 7 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 th or 19tii cent.?


Character: Malayalam,

The TarkasamgraJia, by Annambhatta.


It begins: harih srlganapataye

namah avighnam

astu[h]

srigurubhyo

namah
i

nidhaya hrdi visvesva[ra]m vidhfiya

guruvandanam
grahah
i

balanam sukhabodhaya kriyate tarkasain-

etc.

Kanadanyayamatayor balavyutpattisiddhaye It ends: tarkaAnnambhattena vidusa racitas tarkasamgrahah


ii

15*

-^
-r^.

^-io 228

f rsr-

jagatah pitarau samaptah srikrsnaya namali paramesvarau


saragrahas
ii ii ii

vaude

varppati

170.

Whish No.
Size:

182.

7|xl|

in.,

(1)

+ 38

leaves, generally 8 lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Kollam year 997 Character: Malayalam.

= A.

D. 1822.

The Manimanjari, a Commentary on Keddra


Vrttaratncikara,

Bliatta's

by Ndrayam, the son


sriganapataye

of

Nrsimhayajvan.
astu

'See No. 54
It begins:

(3).

harih
. . .

namah avigbnam

svetambbodhisthitan devam etc. See the beginning in atba praripsitasya granyathamatib No. 54 (3).
ii

tbasyavigbnaparisamaptipracayagamanarttham istadevatasukbasantanasiddhyarttban naumi namaskaram karoti


i

brahmacyutarccitam

gaurivinayakopetam samkaram lokaetc.

samkaram
It

spastortthah,

ends: yas

tu prayunkte kusalo visese sabdan yatbai

sonantam apnoti jayam paratra vad vyavabarakale iti vrttaratnakaravyavagyogavid dusyati napasabdaih^ kbyayam manimahjaryam sastboddhyayab piirnnah barib asmatgurubbyo namah sriganapataye namah
ii ii ii
i

vrttaratnakaravyakbyanam samaptam mah etc. (Date in Malayalam).


I

ii

srlsarasvatyai na-

171.

Whish No.
Size:

183.

9j-Xl|

in.,

10 leaves, 8 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19tii cent.?


Character: Malayalam.

See Mahabhasya, ed. Kielhorn,

I,

p. 2.

-^
Three Stotras,
(1)
viz.,

229

r^r-

the Durgastaka

(ff.

12);
2

(2) the Hastamalaka


(3)

(ff.

b 3);
3b 10b).

the Mantraksaramala

(ff.

harih matar mme niadhukaitabhaghni mahiIt begins: sapranapaharodyame helaiiirmmitadhumralocanavadhe he

candamiindarddini nis^esikrtaraktabijanidhane nitye nisunibhavahe sumbhaddhvamsini samharasu duritam durgge

namas tembike

traivaCrjiiyrinruu

gunanam amisaranakala-

kelinanavatarais trailokyas tranasilam danujakulavanivahnikilasalilam devim saccinmayin tarn vipulitavinamatsatrivar-

ggapavarggam durggam devIm prapadye saranam aham 2 asesapadunmulanaya


i

The Durgastaka ends

f.

etat

santah pathantu stavam

akhilavipatjjyrdatuLanahlbhamhrnmohaddhvantabhanupratimam amitasamkalpakalpadrukalpam daurggaip daurggatya-

ghoratapatuhinakaraprakhyam auho(?)gajendrasrenipancasyadesyam suvipulabhayakalahitarksyaprabhavam sridevyai


i

namah

The Hastamalakam (f. 2b) begins: harih nimittam manascaksuradipravrttau nirastakhilopadhir akasakalpah ravir llokacestanimittarn yatha yas sa nityopalabdhisvarupo-

ham atma
F.
3

ends: tatha cancalatvam tathapiha visnau hastamalakah See No. 63 (6) above p. 82.
ii

iti

The Mantrakisaramala
above Nos. 43
It
(2)

(f.

sitamrtabdhiLaharimaddhye

3b) begins: harih kallolollaSee virajanmanidvipe, etc.


(5).

and 112

ends

(f.

10b): srimantraksaramalaya girisutam yah

pujayec cetasa sandhyasu prativasaram suvihitam^ tasyamalasyacirat cittambhoruhamandape girisutanrttam vidhattc sada vanivaktrasaroruhe jaladhijagehe jaganmamgala (Then follow some lines in the Malayalam language).
i

The other two MSS. read suniyatam.

-5H

230

K~

172.

Whish No.
Size:

184.

7x1?
IStii

in.,

(1)

+ 30 + (6)

leaves, 6 or 7 lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date:

or 19tii cent.?

Character: Telugu.
Injuries:

The MS.

is

mucli damaged by insects, some leaves being

almost

illegible.

treatise

on dreams (Svapnadhydya?), only partly

in

Sanskrit.

The beginning
It

is

not Sanskrit.
i

ends: saktya tu daksinam dadyat nanaasyann istadoso na syatvu samsayah sarvadusvaiDnajanitam sriraiti dusvapnasa ** 8 (read syat tv asainsayah)
devatan
i

ii

ii

ii

niarppanam

astii

ii

ii

173.

Whish No.
Size:

188.
(5

8tX1|

in.,

20 leaves, 7 lines on a page

lines

only on

the last 3 leaves).

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 18th or 19th cent.?


Character: Malay alam.
Injuries: Slightly damaged, part of last leaf broken
off.

The Caudikasai)tati, a Stotra in honour of Durga. Printed in Kavyamala IV (1887), p. 1 seqq., and called there Candlsataka. The author is Bam. See Aufrecht CC. p. 177.
It begins:

ma bhamksir vibhramam bhrur adharavidhunayam


kalayasi

rata keyamasyasya ragain pane prany eva

kalahasraddhaya kin trisulam ity udyatkopaketiin prakrtim avayavan prapayanty eva devyfi nyasto vo murddhni musyan marudasuhrdasun samharann amghrir amhah 1
i
i

It ends

...
ii

kurvati parvati vah

11

sridurggayai

namah

candikasaptatih

-^

231

f<-

174.

AVmsH No.
Size: 7

189. on a page.

1^- in.,

(1)

13

+ (1)

leaves, 7 or 8 lines

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Early 19th cent.?


Character: Grantha.

Fragment of the LaUtdstavaratna, by Mr. Wliish.


Beginning No. 160
(2).

called

Aryddvisatl

and

end

the

same

as

in

the

fragment

175.

Whish
Size: ISj x; It in., (1) + 39 Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19tii cent.?

No. 190.
leaves, 9 lines

+ (3)

on a page.

Character: Grantha.

The

Bliojaprcibandha, a historical romance in prose

and

verse, (by Ballala.

See Aufrecht-Oxford,

p.

150

seq.)

It begins:

svasti

srlmaharajasya Bhojasya prabandhah

adau dhararajye Bandhulasamjno raja ciram asya ca vrddhatve Bhoja iti putras sa yada paiicavarsikah tada pita atmani jaram samajani jnatva mantrimukhyan ahuya anujam Mimjam mahabalam yady ahara alocya putrah ca brdam viksya vicarayam asa rajyabharadharanasamarttham sodaram apahaya rajyam athava balam me putraya prayacchami tada lokapavadah tatha visadina marayisyati Muiijo rajyalobhad putram
kathyate
i

prajah paryyapalayat
i

hi

lobhah pratistha pFipasya

prasiitir

llobha
li

eva
1
i

ca

dvesakrodhadijanako lobhah papasya karanam


narakara yati sastrajhopi vicaksanah
i

ii

lobhat

kopah prabhavati krodhad (d)rohah pravarttate


ii

drohena

ii

mataram pitaram

putram bhrataram va suhrttamam lobhavisto naro hanti svaminam va gurun tatha 3 iti vicaryya rajyam Munjaya
ii
ii

^
dattavan
rajani
i

232

H$-

tadutsamge atmajam mumoca tatali kalantare divam gate sati sampiTiptarajyo Muiijah buddhisagaram vyaparamudrayali durikrtya tatpade anyan didesa gurubhyo rajaputram vacayati sravayati ca sastrani evam
i

sthite

jyotissastraparam
i

gatali

kascit

brahmanah rajnas

sabliam abliyagat
upavistali
i

sa ca rajne svastity uktva tadajfiaya


i

praha raj an lokoyam mam sarvajiiam vakti kimapi prccha kanthastlia ya bhaved vidya sa prakasya sada budhaih ya gurau pustake vidya taya miidhah pra *** (11 4 mateva raksati piteva hite niyuiikte kanteva kirttifi ca diksu vitanoti cabhiramayaty apanlya khedam
i
i

II)

laksmlm kim kin na sadhayati kalpalateva vidya 5 tato raja putrasya Bhojasya buddhyatisayan jatakan ca prstavan tato brfilimana aha raj an tava putroyam atitanoti
ii

ii

buddliiman
hi
1

biiddiiir

eva khaki sarvakaryyasadhini


isur

tatha
i

ekam hanyan na va hanyad


buddhimatotsrsta
11

mmukto dhanusmata
rastram

buddhir
II

hanyad
of"

sarajakaiu

etc.

It is incomplete, the end

the

MS. being
ii

as follows:
i

raja sarvam

bhumim kavidattam matva


sarvatra
varsati
ii ii
i

udatisthat

kavis

ca tam abhiprayam jhatva punar aha


rabhis
tvayi

rajan kanakadha-

abhagyacchatrasaiichanne

mayi nayanti bindavah 302 raja antahpuram gatva Liladevlm aha devi sarvam rajyam kavaye dattam tasmat tapovanam maya saha agaccha asminn avasare vidvan nirgatah Buddhisagarena mukhyamatyena prstah vidvan rajha kin dattam sa aha na kimapi dattam amatya ****** (leaf broken) akam patha aha tatas slokacatustayam pathati sukave tava kotitatomatyah praha dravyan diyate paran tii rajha yad dattam tava bhavi tat punar vikriyatam kavis tatha karoti tato kotisamkhyan datva kavim presayitva amatyah rajani katam agatya tisthati raja tam fdia Buddhisagara rajyam idam sarvam kavaye dattam atas tapovanam gacchami tavapeksa asti yadi tarhi ma gaccha tatomatyah praha deva kotidravyamulyena rajyam idam vikritam kotidravyah ca viduse dattam ato rajyam bhavadiyam bhumksva rfija amatyam sammanitavan anyada mrgayarasena atavim atann atai
i i
i

233

H^

pena dunadehah pipasaya paryyakulas turaipgam adhiruliya udakartthan nikatakatabhuvam atan tad alalxlliva, srantah tatra kacit gopakanya kasyacit taror adliastad upfivisat sukumarl manojfiasarvamgl dharanagaram prati takram vikritukama takrabhandam samudvahanti samagacchat
i

agacchantin tan drstva raja pipasaya etat bliandasthani


peyaii cet pibamiti

buddhya prccbati
tarn
i

taruni kira vahasi

sa ca mukbasriya

Bhojam

viditva rajfio bbavafi

ca

jnatva

iXba

deva

bimakundasasiprabbasamkbanibbaiii
i

paripakvakapitthasugandbi rasam tarunikaranirmmatbitain


piba be nrpa sarvarujapabaram
i

176.

Whish No.
Size:

191.

lltx28Palm

in.,

+ 226 + (3)

leaves,

from 14 to 16

lines

on

a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'December 1831'. The Vyaya year immediately preceding 1831 is A. D. 182627. The MS. may have been written in that year, or in A. D. 1766 67. Scribe: Raghunatha, son of Ramakrsna.

Character: Grautha.

complete,
table

Tbe Taittinya-Samhitd, in unaccented. Tbe


of contents

Kandas, the Sambita-Patba,


three leaves

first

contain a
of the

indicating

the

commencement

Prasnas and Kandas.

suklambaradhararn visnum sasivarnah caturprasannavadanan dbyayet sarvavighnopasantaye oin ise srlramacandraya namah srigurubbyo namah tvorjje tva vayava sthopayava stha, etc.
It begins:
i

bhujam

ii

ii

I ff. 1 32, Kanda II ff. 3368, Kanda III 6988, Kanda IV ff. 89116, Kanda V ff. 117155, Kanda VI ff\ 156193, Kanda VII ff 194-226. vyattam avahad dvaIt ends: yonis samudro bandhuh

Kanda

f.

il

dasa ca

ii

gavo

giXvas sisasanti ....


i

catuhpahcasat

ll

gavo

harih om subham astu sriguruyonis samudro bandhuh bhyo namah sriramaya namah. krsnarpanam astu
n
ii

-^

234

r^
i

ayane samvatsare vyaye bhanau kannyaraslm upeyusi antiradhabhidhe tare site vare brhaspateh Ramakrsnasya putrena ramabliacaturtthitithisamyute
daksine pakse
i i

ktena dhimata

Raghunathena vidusa likhitam vedapustava, etc.


.
. .

kam

abaddham

ksantura arhanti santah

li

177.

Size:

121x2
18tii or

in.,

Whish No. 192. + 302 + (2) leaves, 9

lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date:

19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.

III, 9.

The Taittiriya-Bralimana, in 3 Astakas, ending with The first two leaves contain a table of contents indicating the commencement of Astakas and Prasnas.
It
i

etc. begins: brahma san dhattan tan me jinvatam asvibhyam yad varunasya The l'"^* Astaka ends (f. 88 b): varunasya prati yat trisu tasmad udvatis saptatrimsat

ii

tisthati

II

harih

om

etc.

Astaka ends (f. 185 b): pivonnam yuyam pata harih om, etc. svastibhis sada nah The 3'^'^ Astaka ends (f. 302): prajapatir asvamedhan

The

2^"^

ii

juhvati

II

harih

om

etc.

178.

Size:

12tX2

in.,

Whish No. 193. + 130 + (1) leaves, 9

lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: 18th or 19 th cent.? Character: Grantha, the same hand as No. 177.

The

Taittirlija-Aranyaka and the Aranya-Kcifliaka

(i.

e.

Taittiriya-Brahmana III, 1012). The arrangement of the Prapathakas differs from that in Rajendralala Mitra's
edition,

as in the

and Prapathakas VOI and IX are missing, just Dravida text, described by Burnell, Tanjore p. 8b.
p.

See H. Liiders, Vyasa-Siksa,

61 note.

-^
Ff.
1

235

K~
T
)

Kathaka
or

Aranya-

= = 29 36b = 36b- 45 = 46 54 = 55 69 = 70 84 = 85 103 = 104 111 = 112 120b=


20 28
21

Pi apathaka

II

cs

y
^3

-S

III

VI
VII

^ 3
'
icS

X
IV

S
-S
rt

g
-"S

pf

T3

Taittiriya-Brahmana

III,

10

III, 11
III, 12

Kathaka
It begins:

120b-130

karnebhis srimuyama devah etc. The 1"* Prapathaka ends f. 20b, the 2^d P. f. 28b. The 3"^ P. ends (f. 36b): suvaniara sahasrasirsabhyo
i

bhadram

bliartta harin taranir apyayasveyuste ye jyotismatira praya-

saya cittam ekavimsatih

cittis
ii

sirnginikosyabhyam

ii

harih
tat

om
sat

II

srikrsnarpanam astu

vasudevarpanam astu on

II

Then follows: pareyivamsam pravato mahir anu bahubhyah pantham anapaspasanam etc. which is the 6**^ Prapathaka in Rajendralala Mitra's edition. It ends (f. 45):
i

om

utsrjata

ii

vadhistha dve ca
i

ii

bhagas catuscatvarinisat dvadasa pareyivamsam ayatvotas


i

pareyuvarasam ajoapasySma prnihi dvadasa


12
ii

te
i

saptaviipsatih.
. . .

paii

reyuvamsam

oni

utsrjata

ii

harih

om

subham astu

Prapathaka VII ending f. 54b, and this is followed by P. X, which begins (f. 55): ambhasy apSre bhuvanasya maddhye nakasya prsthe mahato mahiyan etc. It ends (f. 69): mahimanam ity upanisat 64 ambhasi bhur agnaye bhur annam bhiir agnaye ca pahi no (f. 69 b) tasyaivam vidusas catussastih ambhasi vrsa harnsas sarvo vai rudra ayatu sraddhayan tat purusa ya prthifollows

Then

ii

ii

vyaikannasltih
. . .

ii

ambhasity upanisat

ii

srikrsnarpanam astu

srigurubhyo

namah

ii

Then

follow Prap. IV,

ff.

7084, & Prap. V,

ff.

85103,

which ends as follows:

satram yajhaparur antas tejasaivasminn acchrnatti svaha marutbhir j-tubhya eva-

devS, vai

->*

236

H^

dhiyantoveksante pamkto yajnas tabhya evainam yajiiam raksamsi jighamsanti tat samnah payo vacyeva vacan dadhati tasmad idam satottarafi caturdasa
i

liarih

om

ii

Then

follows the
(ff.

1012
It

Kathaka, 104130).
(f.

i.

e.

Taittiriya-Brahmana III,
saptapahcasat

ends
harih
II

130):
i

tuhhyam
i

tubhyam

om

II

ptam

om subham astu idam riranakathaka samaharih om tubhyan tapasa tava eta hiranyan dadati
ii
il

sarva disas tapa asit saptapaiicasat

sriguru

etc.

179.

Size:

14ix2

in.,

Whish No. 194. + 150 + (l) leaves, 10

lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'December 1831'. be about 50 or 70 years older. Character: Grantha.

The MS. may

The Uhagdna or Saptagcma of the Samaveda, Prasnas 1249, or iBooks II VII. The titles of the Books are: Samvatsara, Ekaha, Ahlna, Satrani, Prayascitta, and
Ksudra. The first Book, called Dasaratra, consisting of Prasnas 111, is found in No. 180. The first two leaves contain an Index of Books and Prasnas. On this work, see Th. Benfey, Die Hymnen des Samaveda, p. vii; WeberBerlin I, p. 67; Aufrecht CC. p. 709. amahlyavani yo ucca, tajjatam andhasah It begins:

ii

vr pha

si,

pavasva dharaya
i

ma

cchara ru tva ta pre


i

ca kah matsarah

vi

ro sva dadha

na kah ojasa u

etc.

See Sv.
F. 31
:

I,

5,

2,

4.
ii

- samvatsaram samaptam
l

om

nanadam
i

sva

See Sv. I, 4, 2, 2, 1. etc. pra thu tyasmai pi pi srigurubhyo harih om ekahas samaptah F. 63: namah harih om srautakaksam yo indrEya ma dva

ii

ii

ii

ne

siitri

etc.

See Sv.
vi
ti

I,

2,

2,
ii

2,

4.

F. 94:

ahlnara
i

samaptam
so
l

harih
ti

cm

ii

(F.

vitam
Sv.
I,

vipasah
1,

v6 ta

tatha im

94b) gaurlSee etc.


i

2,

4,

7.

-^
F. 119
jfipatyam

237

f^
ii

b: satiTini
i

saiiiaptaui

harih
i

yo

puniinas

soma dha

om udvat prapra ro tnam sadhasthaii

ma
astu

etc.

See

Sv. II, 1, 1, 9.
ii

F.

129: prayascittani samaptam


I
i

harih ora

ii

subham
no
nii

mah
ptam

akanvarathantaram k rau bhi t\k Sv. See I, 3, 1, 5, 1. etc.


(f.

sura

It ends
II

150b):

ksudram

samaptam

ii

uhara sama-

harih

om

etc.

180.

"Whish No. 195.


Size:

Material:

12^Xl|Palm

in.,

70

+ 74

leaves, 8 or 9 lines

on a page.

leaves.
1831'.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'December


be about 50 or 70 years older.
Character: Grantha.
(1)

The MS. may

The Dasamtra
Sdmaveda, No. 194).
in

or first

Book

11

Prasnas.

of the Uliagdna of the See above No. 179 (Whish

It begins: amahiyavam svayona u pha cca ta i jatam andhasah di chii va i sat bhu pre mi kah ya da da i u ro gram sarmmil ma kah ha i srava 2 yaca sa pha na a indrti ya yu jyava i va chu rii na ya pre makah rilt pakah ra 2 srava 2 vaca vakaira vo va it bhi yah
i
i i

ephana va
It ends:

sva ni aryya a

etc.
i

o
i

ntyau ho
4 2

au ce ho ha i him kamapre va khi mi


i

See Sv. II, 1, 1, sva kah nta u va


jo

8.
i

ya
di

tl

muha
etc.

nu

nama

2 6

lu

ii

dasaratrah
(2)

il

harih om,

of these 7 Parts are

in 7 Parts. The titles same as those of the 7 Books of the Uhagana. The work is evidently the same as the TJhyaydna or Uhyagdna, on which see Benfey, Die Hymnen des Samaveda, p. vm; Weber-Berlin, I, p. 67; Aufrecht CC. p. 709.

The Eahasya

of the

Sdmaveda,

the

-^
It begins:

238

i<r~

a ra

blii
i

tvl su ra no

ntaram

ii

sva catvari

a ra bhi tva su ra no

nma mo va rathanma mo va
i

aka dugdham thenava (sec. m.: dugdlia iva dlienava) nam asya jagatah su kah vardrsam etc. See Sv. L 3, 1
i i

i(sa),

5, 1.

F.

11: tritiyah
i

dasaratrah

harih

om

ii

aprcchyam
ii ii

samkrstah
F. 26:

dha

ratnali purvavad
i

rathantaram

uhasamam
uhu va
o

41

vanam
P.

34:

hi ekahas samaptah
i

samvatsaras samaptah etc. o au ca ho va


i

athar-

ii

ahmas samaptah samkrstah rathantaram ma rabhe mama, etc. harih om u ca hu va o satram samaptam F. 48b: va ha au ca ho etc. F. 54b prayascittam samaptam samarn 19 harih om
ii
i

cyokaham F. 44 b:

prakasunvanaya,

etc.

rtanidhanam ajyadoham See Sv. I, 6, 2, 1, 9. rathakhye yo mabhe


i

ii

ii

i:

ii

ii

au ho
gatih

iyajfia yajna, etc.

It ends:
I

it
I

ku ida
ut 3
I

simasuva
i

di

12

ptam

II

srigurubhyo

manu 4 jl namah harih om


i

adya yo stotriyo rityarahasyam sama2


ii

ii

ii

subham astu

181.

Sansk. No.
Size:

1.

IT^xIt

in.,

(1)

53 leaves,

from 5

to 7 lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 19 & cent.?


Character: Grantha.

The Hastigirimdhdtmya from the Brahma - Purdna, Adhyayas 1 15. According to Aufrecht-Oxford p. 30a, it belongs to the Br ahmdnda -Parana.

It begins: Bhruguruvaca bhagavan muni^ardiila varnaakhyata bahavo dharmma bhavata me sramasamasrayah sanatanah utpattih kathita dhatur visnunabhisaroruhat devata * ryyan^ naranah ca sambhavah kathitas tvaya
i i i

piece of the first leaf

is

broken

oft",

one Aksara being

lost in

each

line.

Read devatanan?

-^

239

Hg-

dharmmarttliakamamoksunam svarupau ca yathatathani dehinam karmmabandlias ca taddhetus ca suvismrtah


i

pradhaiiapumsor ajiieyo svarupan ca (sa)miritara vidyavidye punyaksetrani sarvani ca katliite lokabhedas ca vismrtah nagarani ca punyani vi.sesena mahikathitani saraagratah
i

tale

salagramam kuruksetram
5:

tatlia

badarikasramam
ii

etc.

iti sribrahme purane Bhrugu-Naradasamvade ^riF. hastigirimahatmye prathamoddliyayah F. 19: iti sribrahme purane Bhrgu-Naradasamvade srihastagirimahatmye ahamkaranirupane hiranyagarbhavibu-

dbasamvado nama pancamoddhyayah


F. 23:
F.
F.

II

iti

gunatrayavibhago
.
.

25b: iti
ii

nama sasthoddhyayah bhagavatpradurbhavo nama saptamoii

ddhyayah
yah

33: iti
II

asvamedhavabhrtho nama navamodhyadvijabharadvajasamvado

F. 43:

ii

iti

nama

dvadaso-

ddhyayah
F. 47
:

iti
ii

apsaroganavipralambho nama trayodaso-

ddhyayah
F. 50:

iti

mrkandugajendrasainvado nama cadurca munibhir gandharvais

dasoddhyayab F. 52b ends:


ii

yaksasamghais

ca nisevitam
vitah
1

sa pravisya saromaddhye kautuhalasamani

dadarsa paramapritas sobhitan nirmmalodakam The last leaf does not of the work is lost. end The
it.

belong to

182.

Sansk. No.
Size:

2.

9x1t

in., (2)

+ 57 + (2)

leaves, generally 6 lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 th cent.?


Character: Grantha.

The ^rirangamdhatmya from


in 10

the

Adhyayas.

See No. 49

(a)

Brahmdmja-Purdna, and Ind. Off. YI, p. 1248

(No. 3437).

-^
It begins:

240

r^
i

asmatgurubhyo nainali
i
i

Naradah
i

devadeva

smtam sarvam mayadhuna trailokyantargatam pratnam tvanmukhambhojamssrtam tatha pimyani tirtthani gamgadyas saritas sarva itihapunyany ayatanani ca kaveryyas tu prasamgena tasyas tire tvaya sas ca samkara prastutam ramgam ity uktam visnor ayatanani pura tasyaham srotum icchami vistarena mabesvara mahat
virupfiksa
i 1 i i

mabatmyam agbanasaya punyasya

ca vivrddbaye

etc.

Y. 5b: iti brabmandapurane mabesvaranaradasamvade sriramgamabatmye srlramgaksetravaibbavan nama pratha-

moddbyayab

sriramganatbaya namah
.

ii

sriramgamabatmye bralimasrstikatbanan F. lib: iti nama dvitiyoddbyayab bayagrivaya namab Adbyaya 3 (srlramgavimanam avirbbavan nama) ends
. .
ii ii

16; Adby. 4 f. 20 b; Adby. 5 (arccavataravigrabasvarupavaibbavan nama) f. 25 b; Adby. 6 f. 31; Adby. 7 (sriramgadivyavimanam Iksvakulabdbavaibbavan nama) f. 38b;
f.

Adby. 8

f.

44b; Adby. 9
iti

f.

50b.

brabmandapurane mabesvaranaradasamIt vade sriramgamabatmye dasamoddbyayab sriramganatbaya namab barih om subham astu.
i i

ends:

183.

Sansk. Xo.
Size:

3.

ISlxlj
Palm

in.,

(6)

+ 82

(numhored

also as

f.

66 to 148)

(3)

leaves, 5 lines

on a page.
leaves.

Material:

Date:

IStii

or 19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.

Tbe Visvagunddarsa, by Vet^lmfdcdryayajvan, son


(jlmndthdryadllmta.
It begins
:

of i^a-

See Aufrecbt-Oxford

p.

150 (No. 319).


bastavasta-

^rirajivaksavaksastbalanilayarama

madhuramadbujbari nabbipadme murareb astokam lokamatra dviyugamukbasisor ananesv arpyamanam samkbaprante na divyam paya iti vibudbais samkyamana punatu kancimandalamandanasya makbinah
vyalolallila(bja)n nispatanti
i
i

-^-4

241

H$-

karnatabhubhrtguros tataryyasya tligantakantaya^aso yam

bhagineyam viduli astokilcldhvarakarttur Appayaguror vidvanmaneh putra srI - llagliunatliadiksitakavih purno gunair edhate tatsutas tarkavedantatantravya2 krticintakab vyaktam visvagunadarsam vidhatte Ye(n)katapadyam yady api vidyate bahu satam hrdyam viddhvari gadyan na tarka (read tad?) gadyan ca pratipadyate na vijahat padyam budha svadyatam adhatte hi tayoh prayoga ubhayor amodam mamodayam samgali kasya na hi svadcta manaso maddhvikamrdvlkayoh visvavalokasprhaya kadacit vimanamriruhyasamauarupamiKrsanuvisvavasunamadheyaiu gandharvayugmam gagane cacara 5 tatra tu Krsfinur
i

asyaisa

akrsasuyah

purobhagi

padam gatah
i

Yisvavasur abhud

6 atha puratas samapatantam aravindabandhavam avalokayann avandata nanam (?) agamasagaraparadrsva visvavasuli brahmacaryyavratotsarga-

visvagiinagrahanakaiituki

gurave
jyotise

kokasantateh

cchayabimbokalolaya

cchandasa-

namah

It ends:

jayatu

jayatu jayaya murarir anjanadrau

nigamavartmanis sapatna (read tnafi; jayatu jagati laksmanai i

ryyapakso jayatu vacas srutimaulidesikanam

prakasadosapracurepy amu^min granthe madiye karunanubandhat prasadavanto na krsanavantu j)aran tu visvavasavantu santah slo 575 ga 222 iti srimad-Atreyanvayai i i i

ii

Raghunatharyyadiksitatanayasya srinivasakrpatisayasuviditanayasya Sitambagarbhasambhavasya srimatkahcinagaravastavyasya Verakatacaryyayajvanah krtisu visvagunadarsakhyaii

cambu

(sic)

sampuniam

ii

harih

om

ii

184.

Sansk. No,
Size etc.:

4.

IS^-xli
Palm

in.,

(2)

176

+ (2)

leaves,

from 6

to 8 lines

on

a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date: 18th cent.?


Character: Grantha.
16

242; H^.
(1)

(ff.

The Madhydrjunamalmtmya from the SJcanda-Piirdna 179) and Uparihlidga of the same (ff. 80-145). advaitadantam ahirajasriganesaya namah It begins:

krtopavitam akhandaladivibudhair abhivanditamghrim apannakalpatarum adrtahastirupam anandavarddhanam aham srikantham varadam vande sndharasivayor nnamami
i i

dharayantam viyannadya samam mursuprasannamiddiambhojam suvarnaddh[a]ni sudhakarani gaurisakham anadyan tam bhajeham jagacitivigraham
drumareditam
i i i

disvaram

om
i

rsayali
etc.

srutani

pimyasthanani tirtthani

vividhani ca

F. 4b:

iti

skSnde purane maddhyarjjunamahatmye praii

thamoddhyayah

Parti (f. 79) ends: iti sriskande purane maddhyarjjumaddhyarjjunamahatrayam namahatmye trimsoddhyayah ajhaganesampurnam srimaddhyarjjunesvaraya namah
ii
i i

svaraya

namah
astu.

sridaksinamurttaye

namah

ii

harih

om
srii

avighnam

Part II begins

(f 80):

mahaganapataye
tvattas

namah

Saunakah
srutam

nadmadapuranajha

tirtthavaibhavakovida

saivarahasyam
caiva

me

samgam mahamate
i

gamanagamanan
vrsnivaryasya

maddhyarjjunapateh
tatvavisrirada
i

mahatmyam
Suta

prabhoh maya tatragamanakaranam


i
i

srutam

vistarena

srotum

icchami

mahatmyam

tirtthanan ca visesatah
i

kani tirtthani tatksetre

kartsnyena bruhi dayaya tlrsubhe maddhyarjjune pure etc. tthadevadikany api iti sriskandapurane uparibhage tirtthavaibhavaF. 83: khande Siitasaunakasamvade karunyamrtatirtthaprasamsal

nam nama dvatrimsoddhyayah


It ends
(f.

li

145 b):

iti

sriskandapurane Sutasaunakasam-

vade uparibhage ksetravaibhavakhande srimanmaddhyarjjunamahatmye kalyanatirttha^ikharatrivaibhavanirtipanan

nama dvipancasoddhyayah srimahamamgalamurttaye namah snbrhatkucambanayaklsametasriraahahipgamahamurttaye namah


II
I

ii

-^

243
(2)

^<-

The Madhydrjunamdludmya from FurCum (ff. 14() 160).


It

the Bralimakaivarta-

begins

(f.

146

= 1): srimahaganapataye
tu kadacit caturauanain
i

Narado munivaryas
upasritya

namah pudamulam
i

vavande

pitaram

svakara
i

sabhayain

manito

bhutva brahmana patmayonina


devais supujitah
ttajaiiai(r) vrtani
i

upavi.syasane divye sarva-

drstva rnunir
i

brahmasabham murttamurrahasye

etc.
iti

F. 149

(=4):

srlbrahinakaivarttapurane

sivavaibhavakhande brahmanfiradasamvade maddhyarjjuna-

mahatmye prathamoddhyayah
It ends
(f.

il

160 b

= 15 b):

iti

sribrahmakaivarttapuranasri-

rahasye

Sivavaibhavakhande

brahmanaradasamvade
ii

manmaddhyarjjunamahatmye sasthoddhyayah
(3)

The Madhijdrjanamdhdtniya from


(ff.

the

Linga-Purdna

161176).

srimahaganapataye namah It begins (161 16): naimise nimisaksetre Saunakadya maharsayali dvadasabdai i

tadayato mahapiijyah kratuvaram cakruh kailasahetave sivasarnkirttanam kurvan tripuSiitah pauranikottamah ndramkitadehavan etc. maddhyarjjunaiti srimallimgapurane F. 164 (=19): maha,tmye maddhyamakhande Sutasaunakasamvade prathai i i

moddhyayah
It ends
(f.

II

176b

= 31b):

iti

srimallimgapurane nagara-

maddhyamakhande Sutasaunakasamvade srlmanmaddhyasribrhatkucamrjjunesvaramahatraye pancamoddhyayah harih cm basametasrimahahmgamahaniiirttaye namah


ii
ii
i

185.

Sansk. No.
Size etc.:
106,
108,

5.
[if.

Io'jxIt

in.,

219

(2) leaves

16, 82,

214 are missing,

124 occur twice,

104,

107,

109,

198,

211, 212

&

213 are

misplaced], 6 or 7 lines on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

16*

-$H

244

H$-

Date: 18 th or 19th cent.? Character: Grantha. The MS. is written by two different hands. It looks as if original lacunas had been supplied by a more recent hand. The end is missing.

The Pancanaclamdhdtmya from

the

T'lrthcqorasamsd

of

the Brahmahaivarta-Purdna, incomplete and very incorrect.


It begins: suklambaradharam visnum sasivarnam caturbhujam prasannavadanam ddhyfiyet sarvavighnopasantaye
I

ya kundendutusaraharadhavala (read la)ya subhravastravrta (read ta) ya vlna(read na)varadandamanditakara ya svetapadmasana ya brahma(read hma)cyutasarakaraprabhrtibhi(r) devi sada pujita sa (read ta sa) mam patii (read patu)
i

sarasvati bhagavati nigyesajadyilpali (read nissesajadyapa-

ha)*

doskayukta (read dorbhir yukta) caturbhi sphatika-

manimayim aksamalan dadhana hastenaikena patmarn sitam api ca sukam pustakafi caparena bhasakundendusamkhasphatikamaninibha bhasamana samanam (read am) sa me
vagdevateyan nivasatu vadane sarvada suprasanna (read "nna vande mahesvaran devam vighnesarn sanmukham gurum ganesan nandimukhyas (read khyains) ca sivabhaktamahamunin namo dharmmaya mahate namah krsnaya vedhase brahmanebhyo namaskrtya dharmman vaksyama(h)
ii)
I
i
i

sasvatan (read tan) srlgurubhyo namah Devavarmmabhidho raja suryavamsasamutbhavah sumutura (read Sumantum) paripapraccha sivabhakta[ka]dvijottamrih (read
i i

mam) uktam samastam bhavata Sumanto tlrtthavaibhavam kaverya mahima prokta (read kto) vrddhadrsasya vaibhavam madhuraksetramaharttham (read mathnraksetramahatmi i

yam?) vistarena tvayoditam idanim srotum icchami srlmatpahcanadasya vai mahatmyam kayutam vidvan (read kathyatam vidvan) kautiihalaparasya me etc.
i i i

F. 6:

iti

srimatbrahmakaivarttakavye mahapurane

tir11

tthaprasamsayam i)ahcanadamahatmye prathamoddhyayah


F. 54:

F. 99 b:
I

iti
iti

navamoddhyayah

ii

dvavirnsoddhyayah

ii

schriften der Universitats-Bibliothek zu Leipzig'

See the beginning of Nr. 187 in the 'Katalog der Sanskrit-Handvon Theodor Aufrecht

(Leipzig 1901).

-^
F. 164: p, 187:

245

Kii

iti
iti

pancatrimsoddliyayah
tricatvririmsodclhyayah

;i

F. 212b:

iti

sribrahmakaivarttakhye' mahapurane

tir-

tthaprasamsayara

paficanadamahatmye

astacatvarim^o-

ddhyayah.
186.

Sansk. No.

6.

Ifijxl? in., Material: Palm leaves.


Size
etc.:

(1) -f-

149

(1) leaves,

7 or 8 lines

on a page.

Date: ISth or 19th cent.?


Character: Grantha.

The Tulakaverlmahdtmija from


31 chapters.

the Agneya-Purdna,

in

Another copy
It begins:

in

No. 51

(= Whish No.

52).

suklaipbaradharam visnum sa.sivarnah caturi


i i

bhujani

prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopa.santaye

Dharmmavarmmatharajarsir nniculapuravallabhah bhiiyah papraccha tan natva Drdbhyara bhagavatottamam bhagavan praninas sarve kenopayena sampadah bhavanti putran samprapya sukhinas cirajivinah katham syat papanirhara srise (readsrisca?) bhaktih kathani bhavet kena dharmmena santusto bhagavan bhutabhavanah prasidati manusyanam
i
i

bhuktiniuktiphakxpradah

visesapapabhuyisthe

duracare

papanaso bhavet brahman mahapatakinopi iti etat sarvam asesena tava sisyasya me vada va rajhanusamprsto bhagavan bhagavatpriyah babhase DharDalmmavarmmanara dharmmistham brahmanottamah bhagavatbhaktivarddhana maharaja prstam sadhu bhyah yat te manogatam srotuni divyam visnukathani .subharn
kalau
I

yuge

tasmat te varnayisyami sarvani tatvani yathfimati asrainn kuruksetre artthe pura prsto Hariscandrena Kumbhajah
i

munindranam agrato yad avarnayat etc. vaksyami srunusvavahitodhuna


I

tat

teham sampra-

srimadagneyapurane iti Y. 5b: prathamoddhyayah


ii

tulakaverimahatmye

This

is

exceptional.

The colophons

at the

end of almost

all

the

chapters have srlmatbrahmakaivartta/vi'^e.

-^^

246

i<r-

It

ends:

iti

ekatrmsoddliyayah

srimadagneyapurane tulakaveiimahatmye evam etat puravrttam akhyanam


ii
i

bhadram astu vah pravyaharata


pravarddhatam
vasavali
i i

visrabdhrdi

balam
kale

visnoli

kaverl

vai'ddhatam

kale

varsatu

tiriramganatho jayatu siiramgasris


supratisthitali

tam

lablias tesan jayas

ca varddhatesam krtas tesam paiTibhavah


i

tesam indivara syamo lirdaye

ii

liarih

om

I!

187.

Sansk. No.
Size
etc.
:

7.

16

in.,

(1)

187 -f (1) leaves, 6 or 7 lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 th or 19tii cent.?

Character: Grantha.

The Kaunjarasanaksetramdhdtmya from


hofisamhitd (VaidikadharmaMiawJa)

the &atarudriya-

of the &iva-Pnrdna.

Incomplete.
It begins:

suklambaradharam visnum sasivarnam caturi i

bhujam prasannavadanam dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye


gurave
li

nidhaye sarvalokanam bhisaje bhavaroginaiu .srigunibhyo sarvavidyanam .sridaksinamurttaye namah namah krtva samvatsaram diksaniyamam Maithilo mahan
il
i

tatra suddhavratyah suddhamana nivisto rauravebliavat bhagirathltire sarvadevasamasraye sannidhan vi.svanathasya cittasuddhividhayake kevalam cittasudhyarttham rtvikbhih parivestitah santyajya sarvakaryani rajyakriryani mantrisu
i
i

niksipya khalu medhavi svasya meddhyatvasiddhaye


i

netra-

krsnavinasaya tvagasthyaikatvasiddhaye atiYrattya[h]s sapadnikah babhuva kila diksitah sanantarika (read satrantarita?)krdesu Maithilas tarn mahamunim tesan dvijanam pui i

ratah srutidharmman asesatah

paripapraccha tatra vai


i

smarttan pauranikams capi vaidikah kepi va dharmma ye va


i

pauranikah punah anusthitais tu tair ddharnimaih phalani kim iti tatvavit punas ca paripapraccha srnvatsu nikhilesv prstas tena tathaddhvaryyur Mmaithilo dharmmaayara
i i

vittamah
caturbhis

provaca
ca

:^rnu rfijendra

vaksyEmy etani

te dvijah

caturbhis

ca dvabhyrini pahcabhir eva ca

--2-^

247

^<~

kriyate yas sa

dharmma syad atonyo

namadharakal.i
i

iti

Karsnrijiiiih pralia sa srimrm brahraavittamah

etc

srity adimahripurane srisaive satakotirudras[s]ainF. 3b: hitayam kunjarasadivyaksetramahatmye prathamodhyayah ity adiraahapurane srisaive satarudryakotisaTnF. 7:
:i

hitriyam kufijarasanadivyaksetramrdiatraye dvitiyyoddhyayahii

adi" srisaive satarudriyakotisamhitayani ity F. 18: kaufijarasaiiaksetramfdiatmye paficamoddhyayah


ii

adiniahapurane srisaive satarudriyakotisanihitayara vaidikadharmmakhande srikaunjarasanadivyaksetramfdiatmye caturddasoddliyayah


F. 45:
ity
ii

F. 78:

ity adi srisaive sata

vaidikadharmmanii-upanaastaviraso-

khande srlkaufijarasanadivyaksetramahatmye ddhyayah


ii

F. 113:

ity
ii

adi"

srisaive

sata"

vaidiicadharmmaniru-

panakhande srlkaufijarasanadivyaksetramahatmye ekacatvarimsoddhyayah


F.

164b: ity

ridi
ii

sri

sata

vaidika

srikau"

asta-

paficasoddhyayah In the colophons at the end of the following Adhyayas the number of the Adhyaya is not mentioned, e. g. f. 169 b:

ity adimahapurane srisaive satarudriyakotisamhitayara srikauhjarasanadivyaksetramahatmye (then a blank space)

So

also

ft'.

176 and 184.


off
(f.

It

breaks

18Tb) with the words: indranandah


i

ca paramara dhi^sanasya tatah param


i

anandam atblmtani

anandam yogidiirllabham
lanam dharadhipah
ii

tatah prajapater ddivyani prapya copamilrahitani pararn samprapya ksanamatrena tandui

188.

Sansk. No.

8.

lOixlj- in., Material: Palm leaves.


Size
etc.:

51

+4

leaves, 5 lines

on a page.

Date: 18 ti^ or

19tii

cent?

Character: Grantlia.

The KapaUsastlKdamCMtmya from

the Uth'^fasivah^etra-

praharana of the Saivakoflrudrasamhitd (i. e. KofiriidrasamFollowed by hitd of the Siva- Par dm?), in 10 Adhyayas.

-5H

248

Hg-

the 27 ^'^

Adhyaya

of the

Mmjurapirmalidtmya from the

Ki^etraMwla of the SlxCinda-Purana. kalyanam kurutam kascit karunavarunalaIt begms: yah mayuranagaradhiso mama nrttavinayakah srimahasrigamdhabamdhure sarvapuspriramaganapataye namah campakairandacamvedhaih phanasaih patalair tisobhite vakulair vaipjulair devapunnagais saralair api api dhavaih kumdais ca mamdarai(s) tatha camalakadibhih rasalais krtamalai(r) nnaktamalair nnalikeradibhis tatha

tantrinibhis

ca ciribilvair visesatah

vitapollikhitakasair
i

pacelimaphalavisramamekha(read megha)mandahiih nammrapakvapuspopasobhitaih atisyamalapatralimattaya meghamandalaih pura samudrapanena jalabhavataya punah tatratyam isvaram kihcin miininam kurabhasambhavam yacitum tvaraya ramyaphalapallavapanibhih phalabharanatai ramyair agatyavasthitair iva etc. anandasthalamahatmyanny akhilani srutani hi F. 3: kapalisasya mahatmyam sarvagamavivarnitam srotum sannahya tisthanti srutayosmakam adarat brahman tad adya karimajaladhenugrhana nah Agastyah atha vaksyamy aham punyam rahasyataram adbhutam kapalisasya mahatmyam vividhagamavarnitam savadhanah prasrnvantu
i

naimisaranyavasinah
_F.

etc.

5b

ii

iti

srisaivakotirudrasamhitayam

utkrsta^ivakseii

traprakarane kapalisasthalamahatmye
F. 6b:

prathamodhyayah

srisaiva
3 ends
f.

utkr" kapalisasthalamahatmye dvitlyo-

dhyayah
f.

Adhyaya
36,

f.

15,
f.

A.

40b, A. 8

A. 4 f. 27, A. 5 f. 30b, A. 6 42, A. 9 f. 47 b, A. 10 f. 51b.

F. 51b:
siir astu

ii

iti

srisaivakotirudrasamhitayam utkrstasivakseii

traprakarane kapalisasthalamahatmye
sarvara

dasamodhyayah puranam sainpurnara sarvalokaikanathaya padmanetraya visnave nilambhonibhasyamavigvahaya namo namah pura narayano devo mayaya mohayan
ii ii ii
i

ii

ramSm

amtardhanagato visnu(i') visvavyajn jagadguruh aiptardhanagatam devara vicinvarpti vibhum rama cacara prthivim sarvam napasyat pu(herc begins f. l)rusara param kaslm gamgara prayagam ca kuruksetran tu i)uskaram etc.
i

^
F.

249

*<r-

4b

ii

iti

ska[rn]ndapurane Agastyadillpasamvade ksetra-

kande mayurapurimahatmye varnanam nama saptavim^odhyayah


189.

Sansk. No.
Size etc.: 16^

9.

x It

in.,

(l)-[- -^5 leaves,

from

5 to 7 lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 " or 19tii cent.?


Character: Grantha.

The KumWuKjlionamdhdtmya from the Bhavisyat-Purdna (Madhyamakhanda), Adhyayas 97 to 106.


It

begins:

etat

kalyanarajiva

nalinimaddhyamandire
i

kumbhaghone sayanasya sSriigapaneh prasasanam srl-Naradah bhagavan patmasambhuta paravaravidam vara


i

paravarajagatsrstisthitisaraharakurana

varnitara bhavata

samyak
sya

punyaksetrakadarabakam
i

jambudvlpavisesena

varse bharatasarajfiake
i

susrusus tasya

mahatmyam

ksetra-

harimedhasah tatvam acaksva bhagavan vistarena pitamaha iti prsto mahateja visvasrg visvagrahanah uvaca Naradayaiva ksetramahatmyam uttamara brahma srunu Narada bhadram te savadhanena cetasa kumbhaghonasya
i i
i

mahatmyam

sarvalokesu pujitam

etc.

F. 5: iti bhavisyatpurane kurabhaghonamahatmye saptanavatitamoddhyayah F. 17: iti bhavisyatpurane raaddhyamakhande brahmanaradasamvade kumbhaghonamahatmye satatamoddhyayah iti bhavisyatpurane maddhyamakhande braIt ends:
ii

ii

hmanaradasamvade kumbhaghonamahatmye sat^atatamoddhyayah kumbhaghonamahatmyam sampurnam om sriii

ll

.sariigapanisvamine

namah

ii

190.

Sansk. No, 10.


Size
etc.:

16x1t
Palm

in., (1)

61 leaves, generally

lines

on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date:

18tii

or 19th cent.?

Character: Grantha.

-^

2C0

H$-

The Samastikdnanamdhdtmi/a, or Samastikdntdramdhdimya, from the Bralimdnda-Purdna, Uttarakhanda, Adhyayas


It
1

17, incomplete.

begins: sivaya namali


mahfiraunm
i

vighnesara

vande mahesvaran devam sanmukham gurum ganesan nandimukhyans ca


i

sivabhaktan

kadacin

naimisaranyamunayas
i

sarpsitavratah satrayagani prakurvanas saivagamavisaradrdi


i

drstva Siitam[ni] mahatmanarn papracchm\amitaujasah sanibhoh kathapato netra **** pajayate punar bruhi mai

hesasya

kathani

papapranasinim
i

satkathasravanenaiva

cittavairagyam uttamam

divyajhanan ca sumahat jayate

paramaisvarara
ya(n)

iti

prstas

SutayogI karunarasasevadhih
i

Vyasam sarvajnam atulam ddhyatva svantasaroruha


dhanyatama loke mahesasrayasatkathara
i i

yii-

srotukamSs

ca sa(m)jatah vaksyarai srunutadarat rahasyam asti nikhile>;v

agamesu ca

sarvasah
i

.srimatkarnpaharesanaksetramaha-

tmyam uttamam
i

srunvatam sarvapapaghnam bhuktimuktisarvasaumyadani sadyah caturvargaphalaphalapradara brahmavismimahe(n)dradyaih sevitam sarvasipradara ddhaye puragastyena saipproktam rslnam bhavitatmanam
i i i

vaksye piiratanam punyam srlmattribhuvanabhidhani


i

dar-

sanat sarvapapaghnam k^^etrarn ksetresv aniittamam tathapi tasya F.

mahatmyam brahmande bahudha srutam


i

tad adya

vaksye yusmakara lokanan ca hitaya ca


3b:

etc.

brahmandapurane brahmanaradasamvade samastikananamahatmye uttarakhande prathamoddhyayah


iti
ii

F. 8:

iti

srimatbrahmaiidapurane samastikantaramaii

hatmye dvitiyoddhyayah F. 30 b: iti sribra samastikananama navamoddhyaj-ah F. 56: iti bra samastikantrirama" sodasoddhyayah

!i

ii

It

breaks

off

(f.

capi krtva stotrasatais sivam


i

61b) with the words: laukikair vaidikais prarttha(ya)m asa devesara


i

harsagatga(da)ya gira svamin mannatha sarvajha srlmatkanipahareti ca


i i

sarve lokas ca grnhiyur

nnamadheyan
iti

tavai

tirohite tada deve raja

(d)bhutam evam samprartthito devah tathastv harsasamanvitah


i

tirodadhe

APPENDIX
BY
F.

W. THOMAS.

191.

WmsH
Size:

No.

44.
title in

14jXl?

in.;

66 leaves

2 containing index and

English

covers, 6

rarely

7 lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Probably 17 th cent. Character: Grantha, legible and

fairly correct.

The Aitareya-Aranyalia

in close

printed in Bibliotheca Indica,

At

agreement with the text the end of II. 2. 3 we

have the error tad vai Visvdmitrcm for tad vaisvdmitram: at the beginning of II. 5. 4 and II. 6. 1 respectively the words apakramantu garhhinyali and yathdsthdnan tu garhhinyah are omitted. A peculiarity of the MS. colophons read dranah for dranyahali.
is

that the

The
inside

label

reads 'Rig-Vedah; Aranyam.


written 'The

Vol.

4.',

and

Aranyam of the Rig-Vedah' and opposite 'N. B. The 2^^^ Aranyakam is called the Bahwricha-Brahmanopanishat; and the 3'"^ Aranyakam is
Whish has
called the Samhitopanishat'.

192.

Whish No.
Size:

47.

llfx

in.

2 leaves (with 2 covers). 7

10

lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: Perhaps 19th cent.


Character: Square Grantha, clearly written.

The Kaivalyopanisad. At the end the MS. reads phalam


with the best
i

(not

and proceeds: brahma om bhadram dadhatu om valyopanisat samapta harih om


editions,
i
i i

ity
I

padam) asmde aha bhagavan


i

santih trih

kai-

-^

254

H$-

Then a note in the handwriting of Whish: 'Here ends the Kaivalyopanishad C. M. AVhish Calcutta 1825'. On the front cover we also read outside (in Malayalam character) KaivalyojMnishat with a few other faint marks
in the

same character, and

inside: 'These few sheets contain

the Kaivalyopanizat
Calcutta'.

Grantham

character.

C.

M, Whish

193.

Whish No.
Size:

167.

13|xl|
Palm

in.,

21 leaves

2 blank

wooden

covers, 8 lines

on a page.
Material:
leaves.

Date: Probably 19th cent. Character: Square Grantha.

The BrahniasutracandriM, a concise Commentary by an unnamed author on the Veddntasfitras.


It begins:

sri-Lokanandanathagurucaranaravindabhya(ni)
i

namah
i

avighnam astu pranamya paramatmanarn saccidanandavigraham kurveham atisamksepat brahmasutrasya candrikam athato brahmajajhasa (sic) atha nityanityavastuvivekaihikamusmikaphalabhogaviragasamadamadisampan mumuksatmakasadhanacatustayasampatyanantaram
n
i

It ends:
iti

vai prajapatir
trir

ddevan asrta asrtasramitamanusyat


iti

iti

pitrn
I. III.

apavitram

grahan.

The

last siitra cited is

also

27 (20b, 1. 4), but the commentary seems to touch on the subject of 28.
of the

The name
in

work and the words

'first

part only'

are written faintly, in Whish's hand, on ,the outside.

A slip
of

Burmese reads 'Commentary on the nine

parts

Metaphysics'.

Whether the work


canclrikds mentioned in

is

any of the other several places by Aufrecht CC. s. v.


identical with

Brahmasiitra,

it

is

impossible without fuller descriptions

of these to say.

.^

255

H6-

lU.
Sansk. No. 11.
Size:

12x2j

in.;

40 leaves

-j-

2 blank

covers,

10 lines on a

page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Probably 19*^1 cent. Character: Square Grantha,

clearly written.

The Vdsuclevainanana2)ral'arana
respectively
foil.

in 12

varnahis, ending

29a, 32b, 40 b, generally with namaskara to Mlnaksi and Sundaresvara. At the end of the seventh we read also in-Ksemdnandandthayaramagurave namah, mentioning

4a,

5b,

7a,

1] b,

18b, 25a,

33 b, 36 a, 38

a,

the author's guru.

is

Tanjore, p. 92 b the work to Burnell, two hundred years old, as an ancient Tamil But the present MS. exhibits not the version is known. original, but a shorter compendium, the date of which is

According
at least

not known, probably identical with some of those


,

cited

Mananagrantha. Of this by Aufrecht CC. p. an edition in Telugu character was printed in 1884 at the
428 b
,

s.

v.

Saradanilaya press.
far as

With

this edition the


7,

MS.

agrees as

which the former presents a much longer and widely differing text. The opening
after

the end of varnaka

stanza,

also,

is

different, the

MS.

reading:
i

srimanyatinam mude narayanam vande tarn harim karunanidhim mananakhyam

yovatiryyeha

acaryyarupena

ii

prakaranam samgrahena
It ends:

vasudevayatl^varaih

racitara

vistarenadya

prakasyate
i

ii

balanam

upakaraya

mamapi
ii

jnanasiddhaye

tatra sribalagopalakrsnas sanuihito bhavet

iti jhatva tat-tvam-padadivakyajhanena paroksajhananubhavenaparoksasaksatkarah ca yonubhavati sa candrdo va brahmano vasmakam gurur evety acaryyavacanena vijhatatatvopi mahasanyasinas ca variyan vidisasanyasino paramahamso bhutva madaha(read deha)vasane paripurna-

brahmasvarupo bhavati iti manane dvadasavarnakam samaptam


i

sriminaksisuni

daresvarabhyan namah srlgurucaranaravindabhyan namah


i

-^
The divergence
five

256

H5-

of the

MS. and

the edition in the last

varnakas, combined with the peculiarity in the seventh

the

colophon of the MS., suggests that either the edition supplies full text and not the samgraha or we have two difsummaries.

ferent, possibly independent,

On

the outside in

European hand 'Mananaprakaranam'.


195.

Whish No.
Size:

187a.

ITjXlf
Palm

in.;

19 leaves, generally

8 9
q.

lines

on a page. The

cover and label are shared with No. 203,


Material:
leaves.

v.

Date: Probably 18 th rather than 17 tu cent.


Character: Grantha.
Injuries:

The ends

of the first 2

and the

last 3 leaves

somewhat

broken away.

HhQVirata-Parvan of the Mahdhhdrata as far as XII. 7. I ends on f. 2 b, II on f. 3 b, III on 1. 5b, IV on f. 7a, V on f. 9b, VI on f. 10b, VII on f. 12b, on f. 18a, XI on f. 19a. VIII on f. 15b, IX on f. 17a, The text agrees in general with the Grantha edition

Adhyaya

published

at

Sarabhojirajapura
divergencies,

(Tanjore),

but

presents

not

few

small

such as the omission of


after

III 51

2,

IV

8. 33.,

and the addition of two slokas

IV. 21 and a halfsloka after 55 a.

To

the

commencement
i

we

find prefixed the verses:

prabaradharam visnum sasivarnam caturbhujam Vyasam saunavadauan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye Vasisthanaptriram Sakteh pautram akalmasam para >( m vande Sukatatan taponidhim Vyasaya visnurupaya Vyasarupaya visnave namo vai brahmanidhaye Vasisthaya
;;
li

ii

namo namah

ii

196.

Sansk. No.
Size:

12.

16^17x11?
Palm
leaves.

in.;

14

14

14 leaves, from 5 to 8 lines

on a page.
Material:

Date: Early 18 1^ cent.


Character: Grantha.

^'

257
(1)

^
of the Tlrtliamdhdtmya
in

The Kumdrarudrasami-dda
the
It begins:

TJttaraklianda of the Slianda-Purdna.

rsayah

Suta Suta niahaprajiia puiTinartthavi^arada


ii

srutaui sarvatirtthani pimyani subahOni ca

tesu

madhye
vadasva

mahatlrttham

sesakupe

sthitam

srutara
ii

tad

mahabhaga srotum icchamahe vayam


I

pura khalu maharanye nanapaksivirajite Siitah vyaghrapahcasyasampurne candanadruniasobhite kastiiril

ii

mrgasammardde devagandharvasevite agatya visrantam madhavena ca


ii

auf?adhadrau sam-

It ends:

sarvam maya ^rutam proktam rahasyam idam uttamam sarvesam na tu vaktavyam idam paramasobhanam iti skande piirane iittarakhande tirthamahatmye kumararudrasamvade trayodasoddhyayah srimate vedantaii

navaisnavaya datavyam nabhaktaya kadacana


ii

gurave

namah Summary of

the adhydyas:

Ausadha
hill,

(ends 2b): Origin of the Sesatlrtha on the

where was the Khagendra or Garuda river. XI (ends 9 a): Story of a combat between the devas and asuras, headed respectively by Visnu and Siva. At the end Siva asks permission to occupy the Patala Yaua near the Sesatlrtha. XII (ends lib): Story of Bhvgu and Hemabjanayaki. The Bhutirtha (11a, 1. 1): Ahindrapura (lib, 1. 2). XIII (ends 14b): Story of Vrtra (Vrka 12a, 1. 2) and Indra.

The Laksmitlrtha

(13 b,

1.

4).

(2)

The Ahindrapuramdlidtmya
of the Bralimdnda-Piirdna. It begins:

in the

Brahmandradasamvdda

kadacit

pitaram

praha
devesa

bruhi

pranamya
i

barer

brahmanam Narado munih vaibhavam uttamam


17

ll

brahma

-^
srnu

258

f-

Nrirada vaksyami

arccavataravibbavam

liarer mahatmyam uttamam paramam papanasanara atha tai (sic)


i

ii

munayas sarve Sanakadyas surarsayah


tbasya darsanarttham samagatali
ii

kadacil lokana-

gagaue jagmur alokya

kslrabdhim rsisevitam
It ends:

^rutva tu brabmano vakyam Narado rsisattamali ahindranagaram prapya devauatbam (bis) nauama ca iti sribrabmandapurane brabmauaradasamvade ahmdrapuramahatmye paficamoddbyayab
i

ii

Summary
and Sesa

of tbe adhydyas:

I (ends 3 a):

Tbe

Virajatirtba

is

conveyed
is

by Garuda

to

Abindrapura, wbicb

tbus located (lb, lb

1-2):sadyojauapramanena kumbbagbonasya cottare kaii{sic) tu daksine bbage samudrasya ca pascime arddbayojanamatrena by ablndrapurasaiijiiake agneyabbage Sesadrer Markkandeyas tapasyati II (ends 7 a): Visnu directs tbe tirtba brougbt by Ananta (Sesa) to be called Sesatlrtba and tbat brougbt by Garuda to be tbe Garuda river (Suparnatatiui 7a, 1. 5). Brabmau establisbes a festival, and begs Visnu to abide on tbe spot witb Rama (entitled Hemabjanayaki). Brabman bimself occupies tbe Brabmatirtba in tbe agneyadigbbaga, tbe Rsis Patali (Patalesvara 7a, 1. 5) on tbe Ausadhapi.rvata in tbe purvottaradigantara,
i

cyas

ii

ii

Hanuman
Patali,

a part

of tbe

Safijivanausadbagiri

in

tbe
at

j)urvabbaga, Saiikara a linga under a Putali

tree

Prablada tbe Bbrgutlrtba in tbe nortb at a ksetra called Krsnnranya. III (ends 10 a): At tbe request of Prablada Visnu consents to abide, arccdvatdram dsrtya, facing tbe west at Krsnaranya. Praise of tbe aranya and of tbe Ausadbacala standing on tbe river's (Suparna's) bank. IV (ends 12 b): Siva is implored by tbe gods to destroy Tripura and performs tapas. V (ends 14b): Siva, after destroying tbe demons, goes to tbe eastern ocean, on tbe sbore of wbicb Visnu esta-

-^
blishes

259

f^
devoted to
the

him,
viz.

and there

arises a city

two gods,

Ahindrapura.

(3)

The AJundrapnramdhdtmya
Brhan7idradlya-Mahd-Purdna.
It begins:

of the

Jhdnakdnda

of

the

purabhuu naimi^aranye satram


r^ayo

hi

yatra kusalSs

Saunakiidayah
i

bahuvarsikam sameta labdhavakasas tain


i

ii

Sutam aprcchan harivaibhavam


trptir

rsayah
ii

kirttitan ta(t)

tvaya brahman hares caritram uttamam

sinitvadyapi
i

na
pu-

no jay ate matravabhava (read mativaibhava) Sutah kin tais tapobhir uruvikramabhaktihmaih
I

ii

nyair athalpaphalasantatidair anantaih

danair jaganmayail

padarabujayugmasaktaciutavatrim hrdayatosanaviprahinaih

aho tapahphalain kiiicit bahujanmabhir arjitam jhesapadambhojayugacintaprasutikrt


ii

rsayah
It ends:
i

divyabhivyaktidesanain

ii

yad ya-

(3 verses).

kirttanavasare
&c.

pura

ahindranagaran nama devesacaritasrayam


srutvaitas
I

(read "tac) caritan tasya Sutad devapater harsasrupurnanayanah krtarttha iti menire prasasamsus ca tam vij^ram nemisaranyavasinam yajhasrilam punar jagmuhkriyam uddisya yajnikim iti sri-brhannaradlyamahapurane jnanakande ahlndrapuramahatmye catu^cadvijah
ii
i

ii

tvarimsoddhyayah.

Summary

of the adliydyas'-

1.

Brahman visits the world at a place called the Sugaudha Vana (2 a, 5) by the eastern ocean, hill called Ausadha producing a mahauwhere was a sadha called Samjivana (2 a, 6). Then appears Visnu, whom Brahman lauds. XLI (ends 7 a) Brahman obtains from Vi?nu the boon that a tirtha like the Virajatirtha and bearing his name may be established by the mountain (Brahmacala 4 b, 1. 5), that Visnu may always be present there, and
(ends 3 b):
1.
:

XL

17*

-^
the ausadha be
is

260

H^
1.

named

after liim (4a,

1).

The

tirtha

to

be the Brahmatirtha.
gods against the asuras. Sesa makes him a pool river (pragvahimm nadim).

XLII (ends 9a): Visnu helps the When he is tired after battle,

and Garuda produces a Visnu promises to be ever accessible there. XLIIl (ends lib): Story of Markandeya and the lotusborn maid Taraiiganandini. XLiy (ends 14b): Continuation of the story of Markandeya. Sesa founds Ahindranagara.

197.

Sansk. No. 13.


Size:

ISjxlj

in.;
(foil.

168 (167-1-65
1

bis)

leaves -[-covers

between

wooden boards, 7 Material: Palm


Date: 18th

117),

later 8 lines

on a page.

leaves.

cent.

Character: Grantha, small clear writing.


(1)

The CampaJidranyamdhdtmya
Ff.

of the Sivapdrvatlsamvdda

of the Ksetravaihhavakhanda of the Bhavisyottara-Pardna.

1117.

It begins:

kallyanyai namah'l harili

om

pura hi kailasaginndramaddhye
surasuradyaih abhivandite jDare
i

vicitravaiduryyamukhaih suratnakaih

suvarnamuktasraj adamasobhite

ii

sanmandape devavaraih samanvite[h]


samstiiyamane munidevanayakaih
astadasaih vadyavaraih abhistute
i

ramgamukhaih narttanasobhite muda


nandisacandisamukhaih suparssadaih
samsevite cchatravitanasobhite
suratnaplthasritasarakarainke
sthita g(ir)isendrasuta
i

ii

mrdani

ii

-^

201

f<-

sarvajna svapatim viksya, smayamanamukhambuja, brahmadin ajfiapaitum svapateh vaibliavain param

ii

samartthya vismayam vaktuiii

gamguilharakathamrtam
ii

^ivena prakatikartura visesena sabbatale

pranamya saipkaram

devi devanafi ca samabksitah papraccha bliaktibhrivena samkaiam nllalobitara


ii

(31 slokas)

puranyaddba saivaksetrani bbutale bhaktimuktipradany eva darsanat namanad api


tvayoktaiii

ii

saptasabasrasamkbyani catub^atayutSni ca tatra pitub visesena stbanani tava bbutale

ii

dvatrimsatsaptasatakasamkbyakani mama prabbo tatrapi satasamkbyakastbanany uktani me vibbo tatrapy atyautadayitara dvatrimsatstbanam uttamara
ii
i

ii

pumarttbanam nidarsakam ksetram ekam samastagbakriitanara subbadan nrnara kalau kabisayuktanara sadyab siddbikaram subbam
tesu puiiyatamam srestbam
i

ii

saksatkailasasadrsam Campakaraiiyasamjnitam
It ends:
itiritas te

ii

munayotibbaktya
i

sarapiijayamasur adinasatvab

supunyade naimisakanane subbe sutam suvastrabbaranais ca godbanaih


iti

ii

srimat-bbavisyottarapurane

(sic)

ksetravaibbavakbande

carnpakaranyamabatmye sivaparvatisamvade kannyatirttbadbarmraarajatlrttba - indratirttbamabimanuvarnanam nama


catubcatvarimsoddbyayab
i i

karakrtam apai-adbain subbam astu ^riyai namah srlmatgirikucambayai namab ksantum arbanti santab om bbavisyatterapurilnam (sic) sampiirnam sriparbarib saksiganesaya namab avigbnam astu vatyai namab
i i

^rimattripurasundaryyai

namab

Tbe

titles of

tbe ailhyayas are as follows:

I (ends 4 a) Anukramanika.

II (6b) ^iilatirttbanirraana rsinara sarupyadana. III (8 a) Nandisvarapujananandikesvarakrtamabotsava.

IV

(10 b) Vinayakapujakarana.

->i

262

r<r-

V
VI

(13 a) Durgatapascaryyaya samkalpakarana.

sivapratyaksavarapradana-

(15 b) Girikanyavaralabha parvatya rupadvayanirupanaarddhanarisvaravirbhavamulalimgabhutanagesvara-

vaibhavaniriipana.

VII (18 a) Devibhyam krta adarsotsavanirupana. VIII (20 b) Indragamana indrasya devyopatisthacandanotsavavidhananirupana.

IX

(23 a)

Indrasya

devya

proktacandanotsavanirupana
sivadutaih

antara

itihasanirupane

yamadutan

prati

sivabhaktisvarupanirupanarambhana.

(25 b)

Sricandanotsavaniriipane

srimatgirikucambaya

surarajam prati prokta itihase srisaile jaladipalipradaviprasya sivapadaravindah prapti Candrasenarajiia narakanubhavanantaram campakaranye dvijatve durgan-

dhamgatvapraptimahimauuvarnana.

XI
XII

(29 a) Devyopatisthamargena indrena krtacandana ut-

savavidliananirupana.

Gautamapujanimittakagautamasramam prati (32 a) indragamana Ahallyasaragavidliananirupana. XIII (35 a) Gautamena indrasya svabharyayah sapanugrahadana badarivane Gautamasya Vyasopadesanirupana.

XIV

(37a)

Ahallyasapavimocana Gautamona uagesvaraE,tuparnarajyasya

pujamaliimanuvarnana.

XV
XVI

(40 a)

svepne

satruvijayakhatga-

praptibhutanalapiij aniriipana.
(42 b) Gagesvara
(sic)

pujavaibliavena Nalasya nasta-

rajyasriya prapti.

XVII
XVIII

(45 b)

Nalapuja NalakrtavaisakhotsavavidhananiriiPandavapiijavidhana

pana.
(48 b)

naganathaprasadeua

Pandavanani svarajyaprapti,

XIX

(52 a) Nagesvarasya Pandavapujamahimanuvarn(an)a. (55 b)

XX
XXI

Brahmagamana brahmanah

puja

brahmana

krtakrirttikotsavaniriipana.

(58a)

Masyagandhisaipgamena bhrantiyuktaparasa-

-$H

263

HSprati

rasya

naimisfiranyagamana tatrakyarsin

svapa-

panuvarnanam srutva

te tasya niskrter alocanakarana.

XXII
XXIII

(60 b) PaiTisarapujamahimaiiuvarnana.

(63b) Nagesvararutyasya (sic) nagagamanopotghatasaragatya apiitradvijakathayam dampatyoh vyasanapari-

XXIV

briraka-Markandeyagamana. (66 b) Dvijaputranimittakataksaka^amkarasamvada.


(69a) Takf?akasya viprasapagamana.

XXV

Taksakasya Kasyapenoktasivaksetranirupana. Taksakasya KasyapoktastaladvayamahiXXVII maiiuvarnana bhagirathapuj aniriipana. XXVIII (77 a) Taksakasya Kasyapoktasaivaksetrasthana(74b)

XXVI (71b)

catulistayamahimaniivarnana.

XXIX

(79 b)

Taksakasya campakaranyara prati pimara-

gamana.

XXX

Nagesvarasya nagadhipatyapraptyarttbam JMagesvarasya anekaratnapiijakarananantaram Taksa(81b)


(84a)

kasya nagixdliipatyaprapti.

XXXI
XXXII

Xagendrapujamabimanuvarnana

nagendra-

pujavalmikapiijamahimanuvarnana.
(87 a)

Campakaranyam

prati

siiryyagamanasa-

dbanibbutacchayasiiryyakopakarananuvarnana. XXXIII (89 b) Suryyamayakopaprasadavarnananuuirupana.

XXXIV

XXXV
XXXVI

(91b) Savaradhipasya svarnapanibprapti. (94 a) Vasistbapujanimittakavisvamitrajasu(u)da-

uimittakakalmasapadarajua vacana. (97a) Siidaruparaksasavadha

Vasisthena

Kal-

masapadarajfiab sapapradananirupana.

XXXVII

(100 b) Brabmopadistamargena
(102 b) Vasisthapiij aniriipana.

campakaranyam

prati Vasisthagamauodyamauirupana.

XXXVIII
XLI
XLII

XXXIX (104 b) Sivadbarmapbalauiriipana. XL (107 a) Sivadharmapunyauirupana.


(109 b) Suryyatirtthamabimanuvar[tta]nana. (112 a) Suryyatirtthamabimanuvarnaua. XLIII (114 a) Suryyapuskarinivaibbavaniriipana.
(117 b)

XLIV

Kannyatirttba - dbarmarajatirttba-iudra-

tirttbamabimanuvarnana.

-^
The
site is

264

r<~

thus described (2 a):


tire

hariuadyas tatottare srImat-Maddhyarjuuapateh uairrtye punyadayake


i

kaveryya daksine

li

Karkatesasya samsthanat daksine krosamatrake kannyatirtthasya purve tu krosamatre siipunyadam


kificitvayavyabhage tu Manojhesasya vaih prabho
i

ii

campakaranyasainjfiam tu mahapatakanasanam

ii

(2)

The CampaMranyamaliatmya

of the

Amharlmnaradasam-

vdda of the Ksetravaihhavaklianda of the Sl;anda-Purana. Ff. 118135.


It begins:

bhuyah pranamya caturanauajatam agryam munisvaram sa(m)karatatvakovidam trilokasahcarinam avyayam sada


i

papraccha raja sivasatkathamrtam Ambari^;ah bhagavau yoginam .srestha ksetratirtthavicaksana iiadinadavisesajfia mantrayantravidam vara tvayoktani inahabhaga .saivaksetravarani ca tesu sthauatrayam punyam bhuinau kailasasammitam vedaranyam svetavanam campakaranyam eva ca tesu sresthatamam proktam campakaranyam uttamam ity uktana yat tvaya pilrvaui samgrahena munisvara tad vadasva ca ka(r)tsnyeua mamanugrahakamyaya
ii
i

ii

li

ii

ii

It ends:

yah sraddhaya pathati pavanapavanah ca srutvapi tat darsanam acared yah samastapapaih sa vimucya tatksanat samastasamnmaragalam apnuyan nrpa iti skande raahapur[ur]ane ksetravaibhavakhande campakaranyamahatmye Ambarlsanriradasaravade sfiryyatlrtthamahimanuvarnanam namil pahcasititamoddhyayah sriyai namah srimatgirikucambasametanaganathaya
i

i:

mam gal am

srimat-girikucambam tarn girikannyam tathaiva ca

ii

-^

265

H5-

naganathe^varaTTi vande pranaraami punah puuah

ii

sumeru.srmgamaddliyastham sulcsmanipam sukhapradam nagauatha[li]priyam bhavya uamami giiikanuyakaiu


II

karakrtam aparadliam ksantum


harih narn
i i

arlianti saiitali
i

om
harih

^rlgurubhyo
i

namah

subliam astu

sarnpui"-

om

The

adliyciyas

end as follows:

LXXXl22a,LXXXII125b,LXXXini28b,LXXXIV
(indrena krtami-gasarotsavavidhinirupaiia) 131
a,

LXXXV

(suryyatirtthamahimanuvarnana) 135b.
(3)

The Ndgandtliamahdtmya of tlie Tlrthalihanda of the Brahmdiyla-Purdm (foil. 136^154a) in adhydyas numbered LI LVII ending as follows: LL 138a, LIL 139b, LIII 142a, LIV (Pisacamocana)
Ujjarihhdga of the

145 b,

LV

(Tlrthavaibhavanirupana)

149 a,

LVI

152b.

LVII
om

(Parvatya tapascarana) 154 a.

It begins:
I

Sutam

prati rsayah

Siita Siita mahaprajna sarvasastravisarada {sic) bruhi nah sradd(adh)ananam paramrirtthaikasadhanam sarvapapaprasamanani sarvopadravanasanani sarvasampatpradani nrnam sarvarogavinasanara
l
i

ii

ii

ilyuskaram balakarain prajavi-ddhikaram nrnam

rajham jayakarain yuddlie parasenripravasanam samksepam asrutam purvam naimiseye tapovane idanini srotukamanani muninani bhavitatmanam
suryyapuskarini

ii

ii

nama

tirttham

paramapavanam
H

yatra devi jagatdhatrl tapas tepe suduskarara

tapobalayuta nityam tatra vasam akarayat

siiryyanamrdchyapadminyam tate ye nivasanti ca ye ye krtartthitam yatah tan atra A'asato mune vada no
ii

mune
It ends:

etat salam (read satara?)

paramapavanam advitiyam pui

nyamunindrair adhivasitah ca

-^
pasyanti

266

H5-

ye

brahmapurisam adyam dhanya bliavanti manujah khalu bhagyavantah


il

sri-brahmandapurane uparibhage nagauathamahaiti tmye parvatya(s) tapascaranan'nama saptapaiicasoddhyayah sriyai namah iti brahmandapurane naganathamahatmyani subham astu harili om sampiirnam samaptali
i i

sriyai

namah

(4)

The Camijakdranyamahatmya
liita

of the

EMdasarudrasamwork
is

of the Siva-Fiirdna.

Ff.

154a

167b,
this

In spite of the difference of

title

a con-

tinuation of the preceding as regards the numbering of

the adhyaijas, which end as follows:

LVIII
160 b,

156a,

LIX
a,

(Siuyatlrthavaibhava)

159a,

LX
164b,

LXI
166b,

162

LXII
167b.

(Caudravarmacarita)

LXIII

LXIV
(sic)
\

The work

begins:

Saunakovaca

Siita pauranika[h] srestha sarvalokaprapujita (read ta)

campakaranyamahatmyam bhavata kathitam pura


ii

ii

idanim siiryyakundasya mahatmyani saragrahat srutain tasya tirtthasya mahatmyam samgrahat


vistarat srotum adyaiva

^ It ends:

=>(=

;*

x-

vahcha me varttate nunam krpa yady asti ced vada


i

ii

vrjinavilayahetum yah srunotlha nityam

sa bhavati paripurnah sarvakamaih mrdasya

padam akhilasuredyam yogivaryyabhigamyani


iti

ii

saivapurane

ekadasarudrasamhitayam
i

cainpakara-

nyamahatmye catuhsastitamoddhyayah sainpurnam carnpakaranyamahatmyam


srimatgirikucambasameta

sriyai
i

namah

harih
i

om

om

karakrtam &c. bhyah subham bhavatu


1
i

harih naganathamarngalarn gobrahmanesrigurubhyo namah


l i i

harih

om

On

the front cover of this

MS. we read

(inside) 'Tiru'

nakesvara' (Tamil for Srinagesvara) and (outside),

Tepiska'

-^*

267

f<-

Tiruuakesvara' 'Purfinam' (167) and the number 10 in Telugu and European figures, and a sign probably indicating the same number appears on all the leaves.
'

198.

Sansk, No. 14.


Size: 15?

X It

in.;

172 leaves (169

170 blank) and wooden covers,

6 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th cent.


Character: Telugu, fairly well written, but often difficult to read

and showing many corrections. The leaves are numbered as far as 130, though even here with troublesome erasures and corrections. As far as ful. 56 the writing is in three columus at that point commences a rather larger hand, traversing the full width of the
:

leaves.

The Madhyamahlidga
For another MS.
1387 b
sqq.,

of

the

HemahltaJx'hawJa

of

the

Bhdradi'djasamhitd of the Adunalid-Fiirdija.

work see Ind. Off. No. 3698, which the text seems to agree closely. Thus in the opening verses si. 4 reads srnvamtu, and after sudhdnisyam si. 5 we have a mark showing that there has been a correction. The colophons also are generally in nearly literal agreement, and their
of this

pp.

with

disagreements

(e. g.

in

XXXI)

sometimes point in the


divergences.

same direction. There are, however,

considerable

The

Hariscandropakhyruia is inserted at a different point in the two MSS., while each offers certain chapters not found in the other, according to the following scheme:
As. Soc.
adhyy.

MS.

Ind. Off.

MS.

118 1935 4047 3639


?

= = =

adhyy.

118 3652 2027


9

2835.

HH

268

.<-

The present MS., however, breaks


adhy. 47.

off in the

middle of

The

existence of this

MS.

confirms Dr. Eggeling's sugges-

tion of a

Telugu source

for the Ind. Off.

Nagari copy, and


9.

his conjecture of lirdayastheydn (for ""steyctn) in adliy.


is

22

also confirmed.

The following statement gives the numbers of the pages on which the adhydyas end and the names of those not given in Dr. Eggeling's list: III 9a, IV 12a, Y 17a, VI 19a, II 6b, I 3b,

VII 20b,

XII
53b,

29

b,
a,

VIII XIII

22b,

IX

25a,

X
XV

26b,

XI

28b,

33

a,

XIV
a,

34

a,

36

b,

XVI
47
a,

38

a,

XVII
70a,

40

XVIII
57b,
75a,

42

XIX
61b,
80a,

44 a,

XX

XXI

XXII

XXIII

XXIV
XXVIII

66 a,
86b.

XXV
XXIX
ka(sic)

XXVI

XXVII
a,

91b,

XXX
112b,

96

XXXIII
thanam)
kathana)

XXXI 102 a, XXXII 107 a. XXXIV 115a, XXXV 118a, XXXVI


XXXVII
XXXVIII
(Devaghdtaniamrara
(Surasdsamgamajdlapddatir(ManuiukhatirthotpatlJcathana

(Ka2)ildsramMivydghra2mta(sic)tlrthaparyantatlHhdni

123 b, 127
a, a,

tliakathana)
(sic)

130a,

XXXIX
b,

134

XL

139
b,

XLI

143

a,

XLII

149 167

b,

XLIII

154 b,

XLIV

159

XLV

162

a,

XL VI

b,

XLVII

(imperfect) 168 b.

The names

of the chapters in the

Hariscandropakhyana are

XIX

Vasist{sic)avisvdmitrasamvdda.

XX
XXI
XXII
XXIII

JMryayd.

Vasisthadharmopadesa.

Mdydvardliaprabhdva. Hariscandrasvas^adarsanaromvirbhdva.
Canddlakanyalaidarbana.

XXIV

XXV
XXVI
XXVII
XXVIII

Kdsikena rdjdpraliarana. Rdjdnnirgamana.


Mdydvahnisrsfi.

XXIX

XXX
XXXI

Hariscamdrena Camdravatlvikraya. Vlrabdlmdarsana. Hariscamdrena smasdneksana. Camdravatyd visadastalohUdsvasam darsana.

-^

269

H^

XXXIII

Hariscamdrena Camdravatlvadha. Hariscamdravaraprasddana. The concluding lines of the MS. read thus: tatah param mahato malyavatanubhrta sidhido bramhmanirbharah cchrmgas te pataraty udhasikarah. rau (= 20 21 of the

XXXII

Ind. Off.

MS. adhy. XX VII j. For Sanmukha (see Ind. Off.

adhy. 9)
is

always to read Manmuklia, which


likeness of the aksaras

this MS. seems perhaps due to the

ma and
(3)

On
'sri

the last two leaves


'^ri

we read

few other scrawls.


after a blank

Ramaya namah' At
'sri

Telugu character. Virupaksa sri' (bis) sakadadaya namah' and a


.srt

in the
'sri

the

commencement
there
is

of adhy.

XXXIX,

half leaf,

a fresh beginning with

the words

Virupaksaya namah'.
199.

Sansk.
Size:

]N'o.

15.

17jx2

in.;

10 leaves, 9 lines to a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th cent.

Character: Grantha, not inked over.

The Kadamhainmmdhdtmya
It begins:

of the

Brahmandradasam-

vdda of the Parvaklianda of the Brahmdnda-Purdna.

suklambaradharam visnum sa^ivarnam caturbhujam prasannavadanam dhyayet sarvavighnopasiXntaye


ii

naimise punyanilaye rsayas satram asate

Asito

ii

ete canye ca bahavo naimisaranyavasinah jamitandosasantyartthain satkathasravanotsukah Sutani pauranikam restham idani vacanam abravit
1

ii

rsayah

Sutavidvan (readdYan)mahaprajha[s] sarvasastravi^arada


tvatta srutany anekani ksetrani vividhani ca
ii

nadyas ca vividhas sarva tirtthani ca vanani ca idanira srotum icchamo nipaksetrasya vaibhavam

ii

H5H
It ends:

270

i<r-

idara purfinam jagatam yasaskaram


surais ca sendrair api nityacintitam

ayusyam arogyakaram yasasyam


sada sujalpam paraiuatmayogibhih
iti
h

brahmandapurane brahmauaradasamvade sri-kadambasubham astu purlmahatmye sasthoddhyayah harih om


i i i

srimate srinivasamabadesikaya namali

Summary
I (ends

of tbe adhydyas:

Kaverl, being adjudged inferior in her performs tapas in Sutala. Brahman Ganga, rivalry witb her that superiority to Gaiiga can appearing informs
2 a):

be obtained from Visnu alone. Narada directs her to


the Nipaksetra. II (ends 2b, "jmriisottamamdhcctmye dvitiyoddJiydyaJi) : Description of the Ksetra:

srirarngasya vimanasya kimcid isanya uttare


ii

^amivanamahaksetrapiirve vai krosamatrake ^rl-kadambavanam nama prasiddharp lavanatraye

purvvam Dasaratho raja yagam arabhya satkrtah kaveryya uttare tire colabhumau tu suvrate sri-kadambapuriksetram muninam sthanam uttamam
ii
i

ii

&c.

The Kadambavana
Purusottama and

is

astdvimsatindmdka. There dwells

him an arrow's reach is Prahlada and also the Nipathe tirtha called ksetra, where dwells Markandeya.
in front of

after

III (ends 4 a, puravalh]iava]cathanam

tejasddhikyaprdptito

katha(na)m ndma): Long Visnu promises a boon.

stotra

by Kaveri,
for

whom
and

K. asks

superiority to

Ganga
that
all

in

tejas,

that V. should dwell near

her,

creatures living in the neighbourhood

may be

sure of moksa.

a,

1.

7:

V. creates a temple on the spot. tadaprabhrti tatksetramm adimapuram ity

abhiit.

IV

(ends 6a, scdlurttivarddlianasdrnpyaiwd'pti):

Markandeya

at the advice of

pura by the Kadambasaras

Brahman visits Kadamba(= Nipapuskarini). At

-^

271

<-.

liis advice a Cola king Satkirttivardhana by worshipping Visnu obtains a son. He afterwards builds a temple and gains moksa. V (ends 7 b): The Nipapuskarinitirtha and the Brahmatirtha. VI (ends 10 a): The Prahladatirtha and the Nipatlrtha.

The Adimfipura

of 4a,

1.

7 is again

mentioned 8

b,

1.

2:

krte yuge uipaksetram tretayam adimapurara.

On the outside of the last leaf in European hand 'Kadambapuri Mahatmya of the Brahmanda Purana'.
200.
Sansk. No.
Size: 165-

16.

Xl

5-

in.,

22 leaves

-{-

2 blank covers between boards,

6 lines to a ijage.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 1^ or 19th cent.


Character: Grantha, clear and well written.

The same work


as
is

as the preceding, from which


its

it is

copied,

proved by

displaying the same numerous small

two slight points (e. g. 6a, 1.4 3a, 1. 2, 4 a, 1. 8) making corrections. In this MS. the chapters end foil. 3 a, 5 b, 9 b, 13 b, 16 b, 22 a. On the outside of the last leaf in European hand D Kadambapuri Mahatmya', and of the first a statement of the contents in Tamil, and the numbers 22.
gaps,
9 a,
in one or
1.

and
6

<

201.

Sansk.
Size:

\o.
1

17.

lifxlr

in.,

35 leaves

blank

covers,

6 lines (nearly

always) on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19th cent.


Character: Grantha, fairly correct.

The

Kajnsthalauidlidtmi/a of the

Brahmandradasamvdda

of the Ksetragolakavistdra of the UttaraUidga of the Brali-

mdnda-Pardna.

-^
It begins:

272

^<-

^uldarabaradliaram visnura sasivarnan caturbhujara

prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye


!^ri-Naradali
i

ii

pitamaha namas testu prasida karunanidhe


viinanatarasarajna tirtthasarajna punyavit
girlnan ca nadinan ca

sarvajna sarvalokesa sarvaksetrajna mantravit


i

ii

srutan tvatto
tesu

vananam vaibhavam pura mahabbaga astottarasatasthalam ksetresu sarvesu srutam ekam subbastbalam
i

ii

ii

sarasaram mabaksetrara kaveryyas cottare tate kapistbalam nrnam sarvasiddbidam pavanam param
1

ii

It ends:

punyaii caritraii jagadekapavanam

bbaktipradam sarvasiikbavabafi ca
patbec srunotiba kapistbalesvaram

prapnoti drstva purusarttbabbak bbavet


iti

ii

&c.

barih

om

srigurubbyo
i

namab

srimate

gajendra-

varadaparabrabmane namab
7,

srimate bayagrivaya

namab

gajendrarttivinasaparabrabmane
100.

namab

grantbam

Summary

of tbe adliydyas:

Indradyumna-

I (ends 4b); II (ends 8a); III (ends 11 h,


gajendrcqjrdpti)]

IV

(ends 15a, Gajendrdrttiharaua);


five

adhydyas relate tbe foundation of Kapistbala by Kama's apes, and tbe figbt between an elepbant and a crocodile as told in tbe Gajendramoksana (Aufrecbt-Oxford, p. 5 a, Ind. Off., p. 1159 a b and often printed in tbe Pailcaratna). According to tbe present MS. tbe nakra is a Gandbarva cursed by bis
(ends 16b). Tbese

teacber Devala, and

tbe elepbant tbe

Pandyan king

Indradyumna, wbo bad incurred tbe anger of Agastya. Tbe elepbant is saved by Visnu, at wbose instance Brabman founds tbe Gajendramoksana or Gajarttibarana tirtba. Tbere Visnu sbows bimself yearly in tbe montb
Vaisakba.

-^ VI
VII
(ends 18 b):

273
visits

K~
Visnu at Kapistbala and

Brahman

founds a

festival.

(ends 22b, Gajendramoh^atirtthavaihliava).


gives

VIII (ends 26 b, Gajendramol^^atirtthapariksana)


account of a
visit

an

by Indra and

6aci.

IX XI

(ends 29 b, Ttrtthavaibliavanirupana)', (ends 33


b,

(ends 31a).

Tirttliavaihliavanirripana),

and XII (ends


give the

35b,

SarvaksetraprahhCiixiplialasnitiniruxmna)
of

history

various

other

tirthas

at Kapisthala,

the

Brahmatirtha,

Indrapuskarini, Yamatlrtha

(IX),

the

Vyasatn-tha, Laksmitirtha (X),


vinasatlrtha with the story of

the Bilvatirtha, Papa-

Cyavana and Sukanya, Agastyatlrtha (XI), the Visvamitratirtha, Dasatirtha. This last perhaps means all the ten preceding, taken
together:
cf. fol. 2a, 11.46 (XII). In all cases are recorded the names of the tirthaprda, the devata, the

bodhi-tree,

and the exact

location.

The most important

feature of Papavinasa appears to


1.

have been a temple called Paficasriiga (18 a, 1. 2., 26 b, Visnu is attended by Sri under the title Sri-Bhumi.

2j.

The

site is

thus defined, 1 b,

1.

5 sqq.

i ii
i

kaverisaritas tire hy uttare daksine tatha pascime caiva ptirvabdher yojananaii catustaye

sriramgat piirvabhage tu yojananafi catu^5taye

The covers give in Tamil the words kumpakonam svapavukku merakke kapistalappuranam yedu 315 and the numbers 8 (Tamil) and 5 (European), also the title 'Brahmandapuranam' in European writing.

202.

Saxsk. Xo. 18.


Size:

10x1?

in.,

15 leaves
cent.

1 cover, 7 lines

on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date: Probably 18th


Character: Grantha,

18

-^
The

274

f^

KCujaroli anamdli a tmya.

It begins:

6aunakadya mahatmana r>ayo bralimavadinah

naimisakhye maliaranye tapas tepur mumuksavah ekada te m(ali)atmanali samajan cakrur uttamam

ii

dliarmartthakamamoksanam upayam jnatum icchavah sadvimsatisahasranam munayas te mahaujasah tesam sisyaprasisyanam sa(m)khya vaktun na sakyate
i

ii

ii

kani ksetrani punyani kani tirtthani bhutale

katham va prapyate muktir brhan (read nrnan ?) taparttacetasam


ity
ii

evam prastum atmanain .udyatan preksya Samkarah


(read Saimakah)
n
i

Saunakali

aste siddliasrame punye Suta(h) pauramkottamali

ii

yajan makhair bahuvidhai(r) visvarupam jagadgurum


sa eva sakalam vetti Vyasasisyo

ii

mabamunih

ii

tasmat tam evam prcchama ity uce Saunako munih atha te munayo jagmuh punyam siddhasramam vanam iksantas tam avabhrthan tatra tasthur makhalaye
ii
ii

ii

addhvaravabhrthasnanam munim pauranikottamam papracchus te sukhasinam naimisaranyavasinam rsayah


ii i

ii

kani &c. &c.

katham
1

sive

manusyanam

{sic)

bhaktir avj'abhicarini
i

ii

vada sarvamunisrestha sarvam etad asamsayah Sutah srunuddhvam rsayas sarve sandisto vo vadamy aham gitam SanatkiimarSya kumarena mahatmana kayarohananathasya mahatmyam paramatbhutam
i

ii

ii

It ends:

etatksetrasya

mahatmyam
i
i

ye ^rnvanti pathanti ca

vaktaram piijayanti ye tesam manoratliam svayam dadyat kayadhirohanam


i

-X

275

<-

bhu^anair vividhai(r) vastrai(s) trimbulai(r) dhauaddhanyavaktaram pujayitva tu sivasayujyam apnuyat u [kaih


i

harih

om

Summary:
I
(4 b,

Adipurane Limr/otpatti) relates tho origin of the

near to Sivakhyarajadhanl. described (3 a, 11.67):


linga

The

site

is

tlius

purvarabodhitate ramye pundarikapurasya ca yojanatrayasimante kaveryyas caiva daksine II The Kayarohana. On the banks of the Yamuna was a village called Vedapuri, where dwelt a sage of the
i

ii

Gargyas, named Kardama. His son Pundarika, wishing Mahadeva for 2000 years at Benares, but without success. At the advice of a
to obtain sayujya, worships

certain
(6 b,
1.

Vumadeva he proceeds
a Kayarohana linga.

to Kanci,

and

sets

up

After 62,000 years a heavenly voice informs him that, that place being a hhogadhihya sthana, he would find a difficulty in there obtaining sayujya sdrdhadehena. He must depart to a bhogamoksasama sthdna. Proceeding to Kumbhakona
7)

at

a time

Kayarohana

when Jupiter was in Leo, he at a tirtha named from Siva (7a,


is

sets
1.

up a
After
visit

6).

80,000 years he

advised
the

by a Rsi Kanva
of the

to

ocean between Fundarikapura and Veddranya, a yojana from Kamaldsannidhdna (?P.N.) on the east. There he is to bathe vrddhakdverlsamgame. Pundarika goes there, and beholds Paramesvara with Ambika. On the west of the linga, which is west of the Sarvatirtha, he establishes an dsrama and a Kayarohana linga. Siva
eastern

Ksetrarajapura

on

shore

appearing grants him sayujya and promises to Kanva that bhakti shall always be acancald at the place.

(Here perhaps a chapter ends, 9 b,


After a long interval

1.

7.)

Kanva

obtains sasar'irena sayujya.

(? a chapter ends 11a, 1. 6.) Storyof the \'indhya and Agastya, who visits Kayarohana and sets up a linga in the dgneyadlghhdga (Agastyalinga 13 a, 1. 2).

18*

-^
story of Nagaraja.

276

Hi-

Sesa, desiring offspring, visits

Ka-

yarohana with his wife and sets up a liiiga W. of the Sarvatirtha. His wife bears a daughter, who is ultimately bestowed upon a king ^dllsuha, of the Suryavarnsa, who comes to Pannagendrapura (Ahindrapura). Sesa, having placed his mantrin on the throne, gives his mind to tapas and obtains sayujya (14a, L 4).
Praise of the tirtha.

On

one cover we find the figure

(European) and on

the other an illegible scrawl in Tamil.

203.

Whish No.
Size:
lines

187 B.
blank

18xli

in.,

38 leaves

cover,

5 (sometimes 4)

on a page.

Material:

Palm
cent.

leaves.

Date: 18th

Character: Grantha, somewhat cramped, but legible.

The Kumbhakonamdhdtmya of the Ksetravaibhavaklianda Brahmdnda-Purdna. The colophon to adhy. XI has Pdldsavanamdhdtmya in place of
of the TJttarabhciga of the

Uttarahhdya.
It begins:

pura kadacid ajagmuh punyaranyopasobhitam naimi^an nimisiksetram rsayo gautamltate vidhatukama vidhivat satram dvadasavarsikam hutasanasamakarah pratarastuhutasanah (sic) Kapilah Pulaho
ii

ii

(12 slokas)

(2a,L2.) Sutamabhyagatamviksyatejasa, suryyasannibhara tasmai brahmasanan datva tam ucus tatra tenaghah Suta prasida sumate sutaram sujata
ii

s(v)arviihinijalajasaurabhasodaribhih

vakbhir virinca vanitakarunajharibhis


tvan no drutam vrjinatapam apakurusva
ii

pura prasamgena puranaratne brahmandanamni (s/c) prakatikrtam yat


(2 b,
1.

3.)

>

~>4

277

K-

kincit tad acaksva vivicya

kamam
ii

sn-Kumbhakonasthalavaibhavan nah
It ends:

adikumbhesamahatmyara prektam (read proktam) eva


ii

dviii

jottamah anyad atraiva yusmakam tatra sarvahitaya ca iti brahmandapurane ksetravaibbavakhande kumbhakonamahatmye ksetravaibhavan nama dvadasoddhyayah
i

Siitah

Summary
I (ends 6a):

of the adhijdyas:
Siita

of

begins with the praises

Kumbha-

ghona
(3 b,

on

the

Kaveri

and

the

Kasyapakhyatirtha

and 4 b, 1. 2). Kasyapa practising tapas there, 1. 3 Siva pi-omised that the tirtha should bear K.'s name
his (S.'s)

and that
II
(ends

image should be

there.

The Hemapuskarinitlrtha and Madhyarjjunapura (6b 1. 2.). The Adikumbhesvaraliiiga and


9 b):

the Hemabjatlrtha (7a, 1. 4 = Hemapuskarii.ii 7 b, 1. 1). Account of the foundation of the tirtha. The Kumbha and Siva. Mrmdhatr worships at the spot. III (ends 12 b): The Hemapuskarinlcakratirtha and to

the north

the Svayambhuvatirtha (12a,


1.4.:

1. 3.),

A vimana

Yaisnava mentioned 12a,

IV

(ends 14b, BrhaspatisvargaprdptikaiJiana):


svaratlrtha and the Hemakarasaras.

Laksmi-Bhumi 12 a, 1.5. The SomeStory of Brhaspati.

V
VI

(ends 17a):

The

Patalabijaliiiga at the Asvatthatirtha.

(ends 21b): Story of the (ends 23b,

Umabhaga.

VII

Malidmdgliat'irthavalhhava)-.

panodanasaras,
hananatha.

where

Siva

The PapSwas present as Kayaro-

VIII

(ends

25b.

Bhdskara[s]tapassiddhikathana):

The
of

Bhaskaraksetra.

IX

(ends

30b, Bralimaliattistrlliattimocana):

Account
slain

the Kasyapatirtha, presided over by Umasahriya.


of king Satyakirtti of Candrapura a jealous wife.
in

Story

Malwa.

by

(ends

33 a,

Bilvdran{ya)ma}idtmi/e
Story
of

Gautamagoliatiivi-

mocana):

the

Gautamasaras, where

was a

-5h

278

f<-

linga of Siva.

Cidambara mentioned 31a,


1.

1.5.;

MayuStory

rasthana 32 a,

2.

XI
XII

(ends 35a,
of Siibahu

and

Suhdhv[o Marudvaty]ds ca carita): his wife Marudvatl.

(ends 38a, Ksetravaihhava): Recapitulation and praise

of

Kumbhaghona.
usually spell

The Colophons
final

Kumbhaghona

(sic).

The

colophon was apparently intended to be followed by a fresh adhydya, as Suta's name is repeated: see also

No. 204.

The label reads in Tamil yinta stalappuranam ku(mpa)konam sivanakovi;*:)!cyedu312, with the numbers 2 (Tamil) and 7 (European), and the title Erahmandapuranam (European). For another MS. of a KumhhaJionamdhdtmya professing
also
to

belong

to
a.

the Brahmanda-Purana,

see Burnell,

Tanjore, p. 190

204.

Sansk. No. 19.


Size:

ITlxl^
Palm

in.,

26 leaves,

89

(more frequently

8) lines

on a page.
Material:
Character:
leaves.

Date: 18th

cent.

Grantha, clearer than in 203.

The Kumhhakonamdhdtmya.
the

No. 203, but at the end adds, after Sutahf of a new adhydya: kumbhaghonasthale nama sthanam asti mahattaram kayarohanavikhyatam sarva
It begins as in

commencement

confirming the suspicion that a portion of the


is

Mahatmya

lost.

The adhydyas end


I 3a,

as follows:

II 5a,

III 7b,

IV

9a:

Brhaspatisvarga'prdpti-

lathana,

11a,

VI

14b,

VII 16a: Mahdmdyliatirttha'

valhhava, VIII 17b: Bhdskara[s]la2mssiddhihdJiana,


Bralimaliattistr'ihattimocana,

IX 21 b

X 23 b:
XI

BilvdranyamdJidtmye
25a: SuhdJivos carita
203, which, if

Gautamayohattivimocana,
(as

No. 203),
is

XII

26b: Kseiravaihhava.

The MS.

slightly

more correct than No.

-^
not copied from

279

H$-

this, is derived at any rate from a not remote common original, as is proved by the colophons and especially by the common error in the colophon of IV. The outer cover, shared with No. 195, shows various numbers (11, 26, 19, 11,48, 11) in Grantha, Telugu, and European characters, likewise in various characters, 'Harkness

examed
ible

lees

20'

(?),

KimhliagJiona-Mdlidtmya,

Kodana,
(in

Kumhhovaram Purdnam,
superscription.

Virdtajpuram, and another illeg-

An

attached label reads

Tamil

character) Kumimlionaksetra-Mdhdtimjarn Pdratavirdtaparvanil Icohsam.

205.

Sansk. No. 20.


Size: 14| xl's' iu-,
lines to a page.

38 leaves

2 between

wooden boards, 68

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date:

18tii,

possibly 19 tb, cent.

Character:

Grantha,

clearly written.

The MS. shows numerous

small gaps and ends abruptly.

The Pdi)avindsamdhdtmya
It begins:

of

the

Brahmdnda-Purdm.
i

namami

sripatim visnum saccidauandam advayam svamayasaktisamksiptaprapancam sesasayinam


il
I

Naradauvaca (s/c)
kesu ksetresu

srimadastaksarakhyasya mantrasya vada Samkara


siddlii
i

syad

iti

karuiiyato

mama

11

Samkara uvaca samyak prstam raahaprajna sarvalokahitavaham


astaksaramahrima(n)trasiddliiksetrani

satyaksetram hariksetram


(4 slokas).
I

me

srnu

ii

papanasam mahaksetram sarvaksetrottamottamani etani siddhiksetrani vadanti munipumgavah


ii

astaksarasya mantrasya catustrirasan

mahamune
il
i

etesu punyaksetresu kurvatara sumahat tapah

kalena bhiiyasa siddhih papanasasthalam vina papanase tapassiddhir acirad eva jayate
ii

-^
It ends:

280

i^r-

tesam bhuktifi ca muktin ca dehi ke^ava nayaka[h]


i

ii

ayam eva hi me kamo nanyosti madhusudana tva dadayam (for tvadodayam?) me syat kamo (vai)kunthaisvarah
i

[nayaka
i

ii

evam samprartthito laksmya kesavah kamalapatih


tathastv
iti

jagadainam

pa.

Summary of the adhyayas: I (ends 5b, Mddliavaraksasatvamoksana):


II (ends 10 b,
cast
into

Story

of the

Brahmaraksasa and the Brahmana Dalbhya.


Sa7-ahhdmadyasurava{dh)o):
with his wife
the sea

Story

of the

Brahmana Kundina, who

by an asnra
reaches

Guuadhya is Simhanana at the


is

command

of the asura king Sarabha, but

Garuda and

ultimately

Pri])anrisa,

saved by where he

meets Parasara. Visnu destroys the asuras. III (ends 12a, Kundhiatapascarana). IV (ends 14 b, Kiiudimimoh^almtliana)-. K. praises Visnu, who instructs him to settle one Yojana from Srlrahga on the N. bank of the Kaverl (13 b), where he begets
son named Papanasesvara, and then proceeds to Papanasa, where he obtains mukti. The mukti-securing a
stotra
is

given.
:

V
VI

(ends

SudarsananiuJdikathana) Temptation of Sudarsana by a nymph; he resists her and obtains mukti (marudvrdha 'river' 15a, 1. 4, 19b, 1. 2).

18 b,

(ends 21b,

Suhodhacarita):

Story of

Subodha and
the suggestion

the Raksasa Candakopa.

VII

(ends 25a, PraUddamohmijrada):

At

of

Sanatkumara Prahlada obtains mukti from Visnu.

VIII (ends 28a, Fratdpavlracarita):

Story of the Cola king Pratapavira, son of Pratapavira, who constructs many dykes (kulya) in order to irrigate the land on

river

On a certain occasion the disappears in a daksinavartta-shaped gartta at a place called 8vetavighnesvarasivasthana. famine ensues and for three years P. endeavours in vain to

both sides of the Kaverl.

fill

the gartta.

He

then appeals to a

Brahmana Eranda,

-^

281

Hg-

it will
,

Eranda tree, -who says that muni equal to himself or a king equal to P. leaps in. That honour falls to the sage, who, when P. is about to follow him out of redwelling at the foot of an

not be

filled

until a

morse for a Brahmana's death, reappears and directs him to visit Papanasa and set up fallen liiigas &c. This he does and obtains union with Visnu.

The

lines describing the kulyas are as follows:


i

Pratapaviranrpatis Coleudro munipuragavah Colaksetresv osadhlnam


;*:

vrddhyarttham ekada grrimanan nagaranah ca kaveryyubhayakulatah sukulyah khanayamasa sasyavrddhyarttham adarat tiradvaye ca kaveryyam ye vasanti sivalayah ye ca visnvalayas santi tan apfdayata prabhuh
i

ii

ii

ii

tat-tad-devalayasthana

(sic)

devanam api dattavan


li

bahuksetrani vittani bhaktisraddhapurassaram

kulyanam abhiraksarttham sa Pratapanrpo mune


silabhir istikabhis ca

mukhadvaram akalpayat
i

ii

kaverimulakulyanam sudhalepanapurvakam evani sambandhitas Coladeso bhupatina mune


(25b,
1.

ii

6 sqq.)

IX

(ends

32

b,

PundarlkasarastlrthavaihhavakatJiana):

Story of the devas and the asura Candavega

whom

with his army Visnu destroys at Papanasa. Praise of the Pundarika-saras, named after a sage Pundarlka
(31a, h
7).

X
XI

(ends

36

a,

Pundarlkanmnikathana)

Digging of the
P. ob-

saras by Pundarika at the advice of Drdbhya.


tains mukti. (unfinished):

Laksml performs tapas and asks

to

be

allowed to dwell with the good instead of with the bad, who on her travels round the world have hitherto

been her

hosts.

Visnu consents.

The situation of the tirtlia is thus defined (lb, L 6sqq.): kumbhaghonasya nairtyam (iv'c) nisi (read disi) caiviSrddhayokaveryj-a daksine tire papa(nasa)stha]am hareh
ii

[janei
i

muktidam varttate purasam vasatam bhuktidam tatha

-^

282

H&-

'harih

leaves at the beginning we read 'papavinasamahatmyam' 'sriyai namah grantha 880' in Grantha character with 'yedu 318' in Tamil, and 2 in Telugu and European character: finally the title
i

On

the two

spare

om

i'

again pencilled in European


label in Grantha.

letters,

and on an attached

206.
Sansk. Ko. 21.
Size: 16|xl-| in., 18 leaves Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 th cent.

+ cover,

7 (rarely 6) lines to a page.

Character: Grantha.

the

The Tulaswanam Miandeyah-inivasaksetramahdhmja Madhyamahhdga of the Bhavisyottara-Piirdna.

of

It begins:

devadevaravindaksa kahjasana surarccita praslda jagatan natha sarvalokanamaskrta ksetrabrndavidhanajha tlrtthabrndavicaksana


i

il

mantrabrndavidhanajha vimanajha suresvara srutva tvatto mukundasya mahatmyam pavanain param manaso na bhavet trptir atah prcchami sampratam krpaya bruhi sisyaya lokanam vai hitaya ca kumbhaghonasya mahatmyam varnaneyan manak cchrutamii
ii ii
i

bruhi

markandeyamahaksetram sarvalokaikapavanara me devadevesa guhyat guhyatararn param


i

il

It ends:

dharmakamartthamoksanam yah pathet pratar


etan

utthitah
ii

ii

mahatmyam atulam patrobhun


sri-bhavisyottarapurane

natra samsayah

subham bhavati
iti

sarvesani siddhir bhavati

mamgalam

ii

madhyamakhande
i

tulasivana-

markandeyasrinivasaksetramahatmye

tlrtthamahimanuvari

nanan nama navamoddhyayah

harih

om

subham astu

kallyanatbhutagatraya kamikartthapradayine srimadvemkatanathaya srinivasaya mamgalam


i

->*

283

r<-

Summary
I (ends 3 b):
(la, L 5):

of the adhydijas:

is

The

situation of the tirtha


tire

thus dctined
i

purvambodLes tu pascime sarddhakrose kumbhaghonat purvabhage munisvara tulasivanam ity etat ksetram pavanaprivanam adav eva mahaksetram nirirkandeyan tatali param "We hear (la, 1. 7) of a puskarini at the tirtha. Some
Sahyajadaksine
ii
i

ii

details of places are given

fol.

3.

II (ends 5

a):

Origin of the Tulasivana (Tulasi daughter

of Sudhdhindu 4a, L 3). and given at lengtli (4:b, \. Markandeya III (ends 6 b)
:

Tulasikavaca
5.).

is

mentioned

visits the Tulasivana and performs tapas at the foot of a Tulasi.

IV

(ends 7 b): Dbarani

(=

Tulasi)

appears

to

M. and

becomes

his daughter.

V
VI

(ends 10 a):

begs for the


(ends

Visnu appears as an aged ascetic and girl: on her refusal M. appeals to Visnu.

12a): M. praises Visnu,


to

who asks

for

Tulasi,

and promises
(2)

M.

3 boons,

(1)

that he and Tulasi

shall dwell at the tirtha, to be called after M.'s

name,
shall

food without salt (see 11a: no salt to be brought

to Hari's temple), (3) mok^a.

Visnu adds that M.

see the Akasanagarl, which shall be visible under the or Markandtyasthala. The tirtha The dvadasaksaravidya lib, 1.5. VII (ends 13 a): Marriage of Visnu and Tulasi. The temple Suddhananda built 13 a, L 6. VIII (ends 14b, Tirthamdhdtmyci): The Akasanagara is

name Kalyanapura
called Sririiga.

is

n a irrtijd m tirtthardjasya.

IX

(ends 18 a):

Brahman

establishes a festival.

The

fruits

of bathing in the Ahoratryrdivayatlrtha.

The sage Devasarman


a daughter of Jaimini,

(a Bharadvaja),
is

having ravished

and liberated
falls into

cursed to become a kraunca only when a Sal tree on which he nests


(16b,

the tirtha.
11.

The Candratlrtha
Suryatlrtha (16b,
tirtha (17 b,
1.

1.6),

Indratirtha (17b,

14), Sarngatirtha (16 b, 1. 5). 1.2), and Brahma-

3).

^i

284
in

:<-

appana yena nukua visnukovilapuranam yedu 18 and inside the title, as given above, in Grantha.
uppili

On the cover we read kumpakonatukku samlpam

Tamil: Inta stalapuranam

207.

Whish No.
Size:

186.
70, 71,

O^xl?

in.,

2 covers, 7

lines

6 leaves (numbered on a page.

7374, 8081) and

Material: Palm leaves. Date: ISth (possibly 17th) cent.

Character: Grantha.
last part of the Mahdganapaddliati of Olrvdnendra Sarasvati, pupil of Visuesvara Sarasvati, who was himself a pupil of Amarendra Sarasvati.

The

It begins:

m madhu melayitva sampisya japtanyayutadvayena {sic)


;>(
-sjc-

)!(

sc-

*:

ebhis subhair ahjitalocano yo

marttyani dhanani sa pasyatiha lajjanduka prasiddha laksanan tu sparsasamkucavatpaii

ghanasarah karpurah suklam girikarnika svetatrevau (??) eka trnam ayahprasuna samkhapuspim ayomukhapuspaki bhavet ganesarnasatastajaptai

tratvam

parajitah

srikhandilepat kila duhkhanasah

srikhandas

japtam

ity

candanakhandah satastajaptety astottarasataartthah evam sarvatra


luta savisphotakabhutakrtya(t)

pretotbhavat ghoratara

(j)

jvarac ca

manorathastadhyasahasrajapad vinasayen {sic) mantrivaras tu vasyam visadvayam sthavarajaugaman ca j varan athastav ilia sularogan sudarunan tam grahaniu ca rogan
i

ii

vataprasutan kaphapittajatan
satastajapena vinasayeta

ii

gala grail a din api rogasamghan

^i

285

f<-

laksaikajapena manorathasya
siddliir

bhaved asya

hi

padukayah

ii

It ends:

(sic)

somasuiyyoparage ca parvanes

suddhayos
ii

tatlia

siddbrimvtadiyogesii dvadasadivratesu ca

caturtthyan ca tatha sastyrim vasare sukrasomayoh


ii

uktakalesu vidliivat ganesam samyag arccayet iti srlmatparamahamsaparivrajakacaryasiimad - AinarendrasarasTatisisyasiimad-Vi^vesvarasarasvatyrih priyasisyeiia

Girvanendrasarasvatya viracita mahaganapaddhatis sain-

aptah

harili

om

srivaficchattiliru

Kukum
i

Sesadriyaiilaputraii

Sesadrina su(read sva)liastalikliitam srlvancclie-svaramankalamkamakakattasrivighnesvaraya galanayakyai namah


i

namah srisarasvatyai namah srigurubhyo namah Then in uninked letters: ganesaya namah!
i i

For the author see Aufrecht CC. s. v. Olrvanendrasarasvati. The work deals with charms, and seems especially devoted
to

Oanesa.

Possibly
(dh.)
p. 196.

sapaddhati

it bears some relation to the Ganeby Somesvarapiitra mentioned by Auf-

recht CC. II

208.
Sansk. No. 22.
Size:
7-|

xli

in.,

26 leaves

+2

blank between boards, 6 lines on

a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18tii or 19 th cent.


Character: Malayalam.

An
harih
i

astrological

It begins:

work bearing no name.

srlgauapataye

namah

avighnam astu

srigurubhyo

namah

trilokambayai

namah

kalavenuravah kalayanilah kamalacumbanalampatotiramyahl alipota ivaravindamadhye ramatam me hi-di devakikisorah jayati jagatah prasiitir visvatma sahajabhusanam nabhasah
ii

drutakanakasadrsadasasatamayukhamalarccitas

savitfi

ii

-^

286

i<~

arkkendvarabudhacaryyasukramandasiketavah
raksantv

amum

gralias sarvve

yah pusye mrgalagnajah


i

ii

vidhatra likhita yS sa lalaleksaramalika

daivajnas tarn pathed vyaktam horanirmmalavaksasa pusyarkse sitabhanSv udayati mrgabhe vrscikasthe ca blianau bhuputradau vaniksatpadasatuladhanuryyugmajikakriyasthei cchalismelugh (?) isoyas samajani bhavatal lokamatrprasadat balah prajiionujoyam kalitadhauasukharogyadlrghghayur
ii

adhyah
athaharggano likbyate.
It ends:

ii

sesa dasah

kramena

yojyali

subham astu

the writing

on the last leaf being indistinct and in places hardly legible. There is no regular division into chapters, but new topics are introduced by atlia, as follows: lb, 1. 6. athaharggano likhyate.

2 a,

1.

4.

atha tatkaladugganita
yante.

grahassatvakyani likh-

4b,
5 a,

I. 1. 1. I. 1. 1. 1.

2.
6.

atha bhasakalidinadayah. atha bhavasrayaphalani.


atha rasmayo likhyante.

8 b, 9 b,

5.
2. 1. 3. 6. 3. 5. 1.

10b,
lib,
12 a,

atha yogaphalam. athastakavarggo likhyate.


atha samudayastakavarggah.

atha bhavah lagnadinam samanvayah. atha bhavestagrahadustayah.


atha grahanam sthanabalani. atha cestabalam.

13 b,

1.

15 b, 16 a,
16 a, 16 b, 16 b,

1.

1.
1.
1.

3.
1.

athovvabalam.

1.
1.

3.
5. 1.

16 b,
17a,

1.

17 a,

1. 1.

4.
5.

athayanabalam. atha kalabalam. atha nisarggabalam. atha grahabalapuhjani. atha lagnadibhavabalapuhjani.


atha suksmarasmayah.

17 b, 18 a,
18b,

1.

2.

atha lagnabhuvasya baladhikyad atrarpsakadasa


likhyate.

1.

3.

atha bhavavindanam.

-^
26 a, 26 a,
1.
1.

287

ne-

3.
6.

atha kalacakradasa. atha naksatradasa likliyate.

On

the outer side of one of the l)oards

in

Roman

character.

209.
Sansk. No. 23.
Size: 8^

Xll

in.,

31 leaves

+ covers,

8 lines (generally) on a page.

Material:

Palm

leaves.

Date:

18t5i cent.

Character: Grantha.

Unnamed. But
parisat,

in the margin at the beginning Angirasaand at the end ^rlmukhaparisat is written.

It begins:

vagisadya sumanasa sarvartthanam upakrame


krtakrtya stus (read syus) tan
dese

yan natva
i

namami gajananam vinddhyagrahyah

syottaradese barhaspatyamanabdo grahyah vinddhyadaksina-

sauracandramanabdo

barhaspatyamanena
Srigira-

citrabhanusamvassarah (s?c) sauracandramanabhyarn

sasamvassarah sarvatra ^ii(?)rodayaYasat pusyabdah asya samvassarasya Salivahanasakabdali It is incomplete, breaking off as follows: ddhruvam gamgeyo vallipritih piisa 4 ku 8 sunnyatithir
i

ala

There are no regular chapters.

On

fol.

2 a,

1.

4 we

find

a section beginning 'atha samvassaraphalam' and on 4a, 1. 7 one beginning 'atha makarasamkrantii^halam'. The rest is
mainly numbers &c., arranged as in a table. On the cover suhluDii astu nuncV^sisahdi/am^ with two lines of Tamil writing (of an astrological nature) inside.
210.

Sansk. No. 24.


Size:
side, 5

12x1 li
lines

in.,

5 leaves

+1

double leaf joined at the

left

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19th cent.


Character: Malay alam.
Injuries: All the leaves are

more or

less mutilated.

-^

288

r<-

slip of

paper wrapped round these few leaves states

that they were presented by Col. H. S. Osborne, March 1* 1828, and that they contain a copy of a Malabar (i. e.

Malayalam)
is

petition.
it

On

one of them however the language

Sanskrit, and
:

follows

begins the BdgadvesapraJiaranam, as

citghanam paramatnianam apannaivarusakrtim advitlyam aparan tarn Veldtesagurum (sic) bhajet ragadvesaprakaranam. ?
i

ii

ragadyS sodasa.
211.

Whish No.
Size: 145

180.
(later 8) lines

X Ij

i-)

24 leaves between boards, 9

on

a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Perhaps 19 tt cent.


Injuries:
partially

Character: Square Grantha, clearly written. The left-hand lower corner of the first 16 leaves has been

rubbed away.

The ^amJcardcaryacarita
It begins:

in 9 adhyayas.

nanias tasmai yatprasadavivasvata pratyuhadhvantavidhvamsah kriyate sarvakarmnianam madiyarasanabamsanatanesu samutsuka esa Sarasva x m anandadayini
i i

ii

ii

samasritapadambhojajanatasurapadapah sarvam mama subhabhistam piirayet partthasarathih ksiptvajiianatamorasim padarttha


i

ii

>?

gururatnapradlpo

me manodhamani bhasatam
i

il

visnulilamrtanan te karttarah kavipumgavah


jayanti sutaram loke Valmikivyasasarakarah

ii

nde vyasacalam idam kavim babhuva Samkaracaryyaklrttikallolini yatah


X-x-

il

atyunnatasya kavyadror vvyahsacalabhyapo khilam

5 x- m asamartthoham atbhutam hrasvam atyarakusagrahyara grhitva kalayami tat


ii

nibandhanasrjam kaiicitadvatisvaramagno mude

"

->^

289

*<-

^ v* x vakarpitam x karomi yativaryyasya iiiilesain samupa^ritali kathasamksepa evadyo dvitlyoddliyaya utblia(vje(t)


>!C-

-so

):

);

li

It ends:

&c.

^rimaccliamkaradesikasya

caritastotram

prabodliapradara
i

nirddand;lkhilapapavrndavidliinam samksiptain etan narah ye srnvanti pathanti cadarayuta sancintyanvaliam te

labdhva
iti

bliuvi

sampadan ca sakalam ante lablianterartam


i

ii

^rl-^amkaracaryyacarite navamoddhyayali
i

srigurubhyo
told

namah
The

following

is

a summary of the story, which


style with scarcely

is

in a sober

and credible
1.

any miracles:

adhy. I (ends 2 b,

7)

Kathdsamlcsejm.

II (5a, 1. 7) Story of Upamanyu and birth of ^ainkara, which 'causes the books to slip from the hands of the Dvaitavadins' (5 a, 1. 2.). The birthplace was in the

Kerala country (famous for the birth of Medinikara &c also a, 1. 1), where was the Daksinakailasa tirtha, called Syanandura (? 3a, 1. 2). Here were two rivers Nila (?) and Curni, and on the north bank of the latter, at a place called Krdati, was the home of S.'s parents, whose names are not given. III (8a, 1. 7): Sarnkara's precocity. At five years of age he loses his father, and he is brought up by his mother, for whose sake, when sixteen years old, he brings the The river was thence called river near to the house. Ambapaga. A crocodile seizes him while bathing, and in gratitude for his escape he becomes a Sanuyasin. He is initiated by Govindasvamin, pupil of Gaudapada, with whom he spends a long period. Having
3

with

difficulty

obtained
counsels
of

leave,

he
guru

visits

tirthas.

The

friendly

the

are

charmingly

related.

Proceeding to the Badarikfisrama, he studies Yedanta and composes the Bhasyapradipika. Vyasa appears and compliments him.

lY

(10 a,

1.

3):

After his mother's death,

8.

returns to the
19

Badarikasrama, where the Brahmana Yisnu^arman, son

-^t

290

H^
in the

of

Somasarman

of

Srikundagrama

Keraja country,

becomes

his first disciple.

(12 b, 1.1): S. visits Bhattacarya at Prayaga.

The

latter,

previously devoted to the karmakanda,


S.'s

is

converted to

views.

He

relates that at one time,

when Buddhism

was triumphant (svetamarge pura tena sugatena subadhite), he had himself outwardly professed that religion, for which reason he is not fit to compose varttikas on the Bhasya. He indicates a pupil Visvarupa, living S. converts Visvarupa in Magadha, as a substitute. Buddhism. from The story of Visvarupa's wife VanI, daughter of Yisnumitra, dwelling near the river Sona, shows some
reminiscences of Bana's Harsacarita adhy.
I.

VI

Visvarupa receives the sannyasa name of Suresvara. Samkara composes fifteen bhasyas (ten on Upanisads), and Sanandana (Visnusarman) writes a tika on the Bhasya, while Suresvara is the author of On the the Naiskarmyasiddhi and two Varttikas. way to Gokarna, Samkara obtains a third disciple Hastamalaka (Kahcanavarnin 23b, 11. 4 5) at a village
(14a,
1.

1):

called Sivavihara,

fourth, exceedingly devoted,

was

Totaka.

VII

(17 a, 1. 2): Sanandana obtains at Haridvar the name Padmapada. Samkara, journeying to Ramasetu, bathes in the river Suvarnamukhari at Kalahastiksetra, also

called Daksinakailasa.

Praise of Kahci.

VIII

(20 a, 1.3): S. visits Pundarintapura (Pundarika23b, 17),

Then to Srirahga: then is the tirtha Sivaganga. bathes at the Dhanuskotitirtha at Bamasetu. IX (24a, 1. 9): ^. revisits Kahci and mounts the Sarvajha
where
pitha.

Then

to

Vrsacala, whore he dwells and dies


Recapitulation in the form of an

at Daksinakailasa.
airvada.

This work professes to be composed by Govindanatha,


friend of

Samkara

(23 a,

I.

1):

idara sri-^amkaracaryyacaritani lokapavanam

krtam Govindanathcna yatibhaktisahayatah.

-3^

291

Hg-

outside of fol. 24 in Wliisb's hand 'Samkara charitiam professing to be a history of that Achriryya individual' 'An unworthy work No. 79b.' See and learned

On

the

above p. 106. Other MSS. of this work have been examined by Burnell, Tanjore p. 96b 97a, and ^esagiri ^astri ^Report

on a Search for Sanskrit and Tamil M.SS. for the year 18931894' pp. 1012 and 2579, the readings of which may be compared with the present. The former makes

no mention of the author, but the latter accepts without question the above statement of the MS. ascribing it to ^amkara's disciple Govindanatha. Although I cannot agree with BurnelFs statement that the book is 'full of miracles' and the litany at the end may be an addition, it is impossible to ascribe such an antiquity to a work which cites (3a, 1. 1) among the distinguished sons of the Kerala country Medinikara, apparently the author of the Medinlko^a.

For the

story of Sarakara as related in the Saraka-

ravijaya see Aufrecht-Oxford, pp. 247 sqq. 212.

Sansk. No. 25.


Size: 12

xl^-

in.,

9 leaves

covers,

89

lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19*^ cent.


Character: Grantha.

213.

Sansk. No. 26.


Size: lO^-xl^^
in.,

11 leaves

+ cover, 7 9

lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date:

IStii

or

19,tii

cent.

Character: Grantha.

2M.
Sansk. No. 27.
Size:

IO^xIt 1^
Palm
18tii

in.,

10 leaves

+ covers, 78

lines

on a page.

Material:

leaves.

Date:

or 19th cent.

Character: Grantha.
19*

-^ On
the
the

292

<r'

cover 'Suvisesam^ intended to

mean

'Holy',

or

like.

215.

Sansk. No. 28.


Size:

lOs-X 1?

in.,

31 leaves

(less fols.

18 and 30, missing)

cover,

56

(generally 6) lines

on a page.

Material: Palm leaves.

Date: 18* or

19tii cent.

Character: Grantha.

All these
of

MSS.

are described externally as 'Translation

Mr. Glenies sermon in Sanscrit', and the contents correspond to this description. We have apparently the same sermon in all the MSS.

-$MH$-

LIST OF

WORKS
SUBJECTS.

ARRANGED ACCORDING TO

T.

VEDIC LITERATURE.
Worls relating
to tliem.

1.

Samliitas, (Did
a)

Rigveda:
1

Rgveda-Sambita, Padapatha, Astakas



;,
,

(No. 165).
(No. 166).

2 3
4

first

58

Egveda-Bliasya, by Sayana,

I,
I, I,

19

leaf ouly (No. 14).

(No. 13).

5
6

75-121 (No. 2). 122-165 (No. la).


73, 1).

8
9

Rgveda-Pratisakhya, by Sauuaka (NThe same, with the Com. Parsadi lavrtti)

10
11

Rksarvasamaua by Nagadeva Rgvilaiighyalaksana by Nagadeva


Tract on the Rgveda-Samhita,
Paduntadipini
title

not given

12

13

Trisandhalaksana

14 15
16
17 18

Rksamkhya
Avarnadipa Nantasamgraha by Sesanarayana Tantalaksana Naparavyfikhyana, Com. on Nantasamgraha Taparatika, Com. on Tantalaksana
Paribhasa(?)
'j

(No. 73,2).

19

20
21 22

23
24 25
26

Avarnilaksana (No. 73, 3). Avarnilaksana > Avarnivyakhyana, Com. on 21 Avarnivyakhyana, Com. on 22 Katyayana's Sarvanukramani (No. 78, 6). kind of Pari^ista to the Rgveda-Pratisakhya (No.

78, 7)

-^
b)
27 28 29 30
31

296

Hg-

Black Yajurveda:

Taittiriya-Samhita, Samhita-Patha (No. 176).

Com. on Satarudriya (Taittiriya-Samhita IV, 5) (No. 21b). Another Com. on the same text (No. 22 a).
Taittiriya-Pratisakhya (No. 38,
1).

32

Tribhasyaratna, Com. on the preceding (No. 38, 2). Com. on Bharadvajasiksa, by Laksmana Jatavallabhasastrin (No. 25 b).

33

34
35

Svaralaksana (No. 28 b). The same with Com. (No. 28 a).

36 37 38
39

40
41

Samanavyakhyana, Com. on Samhitasamanalaksana^j Viliiighyavyakhyana by Pundarikaksisuri Naparavyakhyana, Com. on Naparalaksana Taparapaddhati, Com. on Taparalaksana Avarnivyakhyana, Com. on Avarnilaksana Akarapaddhati, Com. on Avarnilaksana Anihgyavyakhyana, Com. on Anihgyalaksana
c)

^
B so

Samaveda:

42 43

Prakrti of Samaveda 1,,-

Prakrticalaksara
J

44 45
46

Uhagana, book I (Dasaratra) (No. 180, Uhagana, books II VII (No. 179).

1).

Eahasya (No.
2.

180, 2).

Brdhmanas and Aranyakas.

47

48

Aitareya-Aranyaka (No. 191). Sayana's Com. on the first Aranyaka of the same
(No. lb).

49

Mandala-Brahmana,
(No. 22 b).

i.

e.

^atapatha-Brahmana X,

5,

50
51

Taittiriya-Brahmana (No. 177).


Taittiriya-Aranyaka, and

1^

52

Aranya-Kathaka,

i.e.

Taittiriya-Brahmana III,
TJijanirnds.

10 12j s

3.

53

^aukara's Com. on Aitareya-Upanisad (No. 78,

2;.
i.

54

Sankara's Com. on Bahvrcabrahmana-Upanisad,

e.

Aitareya-Aranyaka II (No. 158,

1).

-^
55

297

Hg-

Sankara's Com. on Samhita-Upanii?a(l,

i.

e.

Aitareya-

Aranyaka III (Xo.


56

158, 2).

57
58

59

Brliadaranyaka-Upanisad (No. 21c). Isa-Upanisad (No. 16 a, 1). ^aiikara's Com. on the same (Xo. 16b, 1). Sai'ikara's Taittirlya-Upanisad-Bhasya (No.

15).

60
61

62
63 64

Kena-Upanisad (No. 16 a, 2). Sankara's Com. on the same (Xo. 16b, 2). Sankara's Com. on Chandogya-L'panisad (Xo. Katha-Upanisad (Xo. 17, 1). Sankara's Com. on the same (Xo. 24a).
Prasna-Upanisad (Xo.
17, 2).

23).

65
66 67

Sankara's Com. on the same (Xo. 24 a).

68
69

Mundaka-Upanisad (Xo. 17, 3). Sankara's Com. on the same (No. Mandukya-Upanisad (No. 17, 4).

24a).

70
71

72 73

74 75
76 77

Purvatapaniya-Upanisad (No. 17, 5). Uttaratapaniya-Upanisad (Xo. 17, 6). Eahasya-Upanisad (No. 18 a, 1). Amrtabindu-Upanisad (Xo. 18 a, 2). Tripurasundari-Upanisad (Xo. 18a, 3). Kalagnirudra-Upanisad (Xo. 18 a, 4).
Sarira(ka)-Upanisad (No. 18 a, 5). Atharvasira-Upanisad (Xo. 18 a, 6). Atharvasirobhasya by Bhaskara Raya (Xo. 18b, Kaivalya-Upanisad (Xo. 18 a, 7).

78
79 80
81

3).

The same

(No. 192).

82
83

84 85

Skanda-Upanisad (Xo, 18a, 8). Maha-(or Tripuratapana-?)Upamsad (Xo. 18 a, 9). Devi-Upanisad (Xo. 18 a, 10). Tripura-Upanisad (Xo. 18 a, 11). Katha-Upanisad (?), different from 63 (No. 18a, 12).
4.

Vedic Ritual (Siitras, Prayogas, &c.).

86

87 88

89

Asvalayana-Grhyasutra (Xo. 78, 5). Kausitaka (Siriinbavya)-Grhyasutra (Xo. 78, 3). Com. on the same (No. 78, 4). Dvaidhasutra from Bodhayana's Srautasutra (No.

94, l)*

-^
0

298

f^

Mahagnisarvasva, Com. on the Agnikalpa, Dvaidha and Karmanta Sutras of Bodhayana's Srautasutra
(No. 94,
2).

91

Another fragment

of the
rites

same (No.

94, 3).

92

Manual
(No. 99,

of Srauta

(darsapurnamasau, adhana,

pasubandha) according to the school of Apastamba


2).

93 94

Com. on the same (No.

99, 1).

Manual

of Srauta rites (Agnistoma) according to the

95
96
97

98

Apastamba (No. 99, 3). Com, on the same (No. 99, 4). Apastambiya Grhyasutra (No. 26, 2). Mantrapatha of the Apastambins (No. 26, Haradatta's Com. on the same (No. 27).
school of
in Sanskrit (No. 139).

1).

99

Sodasakriya (Bodhayana) in Malayalam, with Mantras

100

101

102

103

Paiicangarudranyasa (?), rules and prayers (Black Yajurveda) for the worship of Hudra (No. 48, 1). Kudravidhi (?) with the ^^ Pahcaiigarudranyasa of Bodhayana, and > ? Prayoga for the Budranuvakas of Taitt. Samh. lY, tJ

104
105 106 107 108

Mantrabrahmana of the Samaveda (No. 86, 2). Sayana's Com. on the same (No. 86, 1). Rudraskandha's Com. on Khadira-Grhyasutra (No.

75).

Prayogasara (No. 153, 4). A kind of Prayoga, dealing with witchcraft and domestic
rites (No. 153, 5).

109

Prayascittasubodhini by Srlnivasamakhin (No. 5 a).


Grhyaparisista (No. 91,
5.
1).

110

Miscellaneous Vedlc

TFor/tS.

111 112

Caranavyuha (No. 21a).


Somotpatti (No. 48,
II.
3).

ANCIENT EPIC POETBY.


Bamayana

113
11

Valmiki's

VI
1

(No. 53).
55).
3).

Uttarakanda (No.
I,

115

only (No. 146,

~>i

299

H$-

116

117 118 119

Ramanuja's Cora, on Ramayana HI,

I,

II (No. 10).
3 (No. 62).

1V,

I,

1,

Com. on Ramayana

83

VI

(No. 67).

(No. 54,

1).

120
121 122

123

Mahabharata, Sambliava-Parvan (No. 153, 6). Pauloma and Astika Parvans (No. Sabha-Parvan (No. 19). Yana-Parvan (No. 61).

64)-

124
125 126

YiiTita-Parvan (No. 52).

112, 7 (No. 195). Udyoga-Parvan 1-94 (No. 84).


127

41198

(No. 85).

128
129

Drona-Parvan 134 (No. 87). Parvans XIY XVIII (No. 50).


fr.

130
131

Bhagavadgita,

(No. 157,

1).

Avith

introduction (No. 40).

132

Subodhinl, Sridhara's Com. on Bhagava;dgita (No. 41).

133 134 135


136

Uttaragita (No. 44,

2).

137

Balabharata by Pandit Agastya (No. 21). Mahabharatasaragraba by Mahesvara (No. 71). Campiibbarata (No. 152, 2). Kusalavopakbyana from Asvamedhika-Parvan of Jaimini-Bharata (No. 49 b),

HI.

CLASSrcAL SANSKRIT LITERATURE.


1.

Epic and Lyric Puetry (Kdvya).

138

Narayana's
(No. 121).

Com.

on

Krdidasa's

Kumarasambhava

139

Bbattikavya with Com. Jayamaiigala (No. 123).

140
141

The same (No.


(No. 66).

164).

Mahanatakasiiktisudhrinidhi

by

Imniadi

DevaiTiya

142

143 144

Srutirahjinl, Com. on Jayadeva's Gitagovinda, Laksmldhara (No. 113, 1). The same (No. 142). Another Com. on the Gitagovinda (No. 136)

by

-^
145 146 147

300

<-

Surya^ataka by Mayura,

Avitli
|

Com. by Anvayamukha Daksayajuaprabandha' (Xo.


2.

149, 2)

Drama.
3).

148
149 150

Kalidasa's Abhijiianasakuntala (No. 81,

The same (No. 149, 1). Com. (called Sahityasarvasva) on


vasacarya (No. 82).
3.

tlie

same by Srmi-

Romance,

Tales,

Camjms.

151

152

Bhojaprabandha (No. 175). Yisvagunadarsa by Venkatacarya (No.


4. Technical

183).

and
a)

Scientific Literature.

Grammar.
2).

153

Panini's Astadbyayl (No. 59,

154

Paribhasartbasamgraha by Vaidyanatha Sastrin (No.


95,1).

155 156 157

Com. on the same by Svayamprakasananda (No. 95, Prakriyasarvasva by Narayana, fr. (No. 117, 3).
Ganapatba, Paradigms
fr.

2).

(No. 117,

4).
fr.

158 159

of Conjugation,

(No. 92,

3).

Prakrtarupavatara by Simharaja (No. 154).


b)

Lexicography.
155).
1).

160
161

Amarakosa (No.

162

163

Amarakosodghatana, Com. by Ksirasvamin (No. 152, Amarakosa with Malayalam gloss (No. 122). The same (No. 133).
c)

Prosody.

164
165

Vrttaratnakara by Kedara Bhatta (No. 160, 1). The same with the Manimahjari, Com. by the Purohita Nfirayana (No. 54,
I

3).

As Mr. Thomas
is

at Calcutta in 1881

quite a

kindly informs me, the Daksayajna printed modern poem by Ramanarayaiia Tar-

karatna, Professor at the Sanskrit College, beginning: abhud abhumir

vinayasya vaibhavat.

-^
166 167

301

Hg-

The same Com. (No. The same Com. (No.


d)

116, 2).
170).

Poetics (Alamkara).

168
169

Prataparudra by Vidyanatha (No. 89, 1). Com. (Ratnapana) on the same, by KumSrasvamin
(No. 77).

170
171

172
173

Kuvalayananda by Appayya Diksita (No. The same (No. 127). Kavyaprakasa (No. 128, 1). Alamkarasarvasva (No. 151, 1).
e)

109).

Music, Acting

etc.

(Samgltasastra).
110).

174

Abhinayadarpana by Nandikesvara (No.


f)

Medicine.

175
176

Astaiigahrdaya by Vagbhata (No. 120). Astangasamgraha by Vagbhata, fr. (No.


E-atirahasya by
g)

168,

1).

177

Kokkoka

(No. 45).

Astronomy and Astrology.


59, 1).
I,

178

Suryasiddhanta (No.

179

114

(No. 12,

1).

180

Kamadogdhrl, Com. on Suryasiddhanta, by Tammayajvan (No. 12, 2). Suryasiddhantavivarana by Paramesvara (No. 137).

181

182
183

184
185 186
187

Vakyakaranadipika by Sundararaja (No. 68, 1). Kujadipailcagrahavakyam (No. 68, 2). Mahabhaskariya Karmanibandhana (No. 124, 2). Fragment (part of the preceding work?) (No. 124, 3). Siddliantasekhara by Sripati (No. 124, 1). Brhatsamhita of Yarahamihira with Bhattotpala's
Com.,
fr.

(No. 72).
"I

188

Varahamihira's Brhajjataka, with the

,.

189 190
191

Com. Subodhini

J
4).

First Part of the same Com. (No. 160,

Another Com. on the Brhajjataka: Nauka or Horavivarana (No. 118,


1).

^
192

302

H$-

193

194
195
196

197 198 199

Prasnamrta by Kumara, fr. (Xo. 118, 2). Prasnasamgraha (No. 144, 1). Laghvl Jatakapaddhati, fr. (No. 144, 2). Utpala's Com. on Satpancasika, fr. (No. 144, 2). Sarvarthaciutamani, by Veukatanayaka, fr. (No. 146, 2). Krsniya (No. 161).

The same, The same,


Com.

fr. fr.

(No. 162).
(No. 113,
2).
1

200
201

Kriyakalapa of Tantrasamgraha, with a


Trilokasaravrtti (No. Ill,
I

1(^0.134;.
3).

202

^^^
^^205
I I

Fragments

of astronomical gical works ^

and

astroloJ
)

^" '
'

^'
^'

^^^

'

(Xo. 209).

5.

Law, Religious and

Civil.
1).

206 207 208

Gautamlja Dharmasastra (No.

102,

Haradatta's Com. (Mitaksara) on the same (No. 102, 2). Haradatta's Com. (Ujjvala) on Apastambiya Dharmasutra (No. 37).

209

210
211

Parasarasmrti with Madhava's Com. (No. 79, 2). Smrtimuktaphala by Vaidyanatha Diksita, I (No. 74). Sararahasyacaturvarnakramavibhaga from the (preceding?) work of Yaidyanatha Diksita (No. 91, 2). Smrticandrika by Devanna, Vyavaharakanda I (No.
129,
1).

212

213
214 215

The same

(No. 141).

Vyavaharamalika, fr. (No. 129, 2). Barhaspatyasutra, or Nitisarvasva by Brhaspati (No.


160,
3).

6.

Philosophy.

a)
216

Purvamimamsa.

217 218 219

Bhattadlpika by Khandadeva (No. 92, 1). The same, VII, 1 IX, 3 (No. 119, 1).

The same,

fr.

(No. 119,

3).

Bhattacandrika, Com. on Bhattadlpika, by Bhaskararaya Bharati (No. 119, 2).

->4

303

,<~

2-20

221

Mimamsakaustubha by Khandadeva, fr. (Xo. 36). Mayukhamalika, Com. on Sastradipika, bv SomanStha


(Xr. 30).

222

Mimamsa-Tantravarttika by Kumarila (Xo.


b)

108).

Yedanta.

223

224

Tedanta-Sutras with Saiikara's Com.. Sarirakamimamsabha?ya (Xo. 57). Bhasyaratnaprabha, Com. on Saiikara's Bhasya, by

GoTindananda and Ramananda (No.


225

93).

The same.

fr.

(X^^o.

78, ]).

Brahmasutracandrika, Com. onVedanta-Sutras (X'^o.l 93).


007

Upadesagrantha\-ivarana, Com. on Saiikara's Upadesasahasrika (Xo. 24b).

223

The same (Xo.


Saiikara's

56).

229

230
231

Yivekacudamani (Xo. 24c). Com. on Saiikara's Atmabodhaprakarana (Xo. 33). Com. on Saiikara's Takyasudha, by Brahmananda
63. 1).

Bharati (Xo.
232 233 234
235

Com. on

Saiikara's Yakyavrtti,

by Yisresvara (Xo.

65).

(Saiikara's)

Yedantasara

(X^o. 113, 3).

Saiikara's PurvottaradyadasamaiijarikaStotra(Xo.32.3).

236 237

23S

Haristuti. by Svayamprakasa Yati (Xo. 8 a\ Eagadvesaprakarana (by Saiikara? See Aufrecht CC.
s. V.)

Hastamalaka (Xo. 63. 6). The same (Xo. 171. 2). Haritattvamuktavall, Com. on Saiikara's
(Saiikara's)

(X"o. 210).
(X'o. 79. 1).

2?9

(Govindanatha's) Saiikaracaryacarita

240
241
242

The same (Xo.

211).

243

Bhasyarthasamgraha, by Brahmananda Yati (Xo.104.2). Pahcadasi by Yidyaranyatlrtha (Xo. 81. 2). UpadesagranthaTivarana, Com. on the Paficadasi, by

244 245
246 247

Eamakrsna (Xo. 58). The same (Xo. 1 59).


Sadauanda's Yedantasara (Xo.
81, 1).

Yeiikatanatha's Satadiisani (Xo. 83).


Bharatltlrtha's Adhikaranaratnamala (Xo. 90).

-^
248

304

H5-

AppayyaDlksita'sVedantasastrasiddhantalesasaingraha (No. 105).

249

250

yedantaparibhasa,byDharmarajadhvarIndra(No.l06,4). Yedantasikhamani, Com. on the preceding, by Ramakrsnadhvarin (No. 106, 5).

251

Vasudevamananaprakarana (No.

194).

252 253

Laksmidbara's Advaitamakaranda (No. 63, 4). Rasabhivyanjika, Com. on the preceding, by Svayamprakasa Yati (No. 8 b).

254
255

Brahmanubhavastaka (No. 92, 2). Raghavananda's Com., Paramarthasaravivarana, on the


Sesarya (No. 128,
3).

c)

S a n k h y a.
1).

256

Isvarakrsna's Sankhyasaptati (No. 104,

257

258 259

The same (No. 145, 1). Jayamangala, Com. on the same, by Sankara (No. ] 45, 2). Tattvakaumudi, another Com. on the same, by Vacaspatimisra (No. 145,
3).

260
261

The same (No.

104,

3).

Bodhabharati's Com. on the preceding Com. (No. 104,4).


d)

Nyaya, Vaisesika,

etc.

262

263

Kesavamisra's Tarkaparibhasa (No. 100, 1). Tarkabhasaprakasika, Com. on the preceding,

by
fr.

Cinnambhatta,
264

fr.

(No. 100,

2).

Com. on Gaurikanta's Tarkabhasabhavarthadipika,


(No. 117,
2).
fr.

265 266
267

Tarkacudamani by Dharmaraja, Yogyatavadartha (No. 106, 1).

(No. 117,

1).

Laukikavisayatavadartha (No. 106,

2).

268
269

Paramarsavadartha (No. 106, 3). Karakavada, by Jayarama (No. 100,


Yadaratnavali,
fr.

3).

270
271

(No. 100,

4).
fr. fr.

272 273

Work Work

on Nyaya, unnamed, on Nyaya, unnamed,

(No. 100, (No. 101).

5).

274

Annambhatta's Tarkasamgraha (No. The same (No. 169).

145, 6).

_5h

305

-s-

275

Cora, on

tlie

same (No.

145, 5).

276 277 278

Bliasfiparicclieda, by Vi.sviinritlia Paficanana, with tlieli'

Com., Siddhrintamuktavali

jg

Prapaficahrdaya (No. 107).

IV.

SECTARIAN AND DEVOTIONAL TEXTS


Piirdms, Malidtmyas, and related Texts.

(PUE,ANAS,MAHATMYAS,STOTRAS,TANTRA.etc.)
1.

279

Adi-PuiTina: Bharadvajasamhita, Madhyamabliaga of

Hemakutakhanda
280

(No. 198).

Brahina-Purana:

Blirgu-Narada-samvada,
31).

Hastigiri-

mahatmya (No.
281

181).

Padma-Purana: Sivagita (No.


282 283 284

Krirttikamahritmya (No. 47,


34).

1).

Visnu-Purana (No.
8iva-Puraria:

tSatarudriyakotisamhita, Kaufijarasana187).

ksetramahatmya (No.
285

8iva-Purana: Kotirudrasamhita, Kapalisasthalamaba-

tmya (No.
286

188).

Siva-Purana:

Ekadasarudrasamliita,
4).

Campakaranya-

mahatmya
287 288

(No. 197,

Bhagavata-PuiTina

I IX
with

(No. 20).
fr.

with Com.,

(No. 9

b).

289

Sridhara's

Com.,

XI XII

(No. 39).
290
291

Bliagavata-Purana, Mahiyalam Com.on it,fr.(No.l2(),l). X, fr. in Sanskrit and MalayaLara


(No. 126,
2).

292

Bhagavata-Purana: Ekadasaskandhasarasloka-^l
saipgraha with
^^^'
|

293

Com., by Brahmananda Bharati


Bhagavatasftra
(No. 80).
(?)

^^)"
)

294
295

(No. 9

a).

Naradiya-Purana:

Haribhaktisudhodaya
Jnanakanila.

with

Com,

29fi

Brhannaradiya-Purana

Ahmdrapiira20

mahatmya (No.

196,

3).

-^
297

306

H$-

298
299

Murkandeya-Purana: Devlmahatmya, with] Argalastotra, and (No.


J,

42).

Kllakastotra
J

300
301
;502

Agni-PuiTina: Tulakaverimaliatmya (No.

51).

The same (No. The same (No.

131).
186).

303 304

Bhavisyat-PuiTina:

Kumbhaghonamahatmya

(No. 189).

Bhavisyottara-Purana:

Ksetravaibhavakhan(ja,

Cam-

305

pakaranyamahatmya (No. 197, 1). Bhavisyottara-PuiTma: Madhyamabhaga, Tulasivanamarkandeyasrinivasaksetramahatmya (No. 206). Brahmakaivarta-Purana Tirthaprasamsa, Pahcanada:

306

mahatmya
307

(No. 185).

Brahmakaivarta-Purana: Madhyarjunamahatmya (No.


184,
2). 3).

308

Liiiga-Purana: Madhyarjunamahatmya (No. 184,


[309331]

Skanda-Purana:
7).

309

Agastyasamhita, HaL"isyamrihatmya (No.


(No. 88).

310

Saukarasamhita, Sivarahasya-Khanda, Kandas I


Sankarasamhita, Sivarahasya-Khanda, Kandas V
(No. 103).

lY

311

VII

312

Sanatkumarasarnhita, Sivatattvasudhanidhi (No. 60)


Siitasaiphita,

313 314 315


316 317

Sivamahatmya-Khanda (No.

fr.

76).

(No. 148).

Jnanayoga-Khanda (No.

76).

(No. 148).
76).

Mukti-Khaiida (No.

318
319

(No. 148).
76).

Yajhavaibhava-Khanda (No.

320
321

fr.

(No. 148).

Brahraaglta(No.3).
4).

322
323

Madliava's Com. on the preceding (No.


tagita (No. 9

Sutasamhita, Yajnavaibhava-Khai.ida, Uparibhage Suc).

324
325

Madhava's Com. on the preceding (No. 9d). Uttarakhanda, Tirtliamahatmya, Kumaranidrasanivada


(No. 196,
1).

307

^<-

326

Ksetravaibhava-Khanda, Madhyrirjuiiamrihatmyii (No.


184,
1).

327

Ksetravaibhava-Kliaiula, IMayfirapiirinialiritmya, 2711i

Adhyaya
328

only (No. 188 b).

Ksetravaibbava-Khanda, Campakaranyamahritmya(No.
197, 2).

329
3:jo

331

Jayaiitimahatmya (No. 168, 2). Vaisakbamaliatmya (No. 47, 2). Gurugita (No. 32, 2).
[332344]

Br ahman

(1

a-Pu ra na
54, 2).

'

332
333

Adhyatma-Ramayana (No.
Uttaraldianda,

Hayagrivagastyasanivrida,

Lalitopa-

khyaua (No.
334

69).

Uttarabhaga, Ksetragolakavistara, Brabmanaradasaravada, Kapisthalainahatmya (Xo. 201).

335

Uttarabbaga,

Ksetravaibbavakbanda,
203).

Kumbhakona-

330
337

mabatmya (No. The same (No.


197,
3).

204).

Uparibhaga, Tirtbakbanda, Naganathamabatmya (No.

338 339

Papavinasamabatmya (No. 205). Brabmauaradasamvada, Abindrapuramahatmya (No.


196, 2).

340

Brabmanaradasamvada, Kadambapurimrdiatmya (No.


199).

341

342

The same (No. 200). Brabmanaradasamvada, Samastikauanamabatmya (No.


190).

343

344
345 346 347 348

Srirangamabatmya (No. 49a). The same (No. 182).


Bbugola-Purai.ia:

Keralamahatmya (No.

147).

Sivadliarmottara (No. 156).

349

350
351
1

Athavvanarabasya of the Vismidbarma(?) (No. Ekadasivratamabatmya ) Jayantm-ata (?) (Xo. 168, 2). Auautavrata (?) Bbaskaramatamabatmya
'

63, 2).

~~'

See also below 382, 383, 392, 397.


20*

-^i

308

f<-

352
353

Kayarolianamaliatmya (No. 202).

An Itihasa
2.

of

King Vrsadarvi,

title

unknown (No. 48, 2).

Stotras,

and SimiJar

Tracts.

354 355
356

357
358

359

360
361

Brahmapara Stotra with Com. (128, 2). Vedapadastava (No. 48, 4). Sivarcanasiromani, by Brahmanandanatha (No. 89, 2). Paramarthasara, by Sesanaga, with a] ,-j^ 112 9^ Com. j Com. (Paramarthasaravivarana) by Baghavananda, see above 255. Srutisuktimfila, by Haradatta, with a 1 .^-p ,^n ^\ (No. 116, 1). Com. J
'

-^

Mahaganapaddhati,byGirvanendraSarasvati,fr.(No.29).

362
363 364 365
366

The same,

fr.

(No. 207).
11).

Ganapatyastaka (No. 115,

NaiTiyaniya Stotra (No. 140). Bhaktapriya, Com. ou the preceding (No. 114).
Saiikara's Visnupadadikesantastuti, with the
' '

]
\

(No. 44,

1).

367

368
369

Com. Sukhabodhini Another Com. on the same,

fr.

(No. Ill,

5).

370
371

Visnubhujanga (No. 59, 3). Saukara's Com. on Visnusahasranaman (No. Ill,

4).

The same,
Metrical

fr.

(No. 130).

372

373
374 375

Com. (Sahasranamapadyavrtti) on Visnusahasranaman (No. 138). Sankara's Anandalahari (No. 157, 2). Anandasagarastava by Nilakantha (No. 63, 3),

376
377

The same (No. 112, 6). Ambastava (No. 112, 4).


Kalyanastava by Kfilidasa (No. 112,
Candikasaptati (No. 173).
8).

378 379 380


381

Carcastava by Kalidfisa (No. 112,


Tripurastottara (No. 115,
3).

7).

382

Tripurastava (No. 115, 8). Trisati Stotra (from Lalitopakhyana of Brahmanda-

Purana) (No. 112,

3).

-^
383

309
Iroiu

*<-

Dakf?iiiamurtipafijaia
115,
9).

Bralimanila-ruiTina

(No.

384
385

Durgfistaka (No. 171,

1).

Brilasaliasranaman (No. 115,

6).

386

387
388 389

Mantraksaramala (No. The same (No. 112, 5j. The same (No. 171, 3).
Mritrkanyasa (No. 115,

43, 2).

Mataiigyastottara (No. 115,


2).

5).

390
391

392

Matrkastava (No. 115, 1). Jay amai'i gala, Com. on Lalitasahasranama Stotra (from Erahmanda-PuiTina), Ly Bhatta Nariiyana (No. 35).
Lalitastavaratna (No. 63,
5).

393
394 395 396
397

The same (No. 115, 12). The same, IV. (No. 160, 2). The same, fr. (No. 174).
Lalitadevi Stotra (from Lalitopakhyana of Brahmaiula-

Purana) (No. 112,


398 399

2).

Syamalambavarmaratna (No.
Svapnridhyaya(?) (No. 172).

115, 4).

400
401
402

403

Sermon of Mr. Glenies The same (No. 213). The same (No. 214). The same (No. 215).
3.

in Sanskrit (No. 212).

Tantra.

404
405

Kauladarsatantra,

}3y

Visvanandanatha (No. 5
1).

b).

The same (No.

96, 2).

406
407
408

Daksinamurtisanihita (No. 98,

409

410

Kumarasarahita (No. 98, 2). Kularnavatautra (No. 43, 1). Kulacudamani, Com. on Laghubhattaraka's Laghustuti, by Simharaja (No. 125). Divyamaiigaladhyaua from Rajarajesvaritantra (No.
112,
1).

411

Kartaviryarjunakavaca from Uddamaresvaratautra (No.


112, 10).

Kriyakalapa of Tantrasamgraha, see above 200. 201.

-2M

310
150).

Hg-

412 413 414


415

Tantrasamuccaya (No.

Sricakrapratisthavidlii (No. 5 c,

1).

Srividyrikliyamiilavidyabliedah (No. 5 c,

2).

416
417

Srlvidyaratnasutra, by Gaudapada (No. 18 b, 1). Com. oil the same, by Vidyaranya (No. 18 b, 2).
Saktisiitra, with its

418
419

Bhasya

(No. 6 a).
I

Atharvanaprokta-dcvirahasya-svariipakiaiLiopasauayah

jagaumatrbhaktyaikavedyab prayugab by Jagaiinathasuri (No. 6 b).


420
421

Cidvalli by Natanananda (No. 6 c). Candrajiianagamasamgraha (No. 96, 1). Prapaiicasarasarasamgraha (No. 97). 422 423430 Uimamed Collections of Mantras, and Tantric fragments (Nos. 115, 7; 10, and 143, 16).

V.
431

FRAGMENTS NOT IDENTIFIED


4).
5).

(No. 32, (No. 32,

432 433 434

(No. 144, leaves 4752).

(No. 145, 4). 435-436 (No. 146,


437

1; 4).

(No. 149,
(No. 151,

3). 2).

438

439441

(No. 153, 1 (No. 157,

3).

442444

1,

after leaf 52).

For
20-1,

otlier

tracts

and fragments of unknown or doubtful


423-430.

titles,

see above 11, 20, 2G, 82, 85, 92, 94, 100, 101, 103, 108, 157, 158, 185,
203, 205, 271, 272, 294, 349, 350, 353, 399, 419,

-^Hi-.

INDEX.

The

figures refer to the iiages only.

amsakadasa 286.

adhyayana

98.

akunvarathuntara 237. adhy atmarumayana 68sq,, 307. Agastya, Taiulit 191 S(i., 299. adhyapaiia 98.

Agastya
250,

88,

155,

214,

248, anauta (sesa) 258.

272, 275;

"tirtlia

"dilipasaiuviida

249;
7,

273; Aiuinta Nrirayai.ia 50 sq., 80. "^linga Anaiitakrsna, scribe 188.

275; "samhita

204, 306.

anantavrata 226 sq., 307.


aniiigyalaksana
,

Agni

(Rsi) 158.
12(i,

aningyavya-

agnikalpa, "sutni

298.

kliyaua 31, 296.

agniksetra 127.

auistayoga 171.
100,
188,

agnipurana

63,

anumanaprakasa

167.

245 sq., 306.


agnividhi 187.

auusasanaparvau 90. Aiitaryamin (Rsi) 163.


Aiiiiambhatta 202 scj., 227,304.

aguivivaha 120.

agnistoma 134, 298. agliamarsanasukta 120.

Anvayainukha 53 sq., 300.


apamrtyufijaya
1

20.

Aghora

(Rsi) 26, 56.

Apaiitaratamas 210.

ai'ikurasya vidlii 120.

Appaya

241.

aiikurarpanavidhi 120.

Angiras 7. ajamilakatha 196. atibuddhiprayoga 212. atirudraprayoga 89.


atirudraliutisamkliya 89.

Appayarya 203. Appayya Dlksita 144 sq.,


182, 301, 304.

150,

apradarsanapara 171. apsaroganaviprakimblia 239. abhijiianasakuutala 109 s<].,


205, 300.
sq.,

Atri
297.

7.

atliarvasira-upanisad

19

abhinaya 151. abhinayadarpana 15J, 301.

atharvasirobliasya 21, 297.

Amara

11.

advaitamakaranda
304.

8sq.,

81,

Amarakosa

176, 190, 213, 300.

209 sq., advaitananda 75. 300. AdvaitanandaSarasvatil28sq. A marasimha 176,190,209,213. adhikaranaratnamala 1 18 sq., Amarendra Saiasvati 35. 131, 303. 284 S( I. adhikarakanda 222. amvtabiudupaiiisad 19, 297.

Amarakosodghataiia

-^

314

f^-

Amrtanandanatha 117 sq. Ambarlsa 264; riaradasamvada 264. ambapaga, N. of a river, 289.
ambastava, 155 si^., 308.

abargana 286. Abalya 262.


abina 236, 238.

ablndranagara 257-260, 276.


,

abiudrapura

ambika

275.

abludrapuramabatmya 257
260, 305, 307.

ayahprasuna 284. ayauabala 286.


ayodhyakarida 11,64 sq., 67, 69.

aboratritirtba 283.

ayomukliapuspaki 284.
araniharana 91.

akarapaddbati

31, 296.

akasanagari 283.

Arimacalanatba 175. arunopanisad 34, 35.


arkavivabavidhi 120.
argalastotra 48 sq., 306.

agneya 224; purana, see agnipurana.


aiigirasaparisad 287.

augirasasamvassara 287.
acaryavilfisa 106.

arcavatara 240, 258.

Arjunavisadayoga 215.
artbalarakrira 117.

ajyadoba 238.
atmajfiaua 83.

ardbanarisvara 262.
arbagola, N. of a viUage
3.

atmabodbaprakarana
atmaiiauda
75.

39, 303.

Alaka

183.

Atreya 173, 241.


atbarvana 238. atbarvanaproktadevlrahasya
5sq., 310.

alamkarasilstra 101, 117.

alamkarasarvasva 208, 301.


avarnadipa 95 sq., 295.
avaniilaksana
,

avarnivya-

atbarvanarabasya 80, 307.


atbarvaiiopanisad 19
;

kbyana

31, 97, 295, 296.


1 78.

''vivara-

avyaktaganita

na

28.

asvattbatirtba 277.

adarsotsava 262.

asvamedbavabbrtba 239.
astakavarga 170sq., 286.
astaksara (mantra) 279.

adikiimbbesamabatmya 277. adikumbbesvaralinga 277.


adityapurana 166.

astaiigasamgraba 226, 301.

Adityapuroga
adiparvan
82.

57.

astangabrdaya 173, 301. astadasapadanirupana 186.


astadbyayi 75 sq., 300.

adipurana

77, 275, 305.

Asita 269.

ndimabapurana 141, 247, 267. adimapura 270, 271.


adbana(prayoga) 133, 134,298.

Asuri Paucasikba 202. abamkaranirupana 239.

Ananda Bbarati

80.

-^^

315

i<r

Aiiandagiri

4.

iksunadiiurdiatmya 204.
Iksvakulabdljavaibliavii 240.

riDandalahari 21G, 308.

auaiidasagarastaviiHl, 156,308. itihasa 56 st]., 262.

Apastamlja (school)
133,
13-1,

32,

33, iiidra

262,

273;

"tiiilia

261,

298.
33,

263, 283.

Apastanibiyagrliyasutra
298.

liidiadyuiiinagajeudraprapli
272.

Apastambiyadharmasutra
302.

43,

iudrapucclia 225.

iadrapuskarini 273.

amahiyava 236, 237. ayatanakhanda 88.

Immadi Devaraya
istaka 126.
istikalpa 126.

84s(|.,

299,

Ayu

192.

ayuhprasna 199 sq. ayuh, ayurdaya 170sq.


ayurhoina 120.

isa(vasya)-upaiiisad 16

sq.,

297. 201,

Isvarakrsna
202, 304.

142,

143,

arana 225.
aranyakatliaka 234236, 296.

aranyakanda 64 sq., 67, aranyaparvau 78, 91.

69, 79.

Ugrasravas 90. ujjvala 43 sq., 302.


uddamaresvaratantra 157
309.
sq.,

Arya, Aryabhata 86, 179.


Aryabliatakarmaiiibandhal79.
aryadvisati 82, 231.

iitkrsta^ivaksetraprakarana

aryamati 143.
alokamaiijari 138.

247
188.

sq.

uttarakanda (ramayana)
298.

70sq.,

Avadugdharana
avarnilaksana
,

avarnivya-

uttarakhanda of brahmanda-

khyaua

31, 97, 295, 296.


92.

purana

88,

155,

250,

307;

asramavasikaparvan 60 sq., asrayayoga 171.


a.svamedliikaparvan

of skandapuraiia 257, 306.

uttaragita 52, 299.


S(|.

59

uttaratapauiyopauisad 19, 297.


uttaratapiiii 19. of

60 sq., 92, 299.


Asvalayaiiagrhyasiitra
297.

105, uttarabbaga

brabiuanda-

purai.ia 271, 276, 307.

Asvalayanamaiitrasamhita Asvalayanasutra 86.

58.

uttararamayana 70 sq.
uttarabliimany uvivaha 9 1

asurakanda 116.
astikaparvau 82, 299.

Utpala 200, 302.


udakasautividhi 120.

Udayamurti

67, 69.

->4

316

r<g-

udyogaparvan
udvat 237.

91,

113 S(|., 299. rgvedabbasya

1,

2,

15, 295.

rgvedasambita
223, 295.

15,

105, 222,

upadesakanda 140 sq.

upadesagrauthavivarana(Com. rnasya deyadeyavidbi 187. on upadesasaliasri) 28 sq., rtanidbana 238.


71 sq., 303.

rtunasa 212.

upadesagranthavivarana(Com. Rtuparna 262.

on pancadasi) 73, 75, 303. upadesavedantasiddbyaralia-

ekasami 225.
ekaksaralaksmipujavidbi 132.

sya 160. upadesasabasrika, saliasri 28, ekagnikandavyakbya 33.


71, 303.

ekadasarudrasambita 266,305.
ekadasaskandbasaraslokasam-

upanayana 195.
npanisad 184, 235, 296 sq.

Upamanyu

289.

graba 12, 305. ekadasivratamabatmya


236, 238.

226,

307. upamapramanastaka 153. nparibhaga of skandapurana ekaba

10 sq.,

242,

306;

of

brab- ekoddistavidbi 120.


307.

mandapurana 265 sq., upavedakarana 148.


upaiigaprakaraiia 148.

ekoddistasraddba 105.

Eranda 280 sq.


aitareyaranyaka
155,
1,

umabbaga 277. umamabesvarasamvada


204.

216, 217,

253, 296, 297.

aitareyopauisad

3,

103, 296;

umasabaya 277. Uvata 94. ubyagana 237.

"bbasya 103.
aisikaparvan 90, 92.

ausadba, ausadbaparvata, au-

urdbvamnayamabatmya uba 237, 238. ubagana 236 sq., 296.


fdiyagaua 237.

50.

sadbadri 257260.

kaksaputasarasamgraba
kankalapatni 163.
katbavalll 18.

53.

rksamkbya 95

sq.,

295.

katbopanisad

18, 20, 27, 297.

rksarvasamana

95, 295.

rgviUiiigbyalaksana 95, 295.

kantaramanikka (grama) 167. kandararaanikya (grama) 167.

rgvedapratisakbya 94, 96, 105,


295.

Kanva

275.

kadambapuriksetra 270.

-^
kadambapurlmrihutmya269
271, 307.

317

Hg-

Katyfiyana

76, 105. 295.

kantisaurabhakarana 212.
270.

kadambavana

kapahsa 248.
kamakala(vilrisa)
6s(|.

kadambasaras 270.
kaiiyfitirtha 261, 203, 264.

kamadogdbri 13 sq.,
53.
1

301.

kapalisasthalamahrttmya
sq.,

247 kamasastra

305.

kamyapasukanda
277;

73.

kapitthaka 151.

kriyfirobana 278; "natba 274,

Kapila 142, 143, 202, 276.


kapilasurya 226.

"mabatmya 274 sq.,

30S.

kapilasrama 268.
kapisthala
272, 273;
307.
"mfiliri-

kfirakavada 136, 304. karika 104.


krirunyarartatirthaprasanisa-

tmya 271 sq.,

na 242.
kartaviryarjunakavaca
309.
1

kamalasaunidhfina 275.
kampaharesanaksetrainftlia-

57s(j.,

tmya

250.

krirttikamabatmya 54 sq., 305.


karttikotsava 262.
Karsnfijini 247.

karanapaddbati 204.
karkatesa 264.

karnaparvan

92.

krdacakradasa 287.
kalati,

Karnavadba

92,

N. of a place 289.

karnavrddbi 212.

kalabala 286.
kalabastiksetra 290.
179, 301.

Kardama

275,

karmauibandbana

karmajiva 170, 171, karmautasutra 126, 298. Kalmasapadarajan 263.


kalyanatirtliasikbaratrivai-

kalagnirudropanisad 19, 297. Kalidasa 109, IK), 156, 157,


174, 205 sq., 299, 300. 30S. krdmdi 163.

kaveri

240,

244,

2G4,

27(i,

bbavanirupana 242. kalyanapura 283.


kalyanastava 157, 308.

272, 273,

275.

277,

2S(is.j.

Kasyapa 277. KaboLa 7.


Kaficanavarnin 290.
kafici 258; '^nagara 241,

kavya 175. kavyaprakasa 183, 301. kavyalaksana 183. Kasika 268.

Kasyapa 7,57,263; '^tirtlia277. 275 kiskindbrdcanda64 67,69, 79.


kilakastotra 48 sq., 306.

katbaka 235 sq.


katbakopanisadvivaraiia 27.

kucavardliana 212.
kuja 87.
[301. 87,

Kanada 203, Kanva 126.

227; "tantra 111,

kujadipaficagrabavakya

-5^

318

H$-

kufijara^anadivyaksetramaha- krsnarjunasamvada 215.

tmya 247. Kundina 280. Kutsa 7.

kri?niya 159, 200, 220, 302.

Kedara 69 sq.,
300.

166, 218, 228,

Kumara

171, 302.

kenopanisad
204, 307.

17, 297.
;

kumara 274; "rudrasamvada kerala 204,


257, 306.

289sq.

"mabatmya

kumavasamhita 132, 309.

Kesava

8.

kumarasambhava
"vivarana 174sq.

174,

299; Kesavamisral35, 136, 168, 304.

Kesavaditya 185 sq., 197.

Kumarasvamiu

101, 301.

Kesavarya

35.

Kumfirila 149 sq., 303.

kesavrddbi 212.

kumbliakoria 275; "mahatmya kaivalyanavanita 39.

276279, 307; "stbalavai- Kaivalyananda Yogindra 8sq. kaivalyopanisad 19 sq., 253 sq., bbava 277. kumbbagbona 258, 277, 278, 297. 281283; mabatmya 249, Kokkoka 53, 301.
306; "stbaba 278.

kotirudrasambita 247 sq., 305.

Kumbbaja 245. Kumbbasambbava


kulacudrimani 180
kulamulavatrira
4.

Konama
7.

172.

sq.,

309.

Kolacala Peddacarya 101. kaunjarasanaksetramabatmya


246 sq., 305.
kaurma(purrina) 100.

kidarnava
309.

4,

130; "tantra 50, Kaundinyagotra 167.


150,

kuvalayanaiida,
182, 301.

'^ndiya

kaulavid 130.

kaulasastra 130, 132.


4,

kusabavopakbyana 59 sq., 299. kauLagamatautra kaulacara 130. kustbacikitsita 174.


kutastbadlpa 73sq., 109, 218. kaulacarya 130. kaubldarsatantra krccbravidbi 120.

130.

4, 130, 309.

Krsanu
Krsiia,

241.

Kausitakagrbyasii tra 1 04, 29 7.


of

guru

Narayana Kausitakacarya
kriyfikabapa 190

104.
sq.,

174sq.

302, 309.

Krsna, autbor of
Krsi.iananda 184.

kvijiinya 220.

ksatriyadbarma

98.

Krsnadvija, scribe 158 sq., 197. Ki?irasvamin 209 sq., 300.

ksutpipasabaranaprayoga 21

2.

Kri?].iananda Bbarati 12.

ksudra 236 sq.


ksetrakancla 248 sq.

krsnaranya 258.

-5h

310
'

i<-

ksetragolakavistara 271, 307. garbliinividlii 120.

gadadhari 145 sq. garudafpurana) 100. ksetravaibhavaklianda of skan- Grirgya 275.


ksetravaibliava 277, 278.
I

ksetrarajapura 275.

(lapiiiTina 242, 264,

307; of garhapatyaciti 126, 127.


[

bhavisyottarap. 26()sq., 306; girikanya 262, 264sq. of brahraai.K.lap. 276 sq., 307. gitagovinda 158 sq,, 192s(i., Ksemanandanatha 255. 197, 299; "vyakliyana 192sq.

Girvanendra
khagendra, N. of a river 257.
308.

35,

131, 284sq..

Khandadeva

42sq.,

121

sq.,

gunatrayavibhaga 239.
(jiunavisnu 114.

172, 302, 303.

khayoga 170sq.
Khadiragrhyasutra
gai'iga 270.

Gunadhya
99, 298.

280.

gurugita 38, 307.


giirudiksa 38.

guruvcakya 87.

gai'igadharakathamrta 261
gajrirttiharaiia(tTrtha) 272.

guruvakyalesasaragraha
gurvadinirilpana 98.

50.

gajcndramoksana 272.
"pariksana 273.

guhanaradasainvada 164.
gi'hasthadharma 98.
grliarcanavidhi 120.
grhyaparisista 119sq., 298.
grliyavrtti 99.

gnjendramoksatirthavaibhava, grhasantividhi 120.


gajendrarttiharana 272.

gananatha 198.
ganapatyai?taka 164, 308.
ganapritha 169, 300.
gaiie^a

grhyagniprayascitta

1 20.

284 Sf[. ganesapaddhati 285.

ganesastaka 164.

gokarna 290. Gopala 103, 124. Gobhilagrhyasutra


goraahfitmya 214.
Golacfidaniaiii 86.

5.

gadaparvan 90, 92. gandharva 241, 272.

Gambhira

172.

golavarnana 178.
(ilovinda,
17,

garuda 258, 260, 280; N. of


a river 257 sq.

guru of Saiikara
38,
39,

16,

2729,

52, 73,

Garga

7.

103, 124, 153, 185,201,217.


(?)

Gargagotra
204.

86.

Gargayudhistliira<^ai)ivada

Govinda, fatlier of Anantakrsna ls8.

scribe

garbhinidharnia 98.

Goviudanatha 106, 290. 303 Govindasvamiu 289.

-^^

320

H$-

Govindanaiidal02, 1 24sq., 303. candra 178.


gosadangavidhi 214.

Graudapada

21, 289, 310.

Gautama

7,

224, 262.

candragrabana 178. candrajnanagamasamgraba 129 sq., 310.

gaiitamagoliattiviraocana 277, candratlrtba 283.


278. candrapura 277. gautamasaras 277. Caiidravati 268 sq. gautaml 276. Caudravarmacarita 266. Gautamiyadbarmasastra 138 Candrasenarajan 262. 140, 302. candrika 128 sq. Gaurikanta Sarvabliauma 168, camakrmuvaka 89. 304. camp akarany a 261 2 64 "m agaurivita 236, batmya 260 sq., 264, 266, 305, gaurisambhogavariiana 175. 306, 307. grahaiiopavarnana 1 78. campubbarata 210, 299, grahadrsti 171. campu (written cambu) 241.

graliabalapufijani 286.

caranavyuba

24, 298.

grababhagaiia 178.

carcastava 156, 308.


sq.,

grabayuddba 178. grabayonibbeda 152, 170


220.

caturmasya 126. caturvarnakrama 121. candrayoga 170sq.


candrayaiia 120.

grabavivarana 199.

grabanam stlianabalam
grabodayastamaya 178.
cakraradbaiiapbaba
1

286.

camundika

49.

cikitsitastbana 174,

citradipa 73
30.

sq.,

109.

citrabbauusamvassara 287.

Candalvopa 280.
candamuiKlrirdini 229.

cidambara 278.
cidvalli 6sq., 310.

Candavega

281.

cintamani 147.

candrilakanyakadarsana 268.
candikasaptati 230, 308.

Cinnambbatta 136, 304. curni, N. of a river, 289.


cestabala 286.
caitaiiya 139.

candikabrdaya 49. candisataka 230.


caturtbajvarasilnti 171.

cok 270 sq., 280 sq.


Cyavana
273.

caturvedatatparyasaipgraba
165.

caturvedabbasya

65.

caiidanotsava 262.

cliandogamantrabrabmanabbasya 114sq.

->^

321

f<-

chandogjamantrabha^ya 114. Taksaka 263; ".samkarasaiucliandogyoijanisadvivaiaua vada 263.


26 sq., 297.

tattvakaumudi 142,
5sq., 310.

2it2,

304.

Jagannathasuri

tattvacintamaniprakasa 167. tattvaviveka 73 sq., 109.

jagaiimutibliakti 5sq., 310.

taddbitakbanda 169.

Jatavallabhasastrin (Laksma- tanubbuvanaprakarana 148. na) 32, 296. tantra 309 sq.

Janamejaya 60,91, janman 170sq. Jambunatlia 171.

113, 194sq.

tantraruja

4. 1 49

tautravarttika

sq

tantrasaragraba 190 sq., 302,


309.

Jayadeval58,192sq., 197,299.

jayantimahatmya, jayantivra- tantrasamuccaya 207, 310. ta 226 sq., 307. tapara 95 sq.; tikri 95 sq., 295; jayamaiigala, Com. on lalita"paddbati 31, 296; laksaiia
sahasranainastotra41 sq., 309
31, 296.

Com. on Bbattikavya 177, Tammayajvan 13 sq., 222, 299; Com. on saiikbya- Tammayrirya 13sq.
saptati 201, 304.

301.

Jayarama
302.

136, 304.

Taranganandinl 260. tarkacudamani 146, 147, 167,


200,

jatakapaddbati (lagbvi)

304.

jatakarman 195.
jativiveka 98.

tarkaparibbasa 135, 136, 304, tarkabbasa 135, 136, 168;


"prakasika
136,

304;

bba-

jatyadbikarana 138.

vartbadipika 168, 304.

janakibarana 175.
jabalopanisad 24, 158.

tarkasaingraba

202 sq.,

227,

304; "dipika 202.

jalapada 268.
Ji!?nunandana 179.
jivadvaita 109.
jivayoni 159.

talavakaropanisad 17.
tatparyadipika 74, 218.

tatparyabodbini 73 sq., 102.


tantahdvsana, tantasaragraba
95sq., 295.

Jaimini 42sq., 58, 59sq., Ill,


121sq., 166, 172, 283.

tarakasuranigraba 175.

Jaimmibbarata 59 sq., 299.


jnanakaiula 259, 305.

Timmaya Arya llOsq


tirtbakbanda 265, 3u7.

jnanaprakarana 148. tirtbaprasainsa 244 sq., 306. jnanayogakbanda 100,205,306. tirtbamabfitmya 257, 283, 306.
jyotistoma 126.
tirtbayatraparvan 78.
21

~>^

322

tirtharaja 283.

Daksa

98.

tirthavaibhava 244; "khanda daksakanda 140 sq.


242; ^nirupana 265, 273.
tulasi 283.

daksayajnaprabandha206,300.
daksinakailasa
290.
(tirtha)

289,

tulasikavaca 283.

tulasivana 283; ''markancleya- Daksinamiirti (Rsi) 162, 163;

srmivasaksetramahatmya panjara 164, 309; sarahita 282 sq., 306. 132, 309. tulakaverlmahatmya 63, 188, daksinavarta 175. 245 sq., 306. dandadharana 98.
trptidipa 73
sq.,

218.

dandaniti 219.

taittiriyapratisakhya
296.

44 sq., dandavisayani 186.

taittiriyabrahmana 234
296.

236,
56,

Dattatreya 158. darsapiirnamasau


134, 298.

126,

133,

taittirlyasamhita 24, 25,


89, 233sq., 296.

dasatlkavibhanjani 147.
dasatlrtba 273.

taittiriyaranyaka 234 sq., 296. Dasaratba 270.


taittiriyopanisad
16, 297.

3;

bhasya dasaratra 236, 237, 238, 296.

dasadhyayi 170.

Totaka 290.
tripura 258.

dasSphala 171.
dasavipaka 170.

tripurasundaryupanisad 19sq., dana 98.


297.

tripurandalaksana 130.

Damodara, scribe, 203. Dalbbya 63, 245, 280, 281.


19
sq.,

tripuratapanopanisad
297.

dasyadhikarana 187. divyamangaladbyanal55, 309.


divyavyavastba 186.
diksa 126 sq.; vidbi 130.

tripurabhedah 4sq. tripuramahimastotra 163.


tripurastottara 162, 308.

tripurastava 163, 308.

tripuropanisad 20, 297.

dirghakesakarana 212. durgatapascarya 262. durgastaka 229, 309.

tribhasyaratna 44 sq., 296.


trilokasaravrtti 153, 302.

Duryodbana

215.

Durvasas 163.
Dusyantacarita 91.
dusitalekbyapariksa 187.
295.

TrivediiuiiTiyanayajvan 167.
trisatistotra 155, 308.

rtisandlialaksana 95 sq.,

drgilna 171.

traikalyajuana 220.

drgdrsyaviveka 80.

->
drsti 171.

323

r<~

dharma^astra

43,

98,

107,

Deva
302.

or Devaiina 185 sq., 197,

138140,

302.

devakanda 140sq. Devanna, see Deva.


Devaraya, see Iinmadi D.

dliarmasaravivecaua 63. dharani (= tulasij 283.

dharanagara 233.
dhararajya 231.

Devala 272.

Dhrtarastra 113, 215; "pas244.


cattfipa 23.

Devavarman Devasarman

283.

dhyanadipa 73 sq., 1U9, 218.


63.

devi 262, 265.

devitulakaverimahatmya

naksatradasa 287.

devimahatmya 48 sq.,
deviraliasya 5sq.

175, 306.

Naciketas 27.

Natanananda

6sq., 310.

Devena

186.
19, 297.

Naudike^vara 151, 301.


nandisvarapujananandikesvarakrtainahotsava 261.

devyupanisad

desikanatha 198.

dorduramodabaraiia 212. Drahyayanagrhyasiitra 99. drekanaphalapaksa 171.

naparapaddhativyakhyana
30 sq.

naparalaksana
295, 296.

30, 296.
30,

drekkana 152, 159. Dronaparvan 92, 115, 299.

naparavyakliyana

95

sq.,

Dronavadha

92.

namakanuvaka
Nala 262.
Nalopakhyana

89.

dvadasaksaravidya 283.
dvigrahadiyoga 170 sq.
dvipakanana, a village 171.
dvaitavadin 289.
dvaitaviveka 74.

narasimhavatara 196.

dvijabliaradvajasamvada 239. Nalacarita 91.


78.

navinamatavicara 146.
nastajanman, jataka 171.

dvaidhasiitra 125 sq., 297, 298. Naliusa 192.

Nagadeva
dharmajijiiasa 122.

95, 295.

naganatliamahatmya
307.

265 sq.,

dharmadesali 98.

Dharmaraja

167, 304.

naganatliesvara 265.

dharmarajatirtha 261, 263. Dharmarajadhvarindra 146


148, 304.

nagaramadhyamakhai.ula 243.
nagaraja 276.

uagendrapuja 263.
nagesvara 262, 263. 63, 188, 245. natakadqm 73 sq., 109.
78.
21*

dharmavarapradana

Dharmavarman

->4

324

f<-

natyalaksana 151.

nisumbliavaha 229.
nitisarvasva 219, 302.

Natliananda 6sq.
95 sq., 295.

nantalaksana, nantasaragralia nlpaksetra 269271.


nipatlrtlia 271.

nandlmukhasraddha
209, 213.

120.

nipapu'^karinl 270 sq.

namaliiiganiisasana 176, 190, Nllakantha 86.

NilakanthaDiksita 81,156,308.
nila
(?),

nayakaprakarana 117.

N. of a river 289.

Narada

7,

59, 108,

164, 186, Nrsimlia 87, 172.

187, 226, 240, 243,249,257sq.,

Nrsimhayajvan 69 sq., 166,228.


nestayoga 171.
naiskarmyasiddhi 290.

264, 269sq., 272, 279.

Naradiyapurana
305.

100, 107

sq.,

Narayana
41
sq.,

30.

nauka 170, 177, 301. nyaya 135, 137, 304.

Narayana, son of Yenkatadri nyayamiilaparibliasa 128.


309.

Narayana, scribe or owner of book 43 sq. Narayana, Purohita, son of Krsimbayajvan 69 sq., 166,
228, 300.

paksadliarmatva 209.
pancako.saviveka 74, 109.
paiicagavyavidhi 25.

Narayana

.Bliatta

of

pancadasaprakarana 109. pancadasi 73, 109, 218, 303. Kerala pancanadamaliatmya 244 sq.,
306.

161, 169, 196, 300.

Narayana Jyotisa
Narayana,
pupil
174sq., 299.

171.
of

paiicapadika 147.

Krsna pancablmtaviveka

74,

109.

pancaratnaprakarana 37. Narayana, see Ananta N. pancalak^anarahasya 138. narayanlyastotra 161, 169, Pancasikha 143, 202. pancasrnga 273. 196, 308. narayanopanisad 165. pancastavi 180. niculapura 63, 245. pancaki^aramaliimanuvarnana
Nittala 36.
189.

nityadana 187.

pancangarudranyasa
298.

55,

89,

nidauasthana 174, 226. niryana 171. nilanadimahatmya 204.


nisekakfila 170sq.

Paiicanana (Visvanatha) 221,


305.

paficendropakhyana 91.
Patanjali 76.

nisargabala 286.

->
patrikalaksana 151.

325
91

k:-

"piijavidhana,

"pujama-

padadipika 13 sq. padayojana 7-1.


padantadipini 95
S(]..

himanuvan.iana262;"yu(lillui-

sanuaba 114.
295.

Panel uraiiga 172.

Padmagarbha (?) 87. Padmanabha (?) 183. Padmapada 290.


padmapurana
166, 305.
37, 54sq.,

ipata 178.
patalabijaliiiga 277.

patranirupana 98.
100, padapadohalaprakriravidhi
.

211.

pannagendrapura 276.

padma, see padmapurana.


papagativisesa 214.

Pabbeka 70

note,

payastamblia 212. paragipura 13s(i.

papanasa 279 281. papanase^vara 280.


papavinasatlrtha 273.

parabrahmavidya 37, 47, 52. Paraiuananda 46, 48. paramarthasara 157, 308; ''vivarana 184 sq., 304, 308. Paramesvara 193 sq., 301. paramesvara 275.
jjaramesthin 26.

papavinasaiuahatmya
282, 307.

279

papripanodanasaras 277.

paramahamsasambita
parasarapurana 166. Parasarya Vyasa 24.

182.

Paianaiida, seeParamananda. Pariksita 91. (Coir.) paiamarsavadartha 146, 304. Parthasaratbimisra 36.

Parasara7,40,41,113,263,280. parvati 262; parvatyas tapasParasarasmrti 107, 302. carana 265 sq.

paribhasa 97, 127, 295.


paribha':arthasaiiigrabal27
129, 300.

parsadavrtti 94, 295.

pfdasavanamabatmya 276.
Pingala 70.
!

Pariksit 41.

pindapitryajuavidbi 104, 120.

parjanyasuktavidbi 120.

pipasabarana 212,
pip(p)abi 120.

parvanayana 178.

pavamana 225. Pavyeka 70 note.


298.

pisacagraba 81.

pisacamocana 265. pasubandha(prayoga)133, 134, pltbalaksana 130.

Pundarika 275,
275;

281;

"pura 281;

patalavana 257.
patall 258.

''miinikatliana

"saras, "sarastn"tbavail)liava-

Panini 75 sq., 127 sq., 300.

katbana 281.
30, 29n.

Pandava 262; dyutaparajaya Pundarikak-isuri

-^
Punyananda
6.

326

^^

prapancarahasya 160,
prapaficasara, "sarasamgraha
131, 310.

punyaliavidhi 120.

puranasravanamahimaniivar-

nana 189. Purusottama 270. Pururavas 192. Pulanda 7.


Pulastya
7.

prapancahi'daya 148

sq.,

305.

prayaga 290. prayoga 5sq., 298, 310. prayogasara 211, 298. pravrajyayoga 170 sq.
prasisya 274.

Pulaha 276.
pujadesakalaniriipana 130.

prasnavidhana 179.

purvakhanda of brahnianda- ])rasnavivarana 28. purana 269. prasnasiistra 199. purvatapaniyopanisad 18, 297. prasnasamgraba 199 sq., 302. purvatapim 18 sq. prasnamrta 171, 302.

purvamimamsa
ptirvabdhi 273,

129, 302.

prasnopanisad

18,

27,

297;

bbasya 28, 297.

purvambodhi 283.
piirvottaradvadasamanjarikastotra 38, 303.

Prablada 258, 270, 280; tirtba 271; "moksaprada 280.


prakrtarupavatara212sq., 300.
prajapatya 237.
pratarabuti 139.
prayascitta 236 sq., 238. prayascittavidbi 214.

Prthuyasas 200.

paurnamasyadhikarana 173. paulomaparvan 82, 299.


prakirna 171.

prakirnakanda 177.
prakrti 224, 296;

prayascittasubodbini

3,

298.

"calaksara pretagraba 81.

224 sq., 296.


prakriyasarvasval69, 196, 300. Pbanisailapati 111.

pragalbblyalaksana 138.
Prajilpati 187.

Pbamndra

111.

prataparudra,

"yasobhusana, bakavadba 91. prataparudriya 101 sq., 117, badarikasrama 289. badarivana 262. 301.
sq.

Pratapavira, carita 280


pratyabhijfianasakuntala

Bandbula 231.
Ballala 231.

pratisarabandbavidhi 120.
109 sq.

pradosapujamahimanuvarnana 189.

babusami 225. babvrcabrabmanopanisad 21 6, 253; "vivaraiia 103, 216 sq.,


296.

-^-

327

f<-

Bana

230, 290.
72,
1

brabmatirtba 258, 260, 271,


02. 124, 166.

BadaniyanaS,

273, 283.

Badluiraiiya 143 sq.

braliman (tbe god; 257

259,
243,

barhaspatyainanabcla 287.
Barhaspatyasiitra 219, 302.
balakaiula 11, 64 sq., 67, 69,
84, 203.

262, 263, 270, 272, 273, 283.

brabmanaradasainvada
249,

250,

257 sq.,

269 sq.,

271, 307.

balabharata 191 sq., 299.


balavyutpattidayini 147.

brdadidhanavisayani 186.

brilasahasranaman 163, 309.


bilvatlrtha 273.

brabmaparastotra 184, 308 brabmapuraualOO, 238sq.,305. brabmapurisa 266. brabmayajnavidbi 1 20. brabmaraksasa 280.

bilvaranyamaliatraya 277, 278. brahmavidya 215.

bijastambliana 211.
bijriropana 211.

brabmasabba

243.

brabmasutracandrika254,303.

Bukka 114sq. Bukkana 107.


Buddhisagara 232. budhavakya 87.

brabmasrstikatbana 240.
brabmabattistribattimocaua
277, 278.

brabmacala 259. brhajjataka 152,170,219, 301. brabmandapurana 41. 59, 68, 88, 100, 155, 164, 238, 239 sq., brhatsamhita 93, 301. brhadaranyakopanisad 24 sq., 250,257 sq., 265sq., 269273, 276279, 307, 308, 309. 297. brabmandottara 155. brbannriradiyamabapurana
259, 305.

Brbaspati 185, 219, 302.


brhaspati 277; svargaprapti-

brahmauauda 74 sq., 109. Brabmauanda Bbarati, pupil of Krsnauauda 12, 305; pupil
of Anauda Bbrirati Brabmananda Yati,
80, 303.

kathana 277, 278.

pupil of

Bodhanidhi 28 sq., 71 sq. VisvesvaiTiuaiida 142 S(i., 303. Bodhabbarati 143 sq., 304. Brabmauandanatba 117 sij., Bodbriyana7, 56, 89,125-127, 308.
195, 297, 298.

Bodharanya 143

note,

brabmaiiubbavastaka 123,304. brabmottarakbanda 188 sij.


100,

brabmakaivartapurana

brabmanasraistliya 98.

243245,
brabmagita

306.
2,
3,

brabmanadivivababbedab
306.

98.

brabma,

see

brabinapuiTina.

brabmajijfiasa 119. 254.

~$^

328

H$-

bhaktapriya 161, 308. bluLvestagrahadustayah 286. bhaktilaksanasampranayal60. bhasakalidiuadayah 286.

bhagana

191. bhasapariccheda 221, 305. bhagavatpradurbliava 239. bhasya 290, 303; pradipika bhagavadgita 47 sq., 52, 215, 289;ratnaprabhal02,124sq.,

299.

303.

bhaglrathapuja 263.

bhasyarthasamgraiia 142
179.

sq.^

Bhata (i. Bhattaka

e.

Aiyabhata)

303.

70, 218.

Bhaskara
ksetra

89, 179,

180, 227;

Bhattacaiya 290. Bhattikavya 177, 222, 299. BhattotpaLa 93, 301. bhadrHyurmuktipraptikathana 189.

277;
277,

tapassiddhi-

kathana

278;

mata-

mahatmya 226 sq.,


302.

307.

Bhaskararaya 21, 172sq., 297,


bhaskariya (laghu) 193.
bhiksacarya 98.

bhayoga 178. Bharata 110, 151. Bharadvaja 7, 57, 225. Bbartr 177; kavya 177,

Bhismaparvan
222.

92.

Bhismasaratalpasayana 92. bbavisyatpurana 100, 249, 306. blnigolapurana 204, 307. bhavisyottarapurana 260 sq., bliutlrtha-257. bhunagatailaprakara 212. 282, 306. bhagavatapurana 10, 12, 23, bhimagotpattiprakara 212. 45 sq., 100, 176, 181 sq., 184, Bhrgu 7, 238, 257; nirtha
305.

258;
9,

"naradasamvada 239,

bhagavatasara

305.

305.

bhattacandrika 172sq., 302.


bhattadipika 121sq., 172
302.
Bharatitlrtlia
sq.,

blirguvrdcya 87.

7375,

80,

bhogamoksasamasthana 275. bhogadhikyasthana 275. Bhoja 231 233; ^prabandlia


231, 300.

118 sq., 218, 303. Bharatiyati 143 note.

Bhrugu, see Bhrgu.


;

Bharadvaja

32, 87,

283

"siksa

32, 296; saiphita 267, 305.

bhava, phala 171.

makarasarakrantiphala 287, Maiikha, Mankhaka 208.

bhavanopanisad 5sq., bhavavindana 286.


bhavfirthadipika 46.

21.

Maukhuka

208.

maniprakasavivrti 167.

manimahjari
300.

69,

166,

228,

bbavarayaphalani 286.

->^

329

<-

mandalabralimai.ui, ui)anisad luayukbamaliku 36 sq., 303. 26, 296. Mayura 53 sq., 300.

Ma(t)syagaudhi 262.
matsyapuiTina 37, 100.

mayiiiapunmribritmya 248 sq.,


307.

Marudvati 278. 39. marudvrdbiX river" 2b:o. madhyamakhanda 243, 249. Mallayajvan 13 sq. madhyamabbaga 267, 282, 305, Malladbvariudra 1 3 sq.

Madhuschandas 105. Madhusudana Sarasvati

306.

MaUinatba
178.
tra 164.

101.

madbyamadbikaia

mabaganapatistotramalamanmabaganapaddliati
242, 308.

madhyarjunapati 264. inadbyarjunapura 277.

284

sq.,

madhyarjunamahatraya

243, 306, 307. mabaganesamantrapaddbati manana, "grantba 255; pra- 35. karana 255 sq. maliagnisarvasva 126 sq., 298. Manu 98, 107, 187. mabanatakasuktisudbanidbi manojiiesa 264. 84 sq., 299. mantra 104, 310. mabaprastbanikaparvan 60, mantraparvan 114sq. 62, 92. mantrapatba 32, 115, 195, 298. mababbarata 22 sq., 47, 59 sq.,

mantrajDrasnadvaya 32.

6064,

78,

82 sq.,

113sq.,

mantraprasnabhasya

33.

115, 187, 212, 256, 299.

mantrabrabmana 114sq., mantrabbasya 33.

298. mababbaratasarpgraba
92, 299.

90

mautramurti 198. mantrayantia 131. mantrasadbanaprakarakatbana 88. mantrasarakramadipika 131. mautraksaramala50, 156, 229,
309.

mababbaskariya 179, 193,301. mababbisekavidbi 120. mababbutaviveka 109. mabamagbatirtbavaibbava


277, 278.

mabarudiTibutisamkbya

89.

mantrartbapratipadana Mandapabicarita 91. manmukbatirtba (?) 268 See sanmukba.

mabavakya^dveka 74, 109. 130. Mabesvara 90 sq., 299.


mabesvaranai'adasamyada240.
sq.

Mammata Mava 193.

183.

mabogragraba 81. mabopauisad 19 sq., 297. mandukyopanisad 18, 297. matangikavaca 162.

-^
matangyastottara 163, 309.

330

^<-

mukambika

215.

matrkanyasa 162, 309. 239. matrkastava 162, 309. (a certain position mrgasirsa Madhava, "acarya, amatya hand) 151. of the 3, 10 sq., 107, 175, 302, 306.

mrkandugajendrasamvada

Madhava Prajua
280.

83.

mrgasarotsava 265.
mrttikasnanavidhi 120.

madhavaraksasatvamoksana

Madhaviya

1,

114sq.

Manaveda

210.

Medinikara 289, 291. Medinlkosa 291. Maitreya 40, 41.


Maithila 246.

manasapuja 156. manasasnana 198. Mandhatr 277. mayavarahaprabhava


mayavahnisrsti 26S.

Mailara 13 sq.
moksasastra 80.
268.

raoksasrama 98. mausalaparvan 60 sq.,

92.

mayurasthana 278.

Markandeya
263,
270,

155,

258,

260, yaksagraha 81.


98.

282

sq.;

"purana yajana

48 sq., 100, 166, 306; ma- Yajuanarayana 95. haksetra 282; samasyapar- yajnavaibhavakhanda

2, 3, 10,

van 78; "sthala 283. malavinatha 13. mitaksara 139sq., 302. misralaksana 138.

11, 100, 205, 306.

yajiiesvara 126.

Yajfiesvara 158.

yajnopavitanirmana 98.

mimamsakanyaya

209.

yatidharma 98.

miiiiamsrikaustubha42sq., 303.

Yadu

41.

mimamsatantravarttika
sq.,

303.

149 yantravidhana 178. yamatirtha 273.

mimamsadarsana
172.

36, 42, 121,

yamaduta 262. yamuna 275.


Yayati 192.
yajana 93.
Yajfiavalkya
7,

mimamsasastra
172.

129;

"jivatu

mukunda

282.
306.

19,

24.

muktikhanda 100, 205,

Yudhisthira 113, 116, 226sq.;


"vijaya 175.
64, 66, 67, 69,

Munja 231 sq.


mundakopanisad
"bhasya 28, 297.
18, 27,

297; yuddhakanda
85, 116sq.

munivakya

87.

yogaphala 286.

-^^

331

K~

yogasastra 37, 47, 52, 215.

yogananda

74,

Rajanaka Ruyyaka 208. Ranayana Muni 9.


1 1

yogyatavadartha 145 sq., 304. iTidha 151.

Rama

272.

Raghunatha, scribe, 90, 92, Rama, scribe, 22s(i., 182. 184. 110 sq., 233 sq. Rama Sastrin 136. Raghunatharyadiksita 240 sq. Ramakrsna 73 75, 218, 303. Raraakrsna, father of Raghuranga 240. 76. natha 90, 92, 110 sq., 233 sq. raiiganatha Ranganatha 86 sq. Ramakrsnadhvarinl47sq.,304. Ramacandra 167. rangamaliatmya 59. Ramabhadramakhin 128. Raiigaiaja Diksita 144 sq.

raiigalaksana 151.
ratiraliasya 53, 301.

ramasambhava
ramasetu 290.

177.

Ratnagiri Diksita 127 sq.

ratnasagara

4.
sq.,

Ramananda 80, 124 sq., 303. Ramanuja 11, 79, 85, 299.
raraayana 11, 64 203, 298sq.
rasislla 171.
I

ratnapana 101
ratnavall 151.

301.

71,

79, 85,

rathantara 238.

rasiprabheda 170sq.

rathasaipkhyambopakhyana
91.

rahuuirakarana 178.

ram a

258.

Rivakalyanda

(?)

86.

Rucidatta 167. rahasya 250, 257; of Saraa- rudra 55 sq., 298. veda 237 sq., 296; in Bra- Rudra, guru of Parame.svara
193. hmakaivartapurana 243. rahasyagama 132; sara 207. Rudradeva 42 sq.

rasmi 286. rasabhivyanjika 8sq., 304.

Rucaka

208.

rahasYutirahasya 132.

rudranyasa

55.

rahasyopanisad 19sq., 297.

rudravidhi 88 sq., 298.

ragadvesaprakarana 288, 303. rudrasamhita 120. Raghavanandal84sq.,304,308, Rudraskandha 99, 298. rudrasnanarcanabhisekavidhi rajayaksman 226.
rajayoga 170sq.
rajarajesvarltantra
rajavarttika 142.
155, 309.
56.

rudradhyaya rudranuvaka

24, 25; '^jrasna-

mahamantra
183.

56.
89, 298.

rajasasanalaksana 187.

Rajanaka Mammata

rudrabhisekavidhi 89.

-^'

332

Hg-

Ruyyaka

208.

vanjiraprakriya 212.

Romaliarsana 100. Raumaharsina 90. Rauruki 119, 120.

vadanadurgandhabarana 212. vanaparvan 78, 299.

vanamabn

198.

Laksmana

Varadaraja 186. Vararuci 76.


Jatavallabhasa-

striu 32, 296'.

varabapurana, see varaba.

laksmi 281; grama 204; tha 257, 273.

Yarabamihira
tir-

93,

152,

170,

200, 219, 301.

Laksmldhara

Varabasambita

93.

8s([.,

81, 158sq.,

Varuna
97, 99.

(Rsi)

7.

197, 299, 304.

laksmiblmmi 277.
lagna 286.

varnasramadbai'manirupana

vahulkapuja 263. Laghubhattaraka 180sq., 309. Vasistba 7, 40, 113, 256, 263; laghustuti, "maliabliasya 180
sq.,

309.
see
lalitopa-

lalitakhyana,

khyana.
lalitadevistotra 155, 309.

dbarmopadesa 268; visvamitrasamvada 268. vakyakarana dipika, 86;


bigbuprakasika 86
sq.,

301.

vakyanyaya 209. lalitasahasranamastotra41sq., vfikyavrtti 83, 303 "prakasika


;

309.

lalitastavaratna
219, 231, 309.

81 sq.,

83.

164,

vakyasudba,

tikn.

80, 303.

lalitopakhyana 88, 155, 307,


308, 309.

Vagbbata
202, 304.

173, 226, 301.

Vacaspatimisra 142 note, 143,


vajasaneyisambitopanisad 16 bbasya 17.

lingapurfina 100, 243, 306.


lingotpatti 275.

Liladevi 232.
lilavati 193.

lekhyanirupana 186.
lekliyapariksa 186.

Yancbya 87. Yani 290. Yatsy ayanasastra


Yadbula 97 sq.

176.

lekhyaprakarana 187.
lainga, see lifiga})urrina.

vadaratnavali 136, 137, 304.

Lokanandanatba
304.

117sq., 254.

Yamadeva
Yamesvara

7,

163, 275.

laukikavisayatavadartha 146,

vamana(purana) 100.
(Rsi) 216.

vayavya 24. Yararucadika 45.

333

r<^

varaha(purana) 100.
Vrilmiki
7,

Vi^vavasu 241.
Yisve.svara
35,
liMsij.,

11,

6467, 70 sq.,

131,

79, 85, 203, 288, 298.

284sq.
Vii^vei^vara

Vasudeva, scribe, 161.

Pandita
1

83, 303.

Vasudeva Dilcsita 126. Vasudevamananaprakarana


255, 304.

Visve.svarananda 142 sq.


visayatavadrirtlia
46.

visayananda
vi^nu

75.

Vasudevayatisvara 255.
virasati 180.

visavidbi 187.

257260,
283;
80,

270273,
245;
"padadi154, 308;

videhakaivalyalaksana 160.

280 sq.,

katba
307;
sq.,

vidyaganesamantroddharal32. Vidyadhaman 28 sq., 71 sq.

dbarma
"purana

kesantastuti 51

vidyananda

75.

40 sq.,

100,

305;

Vidyaiiatha 101, 117, 301.

"bbujanga

76, 308.

Vidyaranya

21,

7375,

80,

Vi^nuraitra 290.

109, 218, 303, 310.

vidyarogyastuti 214.

Visnusarman 289, 290. visnusabasranaman 153,


194, 303.

187,

vidyastadasaka 172.

vidhavadharma 98. vidhuragnisandhana 120.


vinayakapujakarana 261.
vindbya 275, 287.

visnvalaya 281.

vlrababudar.sana 268.

viramabendrakanda 116.
Ylrarudrayasobbiisana 117.
vrksavaicitryadobalabbedali
211.

Vibbisana 102, 124. viyonijanman 170sq.


virajatlrtba 258, 259.

vrksasecana 211.
69
sq.,

virataparvan 63sq., 91, 256,299. vrttaratnakara


vilamkuti (N. of a place?) 147.

166,

218 sq., 228, 300.


vrtra 257.

vilanghyalaksana 95.
viliiigbya

laksana

vya-

vrsakapi 172.

kbyana

30, 296.

Vrsadarvi 56 sq., 308.

vivaba 98, 120; prasna 200. vrsotsarjanavidbi 120.

vivekaciidamani 29, 303.


vi.svagunadar.sa 240
sq.,

Veukata Subrabmanya, scribe


15sq., 60, 62,

300.

140

sq.

Venkatanatba Visvanatba 221, 305. Venkatanayaka 203, 302. Visvarupa 290. Yisvanandanatba 4, 130, 309. Venkatapati 182. Vi.svamitra 7, 263, 268; tirtba Venkatacriryayajvau 240
273. 300.

1 1 Isq., 146, 303.

sq.,

-^t

334

i<r^

Venkatadri 41.
Veiikatadrijajvan 36.

vaisakliotsava 262.

vaisesika 304.

Venkatesa 111, 136. Venkusa, scribe 121.

vaisnava, see visnupurana.

vyaktaganita 178.

Venkusuclhivara, scribe 44sq. vyavahara 185187; kanda

vetana 187. 185 sq., 197, 302; bliedah vedapadastava 58 sq., 308. 186; matraprakarana 121; vedapurl, a village 275. *'malika 186 sq., 302; laksana vedaprakarana 148. 187. Vedavyasa, see Vy5.sa. vyaghraputa ("read pura?) vedanta 112, 289, 303; guru tirtha 268. 257; "paribhasa 146 sq., 304; Vyasa, Vedavyasa 7, 24, 40,
sastra 157; "sastrasiddhan41, 47,
58, 62, 91, 98, 100,

talesasamgraha 144 sq., 304;


sikliamani 147sq., 304; sara
160,

103, 113, 119, 124, 161, 185,

194 sq., 210, 250, 256, 262,


274, 288, 289;
"tirtha 273;

303;

"saraprakarana
siitra

108 sq.,
102,

303;

72

sq.,

"putra 39; "adliikaranamala


118.

124,

254, 303;

"sutra-

bhasya 73. vedantarthamaya 184. vedaranya 264, 275. vedarthaprakasa 114sq.


venasya katlia 196.
Vaiklianasa 110 sq.

Sakti

7,

113, 256.

saktipahcaksarastotramaha-

mantra 163.
saktisutra
5,

310.

Saiikara, see Sankaracarya.

Vainika 164. Saiikara 59, 77, 258, 279; Vainyadatta 53. samhita 116 sq., 140 sq., 306. vaidikadharmakhanda 246 sq. Sankaracarya 4, 8, 16, 17, 21,
vaidodaiikacarita 91.

2629,
sq.,

38,

39,

51

sq.,

71,

Vaidyadatta
121, 302.

53.

72 sq., 76, 80, 82, 83, 102 sq.,


106, 124, 131, 153, 154, 187,

Vaidyanatha Diksita 97

201, 216

sq.,

288291, 296,
308;
303.
carita

Vaidyanatha Sastrin 127 sq.,


300.

297, 303, 304,


106,

288-291,

Vainyadatta

53.
S(].

sankulaksana 211.

Vaiyyasiki 78, 118


vaivahikotsava 88.

sahkhacakragadapadmadharin 198.

Vaisampayana

91,

113,

194. saiikhapuspl 284.

vaisakhamahritmya

55, 307.

sankhapiija 198.

-$H
sacl 273.

335

H$-

Srilihotra 119, 120.


i^rdiki

satadusani lllsq., 303.

126, 127.

satapathabrahmana

25,

26,

Salisuka 276.
^astradipika 36 sq., 303.

296; "upanisad 24 sq.


okotisarahita 246 sq., 305.

satarudriya 24, 25, 56, 296; Sibi 56.

siromani 168.
siva 58 sq., 257, 258, 262, 275,

satarudvya 25.
satasahasrika 114.
,satabliii?ekavidlii 120.

277; ksetra 263;

''gaiiga

290;

gita 37, 305; caturdasima-

sani 87.

sapathavidhi 187.

liimanuvarnana 189; "tattvasudhanidhi 77, 306.

sabdalarakSraprakarana 117. Sivadatta 172. samanavyakhyana 30, 296. Sivadasa 174.

Sarabha 280.
sariradurgandhaliarana 212.
sariralaksana 160.
sarvatirtha 275
s(i.

sivaduta 262.

sivadharmapunyanirupana
263.

sivadliarmaphalanirupana263.
ivadliarmottara 214, 307.
sivapai'vatisaravada 260 sq.

salyaparvan 92.

sasadhara 147.

Sakalya

96.

sivapurana 100, 189, 246 sq.,


247, 266, 305.
sq.

sakinya(pattana) 13.

sakuntala 110

sivabhaktamabimanuvarnana
189.
7 7.

saktamantra

21.

saktasamayadiksavidhanalSO. sivabhiksatanakathaua

Sankaramarga

184.

sivamabatmya 189; "khanda


100, 205, 306.

Sankhayanagrhyasutra 104.
Satyayani 119, 120.
santiparvan 90.

sivarahasyaklianda

116
37.

sq.,

140 sq., 306.

Sambavyagrhyasutra 104, 297. sivaraghavasaravada saradatilaka 131. Sivarama 103, 124. sarlrakamimarasa 83; bhasya ^ivavihara 290.
72 sq., 303; "vyakhya 125.
sarirakopauisad 19, 297.
sarirasthana 174.
sariropanisad 19, 297.
sariigatirtha 283.

sivavaibhavakhanda 243.
sivasatkathamrta 264.
sivasayujya 275.
sivakhyarfljadbanl 275.

^ariigapani 249.

sivagama 214. sivanandarasa 198.


sivrircanasironiani 117s(]., 308,

Salivahanasakribda 287.

^'
^ivalaya 281.

336

H$-

srlkundagrama 290.
sricakrapratistliEvidlii 4, 310.

^isupalavadha 175.
Siika 7; tata 113, 256.

sricakralaksana 130.
sricakrantaraladevatapratipa-

Suka Yogindra 21. gukra (Rsi) 198.


sukravakya
87,

daua 130.
Sritrivikraraa 179.

sukriya 225.

sucldhananda 283.

Sridhara 45 sq., 48, 299, 305. Srinivasamakbin 3, 298.


117.

^urapadmasamhara

Srinivasacarya 110

sq.,

300.

f^iilatirthanirmana 261.

Sripati 178sq., 301.

sribbumi 273. kupa srimukbaparisad 287. sesa 157, 258, 260, 276;
sekliaripattana 1 2 1 sq.

257; tirtha 257, 258.

sriranga

273,
;

280;

ksetra-

vaibhava 240 Sesanaga 157, 184, 308. 240; ^mahatmya 59, 239 sq., Sesanarayana 95 sq., 295. 307; vimaiia 240. Sesasiiri, scribe 40 sq. sesadri 258; "cudamani 110. srirudrayamala 4. Sesadri, scribe 135, 285 father srividyakbyamulavidyabhedah
;

divyavimana

of scribe

Yenkata Subrah60
sq.

4,

310.

manya

15sq., 33, 45sq.,

srividyaganapatikalpa 132.
srividyajapakalpa 130.
srividyanyasa 130.

sesarya 184, 304.

saikhandina 225.
saiva,

see sivapiirana; koti- srividyaratnasutra, dipika 21,

rudrasamhita 247sq.; ksetra 310. raliasya 242; srividyasandbyanusthana 130. 264; 261,

agama

250.

srisiikta 223.

saucavidlii 120.

srutiraiijim 158sq., 197, 299.

srutisuktimala 165, 3P8. Saunda (Venkusudhivara) srautakaksa 236. 44 sq. gaunaka 63, 90, 94, 96, 108, srautasutra 125 sq., 297 sq.
119, 120, 242, 243, 259, 266, svetamarga 290. svetavana 264. 274, 295.

Saurisiinu 30 sq.

svetavigbnesvarasivasthana

^yamalambavarmaratna
sq.,

162

280.

309.

svetambhodbi 228.
satpanca^ika 200, 302.

^yamikaharana 212. ^raddha 57.


^ri

273.

sadangaprakarana 148.

->

337

r^

sadamnayalaksana 130.
sanmiikha 269.
sodasakriya 195, 298.

samastikanana(or kantara)-

mabatmya

250, 307.

samadbividbi 205.

samvatsara 236, 238. sarasaradusana 77.


samsararaliasya 160.
samliitavivrti 93.

samudayastakavarga 286. Samudrabandbayajvan 212 sq.

sambbavakanda sambbavaparvan
sarpasanti 120.
30,

116.
91, 212, 299.

samliitasamanalaksana
296.

sarvaksetraprabbavapbalasrutinirupana 273.

samhitopanisad 217, 253, 297. sarvatomukbamabavratayajin

saipkbyapramana 153.
samgitasastra 150.

145,

cf.

37.

sarvamaiigalini 81.

samgraliabharata 90.
saingiTimavijaya 132.

sarvanukramani 105, 295.


sarvarista^auti 120.

Sanjaya 115, 215.


satkirtivardliana 271.

sarvartbacintaiuani 203, 302.

sanjivanausadhagiri 258, 259. sabasranamapadyavvttil94sq.,


308.

Satyakirti 277.

sabasranamasamgrababbasya
153sq.

satyaksetra 279.

Satya
satra

54.

sabyaja 283.
saksipariksa 186.

236238.

satsampradayasarvasva 131. Sadananda 108 sq., 303; Sadasiva 16-4.

saksiprakarana 186.
saksipratyuddbrti 187.
saksivisayani 186.

sadasivabrahmasamvada 132, sagarastava 81. sadyomaraiia 1 70 sq. saukbya 304; karika 142, 201 Sanaka 7, 258. "vivaranatattvakaumudi 143 Sanatkumrira 7, 274, 280; sq.;saptatil42,143,201,202,
"samhita
77, 306.

304.

Sanatkumariya 131.

satvika (astau) 151.

Sanandana
Sanatana
7.

7,

290.

sandhyopfisanavidbi 120.

saptagana 236.
saptalaksana 30, 97, 296.

samabrahmanabbasya 1 14. samaveda 99, 114sq., 224 sq., 236238, 296, 298. sayamboma 139.
73,

Sayana, acrirya 1, 2, 15. sabhaparvau 22 sq., 91, 299. 114sq., 295, 296, 298. sabhasabhyopadesab 187. sayujya 275, 276.

-^

338

H$-

sararahasyacaturvarnakramavibhaga 121, 302.


sarasaragraba 199.
sarasara 272.

vadgita 48,

299;

Com. on
S.

brbajjfitaka 152, 219, 301.

Subrabmanya, see ^^enkata

Sumantu
168.

244.

Sarvabbauma

siirvabbanmalaksana 138.

sumbbadbvamsini 229. Suratba 49.

surasasamgamajalapadatlrSavaradbipa 263. tbakatbana 268. Savitryupakbyana 78. sabityasarvasva 110 sq., 300. Suresvara 290. Simbaraja 180 sq., 212 sq., 300, suvarnamukbari, a river 290. susvarakarana 212. 309. suksmarasmayab 286. Simbanana 280. siddbantabbedasaipgraba 144. Suta 37, 54, 55, 58, 77, 90sq.,
siddbantamuktavali 221, 305. siddbantalesasaragraba 144.
siddbantasekbara 178sq., 301.
100, 141, 189, 242, 243, 250,

257, 259, 265, 266, 269, 274,

276278.
Sutagita 10 sq., 306; tatpar-

siddbantasarasamgraba 144. siddbasrama 274.


siddbiksetra 279.
Sita 241.

yadipika lOsq.

Sutamuuisamvada 116. Sutasaunakasamvada 242 sq.


Sutasambita
2, 3, 10,

Siradeva 127 sq.


Siikanya 273.

100, 205

306; "tatparyadipika 11.

sukbabodbim 51, 308. sugandbavana 259.


Sugrivaprasna 199.

sutrastbana 174.

sudarupaiTiksasavadba 263.

Suridevabuddbendra
Suribbatta 36.

35.

Sugrivasamagama 222.
sntala 270.

Sudarsana280; muktikatbana
280.

surya 193, 263; kunda 266; "grabana 178; tirtba 263


266, 283; "puskarini 263, 265;
,sataka 53 sq., 300; "savarni-

Sudarsaiiacarya 166.

Sudbabindu 283. sundarakanda 64, 66 sq.,


79.

kamanvantara 48 sq.,
69,

63.

suryasiddbantal2
srsti 98.

14,75,193,

301; vivarana 193 sq., 301.


86, 301.

Sundararaja

suparnatatini 258.

sona,

N. of a river 290.
184.

Subabu

278.

Soma

Somadeva 86 sq. Subodba, "carita 280. subodbinl, Com. on bbaga- Somanatba 36 sq., 303.

-$^

339

H$-

somavaramahimanuvarnana
189.

svargarobanikapai-van 60, 62'


92.

Somasarman

290.

svai'ginrirakicibna214.

somesvaratirtha 277.

Svamin

177.

Somesvaraputra 285.
somotpatti 57 sq., 298.

svayambhuvatli'tba 277.

sauptikaparvan 90, 92. saiibhugyalaksmikalpa 163.

hamsasyabastalaksana 151.
"batti (sic) 277, 278.

sauracandramrmabda 287. Hanuman 258. skanda 214; "purana 2, 7, 10, Hayagriva 155; Tigastyasam38,55,77, 100, 116sq.,140sq., vada 88, 155, 307. 188, 205, 226sq., 242, 248sq., Haradatta 33, 43 sq. (Corr. 257, 264, 306 sq. and Add.), 165, 298, 302,
skandesvarasaravada 163. skandopanisad 19, 297.
stotra 308 sq.

308.

Havadattamisra 139 sq., 302.


bariksetra 279.

stotrakhanda 155. strljataka 171 (Corrigenda),


sti'idharma 98.

haritattvamuktavali
baridvilra 290.

8,

303.

barinadi 264.

striparvan 90.

haribbaktisudbodaya 107
305.

sq.,

strlmukhakantikarana 212. sthandilakundamandapanir-

barimidestotra

8.

manadividhi 89. sthalesamahatmya 204.

Hariscandra 245, 268 sq. Haviscandrojiakbyana 267,


268.
baristuti 8, 303.

snatakadharma

98.

smrtikartrniriipana 98.

smrticandnkal85sq., 197,302. Hai'sacai'ita 290. smrtimuktaphala 9799, 121, Hastanialaka 290. 302. bastamalaka, prakarana, "stosyanandura (?) 289. tra 82, 229, 303.
svapnadliyaya 230, 309.
bastigirimfdiatmya
305.

238
7.

sq.,

SvayamprakasaYati8sq., 303,
304.

balasyaniabatmya

306.

Svayampraka^ananda 128 sq., biranyagarbbavibudbasamva300. da 239. svarapancasacchlokl vyakhya hiranyfiksakatba 196.


34.

binalaksana 187.

svaralaksana 34, 35, 296.

bemakutakbanda

267, 305.
22*

-^-

340

^<^

hemapuskarinl
tirtha 277.

cakratii"tlia,
|

Homiamba,Honiiambikal3sq.

Honnarya 13 sq.
hora 171, 219, 286; "tatpaiyasagara 170; vivarana 170sq.^
301; 6astra 152.

hemakarasaras 277.
heniabjatirtha 277.

hemabjanayaki 257, 258.

ADDENDA AND CORRIGENDA.


Page
P. P. P.
P.
17, line
1.

12 read Isd - Upanisad for Isd-TJpanisat.

28,
43, 74,
81, 91,

5 5

from below, read samdpayya kriyds from below, add: by Haradatta.

etc.

1.

1.

25 read Mtasthadl.
10 read Kdvyamdld.
11 read Pdr'iksitena for pdriksitena.

1.

P.

1.

P. 130, P. 132,

1.

from below, read kidajudnindm dcdrasya.

1.

3 add: See Aufrecht

1.

17 add: See Aufrecht

CC II, 52. C C II, 22 and

26 (kaumdrasamhitd).

P. 139, P. 142,

1.

21 read sddhavah for sd.

1.

2 from below, read Tattvakaumudl.


1

1.

from below, read Vdcaspatiynisra.

P. 151,

1.

27 read narttakl vd kaldvati. 28 read


tisthet (tat)pascdt.

1.

1.

29 read bhaveyur vibhramdnvitdh.


9

P. 153,
P. 171,

1.

from below, read Tisnusahasrandman.

1.

12 sq. read dvdvimsa str'ijdtakam.


1 read graliayoni for

P. 220,

1.

grhayoni\

^H$-

ORiENTAL TRAINSLATION
NEW
SERIES.

FITND.

The following works of this series are now for sale at the rooms of the Royal Asiatic Society, 22, Albemarle Street, London, AV. Price 10 s. a volume, except vols. 9, 10.
I, 2. Rehatsek (E.). Mir KhwantVs 'Rauzat-us-Safa', or 'Garden of Purity', containing the Moslem Version of the lives of the prophets from Adam to Jesus, and other historical matter. Part 1, Vols. 1 and IL 1891 and 1892. S, 4. Part II (Vols. I and II) of the above, containing a full and detailed life of IMuhammad the Apostle, with an appendix about his wives, concubines, children, secretaries, servants, etc. 1893. 5. Part TI (Vol. Ill) of the above, containing the lives of Abu Bakr, 'Umar, 'Uthman, and 'Ah, the immediate successors of Muhammad. 1894. 6. Tawney (C. H.). The Katha Kosa, a collection of Jain stories, translated from Sanskrit Manuscripts. 1895. Bana's Kadambari. 1896. 7. Ridding (Miss C. M.). 8. CowELL (Professor E. B.) and Mr. Thomas (of Trinity College, Cambridge). Bana's Harsa Carita. 1897. 9. 10. Steingass (Di-. F.). The last twenty-four ]\iakamats of Abu Mubammad al Kasim al Hariri, forming Vol. II; Chenery's translation of the first twenty-four Makamats 1898. Price 155. a volume. sold with it as Vol. I. II. Gaster (Dr. M.). The Chronicles of Jerahmeel, or collection of Jewish legends the Hebrew Bible Historiale. and traditions translated from the Hebrew, 1899. Buddhist manual of 12. Rhys Davids (Mrs. C, A. F.). psychological ethics of the fourth century b, c, being a translation of the Diiamma Sangani from the Abhidhamma Pitaka of the Buddhist Canon. 1900.

Just

OJ(t

illustrations).

13. Beveeidge (Mrs. H.). Life and Memoirs of Gulbadan Begum, aunt of Akbar the (jrreat, translated from tiie Persian.

1902 (with

In p'eparation
14. 15.

16.

Bhys Davids (Professor T. W.). The Katha Vatthu. Ross (Principal E. D.). History of the Seljuks, Waiters (T.). Yuan Chwang's Travels. (In the press).

ASIATIC SOCIETY 3I0N0GRAPHS.


The
Society

has

determined to

bring

out

series

of

monographs which

will afford opportunity for the publication

of papers too long to appear in the Journal.

Arrangements have so
of the following:

far

been made

for the publication

(1)

Gerini (Major G.
ography.

E.).

Researches on Ptolemy's Ge-

{In the Press.)

(2)

WiNTEENiTZ (Dr. M.). Catalogue of Sanskrit MSS. in the Royal Asiatic Society's Library, with an Appendix by Mr. F. W. Thomas. 8^" xvi, 340 pages.
{Price 5/. or 3/6 for cash.)

(3)

HiESCHFELD
pages.

New Researches into the (Dr. H.). Composition and Exegesis of the Qoran. 4*" 155
{Price
5/.

or 3/6 for cash.)


S. A.).

(4)

Steong (Professor

The History
of

of

Jakmak,
and from the
{Nearly

Sultan of Egypt, by Ibn 'Arab shah. {In the Press.)


(5)

Le Strange
Mesopotamia
a

(Guy).
in

Description
year

Persia

the

1340

a.d.,

Nuzhat-al-Kulub of

Hamd- Allah

Mustawfi, with

summary

uf the contents of that Avork.

ready.)

Any

persons wishing copies of printed

circulars

con-

taining information as to the Oriental Translation

Fund and

the Asiatic Society Monographs, are requested to apply to

THE SECRETARY,
22,

Royal Asiatic Society, Albemarle Street,

LONDON, W.

>^i-

'^/mMwn.iuv'

^;/n4nwi.j(\V

'^//mnvi-JftV'

<f^mNV-^i^

v/jy];

>;lOS-i

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY


Los Angeles

This book

is

DUE on

the last date stamped below.

^HIB

fm
41584

^^ui.

^OF CALIFO/?;<^

^OfCALIJ

ivaaii-i^

.\MEUNIVERV^

^<!/0JnV3JO^
^OfCAllFO/?^

^<!/0JllV3JO'^
\

UCSOUTH.
CAllfOff^

^OFCAllFOMi^

r-n

9 ^

""^
^^^^

^TilJONVSOV^^

"^AaSAINrtJWV

^<?AJi.

\WEUNIVERV/.

vSclOSANCEl5j>

^UIBRARYd/^

^^UIBRARYO/^

^^WEUMmkv/^

TilJONVSOl

%ii3AiNn]\\v^
vN;lOSANCElfj>

^^m^\m\^
..;,0FCA1IF0%

'^.i/ojnvDJo'^

<rji]ONvsov^
,^WEUNIVERS'/A

^WE UNIVERS//,

.^,0FCA1IF0%

o
'%aMINrt-3WV

<rii30NVsor'^

^ILIBRARYt?/:

^^lllBRARYQ^

^\^E UNIVERi//. '><-

^lOSANCElfj>

.^ILIBRARYOc^

-2

oc

t'

^.!/ojnv3jo'^

'^(i/ojnv3jo'<^

^ <ril30NVS01^
AWE
UNIVERi-//)

"^a^AINn-JWV^

^<!/0JI1V3J0-^

<.OFCALIF0%

^OFCA1IFO%

^OFCALIFOi^

^-^5
'

I
"^/^a^AiNaiwv*

O
I?

-n

'^Aavaaii-^^!'^

^OAavaan-^'

^<?AaviiaiH'^

^WEDNIVERS//^

^10SANCEL%

^lllBRARYac

^^ILIBRARYQ/r

^^WEUNIVEW/4

3 o
%a3AINn3WV
^!rtEUNIVER5y/v
'^<!/0J nV3- JO"^

^(!/0dnV3J0'^

vvlOSANCElfj>

M.OFCAIIFO%

^OFCAIIFO%

^WEUNIVER5/A

o
"^aiAiNn-Jwv^
"^(JAUvaan-^^
^<?Aav!jan-^^

<J513DNVS01^^

jNtLIBRARYQr

^^IIIBRARYQ^

AWEINIVERS/a

^lOSANCElfx>

^ILIBRARYQr

You might also like